Tidied and fixed a bit
This commit is contained in:
parent
38e91d0237
commit
7d4157acf5
102
tn_1CH.tsv
102
tn_1CH.tsv
|
@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
2:11 h85a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:12 n5z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:13 zxk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:13 f6gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the second son…the third son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:13 f6gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the second son … the third son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:14 qn1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:14 pfx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the fourth son…the fifth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:14 pfx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the fourth son … the fifth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:15 te72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:15 g68w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the sixth son…the seventh son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:15 g68w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the sixth son … the seventh son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:16 br54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All names here except Zeruiah and Abigail are the names of men. Zeruiah and Abigail are the names of women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:17 j7as rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:17 av3d 0 “Jether, a descendant of Ishmael”
|
||||
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
2:42 v4u6 0 Some versions read, “the founder of the clan of Hebron”
|
||||
2:43 q4rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:44 z2e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:44 zx52 0 Some versions read, “the founder of the clan of Hebron…the founder of the clan of Raham, the founder of the clan of Jorkeam…the founder of the clan of Shammai.”
|
||||
2:44 zx52 0 Some versions read, “the founder of the clan of Hebron … the founder of the clan of Raham, the founder of the clan of Jorkeam … the founder of the clan of Shammai.”
|
||||
2:45 uvb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:46 cuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:46 y6x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
2:50 tqs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:50 ywm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim is the name of a town. The name of the town is a metonym for the people who live in the town. Alternate translation: “founder of Kiriath Jearim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:51 ymr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:51 pb5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Bethlehem and Beth Gader are the names of towns. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. Alternate translation: “founder of Bethlehem…founder of Beth Gader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:51 pb5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Bethlehem and Beth Gader are the names of towns. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. Alternate translation: “founder of Bethlehem … founder of Beth Gader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:52 k5ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]
|
||||
2:52 yg2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Shobal is the name of a man, and Kiriath Jearim is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 2:50](../02/50.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:52 ja97 0 This is the name of a clan.
|
||||
|
@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
6:52 su6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:53 u2wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:54 n9u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the places where God assigned Aaron’s descendants to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:54 rnj8 0 “where the descendants of Aaron…Kohathites were to live”
|
||||
6:54 rnj8 0 “where the descendants of Aaron … Kohathites were to live”
|
||||
6:54 s2av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The Israelites drew lots to decide where people would live. Alternate translation: “Kohathites. The first lot that they drew was theirs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:54 yj9r 0 This is the name of a people group, the descendants of Kohath ([1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md)). See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 6:33](./33.md).
|
||||
6:55 z6qq 0 “They gave Hebron to the Kohathites”
|
||||
|
@ -419,12 +419,12 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
6:75 trd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:76 kgl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Naphtali gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:76 lpm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:77 ve5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Zebulun gave the rest…descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:77 ve5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Zebulun gave the rest … descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:77 abl1 0 Translate “Merari” as in [1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
6:77 asc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:77 bvr1 0 the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
6:78 bn5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 0 The information in 1 Chronicles 6:78-79 can be rearranged as in the UST so its meaning can be more easily understood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
6:78 u5c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Reuben, across…Jericho, gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:78 u5c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Reuben, across … Jericho, gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:78 ne49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:79 s66v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge 0 The information in 1 Chronicles 6:78-79 can be rearranged as in the UST so its meaning can be more easily understood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
6:79 b6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
7:26 dv3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
7:27 hwe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
7:28 a2hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All of the names listed here are names of towns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
7:28 t4wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “possessions” and “residences” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “They possessed and resided in Bethel…villages” or “They owned and lived in Bethel…villages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:28 t4wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “possessions” and “residences” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “They possessed and resided in Bethel … villages” or “They owned and lived in Bethel … villages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:29 k6m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
7:29 zds1 0 “The descendants of Joseph, son of Israel, lived in these towns”
|
||||
7:30 en5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All of the names here except Serah are names of men. Serah is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
9:intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
|
||||
9:1 yxr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:1 d39v 0 family records that name ancestors and descendants
|
||||
9:1 s5jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book…Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:1 s5jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book … Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:1 rv7g 0 This refers to a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
9:1 wl8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Babylonians carried them away in exile” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:4 lqq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
9:24 e7wi 0 The words “east, west, north, and south” explain the words “all four sides.”
|
||||
9:25 cb5z 0 “The guards’ brothers”
|
||||
9:25 bhx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “would come to help for 7-day periods, taking turns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
9:26 igc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 It is not clear who assigned these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language’s most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: “they assigned the four leaders…to guard the rooms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:26 igc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 It is not clear who assigned these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language’s most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: “they assigned the four leaders … to guard the rooms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:26 xwj1 0 the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon
|
||||
9:28 dp5x 0 “Some of the guards”
|
||||
9:28 g4ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they counted the articles that people took out to use, and they counted the articles when people brought them back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
9:33 y6sm 0 “complete the tasks they needed to do”
|
||||
9:33 fw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This means “at all times” and can be translated using a phrase or word from your language or culture that gives the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
9:34 wx1s 0 “The family history lists included the names of these Levite family leaders”
|
||||
9:35 b8av 0 “the man Gibeon…the town of Gibeon”
|
||||
9:35 b8av 0 “the man Gibeon … the town of Gibeon”
|
||||
9:35 n9tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:35 wd5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:36 xif8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
9:44 tv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The death of Saul\n\nSaul died because he disobeyed God.
|
||||
10:1 ws2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:1 fcs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel…most of them died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
10:1 fcs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel … most of them died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
10:2 yet5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:4 i8du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The action of stabbing is a metonym for the result, death. Alternate translation: “kill me with it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:4 dnc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 The nominal adjective “uncircumcised” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “these people who are uncircumcised will come” or “these uncircumcised people will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
11:8 cu15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “he” refers to David. The reader should understand that David and Joab were probably in charge of other men who made the fortifications. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:8 t8xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 This likely refers to a terraced structure that consisted of retaining walls with dirt filled in behind them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
11:10 k74m 0 “These were the leaders of David’s warriors”
|
||||
11:10 nla9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This phrase means that both the leaders of David’s army, and the full army, helped David to establish himself as king over Israel. Alternate translation: “who strongly supported David’s kingdom…to make him king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:10 nla9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This phrase means that both the leaders of David’s army, and the full army, helped David to establish himself as king over Israel. Alternate translation: “who strongly supported David’s kingdom … to make him king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:11 en2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:11 a3mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This refers to a person from the Hachmon clan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:11 w9y7 0 “in one battle”
|
||||
|
@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
12:33 twy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “50,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:33 v2qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implicit that they would give loyalty to David. Alternate translation: “ready to give undivided loyalty to David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:34 fe23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:34 k6qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000…37,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:34 k6qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000 … 37,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:35 lt9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:35 ira4 0 “From Dan” or “From the tribe of Dan”
|
||||
12:35 r67s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “twenty-eight thousand six hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
13:6 u61q 0 “which is in Judah”
|
||||
13:6 bf1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that they are taking the ark to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to take to Jerusalem the ark of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:6 yv2b 0 Jerusalem is higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
13:6 fl1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) the idiom “called by…name” refers to a person owning the thing. Alternate translation: “which belongs to Yahweh” or (2) the ark has Yahweh’s name written on it. Alternate translation: “which bears Yahweh’s name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:6 fl1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) the idiom “called by … name” refers to a person owning the thing. Alternate translation: “which belongs to Yahweh” or (2) the ark has Yahweh’s name written on it. Alternate translation: “which bears Yahweh’s name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:6 sfv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit that the cherubim are those on the lid of the ark of the covenant. The biblical writers often spoke of the ark of the covenant as if it were Yahweh’s footstool upon which he rested his feet as he sat on his throne in heaven above. Alternate translation: “who sits on his throne above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:7 v3ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:8 rx95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Here the word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “David and all of the Israelites who were present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
14:9 d6fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:10 vm86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that Yahweh will enable David to have victory over them. Alternate translation: “give you victory over them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
14:11 u2wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. You may add a footnote that says, “The name ‘Baal Perazim’ means ‘Lord of breaking through.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:11 fg5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 David speaks of God easily defeating David’s enemies as if God had burst through them, like a flood bursts through anything in its path. Alternate translation: “God has easily defeated my enemies…like a flood easily bursts through everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
14:11 fg5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 David speaks of God easily defeating David’s enemies as if God had burst through them, like a flood bursts through anything in its path. Alternate translation: “God has easily defeated my enemies … like a flood easily bursts through everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
14:11 vex4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to David’s resources. Alternate translation: “using my army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:12 vnw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to burn their false gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:13 fu2b 0 “the Valley of Rephaim”
|
||||
|
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
14:16 pwb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:17 jy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 People in every land hearing of David’s reputation is spoken of as if David’s fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: “People far away heard about David’s fame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
15:intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
|
||||
15:1 bu8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him…He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:1 bu8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him … He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:2 n56n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had chosen them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:3 ew5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase “all Israel” means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
15:4 lp7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This begins the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
17:20 ur5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases have similar meaning and are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
17:20 a57y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 Here “we” refers to David and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
17:21 sm7k 0 David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
17:21 zp4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a negative answer to make the point that there was no other nation like Israel. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no nation on earth…by great and awesome deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:21 zp4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a negative answer to make the point that there was no other nation like Israel. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no nation on earth … by great and awesome deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:21 dx5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The implied information is that they were rescued from slavery. Alternate translation: “you rescued from slavery in Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:21 af1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “name” represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “to make all people know who you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:21 m5i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” represents the people groups that were living in Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
19:1 i9za 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
19:1 b5fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:2 dn3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:2 ql9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “kindness” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “I will be kind…was kind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
19:2 ql9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “kindness” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “I will be kind … was kind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
19:2 l5d4 0 comfort
|
||||
19:3 z7kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The princes asked this question to turn the king against David. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not think that David is honoring your father because he has sent men to comfort you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:3 x9u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The princes asked this question to turn the king against David. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely his servants come to you to explore the land in order to overthrow it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
19:10 tlv8 0 “the enemy soldiers lined up for battle”
|
||||
19:11 m9ew 0 “arranged his soldiers in lines for battle”
|
||||
19:11 u6nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of Joab’s brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:13 n5wu 0 “Be brave…behave bravely”
|
||||
19:13 n5wu 0 “Be brave … behave bravely”
|
||||
19:13 v52g 0 “for the sake of our people and for the cities of our God” or “to protect our people and the cities of our God”
|
||||
19:13 u3hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “what he considers to be good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:14 eel3 0 “moved forward to the battle” or “approached the enemy soldiers in the battle”
|
||||
|
@ -1178,19 +1178,19 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
19:16 c1n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:17 i19m 0 This verse continues to describe a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
19:17 w192 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: When David’s messengers told him that a larger Aramean army was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:17 x2eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 David did not do these things alone. His official and officers helped him. Alternate translation: “David and his officials gathered…David and his officers arranged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
19:17 x2eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 David did not do these things alone. His official and officers helped him. Alternate translation: “David and his officials gathered … David and his officers arranged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
19:17 i4ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization. Not every person in Israel came to fight. Alternate translation: “a very large number of Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
19:17 g9ih 0 “He organized”
|
||||
19:17 d4k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “him” refers to David’s soldiers, in addition to David. Alternate translation: “the Arameans fought David and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
19:18 ps4l 0 This verse continues to describe a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
19:18 cs4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “ killed 7,000…40,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
19:18 cs4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “ killed 7,000 … 40,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
19:19 k6iq 0 This verse finishes describing a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
19:19 lej2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Israel had defeated them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:19 w6z2 0 They made the peace agreement with David as the king, and served the Israelites.
|
||||
20:intro abck 0 # 1 Chronicles 20 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter ends the story of the war with Ammon and tells of giants being killed by David’s soldiers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “When kings normally go to war”\nIt was advantageous for kings to go to war in the springtime. This was possibly due to the weather being neither too hot nor too cold.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “It came about”\nThis is a phrase used to indicate the next event in a series. It can often be translated as “after,” “then” or “next.”
|
||||
20:1 n3jh 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
20:1 syx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This is background information from the author. It was harder to fight wars in the cold winter, so kings normally waited for spring to attack their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
20:1 b2iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “kings” is a metonym that means the kings sent their armies into battle. Joab was the commander of David’s army. Alternate translation: “kings normally send their armies to war…Joab led David’s army into battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:1 b2iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “kings” is a metonym that means the kings sent their armies into battle. Joab was the commander of David’s army. Alternate translation: “kings normally send their armies to war … Joab led David’s army into battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:1 wwm7 0 “destroyed the land.” This refers to when an army will ruin the land where their enemies grow food.
|
||||
20:1 ry6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “He” refers to the soldiers as well as Joab. Alternate translation: “Joab and his soldiers surrounded Rabbah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:2 gq7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 about 33 kilograms (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
23:9 f9dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:10 gsa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:11 s93i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:11 khl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, “second” is in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the oldest son…the second son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:11 khl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, “second” is in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the oldest son … the second son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:11 n6vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so David considered them to be one clan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
23:12 chx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:12 mbi4 0 “Kohath had 4 sons”
|
||||
|
@ -1369,9 +1369,9 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
23:17 s5fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:18 rx9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:19 sbf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:19 igr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, these numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the oldest son…the second son…the third son…the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:19 igr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, these numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the oldest son … the second son … the third son … the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:20 k5yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:20 kjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, “second” is in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the oldest son…the second son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:20 kjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “son” is understood. Also, “second” is in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the oldest son … the second son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:21 bg6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:22 j2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:23 q86h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This ends the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1404,48 +1404,48 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
24:6 wg42 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
|
||||
24:6 g8k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They chose one by lot from Eleazar’s descendants, then they would choose by lot one from Ithamar’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
24:7 prk5 0 This begins a list of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests. This list ends in [1 Chronicles 24:18](../24/18.md).
|
||||
24:7 kw78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “Lot number 1…lot number 2.” This shows the order in which the families were chosen by lots. If this is unnatural in your language you may use “The initial” for “The first” and “the next” for all of the following ones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
24:7 kw78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “Lot number 1 … lot number 2.” This shows the order in which the families were chosen by lots. If this is unnatural in your language you may use “The initial” for “The first” and “the next” for all of the following ones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
24:7 e85c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated the names of these men in [1 Chronicles 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:7 s29d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the second lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second lot” or “lot number 2” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:8 de1h 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:8 aeh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the third and fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the third lot…the fourth lot” or “lot number 3…lot number 4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:8 aeh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the third and fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the third lot … the fourth lot” or “lot number 3 … lot number 4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:8 h5kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:9 ii28 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:9 at2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the fifth and sixth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifth lot…the sixth lot” or “lot number 5…lot number 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:9 at2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the fifth and sixth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifth lot … the sixth lot” or “lot number 5 … lot number 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:9 y3fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:10 edj9 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:10 n9za rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the seventh and eighth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventh lot…the eighth lot” or “lot number 7…lot number 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:10 n9za rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the seventh and eighth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventh lot … the eighth lot” or “lot number 7 … lot number 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:10 l33c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:11 f47r 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:11 e1tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the ninth and tenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the ninth lot…the tenth lot” or “lot number 9…lot number 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:11 e1tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the ninth and tenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the ninth lot … the tenth lot” or “lot number 9 … lot number 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:11 sw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:12 kj4w 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:12 nnc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the eleventh and twelfth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the eleventh lot…the twelfth lot” or “lot number 11…lot number 12” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:12 nnc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the eleventh and twelfth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the eleventh lot … the twelfth lot” or “lot number 11 … lot number 12” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:12 rq2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:13 j879 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:13 ip2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the thirteenth and fourteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the thirteenth lot…the fourteenth lot” or “lot number 13…lot number 14” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:13 ip2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the thirteenth and fourteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the thirteenth lot … the fourteenth lot” or “lot number 13 … lot number 14” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:13 xl3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:14 cy7s 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:14 l5gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the fifteenth and sixteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifteenth lot…the sixteenth lot” or “lot number 15…lot number 16” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:14 l5gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the fifteenth and sixteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifteenth lot … the sixteenth lot” or “lot number 15 … lot number 16” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:14 h1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:15 eq6z 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:15 vj1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the seventeenth and eighteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventeenth lot…the eighteenth lot” or “lot number 17…lot number 18” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:15 vj1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the seventeenth and eighteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventeenth lot … the eighteenth lot” or “lot number 17 … lot number 18” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:15 fh6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:16 ln22 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:16 p69z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the nineteenth and twentieth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the nineteenth lot…the twentieth lot” or “lot number 19…lot number 20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:16 p69z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the nineteenth and twentieth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the nineteenth lot … the twentieth lot” or “lot number 19 … lot number 20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:16 f9bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:17 cva5 0 This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:17 xpb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the twenty-first and twenty-second lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-first lot…the twenty-second lot” or “lot number 21…lot number 22” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:17 xpb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the twenty-first and twenty-second lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-first lot … the twenty-second lot” or “lot number 21 … lot number 22” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:17 iw2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:18 ps35 0 This ends the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
24:18 eam7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the twenty-third and twenty-fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-third lot…the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 23…lot number 24” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:18 eam7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the twenty-third and twenty-fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-third lot … the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 23 … lot number 24” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:18 kys6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:19 qau6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “following the rules that Aaron their ancestor gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
24:20 vz7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This begins the list of names of the other sons of Levi. This list will end in [1 Chronicles 24:30](../24/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:20 y1hr 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
|
||||
24:20 zu73 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 23:16](../23/16.md).
|
||||
24:23 s2rv 0 Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 23:19](../23/19.md).
|
||||
24:23 jr6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “the second son…the third son…the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
24:23 jr6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “the second son … the third son … the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
24:24 n1mj 0 Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 23:20](../23/20.md).
|
||||
24:24 g7e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:25 xa1x 0 Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:20](../23/20.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
25:7 t6ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “were two hundred and eighty-eight men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
25:8 n5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This refers to all of the men by describing the extremes. Alternate translation: “all of them, including the young men and the old men, the teachers and the students” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
25:9 bhf9 0 This begins the list of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve. This list ends in [1 Chronicles 25:31](../25/31.md).
|
||||
25:9 yu6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “Lot number 1…lot number 2.” This shows the order in which the families were chosen by lots. If this is unnatural in your language you may use “The initial” for “The first” and “the next” for all of the following ones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
25:9 yu6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “Lot number 1 … lot number 2.” This shows the order in which the families were chosen by lots. If this is unnatural in your language you may use “The initial” for “The first” and “the next” for all of the following ones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
25:9 b4ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 For all of the other people in the list, the text specifies that there were “twelve persons in number.” Since this was likely true for Joseph’s family also, you may want to state it clearly. Alternate translation: “The first lot fell to Joseph’s family, twelve persons in number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:9 g39x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This refers to the second lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second lot” or “lot number 2” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:9 l1lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 25:3](../25/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1586,17 +1586,17 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:2 jv52 0 This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
26:2 qu3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated the names of these men in [1 Chronicles 9:21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:2 qem1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:2 s122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second son…the third son…the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:2 s122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second son … the third son … the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:3 y8nm 0 This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
26:3 tu29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:3 j1d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifth son…the sixth son…the seventh son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:3 j1d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifth son … the sixth son … the seventh son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:4 kp5s 0 This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
26:4 pj2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 16:38](../16/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:4 k2n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:4 i7sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second son…the third son…the fourth son…the fifth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:4 i7sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second son … the third son … the fourth son … the fifth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:5 mc9f 0 This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
26:5 m1jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:5 z7ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the sixth son…the seventh son…the eighth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:5 z7ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the sixth son … the seventh son … the eighth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:6 q8xt 0 “who were leaders in their father’s family.” This means that they were leaders among their clan.
|
||||
26:7 cl3r 0 This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
26:7 sra8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate this name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 26:4](../26/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:10 nue6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:11 lez8 0 This ends the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
26:11 ru3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:11 c485 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second son…the third son…the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:11 c485 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second son … the third son … the fourth son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:11 v3fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “There were 13 of Hosah’s sons and kinsmen.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:12 e8vb 0 groups
|
||||
26:13 d643 0 “cast lots”
|
||||
|
@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:16 u3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of the gate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:16 jet2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Each family was responsible for a watch” or “Each family has a set period of time that it was responsible for guarding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:17 kv53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “6 Levites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:17 ea4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 These phrases refer to the gates. Alternate translation: “the east gate…the north gate…the south gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:17 ea4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 These phrases refer to the gates. Alternate translation: “the east gate … the north gate … the south gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:17 fj8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 This refers to the number of men on guard duty. Alternate translation: “four men each day” or “four Levites each day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:17 n4tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “2 pairs of men” or “2 sets of 2 men each” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:18 fny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “four men guarded the pillar to the west” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:26 id9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were in charge of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:26 a6fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders over 1,000 soldiers and the commanders over 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders over large military divisions and the commanders over smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:27 e184 0 things an army takes from its enemies after a victory
|
||||
26:28 iq33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Samuel the prophet…Joab son of Zeruiah set apart to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:28 iq33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Samuel the prophet … Joab son of Zeruiah set apart to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:28 x64y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:28 vzt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everything that the leaders set apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:29 wqn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:12](../23/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
28:3 deg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “a man accustomed to war and have shed blood.” Both descriptions emphasize the same thing, namely that David had killed people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
28:3 zy9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “have killed people” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
28:4 yi7t 0 David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
28:4 dm8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 One possible meaning is that here David is a metonym for David and his descendants who will rule Israel forever. Alternate translation: “chose me and my descendants…to be kings over Israel forever” Another is that David will continue to be the king of Israel after he is resurrected from the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:4 dm8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 One possible meaning is that here David is a metonym for David and his descendants who will rule Israel forever. Alternate translation: “chose me and my descendants … to be kings over Israel forever” Another is that David will continue to be the king of Israel after he is resurrected from the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:4 u9b6 0 “the whole land of Israel” or “all the Israelites”
|
||||
28:5 y54e 0 David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
28:5 wr6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “to sit on the throne” means to rule as king. Alternate translation: “to rule over” or “to be the king of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
29:5 s62z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gold for the craftsmen to make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, and things of all kinds for their other work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:5 b1xt 0 “give himself to God”
|
||||
29:6 din9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:6 d694 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the leaders…and the officials over the king’s work made freewill offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:6 d694 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the leaders … and the officials over the king’s work made freewill offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:6 jr54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:6 m3hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the word “over” is used as an idiom. Alternate translation: “the officials in charge of the king’s work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
29:7 hib8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 “5,000 talents and 10,000 darics of gold, 10,000 talents of silver, 18,000 talents of bronze, and 100,000 talents of iron.” These may be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “165 metric tons and 84 kilograms of gold, 330 metric tons of silver, 600 metric tons of bronze, and 3,300 metric tons of iron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ front:intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
29:23 t3ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the throne of Israel is referred to as “Yahweh’s throne,” to emphasize that the people of Israel are Yahweh’s people. Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: “So Solomon sat on the throne, instead of his father David, as king over Yahweh’s people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:24 v1k6 0 “told King Solomon that they would be faithful to him”
|
||||
29:25 g2u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases emphasize that Solomon received special favor from Yahweh, which made him Israel’s greatest and most powerful king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
29:27 bt7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40 years…33 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:27 bt7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40 years … 33 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:28 i3uj 0 “as an old man”
|
||||
29:29 vep9 0 These are written accounts that no longer exist.
|
||||
29:30 k1k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There men wrote down the deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
52
tn_1CO.tsv
52
tn_1CO.tsv
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
1:15 hv3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 Here “name” represents “authority.” This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul’s disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:16 ed59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Στεφανᾶ οἶκον 1 This refers to the family members and slaves in the house where Stephanas, a man, was the head. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:17 tg7i οὐ & ἀπέστειλέν με Χριστὸς βαπτίζειν 1 This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul’s ministry.
|
||||
1:17 zn1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου & μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom…those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom…people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:17 zn1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου & μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom … those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom … people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:18 j7cw 0 Paul emphasizes God’s wisdom rather than man’s wisdom.
|
||||
1:18 fq4x ὁ λόγος & ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 “the preaching about the crucifixion” or “the message of Christ’s dying on the cross”
|
||||
1:18 p4wb μωρία ἐστίν 1 “is senseless” or “is silly”
|
||||
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
2:intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom\nPaul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
|
||||
2:1 kjc7 0 Paul contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. He emphasizes that spiritual wisdom comes from God.
|
||||
2:1 qvj7 ἀδελφοί 1 Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
2:2 a2g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι & εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing…except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything…except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2:2 a2g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι & εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing … except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything … except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2:3 s9lp κἀγὼ & ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 “I was visiting with you”
|
||||
2:3 e8li ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ 1 Possible meanings are: (1) “physically weak” or (2) “feeling like I could not do what I needed to do.”
|
||||
2:4 z81a πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις 1 words that sound wise and with which the speaker hopes to cause people to do or believe something
|
||||
|
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
2:7 k2ct πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων 1 “before God created anything”
|
||||
2:7 q2z9 εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν 1 “in order to ensure our future glory”
|
||||
2:8 zc89 τὸν Κύριον τῆς δόξης 1 “Jesus, the glorious Lord”
|
||||
2:9 fu1y ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ & ἀνέβη, ἃ & ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 This is an incomplete sentence. Some translations make it a complete sentence: “Things that no eye…imagined; these are the things…who love him.” Others leave it incomplete but show that it is incomplete by using non-final punctuation here and beginning the next verse as a continuation of this verse: “‘Things that no eye…imagined, the things…who love him’—”
|
||||
2:9 fu1y ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ & ἀνέβη, ἃ & ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 This is an incomplete sentence. Some translations make it a complete sentence: “Things that no eye … imagined; these are the things … who love him.” Others leave it incomplete but show that it is incomplete by using non-final punctuation here and beginning the next verse as a continuation of this verse: “‘Things that no eye … imagined, the things … who love him’—”
|
||||
2:9 j9ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη 1 This is a triplet referring to all parts of a person to emphasize that no man has ever been aware of the things that God has prepared. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:9 t61v ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 The Lord has created in heaven wonderful surprises for those who love him.
|
||||
2:11 h4p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: “No one knows what a person is thinking except that person’s spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
6:intro s6hb 0 # 1 Corinthians 06 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Lawsuits\n\nPaul teaches that a Christian should not take another Christian to court before a non-Christian judge. It is better to be cheated. Christians will judge the angels. So they should be able to solve problems among themselves. It is especially bad to use a court to cheat another believer. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\nThe temple of the Holy Spirit is an important metaphor. It refers to the place where the Holy Spirit stays and is worshiped. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\nPaul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
6:1 hv79 0 Paul then explains how believers are to settle disagreements with other believers.
|
||||
6:1 q5d3 πρᾶγμα 1 disagreement or argument
|
||||
6:1 gmy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τολμᾷ & κρίνεσθαι & τῶν ἁγίων? 1 Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: “he should not dare to go…saints!” or “he should be fear God and not go…saints!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:1 gmy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τολμᾷ & κρίνεσθαι & τῶν ἁγίων? 1 Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: “he should not dare to go … saints!” or “he should be fear God and not go … saints!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:2 i1m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν? 1 Paul is shaming the Corinthians for acting like they do not know. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:2 i67f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων? 1 Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “you will judge the world in the future, so you should be able to settle this matter now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:3 h374 βιωτικά 1 “stop arguments about things that have to do with this life”
|
||||
|
@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
6:15 gt2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν μέλη Χριστοῦ ἐστιν? 1 The word translated as “members” refers to parts of a body. Our belonging to Christ is spoken of as if we were parts of his body. We belong to him so much that even our bodies belong to him. Paul uses this question to remind the people of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “You should know that your bodies belong to Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:15 f4vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἄρας οὖν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ποιήσω πόρνης μέλη? μὴ γένοιτο! 1 Paul uses this question to emphasize how wrong it is for someone who belongs to Christ to go to a prostitute. Alternate translation: “I am part of Christ. I will not take my body and join myself to a prostitute!” or “We are parts of Christ’s body. We must not take our bodies and join ourselves to prostitutes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:15 kmt2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 “That should never happen!” or “We must never do that!”
|
||||
6:16 seg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι & σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. “I want to remind you that…her.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:16 seg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι & σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. “I want to remind you that … her.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:16 z54k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν 1 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:17 c2tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:18 ex92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φεύγετε 1 Paul speaks of a person rejecting sexual sin as if that person were running away from danger. Alternate translation: “Get away from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:18 sc9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν & δὲ 1 Possible meanings are (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:18 jr46 ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 “evil deed that a person does”
|
||||
6:19 qy5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι & ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν 1 Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you…God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:19 qy5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι & ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν 1 Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you … God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:19 bb35 τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν 1 the body of each individual Christian is a temple of the Holy Spirit
|
||||
6:19 d2mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ναὸς τοῦ & Ἁγίου Πνεύματός 1 A temple is dedicated to divine beings, and it is also where they dwell. In the same way, each Corinthian believer’s body is like a temple because the Holy Spirit is present within them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:20 qv47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγοράσθητε γὰρ τιμῆς 1 God paid for the freedom of the Corinthians from the slavery of sin. This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “God paid for your freedom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
8:5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
|
||||
8:6 y6hq ἀλλ’ ἡμῖν εἷς Θεὸς 1 “Yet we know that there is only one God”
|
||||
8:7 th5p 0 Paul is speaking here of “weak” brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers’ conscience.
|
||||
8:7 v7lt πᾶσιν & τινὲς 1 “all people…some people who are now Christians”
|
||||
8:7 v7lt πᾶσιν & τινὲς 1 “all people … some people who are now Christians”
|
||||
8:7 ba7e μολύνεται 1 ruined or harmed
|
||||
8:8 ii4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification βρῶμα & ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks of food as though it were a person who could make God welcome us. Alternate translation: “food does not give us favor with God” or “the food we eat does not make God pleased with us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
8:8 x91v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα; οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Some people might think that if we do not eat some things, God will love us less. But they are wrong. Those who think that God will love us more if we do eat those things are also wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
9:1 re1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα 1 Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: “I have seen Jesus our Lord.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:1 zd7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: “You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:2 j6qz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 “Proof” here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία & ἐμὲ & αὕτη: 1 Possible meanings are (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense…me.”
|
||||
9:3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία & ἐμὲ & αὕτη: 1 Possible meanings are (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense … me.”
|
||||
9:4 mr4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν 1 Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:4 p4vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 Here “we” refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
9:5 s9k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν, γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς? 1 Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
9:10 x84t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δι’ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει? 1 Paul asks a question to emphasize the statement he is making. Alternate translation: “Instead, God was certainly speaking about us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:10 f8f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 Here “us” refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
9:11 g1wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μέγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ θερίσομεν? 1 Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Alternate translation: “you should know without me telling you that it is not too much for us to receive material support from you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:12 lld4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here “we” refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised…you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:12 lld4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here “we” refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised … you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:12 v333 εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς & ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν 1 Paul and the Corinthians both know that others exercised the right. “Since others exercised this right”
|
||||
9:12 nr6u ἄλλοι 1 other workers of the gospel
|
||||
9:12 q7vj τῆς & ἐξουσίας 1 the right to have the believers at Corinth provide for the living expenses of those who told them the good news
|
||||
|
@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
10:1 z5s9 διὰ & διῆλθον 1 “walked through” or “traveled through”
|
||||
10:2 f7cq πάντες εἰς τὸν Μωϋσῆν ἐβαπτίσαντο 1 “All followed and were committed to Moses”
|
||||
10:2 y72i ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ 1 by the cloud that represented the presence of God and led the Israelites during the day
|
||||
10:4 xut2 τὸ αὐτὸ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα & πνευματικῆς & πέτρας 1 “drank the same water that God supernaturally brought out of the rock…supernatural rock”
|
||||
10:4 xut2 τὸ αὐτὸ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα & πνευματικῆς & πέτρας 1 “drank the same water that God supernaturally brought out of the rock … supernatural rock”
|
||||
10:4 whj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & πέτρα ἦν ὁ Χριστός 1 The “rock” was a literal, physical rock, so it would be best to translate this literally. If your language cannot say that a rock “was” a person’s name, treat the word “rock” as a metonym for the power of Christ that worked through the rock. Alternate translation: “it was Christ who worked through that rock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:5 lh93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐκ & ηὐδόκησεν 1 “displeased” or “angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
10:5 tnu4 τοῖς πλείοσιν αὐτῶν 1 the Israelite fathers
|
||||
|
@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
10:28 qi77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ & μὴ ἐσθίετε & τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “you” and the command “do not eat” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
10:29 v1d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 Some translations put these words, along with the words in the verse before this one, in parentheses because (1) the form of “yours” here is singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) the words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in this verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
10:29 s1wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “yours” here is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
10:29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ & συνειδήσεως? 1 Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) the word “for” refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why…conscience?” or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why…conscience?’”
|
||||
10:29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ & συνειδήσεως? 1 Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) the word “for” refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why … conscience?” or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why … conscience?’”
|
||||
10:29 d4q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἵνα τί & ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως? 1 The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that no one should be able to say I am doing wrong just because that person has ideas about right and wrong that are different from mine.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:30 dv5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ? 1 The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “I partake of the meal with gratitude, so no one should insult me for that for which I gave thanks.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:30 x2v5 εἰ ἐγὼ & μετέχω 1 If Paul is not quoting what some Corinthians might be thinking, the “I” represents those who eat meat with thankfulness. “If a person partakes” or “When a person eats”
|
||||
|
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
11:3 en95 κεφαλὴ & γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 1 Possible meanings are (1) “men are to have authority over women” or (2) “the husband is to have authority over the wife”
|
||||
11:4 uuv2 κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων 1 “and does so after placing a cloth or veil over his head”
|
||||
11:4 lit3 καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Possible meanings are (1) “brings disgrace on himself” or (2) “brings disgrace on Christ, who is his head.”
|
||||
11:5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη & καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 Possible meanings are (1) “woman who prays…brings disgrace on herself” or (2) “wife who prays…brings disgrace on her husband.”
|
||||
11:5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη & καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 Possible meanings are (1) “woman who prays … brings disgrace on herself” or (2) “wife who prays … brings disgrace on her husband.”
|
||||
11:5 k5yl ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 That is, without the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders.
|
||||
11:5 e1pz τῇ ἐξυρημένῃ 1 as if she had removed all the hair on her head with a razor
|
||||
11:6 s4r5 εἰ & αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ 1 It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short.
|
||||
|
@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
11:7 aa4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are (1) “must not cover his head” or (2) “does not need to cover his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:7 t5jn δόξα ἀνδρός 1 Just as man reflects God’s greatness, the woman reflects the man’s character.
|
||||
11:8 s5ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός. 1 God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ & διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word “this” in “this is why…the angels” clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
11:9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ & διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word “this” in “this is why … the angels” clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
11:10 wh4c ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 Possible meanings are (1) “to symbolize that she has man as her head” or (2) “to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.”
|
||||
11:11 pir4 πλὴν & ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 “While what I have just said is all true, the most important thing is this: in the Lord”
|
||||
11:11 h9t4 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Possible meanings are (1) “among Christians, who belong to the Lord” or (2) “in the world as created by God.”
|
||||
|
@ -527,8 +527,8 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
11:12 i8qu τὰ & πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 “God created everything”
|
||||
11:13 eex3 ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε 1 “Judge this issue according to the local customs and church practices you know”
|
||||
11:13 hp13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρέπον ἐστὶν γυναῖκα ἀκατακάλυπτον, τῷ Θεῷ προσεύχεσθαι? 1 Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. This can be stated in active form. “To honor God, a woman should pray to God with a covering on her head.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:14 v5b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς & αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. Alternate translation: “Nature itself even teaches you…for him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:14 gyw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς & αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 He is speaking of the way people in society normally act as if it were a person who teaches. Alternate translation: “You know just from looking at the way people normally act…for him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
11:14 v5b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς & αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. Alternate translation: “Nature itself even teaches you … for him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:14 gyw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς & αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 He is speaking of the way people in society normally act as if it were a person who teaches. Alternate translation: “You know just from looking at the way people normally act … for him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
11:15 s7ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἡ κόμη & δέδοται αὐτῇ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God created woman with hair” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:17 id4f 0 As Paul talks about communion, the Lord’s supper, he reminds them to have right attitudes as well as unity. He reminds them that if they fail in those things when taking communion, they will become sick and die, as has already happened to some of them.
|
||||
11:17 vt5a τοῦτο δὲ παραγγέλλων, οὐκ ἐπαινῶ, ὅτι 1 Another possible meaning is “as I give you these instructions, there is something for which I cannot praise you: when”
|
||||
|
@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
12:13 g8uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες & ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 Possible meanings are (1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, “For one Spirit baptized us” or (2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:13 r9hm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴτε & δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 “Bound” here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:13 r5kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντες ἓν Πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave all of us the same Spirit, and we share the Spirit as people might share a drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:17 rsl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή? & ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything…you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:17 rsl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή? & ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything … you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:19 zw6k τὰ & ἓν μέλος 1 The word “member” is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: “the same part of the body”
|
||||
12:19 y4vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποῦ τὸ σῶμα? 1 This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “there would be no body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:21 u9r9 χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω 1 “I do not need you”
|
||||
|
@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
14:15 r11f προσεύξομαι τῷ Πνεύματι & προσεύξομαι & τῷ νοΐ & ψαλῶ τῷ Πνεύματι & ψαλῶ & τῷ νοΐ 1 Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand.
|
||||
14:15 fi2f τῷ νοΐ 1 “with words that I understand”
|
||||
14:16 niu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εὐλογῇς & τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ & λέγεις 1 Though “you” is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
14:16 r4w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν & οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’…saying.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:16 r4w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν & οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’ … saying.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 Possible meanings are (1) “another person” or (2) “people who are new to your group.”
|
||||
14:16 ev63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν 1 “be able to agree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:17 a7wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σὺ μὲν & εὐχαριστεῖς 1 Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
15:24 uwh3 καταργήσῃ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν 1 “he will stop those people who rule, who have authority, and who have power from doing what they are doing”
|
||||
15:25 t8mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἄχρι οὗ θῇ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. Alternate translation: “until God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:26 x49h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος 1 Paul speaks of death here as if it were a person whom God will kill. Alternate translation: “The final enemy that God will destroy is death itself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
15:27 df59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάντα & ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. See how “put…under his feet” is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:27 df59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάντα & ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. See how “put … under his feet” is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:28 xm8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑποταγῇ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 This can stated as active. Alternate translation: “God has made all things subject to Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:28 a1cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς, ὑποταγήσεται 1 This can stated as active. Alternate translation: “the Son himself will become subject” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:28 ksj4 αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς 1 In the previous verses he was referred to as “Christ.” Alternate translation: “Christ, that is, the Son himself”
|
||||
|
@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
15:31 d51t νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν 1 Paul uses this statement as evidence that he faces death every day. Alternate translation: “You can know that this is true, because you know about my boasting in you” or “You can know that this is true, because you know about how much I boast in you”
|
||||
15:31 znl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν, ἀδελφοί, ἣν ἔχω ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 Paul boasted in them because of what Christ Jesus had done for them. Alternate translation: “my boasting in you, which I do because of what Christ Jesus our Lord has done for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:31 p3ym τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν 1 “the way I tell other people how good you are”
|
||||
15:32 q6mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ & ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ & τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος & οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing…by fighting with beasts at Ephesus…not raised.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:32 q6mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ & ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ & τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος & οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing … by fighting with beasts at Ephesus … not raised.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:32 lm3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 Paul is referring to something that he actually did. Possible meanings are (1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him or (2) he was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:32 c36a φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν 1 Paul concludes that if there is no further life after death, it is better for us to enjoy this life as we can, for tomorrow our life will end without any further hope.
|
||||
15:33 q7uc φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί 1 If you live with bad people, you will act like them. Paul is quoting a common saying.
|
||||
|
@ -763,23 +763,23 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
15:40 k9pg σώματα ἐπίγεια 1 This refers to humans.
|
||||
15:40 qg3p ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων 1 “the glory that heavenly bodies have is different from the glory of human bodies”
|
||||
15:40 j1kb δόξα 1 Here “glory” refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
|
||||
15:42 s12t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπείρεται & ἐγείρεται 1 The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground…what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury…what God raises” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:42 s12t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπείρεται & ἐγείρεται 1 The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground … what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury … what God raises” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:42 ay76 ἐγείρεται 1 “is caused to live again”
|
||||
15:42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ & ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 “can rot…cannot rot”
|
||||
15:43 h4u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπείρεται & ἐγείρεται 1 The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground…it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it…God raises it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:44 u856 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπείρεται & ἐγείρεται 1 The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground…it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it…God raises it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ & ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 “can rot … cannot rot”
|
||||
15:43 h4u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπείρεται & ἐγείρεται 1 The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:44 u856 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπείρεται & ἐγείρεται 1 The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:46 fc51 ἀλλ’ οὐ πρῶτον τὸ πνευματικὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευματικόν 1 “The natural being came first. The spiritual being is from God and came later.”
|
||||
15:46 nd64 ψυχικόν 1 created by earthly processes, not yet connected to God
|
||||
15:47 m2pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς, χοϊκός 1 God made the first man, Adam, from the dust of the earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:47 zmx6 χοϊκός 1 dirt
|
||||
15:48 r9be ὁ ἐπουράνιος 1 Jesus Christ
|
||||
15:48 s9pn οἱ & ἐπουράνιοι 1 “those who belong to God”
|
||||
15:49 mq8z ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα & φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα 1 “have been just like…will also be just like”
|
||||
15:49 mq8z ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα & φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα 1 “have been just like … will also be just like”
|
||||
15:50 jub2 0 Paul wants them to realize that some believers will not die physically but will still get a resurrected body through Christ’s victory.
|
||||
15:50 mwy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ 1 Possible meanings are (1) the two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God” or (2) the second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: “weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither do those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
15:50 nz7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα 1 Those who inhabit a body that is doomed to die. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:50 e4gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομῆσαι 1 Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:50 b9hc ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 “can rot…cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
15:50 b9hc ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 “can rot … cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
15:51 k5dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντες & ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “God will change us all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:52 p8f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will change us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:52 r4ix ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ 1 It will happen as fast as it takes for a person to blink his or her eye.
|
||||
|
@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n## Part 1: General Introd
|
|||
15:52 l66q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγερθήσονται 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:52 ymk9 ἐγερθήσονται 1 “caused to live again”
|
||||
15:52 bmx2 ἄφθαρτοι 1 “in a form that cannot rot.” See how a similar phrase is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
15:53 nua2 τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο & ἀφθαρσίαν 1 “this body that can rot…cannot rot.” See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
15:53 nua2 τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο & ἀφθαρσίαν 1 “this body that can rot … cannot rot.” See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
15:53 iyd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δεῖ & ἐνδύσασθαι 1 Paul is speaking of God making our bodies so they will never die again as if God were putting new clothes on us. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:54 qq5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὅταν & τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀφθαρσίαν 1 Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming imperishable is spoken of as if being imperishable was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this perishable body has become imperishable” or “when this body that can rot can no longer rot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:54 j9zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀθανασίαν 1 Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming immortal is spoken of as if being immortal was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this mortal body has become immortal” or “when this body that can die can no longer die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
72
tn_1JN.tsv
72
tn_1JN.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
116
tn_1KI.tsv
116
tn_1KI.tsv
|
@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:9 q3zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1:9 cex2 0 These two phrases refer to the same people.
|
||||
1:9 g2tn 0 These two phrases refer to the same people.
|
||||
1:11 l2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The purpose of this question is to introduce the information that Nathan wants to tell Bathsheba. Alternate translation: “You do not seem to have heard…it.” or “Have you heard…it?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:11 l2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The purpose of this question is to introduce the information that Nathan wants to tell Bathsheba. Alternate translation: “You do not seem to have heard … it.” or “Have you heard … it?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:11 pb3p 0 “that Haggith’s son Adonijah is trying to become king”
|
||||
1:11 ae8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Adonijah’s mother and a wife of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:13 eri4 0 The prophet Nathan continues to speak to Bathsheba.
|
||||
1:13 v5dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The purpose of this question was to remind David of what he had promised Bathsheba. Alternate translation: “you swore to your servant…throne.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:13 v5dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The purpose of this question was to remind David of what he had promised Bathsheba. Alternate translation: “you swore to your servant … throne.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:13 pg8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Bathsheba speaks to David as if she were someone else to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “to me, your servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:13 rwb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. Alternate translation: “he will be king just as I was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:13 k3xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Bathsheba was to use a question so David would pay attention. Alternate translation: “So then, Adonijah should not be reigning.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:18 c6z7 0 “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
1:19 hk1d 0 “many oxen, fatted calves, and sheep”
|
||||
1:20 f7mp 0 Bathsheba continues to speak to King David.
|
||||
1:20 zlc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “eyes” refers to the people. Here “the eyes…are on you” is an idiom that means the people are waiting expectantly. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel are waiting expectantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:20 zlc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “eyes” refers to the people. Here “the eyes … are on you” is an idiom that means the people are waiting expectantly. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel are waiting expectantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:20 ux2p 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will be king”
|
||||
1:21 pu6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Bathsheba speaks to King David as if she were speaking about him to show that she respects him. Alternate translation: “when you sleep with your fathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:21 jz9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a polite way of saying “dies.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:49 k3ln 0 Adonijah becomes terrified of King Solomon.
|
||||
1:49 iqg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Another possible meaning is “They began to act quickly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:50 lg7j 0 The “horns of the altar” symbolized the strength and protection of Yahweh, but because Adonijah literally went into the area of the physical tent to take literal hold of the physical horns, you should translate this literally.
|
||||
1:50 ls5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Another possible meaning is “Adonijah…quickly went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:50 ls5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Another possible meaning is “Adonijah … quickly went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:51 i1ku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 The servants speak to King Solomon as if they were speaking of someone else to show that they respected King Solomon. Alternate translation: “is afraid of you, King Solomon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:51 g2ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Adonijah speaks of himself as if he were speaking of another person so people will think that he respects King Solomon. Alternate translation: “he will not kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:52 jr66 0 Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
|
||||
|
@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:4 rt48 0 “do everything he promised he would do”
|
||||
2:4 dul9 0 Yahweh is talking to David, so the words “you” and “your” refer to David.
|
||||
2:4 zt1t 0 Yahweh is talking to David, so the word “me” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
2:4 m9j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “with all…heart” means “completely” and “with all…soul” means “with all…being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2:4 m9j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2:4 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “throne” is a metonym for the king who sits on the throne. The litotes “will never cease to have” can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “your descendants will never cease to be kings of Israel” or “one of your descendants will always be the king of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2:5 ypg2 0 King David continues to tell Solomon how to lead Israel.
|
||||
2:5 vc4k 0 David is referring to the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “what Joab…did to me—that is, what he did”
|
||||
2:5 vc4k 0 David is referring to the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “what Joab … did to me—that is, what he did”
|
||||
2:5 dfd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) “killed those men during a time of peace as if he were killing them in war” or (2) “took revenge on those men during a time of peace because they had killed people in war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:5 x43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) Joab was close enough to these men when he killed them that their blood spattered on his belt and on his sandals or (2) the word “blood” is a metonym for guilt of murder, and the belt and the shoes are metonyms for Joab’s authority as commander, so David is saying that because Joab is guilty of murder, he should not be commander of the army. Either way, it is best to translate this literally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:6 hm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here being old is represented by having gray hair, that is, a “gray head.” Alternate translation: “make sure Joab dies a violent death before he grows old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:9 wrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Blood is a metonym for violent death, and the head is synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “make sure he dies a violent death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:10 uiy4 0 David dies and Solomon takes his place as the new king of Israel.
|
||||
2:10 rlu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 David dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2:10 h7jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “David…and they buried him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:10 h7jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “David … and they buried him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:11 f3w5 0 “The time that David reigned over Israel was” or “David reigned over Israel for”
|
||||
2:12 nhg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The throne represents the authority of the king. Alternate translation: “became king, as his father David had been” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:12 p55b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh firmly established Solomon’s rule” or “Yahweh caused Solomon to take complete control of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:19 taa6 0 “The king stood up” from where he was sitting on his throne.
|
||||
2:19 hdv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “told someone to bring a throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:19 xwh6 0 Bathsheba
|
||||
2:20 z967 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 2:16](../02/16.md) and [1 Kings 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “you will not refuse to do what I request…I will not refuse to do what you request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:21 hu72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Allow Adonijah…to marry Abishag the Shunammite” or “Give Abishag the Shunammite to Adonijah…as his wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:20 z967 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 2:16](../02/16.md) and [1 Kings 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “you will not refuse to do what I request … I will not refuse to do what you request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:21 hu72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Allow Adonijah … to marry Abishag the Shunammite” or “Give Abishag the Shunammite to Adonijah … as his wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:22 mq4g 0 King Solomon gives an answer to Adonijah’s request.
|
||||
2:22 d8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 King Solomon was angered by his mother’s request. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to ask…Adonijah! This is the same as asking the kingdom for him also…Zeruiah!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:22 d8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 King Solomon was angered by his mother’s request. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to ask … Adonijah! This is the same as asking the kingdom for him also … Zeruiah!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:23 zem8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God will have every right to execute me—and to do even worse things to me—if I do not execute Adonijah because he has made this request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:24 gp3x 0 King Solomon executes Adonijah.
|
||||
2:24 ac1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “throne” refers to Solomon’s authority to rule that was given by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -174,9 +174,9 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:40 v645 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. “Shimei quickly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:41 deq5 0 King Solomon judges Shimei for leaving Jerusalem.
|
||||
2:41 mvk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told Solomon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:42 c16y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: “You know very well that I made you swear…saying, ‘Know…die’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:42 c16y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: “You know very well that I made you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:43 bt3j 0 King Solomon pronounces judgment upon Shimei for leaving Jerusalem.
|
||||
2:43 pue7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) Solomon is asking for an answer or (2) Alternate translation: “You have done wrong by breaking your oath…you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:43 pue7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) Solomon is asking for an answer or (2) Alternate translation: “You have done wrong by breaking your oath … you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:44 f7q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the head represents the person, and wickedness is spoken of as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “will hold you responsible for all your wickedness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:45 r843 0 King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
|
||||
2:45 fx8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
4:30 w9j4 0 “Solomon was wiser than all the wise people”
|
||||
4:30 g12d 0 This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
|
||||
4:31 cu1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 men’s names (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
4:33 r1r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree…hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees…least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
4:33 r1r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
5:intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 05 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Building the temple\nBuilding the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
|
||||
5:1 f4a8 0 Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
|
||||
5:1 wb37 0 “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
|
||||
|
@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
5:4 lex1 0 enemy
|
||||
5:4 hy1q 0 event that causes harm to people and their property
|
||||
5:5 gll4 0 This is to emphasize the words that follow. “Listen! This is what I am going to do:” or “Because of what Yahweh has done for me, this is what I am going to do:”
|
||||
5:5 ep1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh my God will live…where I will live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:5 ep1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh my God will live … where I will live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:5 pwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “throne” refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: “make to be the king after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:6 gxt5 0 Solomon continues to talk with King Hiram about building the temple.
|
||||
5:6 ae9w 0 “your workers know how to cut timber better than my men”
|
||||
|
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:2 md89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “60 cubits long, 20 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. This can be written used modern measures. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long, 9.2 meters wide, and 13.8 meters high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
6:3 yij1 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
6:3 usb7 0 an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple.
|
||||
6:3 yu32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
6:3 yu32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters … 4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
6:4 wsw3 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
6:4 vkp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made windows” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:5 va1u 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:6 rh9a 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
6:6 r5tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:6 yy1k 0 This refers to the rooms in each story of the building.
|
||||
6:6 w37f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 2.3 meters…about 2.8 meters…about 3.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
6:6 w37f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 2.3 meters … about 2.8 meters … about 3.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
6:6 grf8 0 They made ledges all around the main building to support the beams of the small rooms.
|
||||
6:6 fp5r 0 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building.
|
||||
6:7 gis9 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple.
|
||||
|
@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:8 n52z 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple.
|
||||
6:8 rn6p 0 There were a total of three floors. Some languages call these “ground floor,” “first floor,” and “second floor.”
|
||||
6:9 e4k6 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple.
|
||||
6:9 eh9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built…they covered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:9 eh9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built … they covered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:9 qdt5 0 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
6:9 j6je 0 A plank is a flat wooden board used for floors and walls.
|
||||
6:10 yh6f 0 The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
@ -394,10 +394,10 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:12 g495 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the importance of obeying God’s commandments. AT “carefully obey all I tell you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:12 x4rb 0 “I will do everything I promised David your father that I would do for you”
|
||||
6:14 k3ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:15 y9km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built…they covered them…they covered the floor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:15 y9km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built … they covered them … they covered the floor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:15 hp23 0 walls between the rooms on the inside
|
||||
6:15 ik56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 Cypress is a kind of wood that was used for building the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
6:16 d6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build twenty cubits…He had them build this room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:16 d6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build twenty cubits … He had them build this room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:16 xx5s 0 “He built a room twenty cubits long”
|
||||
6:16 g59q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
6:17 w7cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “18.4 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
@ -408,9 +408,9 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:20 w5vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:20 jfg2 0 “9.2 meters”
|
||||
6:20 m4tm 0 This altar would be used for burning incense.
|
||||
6:21 yge1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid…they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:21 yge1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:21 c2iq 0 “covered”
|
||||
6:22 x7k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid…They also overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:22 x7k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … They also overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:22 l55u 0 “altar of incense at the entrance to the inner room”
|
||||
6:23 ilt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded them to make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:23 w5qr 0 wood from an olive tree
|
||||
|
@ -428,13 +428,13 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:31 uq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:31 fb2k 0 beam across the top of a door frame
|
||||
6:31 c6zg 0 toothlike notches on each of five sections
|
||||
6:32 w1bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they made…they made…They overlaid…they spread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:32 w1bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they made … they made … They overlaid … they spread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:32 ix6q 0 “covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md).
|
||||
6:33 s6ub 0 “In the same way, Solomon also made doorposts of olive wood for the temple entrance, with four indented sections”
|
||||
6:33 dfh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they also made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:33 nd29 0 tooth-like notches
|
||||
6:34 eh1n 0 This means each door had two sections connected by hinges so they could fold together.
|
||||
6:35 zh1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They carved…they evenly overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:35 zh1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They carved … they evenly overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:36 y7ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They built the inner courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:36 ugf5 0 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
6:37 w9kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of “four.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the fourth year after Solomon became king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:2 rj76 0 Some details are given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon.
|
||||
7:2 a64r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:2 rg2y 0 “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest”
|
||||
7:2 tl45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “46 meters…23 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:2 tl45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “46 meters … 23 meters … 13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:2 zp59 0 A beam is a long piece of strong wood used to support walls and roofs.
|
||||
7:3 e2zi 0 Some details continue to be given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon.
|
||||
7:3 vs2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The carpenters built a roof from cedar planks and attached them to beams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:5 tmp7 0 “had rectangular frames”
|
||||
7:6 r2cs 0 The author writes about the structure of the Hall of Pillars.
|
||||
7:6 i5va 0 a series of columns, all the same distance apart
|
||||
7:6 v962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “23 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:6 v962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “23 meters … 13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:6 nzf9 0 an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:3](../06/03.md)
|
||||
7:7 u94c 0 The author writes about the hall of the throne.
|
||||
7:7 t73g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon had them build” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:13 yv35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Huram accepted Solomon’s invitation to come to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:14 mx1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 A widow is a woman whose husband has died, so we know that the father is dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:14 xyc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. The words “wisdom and understanding” mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Yahweh giving such things as wisdom is spoken of as if they were liquids that Yahweh had poured into a container, and Huram is spoken of as if he were that container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had given Huram wisdom, understanding, and skill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:15 ps2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters…5.5 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:15 ps2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters … 5.5 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:15 rjk8 0 Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
|
||||
7:16 py25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:16 ym3q 0 decorations on top of each of the two pillars
|
||||
|
@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:17 lzk9 0 “Crossed metal strips woven together and metal chains twisted together”
|
||||
7:18 rc2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram commanded his workers to make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:18 m8zp 0 A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. Huram did not use real pomegranates to decorate the pillars. He made them out of bronze.
|
||||
7:19 yg1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram decorated the capitals…with bronze lilies, four cubits high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:19 yg1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram decorated the capitals … with bronze lilies, four cubits high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:19 m7gx 0 Translate “portico” as in [1 Kings 7:6](../07/06.md).
|
||||
7:19 gz27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:20 py2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “200 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:23 q22n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:23 ih6g 0 This refers to a bronze tank or basin that would hold water.
|
||||
7:23 dql9 0 Huram melted the bronze and formed it in a mold.
|
||||
7:23 i52r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:23 i52r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters … 2.3 meters … 13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:23 wlw3 0 “from one edge to the other”
|
||||
7:23 q5wc 0 Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
|
||||
7:24 bar8 0 A gourd is a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground.
|
||||
|
@ -514,14 +514,14 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:26 d6yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:26 im3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “2,000 baths” or “44,000 liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:27 vrb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” or “They also made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:27 nie3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters…about 1.4 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:27 nie3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters … about 1.4 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:28 g4xy 0 This means the author will describe the stands in the words that follow.
|
||||
7:29 vkn8 0 There were decorative pieces in the shapes of lions, oxen, and cherubim fastened to the sides of the stands.
|
||||
7:29 drg7 0 Here the word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze.
|
||||
7:30 c4jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 There was one axle for each pair of wheels. Alternate translation: “four bronze wheels and two axles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
7:30 r3m7 0 “the four corners of each stand”
|
||||
7:30 wp4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Each support was cast as one piece with the wreaths. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram cast the supports with spiral-shaped pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:31 tnm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters…about 50 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:31 tnm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters … about 50 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:31 bjx5 0 Here the word “crown” refers to the circular piece at the top of the stand’s opening that held the basin.
|
||||
7:31 g112 0 “the panels of the stands were square.” This phrase returns to the description of the panels that began in [1 Kings 7:28](../07/28.md).
|
||||
7:32 nan4 0 Here the word “their” refers to the axles. The word “housings” refers to the casings into which the axles were inserted.
|
||||
|
@ -540,10 +540,10 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:38 bx9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make ten” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:38 w15g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “about 88 liters” or “about 90 liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:38 k7yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
7:39 w6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Human had them make five…Huram commanded them to set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:39 u5iv 0 “the south side…the north side”
|
||||
7:39 w6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Human had them make five … Huram commanded them to set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:39 u5iv 0 “the south side … the north side”
|
||||
7:39 z7tj 0 “near the southeast corner of the temple”
|
||||
7:40 kaa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make…they finished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:40 kaa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make … they finished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:41 zv5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The capitals were shaped like bowls. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
7:41 rhp4 0 “crossed metal strips woven together”
|
||||
7:42 v1e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:48 f4p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers had made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:48 e2d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “on which the priests were to place the bread of the presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:49 kb8t 0 The “flowers” and “lamps” were part of the lampstands.
|
||||
7:50 tev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:50 tev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:50 y2nn 0 Here “sockets” may refer to either (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
|
||||
7:51 x9f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Celebration of the temple’s completion\nWhen the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idiom\nSolomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:5 i2ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “more sheep and oxen than anyone would ever be able to count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:6 r7tn 0 “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under”
|
||||
8:7 f19r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:8 igt6 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends…people could not see them”
|
||||
8:8 igt6 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them”
|
||||
8:8 ia58 0 This means the day on which the writer wrote.
|
||||
8:10 qah8 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
8:12 y9ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -580,24 +580,24 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:14 n1li 0 “all the people of Israel who were gathered there”
|
||||
8:15 qg1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:15 yw9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power in the hand. Alternate translation: “by his own power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:16 b9uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for…name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “so that people would worship me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:16 b9uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “so that people would worship me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:17 kpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “David my father desired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:17 jsu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:18 tr7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “Because you desired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:18 ixj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for…name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:18 ixj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:18 fu1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “to desire to do that” or “by wanting to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:19 n4x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:20 j7v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has done exactly what he said he would do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:20 kuf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: “I have gained the power that David my father had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:20 j2e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “I rule over Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:20 n57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for…name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:20 n57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:21 ts1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:22 p4j2 0 “all the people of Israel who were gathered there”
|
||||
8:23 zb47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “who faithfully loves your servants” or “who is faithful to your covenant with your servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
8:23 vza1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live wholeheartedly the way that you want them to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:24 zl94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power of the hand. Alternate translation: “by your power fulfilled what you said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:25 u5vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule over Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:25 k2lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to…have lived as I want you to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:25 k2lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to … have lived as I want you to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:27 ke8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings of this question are (1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or (2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: “But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:27 lex3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “But will you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
8:27 dxu6 0 “What I am about to say is important” or “The truth is that”
|
||||
|
@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:38 kwn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) The person’s sin is spoken of as if it were a plague. Alternate translation: “knowing the sin in his own heart” or (2) The “plague” is a metonym for the sins that the disasters are a punishment for. Alternate translation: “knowing in his heart that the plague is the result of his own sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:43 vt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “is called by your name” shows that God possesses and owns the house. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you own this house that I have built” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:44 ha7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
8:44 vjp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for…name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:44 vjp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:45 d6n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people are sincere as they make their request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “their request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
8:46 d9cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
8:47 rbr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
@ -633,10 +633,10 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:47 lcn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the people’s actions were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
8:47 gh66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
8:48 qbv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
8:48 mf4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “with all…heart” means “completely” and “with all…soul” means “with all…being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
8:48 mf4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
8:48 pq6q 0 “while they are living in the land”
|
||||
8:48 tv6f 0 “toward the land in which they belong.” This refers to Israel.
|
||||
8:48 ha3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for…name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:48 ha3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:49 m5gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The two words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that the people were sincere as they made their request to Yahweh. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
8:50 k51r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Solomon twice requests Yahweh to forgive the people. This emphasizes the earnestness of his request. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
8:51 lr1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a furnace where people forge iron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:63 ttb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred twenty thousand sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
8:64 yz15 0 “the bronze altar that was in Yahweh’s presence.” Since the temple is Yahweh’s dwelling place among his people, the altar is described as being in his presence.
|
||||
8:65 k9ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This generalization may refer either (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:62](./62.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
8:65 reb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
8:65 reb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “7 days … 7 days … 14 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
8:66 cs8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
8:66 nja5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
9:intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThere are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worship only Yahweh\nYahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
|
||||
|
@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:28 qm3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that his merchants had bought from people in Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:28 hmd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:29 a9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “His merchants purchased chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:29 m334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver…about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
10:29 m334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
10:29 z3uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “600 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:29 ce7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred and fifty shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:29 e5bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
11:2 u5n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:3 pv2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “700 royal wives and 300 concubines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
11:3 l6qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “turned his heart away from Yahweh” or “persuaded him to stop worshiping Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:4 d7qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 To “surrender” your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “he was not fully devoted…as was David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:4 d7qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 To “surrender” your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “he was not fully devoted … as was David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:5 u9if rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:5 pjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:5 ucx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Some version render this as “Milcom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
11:29 ijr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:29 e5f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 The Shilonites are a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:31 b9tk 0 Here the word “He” refers to Ahijah.
|
||||
11:31 zw4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “tear…out” is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:31 zw4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “tear … out” is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:31 ei9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:32 m8js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name “Solomon” here is a metonym referring to his descendants. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s sons will have” or “Solomon’s descendants will have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:33 f1ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
12:21 bcr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. And, here “tribe” refers specifically to the soldiers from those tribes. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:21 sx4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:21 va9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents the kingdom made up of the 10 northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of the northern tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:22 lz9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “God spoke this message…and he said” or “God spoke these words…and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:22 lz9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “God spoke this message … and he said” or “God spoke these words … and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:22 bf83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:22 t1dq 0 The expression “man of God” is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the man who belongs to God” or “the prophet of God”
|
||||
12:23 v1cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. Alternate translation: “all the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
14:19 bn67 0 This refers to a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
14:20 srn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “22 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:20 wjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jeroboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
14:21 q3tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “41 years old…17 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:21 q3tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “41 years old … 17 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:21 j1gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “put his name” is a metonym for “dwell” and refers to the temple where Yahweh was to be worshiped. Alternate translation: “in which to dwell” or “in which to be worshiped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:21 f2e3 0 Here the word “His” refers to Rehoboam.
|
||||
14:21 g2ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
15:3 hlc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:3 cm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Since these verses refer to several kings, it may help to include the name of Abijah’s father. This information can be made clear. AT “that his father, Rehoboam, had committed before Abijah’s time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:3 v4ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This phrase represents the time that he was king. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “before Abijah was king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:3 p8rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Abijah was not devoted…as David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:3 p8rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Abijah was not devoted … as David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:4 qbs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “lamp” here represents a descendant who would be king as David was. Alternate translation: “gave David a descendant to rule in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:4 t1tl 0 “by raising up Abijah’s son after him” or “by giving Abijah a son”
|
||||
15:5 al5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1200,13 +1200,13 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:7 qz9f 0 Here the word “master” is used as a term of respect.
|
||||
18:8 fu6g 0 Here the word “master” refers to Ahab.
|
||||
18:8 bil9 0 “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Elijah”
|
||||
18:9 a65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahab’s anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: “I have not wronged you…for him to kill me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:9 a65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahab’s anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: “I have not wronged you … for him to kill me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:9 ry4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Hand” is metonymy for power and control. Alternate translation: “deliver your servant to Ahab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:9 hmu9 0 Obadiah refers to himself as Elijah’s servant in order to honor Elijah.
|
||||
18:10 j1sm 0 This is an oath used to emphasize that what he is saying is true.
|
||||
18:10 n7bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Here “no nation or kingdom” is an exaggeration that means that men have traveled very far and gone to many places to find Elijah. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “my master has sent men to nations and kingdoms near and far” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
18:11 nlb6 0 This phrase is used to emphasize the danger in what Elijah is telling Obadiah to do.
|
||||
18:13 zrj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Surely you have been told about what I did…with bread and water!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:13 zrj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Surely you have been told about what I did … with bread and water!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:13 v2va 0 Here the word “master” is a term of respect used to refer to Elijah.
|
||||
18:13 u3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “100 of Yahweh’s prophets in groups of 50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:14 h867 0 See how you translated these words in [1 Kings 18:11](../18/11.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1218,12 +1218,12 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:19 gz7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:19 n9nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “four hundred and fifty prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:19 nzp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “400 prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:20 vwk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 “Word” represents Ahab’s message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: “sent a message to…and gathered” or “sent a messenger to summon…to gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:20 vwk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 “Word” represents Ahab’s message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: “sent a message to … and gathered” or “sent a messenger to summon … to gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:21 v7v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elijah asks this question to urge the people to make a decision. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been indecisive for long enough.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:21 na5a 0 “did not say anything” or “were silent”
|
||||
18:22 l1ig 0 The word “I” is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
18:22 z9im rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “four hundred and fifty men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:24 fch4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Name” is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and “calling on” him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: “call to your god…call to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:24 fch4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Name” is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and “calling on” him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: “call to your god … call to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:24 i2cc 0 “all the people said, ‘This is a good thing to do.’”
|
||||
18:25 b41u 0 “make it ready to be sacrificed”
|
||||
18:25 y7cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
20:17 ke29 0 A “scout” is a soldier sent to gather information about the enemy.
|
||||
20:18 l7k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is understood that Ben Hadad is speaking to his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Ben Hadad said to his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
20:18 hqg6 0 Here “they” and “them” refer to the Israelite army.
|
||||
20:19 t1j4 0 “The young Israelite officers…the Israelite army followed”
|
||||
20:19 t1j4 0 “The young Israelite officers … the Israelite army followed”
|
||||
20:20 e1jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 “Israel” is synecdoche for all the soldiers of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “the men of the army of Israel pursued them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
20:21 k7xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 “The king” is synecdoche for the king and all the soldiers serving under him. Alternate translation: “The king of Israel and his soldiers went out and attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
20:22 b52i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Yourself” represents by metonymy the army of the king. Alternate translation: “strengthen your forces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:26 cz5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here “Israel” refers to all twelve tribes of Israel and not just to the northern kingdom. Alternate translation: “removed from the presence of the people of Israel” or “drove out of the land before the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:28 lq1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
21:29 hf8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:29 cf9j 0 “during his lifetime…during his son’s lifetime”
|
||||
21:29 cf9j 0 “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime”
|
||||
22:intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nWhen God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”\nAt the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
|
||||
22:1 hhf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “3 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
22:2 d41e 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
@ -1411,14 +1411,14 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
22:13 mzz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here the word “them” refers to “the words of the prophets.” Alternate translation: “let what you say agree with what they have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:15 f1wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
22:15 qtv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “will allow the king to capture it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:16 pk5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required…in the name of Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:16 pk5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required … in the name of Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:16 mg9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “as the representative of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:17 c1di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “all Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “I saw the entire army of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:17 wa5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
22:17 ql8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: “These people no longer have a leader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:18 h4mu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you…but only disaster!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:18 h4mu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you … but only disaster!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:20 q5js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
22:20 zk2g 0 “One…and another” refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse.
|
||||
22:20 zk2g 0 “One … and another” refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse.
|
||||
22:22 q6fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:23 i9ww 0 “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
|
||||
22:23 ty8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused all of your prophets to speak lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ front:intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:18 a6gc τοῖς σκολιοῖς 1 “the cruel ones” or “the mean ones”
|
||||
2:19 r1h1 τοῦτο & χάρις 1 “it is deserving of praise” or “it is pleasing to God”
|
||||
2:19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει & λύπας 1 Possible meanings of the original passage are (1) that this person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God or (2) that this person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
|
||||
2:20 y5ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε 1 Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “For there is no credit…while being punished.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:20 y5ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε 1 Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “For there is no credit … while being punished.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:20 pr8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κολαφιζόμενοι 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while someone punishes you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:20 ly9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you suffer while someone punishes you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:21 c1jn 0 Peter continues speaking to people who are servants in people’s houses.
|
||||
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ front:intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
3:14 f9u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
3:14 yz6y τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν 1 Here the word “they” refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
3:15 ju58 δὲ & ἁγιάσατε 1 “Instead of being troubled, set apart”
|
||||
3:15 vgv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Κύριον & τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 The phrase “set apart the Lord Christ…as holy” is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ’s holiness. Here “hearts” is a metonym for the “inner person.” Alternate translation: “acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy” or “honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:15 vgv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Κύριον & τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 The phrase “set apart the Lord Christ … as holy” is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ’s holiness. Here “hearts” is a metonym for the “inner person.” Alternate translation: “acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy” or “honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:18 me4u 0 Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering.
|
||||
3:18 g1xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:18 j5lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς & σαρκὶ 1 Here “flesh” refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People put Christ to death physically” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ front:intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
4:17 c8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 “what will happen to those”
|
||||
4:17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 “those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word “obey” means to believe.
|
||||
4:18 w8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος & ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man…the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:18 w8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος & ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner”
|
||||
4:18 t762 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 Here the word “saved” refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:18 wb4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
|
100
tn_1SA.tsv
100
tn_1SA.tsv
|
@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:25 eb5j 0 “ask Yahweh to have mercy on him”
|
||||
2:25 cvx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the father’s “voice” represents the father. Alternate translation: “their father” or “what their father said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:27 f6z6 0 This phrase usually means a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “a man who hears and tells words from God”
|
||||
2:27 r882 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that I revealed myself…house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:27 r882 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that I revealed myself … house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:27 k8sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the people who lived in the house. Alternate translation: “the family of your ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:27 u541 0 Aaron
|
||||
2:28 z66e 0 This refers to making an offering to Yahweh.
|
||||
2:28 vv14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “wear an ephod” are a metonym for the work of the priests who wear the ephod. Alternate translation: “to do what I had commanded the priests to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:29 tk44 0 The man of God continues to speak to Eli.
|
||||
2:29 rx55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is a rebuke. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not scorn my sacrifices…where I live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:29 rx55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is a rebuke. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not scorn my sacrifices … where I live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:29 ai4j 0 “the place where my people bring offerings to me”
|
||||
2:29 en93 0 The best part of the offering was to be burned up as an offering to Yahweh, but the priests were eating it.
|
||||
2:30 b5d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the people who lived in the house. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “the family of your ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:30 agt3 0 “I will certainly not allow your family to serve me forever”
|
||||
2:30 hd3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 The words “lightly esteemed” is an ironic euphemism for “greatly despised.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will lightly esteem those who despise me” or “I will greatly despise those who despise me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:31 wg4e 0 “Listen carefully to what I am about to say” or “What I am about to say is very important”
|
||||
2:31 h1ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 The words “cut off…strength” are probably a euphemism for the death of strong, young men; the words “your father’s house” are a metonym for “your family.” Alternate translation: “I will kill you and all strong, young male descendants in your family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:31 h1ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 The words “cut off … strength” are probably a euphemism for the death of strong, young men; the words “your father’s house” are a metonym for “your family.” Alternate translation: “I will kill you and all strong, young male descendants in your family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:31 l1i2 0 “be any old men” or “be any men who grow old”
|
||||
2:33 l8ta 0 “cause you to lose your eyesight” or “cause you to go blind”
|
||||
2:35 vaw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will cause a man to become priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:9 m2t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Eli tells Samuel to speak to Yahweh as if Samuel were another person so that Samuel would show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:10 tcr3 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh actually appeared and stood before Samuel or (2) Yahweh made his presence known to Samuel.
|
||||
3:10 z33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Samuel speaks to Yahweh as if Samuel were another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:11 huj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “ears…will tingle” is an idiom that means everyone will be shocked by what they hear. Alternate translation: “that will shock everyone who hears it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:11 huj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “ears … will tingle” is an idiom that means everyone will be shocked by what they hear. Alternate translation: “that will shock everyone who hears it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:11 z6qj 0 This means to feel like someone is gently poking with small, sharp objects, usually because of the cold or because someone has slapped that body part with their hand.
|
||||
3:12 z75y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This is a merism for completeness. Alternate translation: “absolutely everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
3:13 dp7i 0 “did those things which Yahweh had said he would punish those who did them”
|
||||
|
@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
4:4 w7gp 0 were in Shiloh
|
||||
4:5 ym2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “When the people carried the ark of the covenant of Yahweh into the camp” Some languages may need to add understood information to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “The people, along with Hophni and Phinehas, picked up the ark of the covenant of Yahweh and carried it into the camp. When the people carried the ark into the camp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:6 hsc8 0 “the people had carried the ark of Yahweh into the camp”
|
||||
4:7 hw97 0 “they said to themselves…They said to each other” or “they said to each other…They said to each other.” The second clause clearly refers to what the Philistines said to each other. The first clause probably refers to what they thought, though it could also refer to what they said to each other. If possible, avoid stating who was spoken to.
|
||||
4:7 hw97 0 “they said to themselves … They said to each other” or “they said to each other … They said to each other.” The second clause clearly refers to what the Philistines said to each other. The first clause probably refers to what they thought, though it could also refer to what they said to each other. If possible, avoid stating who was spoken to.
|
||||
4:7 n37y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 The Philistines worshiped many gods, so they probably believed that one of those gods, or one whom they did not worship, had come into the camp. Another possible meaning is that they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel: “Yahweh has come.” Because 4:8 speaks of “gods,” some translations read, “Gods have come,” that is, “It is gods who have come.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
4:8 xaq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is an expression of deep fear. It can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no one who can protect us from these mighty gods.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:8 rx6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Because the word “god” (or “God”) in 4:7 is singular, many translations read “this mighty god…the god who attacked,” referring to any one of many possible gods, or “this mighty God…the God who attacked,” using the proper name of the God of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
4:8 rx6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Because the word “god” (or “God”) in 4:7 is singular, many translations read “this mighty god … the god who attacked,” referring to any one of many possible gods, or “this mighty God … the God who attacked,” using the proper name of the God of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
4:9 b9tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “be strong and fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:10 bt9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Also, “Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “they defeated the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:11 s6sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Philistines also took the ark of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
4:14 p7if 0 “The man of Benjamin”
|
||||
4:16 c94p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Eli was not the other man’s true father. Eli speaks as if he were the man’s father to show the man that he is not angry but that the man needs to answer him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:17 q67g 0 This is a general statement about what happened. The rest of the man’s words give details.
|
||||
4:17 knm8 0 “I will now tell you something worse…I will now tell you something worse” or “Not only has there been…people, but your two sons”
|
||||
4:17 knm8 0 “I will now tell you something worse … I will now tell you something worse” or “Not only has there been … people, but your two sons”
|
||||
4:17 b1fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Philistines have taken the ark of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:18 li8q 0 “When the man of Benjamin mentioned”
|
||||
4:18 duf3 0 “spoke of”
|
||||
|
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
6:17 rf99 0 Possible meanings are (1) painful swelling under the skin or (2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
6:18 vv5i 0 Translated this as in [1 Samuel 6:4](../06/04.md).
|
||||
6:18 j566 0 These are cities with high walls around them to protect the people inside from attack by their enemies.
|
||||
6:18 jy47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The stone is referred to as if it is a person who can see. Alternate translation: “The great stone…is still there, and people remember what happened on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
6:18 jy47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The stone is referred to as if it is a person who can see. Alternate translation: “The great stone … is still there, and people remember what happened on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
6:18 z1wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:18 i2ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is what a person from Beth Shemesh is called. Alternate translation: “from Beth Shemesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:18 ksv7 0 to the time at which the writer wrote the book
|
||||
|
@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
7:13 xt6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh subdued the Philistines” or “Yahweh kept the Philistines from causing harm” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:13 xr1h 0 The Philistines did not enter Israel’s border to attack them.
|
||||
7:13 lb3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh used his power against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:14 li9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) Here “Israel” refers to the “land” of Israel. “Yahweh restored to the land of Israel the towns…from Israel” or (2) “Israel” is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were able to reclaim the towns…from Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:14 li9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) Here “Israel” refers to the “land” of Israel. “Yahweh restored to the land of Israel the towns … from Israel” or (2) “Israel” is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were able to reclaim the towns … from Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:16 p2sh 0 traveled from place to place in a rough circle
|
||||
7:16 qa19 0 Disputes are arguments or disagreements between two or more people.
|
||||
8:intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 08 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n### Saul and Samuel\n\nThe section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The people want a king\n\nWhen Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
|
@ -381,18 +381,18 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
10:14 kwk6 0 “Then the brother of Saul’s father said to Saul”
|
||||
10:16 t8y5 0 “Saul did not tell his uncle that God had appointed him to be the king of Israel”
|
||||
10:18 j92a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. “I brought the people of Israel out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:18 yy7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians…the power of all the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:18 yy7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians … the power of all the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:19 x7u7 0 Samuel is speaking of the time since Israel had begun to reject God, not only the time since the sun had last set.
|
||||
10:19 r9bd 0 “Give us a king to rule us”
|
||||
10:19 ut8y 0 “gather together by tribes and clans and come to stand before Yahweh”
|
||||
10:20 qbp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. It is probably best not to say how the people knew whom Yahweh had chosen. Alternate translation: “Yahweh chose the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:21 f8p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. It is probably best not to say how the people knew whom Yahweh had chosen. Alternate translation: “Yahweh chose the clan of the Matrites…Yahweh chose Saul son of Kish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:21 f8p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. It is probably best not to say how the people knew whom Yahweh had chosen. Alternate translation: “Yahweh chose the clan of the Matrites … Yahweh chose Saul son of Kish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:23 ab3b 0 The other tall people in Israel did not even come up to his shoulders. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
10:25 v52k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “kingship” can be translated with a noun clause. Alternate translation: “the customs and rules that a king would be required to follow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
10:26 re4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 God touching a person’s heart is an idiom that means God put something in their mind or moved them to do something. Alternate translation: “who wanted to go with Saul because God had changed their thinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
10:27 u77f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This is a rhetorical question that is used to express sarcasm. Alternate translation: “This man has no power to save us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:27 qwt6 0 strongly disliked or hated
|
||||
11:intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead\n\nNahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idioms\n\nThe idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror…fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead\n\nNahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idioms\n\nThe idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror … fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:1 q5a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man from Ammon, a descendent of Lot, Abraham’s nephew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:1 y34w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:2 ztl3 0 “I cut out” or “I pluck out”
|
||||
|
@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
11:15 anj5 0 “made Saul king while Yahweh watched”
|
||||
11:15 y7hb 0 Part of Samuel’s service to Yahweh is to offer sacrifices even though he is not from the line of Aaron or Levi.
|
||||
12:intro abcc 0 # 1 Samuel 12 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Samuel’s farewell address\nThis chapter serves as a type of farewell address. This is a way for leaders to give instructions to their followers before they leave or die. Samuel first established his holiness before calling on the people to repent of their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nIt is common in Scripture to use Israel’s history to show how faithful God has been. This gives the readers evidence to trust in Yahweh in their current situation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
12:2 jw1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 These expressions mean that people can actually see the kind of lives Saul and Samuel are living. Alternate translation: “the king’s life was seen…My life was seen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:2 jw1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 These expressions mean that people can actually see the kind of lives Saul and Samuel are living. Alternate translation: “the king’s life was seen … My life was seen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:3 y8su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 By this statement, Samuel is challenging the people to speak up if he has done anything wrong to anyone. Alternate translation: “I stand in front of you now. I ask you to speak in front of Yahweh and his anointed king if I have done you any wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:3 zf3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Samuel uses rhetorical questions to remind the people that he has never stolen their animals. Alternate translation: “I have never stolen a prized animal from anyone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:3 ui7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Samuel uses another rhetorical question to say he has always been honest. Alternate translation: “I have never cheated or bribed any man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
12:5 s4uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This phrase means what a person possesses or what they have done to obtain favor from others. This is a polite way of saying he has not stolen, nor has he given or taken bribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
12:7 p1jp 0 Samuel is calling their attention to the history of Yahweh’s dealing with Israel, which has been filled with goodness and purpose.
|
||||
12:8 hds1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:9 s9g1 0 “into the power of Sisera…Philistines…king of Moab”
|
||||
12:9 s9g1 0 “into the power of Sisera … Philistines … king of Moab”
|
||||
12:9 yb45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:9 db38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:9 tqv1 0 This is an expression for God giving them over to their enemies to be their slaves.
|
||||
|
@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
13:4 m9rj 0 Possible meanings are that (1) Saul was taking responsibility for Jonathan’s actions or (2) Saul was taking credit for Jonathan’s actions.
|
||||
13:4 mef1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The Philistines hating the Israelites is spoken of as if the Israelites had become a bad smell that offended the Philistines. Alternate translation: “the Philistines hated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:4 en9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Saul called the soldiers together to join him at Gilgal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:5 ez1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “3,000…6,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:5 ez1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “3,000 … 6,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:5 ilg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is an exaggeration that means a group of soldiers so large that it was difficult to count them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
13:5 xgl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:5 m7kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
15:15 a6ie 0 Saul here does not describe Samuel’s God as his own God.
|
||||
15:17 a18m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “in your own opinion” or “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:17 a7ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Samuel uses this question to remind Saul of now much God had given him. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made you the ruler of the tribes of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:19 yu1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Samuel asks this question to rebuke Saul for disobeying Yahweh. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have obeyed…Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:19 yu1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Samuel asks this question to rebuke Saul for disobeying Yahweh. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have obeyed … Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:19 w3n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “voice” refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:19 x74v 0 Samuel is accusing Saul of direct disobedience. Yahweh commanded Saul to completely destroy everything belonging to the Amalekites, and not to bring anything back to camp.
|
||||
15:19 b9eg 0 “the plunder” or “the possessions you took from the enemy”
|
||||
|
@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
16:6 ug8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of Jesse’s oldest son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:6 lj9m 0 Here “him” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
16:7 hbc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “see” means to evaluate something. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:7 v16l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “For I, Yahweh, do not see…I, Yahweh, look” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:7 v16l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “For I, Yahweh, do not see … I, Yahweh, look” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:7 s3tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:8 k8wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of one of Jesse’s sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:8 qht8 0 “told him to go to Samuel”
|
||||
|
@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
18:16 bgb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Israel and Judah” represent the people of all of the tribes. Alternate translation: “all the people in Israel and Judah loved David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:16 c9ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrases “went out” and “came in” are idioms that refer to leading the people into battle and leading them home from battle. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 18:13](../18/13.md). Alternate translation: “led his soldiers into battle and led them home from battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:17 ptz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Harming someone is spoken of as if it were placing one’s hand on that person. Here, Saul is referring to killing David. Alternate translation: “I will not be the one to kill him; I will let the Philistines kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
18:18 ij43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 David uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he is not worthy of being Saul’s son-in-law. Alternate translation: “I am nobody and neither my relatives nor my father’s family are important enough in Israel…to the king.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:18 ij43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 David uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he is not worthy of being Saul’s son-in-law. Alternate translation: “I am nobody and neither my relatives nor my father’s family are important enough in Israel … to the king.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:18 hga5 0 “husband of the king’s daughter”
|
||||
18:19 imc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Saul should have given his daughter Merab to David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:19 vdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Saul gave her to Adriel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
20:7 t7n5 0 The word “he” refers to Saul.
|
||||
20:7 x3iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speaks of himself as if he were another person to show that he respects Jonathan. Alternate translation: “I, your servant, will have peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:8 v33p 0 David continues speaking to Jonathan.
|
||||
20:8 avp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speak of himself in the third person as a form of humility. Alternate translation: “with me, your servant…have brought me, your servant” or “with me…have brought me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:8 avp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speak of himself in the third person as a form of humility. Alternate translation: “with me, your servant … have brought me, your servant” or “with me … have brought me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:8 ap89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 What it was that the two men agreed on can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh heard you when you made a solemn agreement with me that you and I will always be good friends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:8 hbz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “then there would be no reason for you to bring me to your father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:9 ge5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that means it will never happen to you. Alternate translation: “This will never happen to you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
20:29 j146 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Jonathan speaks of Saul as if he is another person to show that he respects Saul. Alternate translation: “your table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
20:30 yn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “anger burned” is a metonym that refers to becoming very angry. Alternate translation: “Saul became very angry with Jonathan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:30 vv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Saul uses this phrase as a harsh rebuke to Jonathan and his concern for David. Alternate translation: “You stupid son of a prostitute” or “You stupid traitor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:30 yr6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Saul uses this question to emphasize that he knows that Jonathan and David are friends. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that you have chosen the son of Jesse…mother’s nakedness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:30 yr6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Saul uses this question to emphasize that he knows that Jonathan and David are friends. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that you have chosen the son of Jesse … mother’s nakedness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:30 g94g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “mother’s nakedness” is an idiom that refers to the mother who gave birth to you. Alternate translation: “to the shame of your mother who gave birth to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:31 zl6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will not become king and will not establish your kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:32 ux46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jonathan is trying to get Saul to think carefully about what he is doing. This can be translated as a statement, and the words “should he be put to death” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “You have no good reason to put him to death. He has done nothing wrong.” or “You have no good reason to kill him. He has done nothing wrong.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -967,15 +967,15 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
21:6 u4vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bread that the priests had set apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:6 vbr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the priests had removed from before Yahweh so that they could put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:7 tmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Possible meanings are that (1) Doeg had some religious work regarding Yahweh to do there. Alternate translation: “for some work before Yahweh” or (2) Yahweh detained Doeg there. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh had detained him there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:7 z642 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to say clearly that Doeg saw what David did. Alternate translation: “Doeg…herdsmen, and he saw what Ahimelech did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:7 z642 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to say clearly that Doeg saw what David did. Alternate translation: “Doeg … herdsmen, and he saw what Ahimelech did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:7 zg8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man from the land of Edom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
21:7 ye4p 0 the keepers and protectors of a herd, especially of cattle or sheep
|
||||
21:8 xr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “on hand” is a metonym meaning “available.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 21:3](../21/03.md). Alternate translation: “Do you have a spear or sword that you can give me?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:8 wb13 0 a general name for such things as swords, knives, bows and arrows, and spears
|
||||
21:9 rpf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
21:11 zg9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 They were probably exaggerating when they said that David was king of the land. They used this question to imply that David was a powerful enemy and Achish should not let him stay there. Alternate translation: “You know that this is David, who is as dangerous as the king of the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:11 sc99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that when the people of the land were dancing, they sang to each other about him, ‘Saul…thousands.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:12 rqg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “took…to heart” is a metonym to think seriously about what was said. Alternate translation: “David thought seriously about what the servants said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:11 sc99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that when the people of the land were dancing, they sang to each other about him, ‘Saul … thousands.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:12 rqg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “took … to heart” is a metonym to think seriously about what was said. Alternate translation: “David thought seriously about what the servants said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:13 ai6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “hands” are a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “in their presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
21:14 w6kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) Achish demands that his servants explain why they have brought David to him or (2) Achish is scolding them with a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should have known not to bring him to me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:15 kl34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “There are enough madmen here who waste my time. You should not have brought this fellow to behave like one in my presence.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
22:1 wbc2 0 a hollow space under the ground, generally opening into the side of a hill, large enough for people to enter
|
||||
22:1 h42f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a town near the city of Gath. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
22:1 mjh9 0 heard that David had gone to hide in the cave
|
||||
22:2 x1s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Many people who were distressed…many people who were unhappy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
22:2 x1s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Many people who were distressed … many people who were unhappy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
22:2 w6kr 0 military officer who leads soldiers
|
||||
22:2 nik2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “400” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
22:3 n6gm 0 “Then David went from the cave at Adullam”
|
||||
|
@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
22:10 p71d 0 Ahitub prayed to Yahweh that Yahweh might help David, and Ahitub gave David
|
||||
22:13 vs5z 0 “by giving”
|
||||
22:13 rp7f 0 “rebel” or “fight”
|
||||
22:14 mme1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of your servants is as faithful as David…house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:14 mme1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of your servants is as faithful as David … house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:14 iy7u 0 a person or group of people who protect someone
|
||||
22:14 aui9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom your family honors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
22:15 sq72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahimelech asks himself this question before Saul can ask it, then immediately answers it. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not the first time I have prayed to God to help David.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1021,11 +1021,11 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
22:17 dgp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “Turn” means to turn around or turn away from the king. Alternate translation: “Go and kill” or “Kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
22:17 nr49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for the work done with the hand. Alternate translation: “they also help David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:17 gd4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for the work done with the hand. Alternate translation: “did not do anything to kill” or “refused to kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:18 kxa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “Turn” means to turn around or turn away from the king. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 22:17](../22/17.md). Alternate translation: “Go and kill the priests…went and attacked” or “Kill the priest…attacked the priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
22:18 g41e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Possible meanings are (1) Doeg killed all the priests himself or (2) the word “Doeg” is a synecdoche for Doeg and the men who went with him. Alternate translation: “Doeg the Edomite and his men turned and attacked…they killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:18 kxa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “Turn” means to turn around or turn away from the king. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 22:17](../22/17.md). Alternate translation: “Go and kill the priests … went and attacked” or “Kill the priest … attacked the priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
22:18 g41e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Possible meanings are (1) Doeg killed all the priests himself or (2) the word “Doeg” is a synecdoche for Doeg and the men who went with him. Alternate translation: “Doeg the Edomite and his men turned and attacked … they killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:18 lsc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
22:18 c5xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “85 men” or “85 priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
22:19 qi5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Possible meanings are (1) Doeg killed all the priests himself or (2) the word “Doeg” is a synecdoche for Doeg and the men who went with him. Alternate translation: “They also put to the sword…they put to the sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:19 qi5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Possible meanings are (1) Doeg killed all the priests himself or (2) the word “Doeg” is a synecdoche for Doeg and the men who went with him. Alternate translation: “They also put to the sword … they put to the sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:19 eh6l 0 “killed with the sword”
|
||||
22:19 ru75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Nob is the name of a city. Here the name “Nob” represents the people of that city. Alternate translation: “the people in the city of Nob” or “the people of Nob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:20 g9ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
23:10 f699 0 “David asked” or “David prayed”
|
||||
23:10 g8im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speaks as if he were someone else to show his respect for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I have indeed heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
23:10 cg3l 0 make the city so no one could live in it and kill all the people who live there
|
||||
23:11 m2bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speaks as if he were someone else to show his respect for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as I have heard…tell me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
23:11 m2bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speaks as if he were someone else to show his respect for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as I have heard … tell me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
23:11 dwu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “give me over to Saul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:12 p7uu 0 or “David asked” or “David prayed”
|
||||
23:12 w6q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “give me and my men over to Saul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
23:16 c2id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. AT “encouraged him to trust in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:17 lm7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” is a metonym for Saul and his power. Alternate translation: “For Saul my father will not find you” or “For Saul my father will never be able to have power over you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:19 zz5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of the people group from Ziph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:19 t8kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David is hiding among us in…Jeshimon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:19 t8kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David is hiding among us in … Jeshimon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:19 f1lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a hill in the wilderness of Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:19 n8vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a desert area near the Dead Sea. It can also be translated as “the Judean Wilderness” or “the wasteland.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:20 tx3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for power. The Ziphites speak to Saul as if he were another man to show him that they respect him. Alternate translation: “give David to you so you can do whatever you desire with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1171,21 +1171,21 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
25:23 l6e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 The writer has finished giving background information, so he continues the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
25:23 l5ga 0 Abigail was being humble and showing that she would obey David because he was a powerful leader.
|
||||
25:24 c4nh 0 “hear”
|
||||
25:24 ljp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 “David…me…my words.” Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people, to show that she respects David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:24 ljp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 “David … me … my words.” Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people, to show that she respects David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:25 zt8e 0 Abigail continues to advise David not to take revenge.
|
||||
25:25 q94v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are other people to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “Do not regard…I…your young men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:25 zwq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit what Abigail would have done. Alternate translation: “But if I…had seen…whom you sent, I would have given them food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:25 q94v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are other people to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “Do not regard … I … your young men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:25 zwq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit what Abigail would have done. Alternate translation: “But if I … had seen … whom you sent, I would have given them food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:26 b9lx 0 Abigail continues to advise David not to take revenge.
|
||||
25:26 tc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of David as if he is another person to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “David…you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:26 tc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of David as if he is another person to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “David … you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:26 j7ne 0 murder
|
||||
25:26 j55q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for what a person does with the hand. Abigail assumes that David should allow Yahweh to take vengeance for him. Alternate translation: “taking vengeance yourself instead of letting Yahweh do it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:26 p12k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Abigail speaks as if Yahweh has already punished Nabal. Alternate translation: “I hope that Yahweh will punish your enemies…as he will punish Nabal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
25:26 p12k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Abigail speaks as if Yahweh has already punished Nabal. Alternate translation: “I hope that Yahweh will punish your enemies … as he will punish Nabal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
25:27 s1mh 0 Abigail continues to tell David not to be angry.
|
||||
25:27 lh33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Abigail uses the passive to show her respect for David. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “please give this present, which your servant has brought to my master, to the young men” or “please let my master give this present, which your servant has brought to my master, to the young men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:27 ew7h 0 “these gifts.” The “present” was actually many different things.
|
||||
25:27 yj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “I have…you…you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:27 yj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “I have … you … you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:28 lg88 0 Abigail continues to reason with David.
|
||||
25:28 m9sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people, to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “my trespass…you…you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:28 m9sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people, to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “my trespass … you … you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:28 iqt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “house” is an idiom used for “descendants.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will ensure that my master always has a descendant who serves as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:28 qq1m 0 “fighting against Yahweh’s enemies”
|
||||
25:28 cd6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever see you do any evil thing” or “you will never do anything evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1199,10 +1199,10 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
25:30 m21u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of David as if he is another person, to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:31 lm3s 0 Abigail finishes reasoning with David.
|
||||
25:31 wg25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 Abigail is stating that if David chooses not to take revenge he will have a clear conscience when Yahweh makes him king of Israel. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You will always be glad you acted as you did-that you have not poured out innocent blood, or because my master did not attempt to rescue himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
25:31 bql2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people, to show that she respects David. “you…yourself…you…me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:31 bql2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Abigail speaks of herself and David as if they are two other people, to show that she respects David. “you … yourself … you … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:31 m9fd 0 That is, when Yahweh actually makes him king after Saul’s reign is over.
|
||||
25:32 i5t4 0 David accepts Abigail’s counsel and gifts.
|
||||
25:32 ze7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “I praise Yahweh…who” or (2) “May all people praise Yahweh…who.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:32 ze7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “I praise Yahweh … who” or (2) “May all people praise Yahweh … who.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:33 xel2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I thank Yahweh because he has blessed you by making you wise and because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:33 m4g6 0 murder. The same word appears in [1 Samuel 25:26](../25/26.md).
|
||||
25:33 er78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” here is a metonym for the action taken by the hand. Alternate translation: “by my own actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
25:44 rm51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
25:44 qbi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a town north of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:intro abcq 0 # 1 Samuel 26 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vengeance\nDavid has another opportunity to kill Saul but he refuses to kill the one God had chosen as king. This contrasts with Saul, who tried to find David and kill him. Saul came to admit that David was more righteous than he was because he did not kill his enemy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical question\nDavid put his reason for not killing Saul in a rhetorical question: “Do not destroy him; for who can extend his hand against Yahweh’s anointed one and be guiltless?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:1 xrk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David is hiding…Jeshimon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:1 xrk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David is hiding … Jeshimon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:1 u73j 0 “from which we can see Jeshimon”
|
||||
26:1 x3kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a desert area near the Dead Sea. It can also be translated as “the Judean Wilderness” or “the wasteland.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 23:19](../23/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:2 xlu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The word “arose” is an idiom for taking action. Alternate translation: “Then Saul took action and he went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1318,14 +1318,14 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
27:12 g4e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 the king of Gath (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
28:intro abcs 0 # 1 Samuel 28 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Talking to the dead\n\nTalking to the dead was against the law of Moses. God or the Holy Spirit left Saul because of his sin and would not help him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical question\nSamuel uses a rhetorical question to say it was useless to ask his advice since there was no way Saul could be successful with God against him: “What then do you ask me, since Yahweh has left you, and he has become your enemy?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
28:1 u8jp 0 large assembly of armies
|
||||
28:2 au3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases 0 The word “so” shows that the speaker agrees with what the other person has just said. Alternate translation: “Yes, I will go with you so that you will know…Very well, I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
28:2 au3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases 0 The word “so” shows that the speaker agrees with what the other person has just said. Alternate translation: “Yes, I will go with you so that you will know … Very well, I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
28:2 a7g3 0 David probably wanted Achish to think that David would kill many Israelites, but “what your servant can do” could also mean that David was planning to kill Philistines instead. Try to translate so that the reader can see both of these possible meanings.
|
||||
28:2 b6jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speaks as if he is another person so that Achish will think David respects him. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
28:2 m1je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 The word “you” refers to David and so is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
28:2 ltp1 0 a person who protects another person
|
||||
28:3 v29c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 The writer provides background information to prepare the reader for the events that follow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
28:3 k6lf 0 officially removed from the country or region, or prevented from entering Alternate translation: “expel from Israel”
|
||||
28:3 x928 0 The words “those who talked with the dead” translate as one word in the original language, and the words “those who…talked with spirits” also translate as one word in the original language. If your language has one word for those who talk with the dead and one word for those who talk with spirits, or if your language has only one word for those who talk with the dead and with spirits, you should use those words here.
|
||||
28:3 x928 0 The words “those who talked with the dead” translate as one word in the original language, and the words “those who … talked with spirits” also translate as one word in the original language. If your language has one word for those who talk with the dead and one word for those who talk with spirits, or if your language has only one word for those who talk with the dead and with spirits, you should use those words here.
|
||||
28:4 jp42 0 after David and Achish spoke ([1 Samuel 28:2](../28/02.md))
|
||||
28:4 gv6k 0 “gathered all his armies in Israel together”
|
||||
28:4 nut5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 these are names of places (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
28:8 q4zi 0 Saul disguised himself because the way from Gilboa ([1 Samuel 28:4](../28/04.md)) to Endor ([1 Samuel 28:7](./07.md)) was through land that the Philistines were living in. He traveled all day and reached the woman after the sun had gone down.
|
||||
28:8 by4s 0 changed his usual appearance no one would know who he was
|
||||
28:8 mj1t 0 “Talk to the dead for me”
|
||||
28:9 qv53 0 The words “those who talk with the dead” translate as one word in the original language, and the words “those who…talk with spirits” also translate as one word in the original language. If your language has one word for those who talk with the dead and one word for those who talk with spirits, or if your language has only one word for those who talk with the dead and with spirits, you should use those words here. See how you translated similar words in [1 Samuel 28:3](../28/03.md).
|
||||
28:9 qv53 0 The words “those who talk with the dead” translate as one word in the original language, and the words “those who … talk with spirits” also translate as one word in the original language. If your language has one word for those who talk with the dead and one word for those who talk with spirits, or if your language has only one word for those who talk with the dead and with spirits, you should use those words here. See how you translated similar words in [1 Samuel 28:3](../28/03.md).
|
||||
28:9 fdu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “life” represents the person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
28:13 bz39 0 Other possible meanings are (1) “one like God” or (2) “a judge” ([1 Samuel 7:15](../07/15.md)).
|
||||
28:17 wpr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Samuel speaks as if the kingdom were a physical object that could be held in the hand and grabbed out by another person. Alternate translation: “made you so you are no longer king” or “made another person king in your place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1353,15 +1353,15 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
29:intro abct 0 # 1 Samuel 29 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 29:5.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties\n\nIt is unclear whether David wanted to go into battle with the Philistines. He would have been fighting against Saul, but he also would have been fighting against Israel’s soldiers. It is probably best to see that David is conflicted over this issue, but some scholars believe that David planned on turning against the Philistines in the battle.
|
||||
29:1 w2gw 0 a small stream of water flowing naturally from the Earth
|
||||
29:2 tq6l 0 “divided their men into groups; some groups had one hundred soldiers and some groups had one thousand soldiers”
|
||||
29:2 j1vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 100s…1,000s (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:2 j1vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 100s … 1,000s (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:2 vft1 0 The groups of hundreds and thousands passed on first, then Achish and his helpers, and then David, his men, and the other Philistine soldiers, who were guarding Achish.
|
||||
29:3 s77q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible ways to translate this rhetorical question as a statement are Alternate translation: (1) “You should not have allowed these Hebrews, our enemies, to be here with us.” or (2) “Tell us who these Hebrews are.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:3 sj73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Another possible translation is “Is not this David,…these years? I have found…this day.” The rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that this is David…these years. I have found…this day.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:3 sj73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Another possible translation is “Is not this David, … these years? I have found … this day.” The rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that this is David … these years. I have found … this day.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:3 ri13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know of nothing that he has done wrong” or “I am very pleased with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
29:4 i611 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The person here is a synecdoche for the army he commands. Alternate translation: “Do not let his army join with our army against our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
29:4 vr1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Here “taking the heads” is a metonym for killing. Alternate translation: “The best way for David to make peace with his master would be by killing our soldiers!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:5 ce4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trust David—he is the one of whom they sang one to another in dances, saying, ‘Saul…ten thousands’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:5 e1pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000s…10,000s” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:5 ce4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trust David—he is the one of whom they sang one to another in dances, saying, ‘Saul … ten thousands’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:5 e1pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000s … 10,000s” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:6 pw9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. “As certainly as Yahweh lives” or “This is a true statement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
29:6 tzt2 0 “I am happy to have you go out and come in with me and my army” or “It is good that you go everywhere with me and my army”
|
||||
29:8 p5pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 David speaks as if Achish were another person so that Achish will think David respects him. Alternate translation: “you, my master and king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
30:2 i8bg 0 the Amalekites
|
||||
30:2 l5au 0 Possible meanings are (1) “both unimportant people and important people” or (2) “both physically small and physically large.”
|
||||
30:3 tr67 0 belonging to David and his men
|
||||
30:3 hh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they saw that someone had burned it and taken their wives…captive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:3 hh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they saw that someone had burned it and taken their wives … captive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:4 i5ts 0 These were mainly his army of men.
|
||||
30:5 nc5k 0 David finds strength in Yahweh after the raid.
|
||||
30:5 z5m8 0 “Ahinoam from Jezreel”
|
||||
|
@ -1398,11 +1398,11 @@ front:intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
30:13 lrz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 3 days (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
30:14 z8mp 0 an attack on a town to take property
|
||||
30:15 rpy7 0 a group of armed warriors who attack people or places unexpectedly
|
||||
30:15 ln2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hands” refers to control. Alternate translation: “you will not…violate the trust I have in you by allowing my master to control me again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:15 ln2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hands” refers to control. Alternate translation: “you will not … violate the trust I have in you by allowing my master to control me again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:16 tp7i 0 the goods they had stolen in the raid
|
||||
30:17 ac8n 0 the time just after the sun goes down until the sky is dark
|
||||
30:17 uap2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 400 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
30:18 gv1e 0 “got back…got back.” These two words translate the same Hebrew word. Your language may also have a word for a person getting his own property back from the person who stole it that is different from the word for a person getting his wife back from those who have captured her.
|
||||
30:18 gv1e 0 “got back … got back.” These two words translate the same Hebrew word. Your language may also have a word for a person getting his own property back from the person who stole it that is different from the word for a person getting his wife back from those who have captured her.
|
||||
30:18 zen4 0 “got his two wives back” or “saved his two wives from danger”
|
||||
30:19 f95n 0 “None of the items the Amalekites had stolen were lost”
|
||||
30:19 h16q 0 Possible meanings are (1) “neither unimportant people nor important people” or (2) “neither physically small nor physically large.” See how you translated similar words in [1 Samuel 30:2](../30/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ front:intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians\n## Part 1: General Intr
|
|||
1:9 rd2b αὐτοὶ γὰρ 1 Paul is referring to the churches that already existed in the surrounding regions, who have heard about the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1:9 amc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 Here “themselves” is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1:9 v145 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 The abstract noun “reception” can be expressed as the verb “receive” or “welcome.” Alternate translation: “how warmly you received us” or “how warmly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:9 u1um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 Here “turned to…from” is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: “you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:9 u1um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 Here “turned to … from” is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: “you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:10 dg6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1:10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 “whom God caused to live again”
|
||||
1:10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ front:intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians\n## Part 1: General Intr
|
|||
2:13 au3b 0 Paul continues to use “we” to refer to himself and his traveling companions and “you” to the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
2:13 z53w καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 Paul often thanks God for their acceptance of the gospel message he shared with them.
|
||||
2:13 zj5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οὐ λόγον ἀνθρώπων 1 “Word of man” here is a synecdoche for “a message that comes simply from a man.” Alternate translation: “(it is) not a message that is made up by a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:13 rpb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐδέξασθε & καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν, λόγον Θεοῦ 1 “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “you accepted it…as it truly is, the message that comes from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:13 rpb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐδέξασθε & καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν, λόγον Θεοῦ 1 “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “you accepted it … as it truly is, the message that comes from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:13 ci1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Paul speaks of God’s gospel message as if it were a person who was doing work. “Word” is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “which those of you who believe are listening to and beginning to obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:14 s2mp ἀδελφοί 1 Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
2:14 mh8n μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε & τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 The Thessalonian believers endured persecutions similar to the Judean believers. “became like the churches”
|
||||
|
|
|
208
tn_2CH.tsv
208
tn_2CH.tsv
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
1:1 p2am 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
1:1 vd1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:2 sp3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events 0 It may be helpful to reorder the events in these verses as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
1:2 j3dj 0 Here “all of Israel” means those people mentioned afterwards. They represent all of Israel. Alternate translation: “spoke to the commanders…heads of the father’s house”
|
||||
1:2 j3dj 0 Here “all of Israel” means those people mentioned afterwards. They represent all of Israel. Alternate translation: “spoke to the commanders … heads of the father’s house”
|
||||
1:2 sb2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:2 g247 0 Here “the heads of the fathers’ houses” further describe the princes. Alternate translation: “to every prince in all Israel, that is, the heads of the fathers’ houses”
|
||||
1:2 m8q8 0 Here “prince” means leaders in general. They are not necessarily the sons of the king. Alternate translation: “to every leader”
|
||||
|
@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
1:16 a9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 “Importation” is the act of bringing something into one country from another country. This can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “As for the horses Solomon imported from Egypt and Kue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:16 fn2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:16 hlw7 0 “at a set price” or “for money”
|
||||
1:17 y9si rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver…about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
1:17 y9si rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
1:17 in3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “600” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:17 zs9z 0 to send something out of one country into another
|
||||
2:intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### House of God\nThe temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
|
||||
2:1 k3yv 0 This marks a new part of the story.
|
||||
2:1 jg9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:1 le5w 0 “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
|
||||
2:2 x3et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:2 x3et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “70,000 men … 80,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:2 h2i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:2 ur1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:3 pl98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
2:17 k8ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There were 153,600 foreigners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:17 i3k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred and fifty-three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:17 cv1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:18 d4ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:18 d4ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “70,000 men … 80,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:18 l7b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3:intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Location of the temple\nThe location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
|
||||
3:1 lyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build…They prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:1 lyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:1 f5w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:1 e7jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:2 w43y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They began” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -84,41 +84,41 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
3:2 wxp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “in year 4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
3:3 i4ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “that Solomon’s workers laid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:3 ves7 0 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator begins to explain the dimensions and the design of the temple.
|
||||
3:3 e65l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “60 cubits…20 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long…9.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:3 e65l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “60 cubits … 20 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long … 9.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:4 uu2n 0 an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple.
|
||||
3:4 z1r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:4 p42q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:5 qaa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers fashioned…which they overlaid…which they carved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:5 qaa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers fashioned … which they overlaid … which they carved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:5 hf28 0 This is a reference to a large room, not a hallway.
|
||||
3:6 s7ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers decorated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:6 r8b6 0 Stones that were beautiful, highly valued, and used for decorations.
|
||||
3:6 uu64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is probably the name of a region. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:7 ig1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers also overlaid…they carved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:7 ig1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers also overlaid … they carved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:7 eud6 0 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building.
|
||||
3:8 q5wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built…They overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:8 q5wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built … They overlaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:8 yah9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:8 bv9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “600 talents.” A talent is 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 20 metric tons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
3:9 jh8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “50 shekels.” A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “.55 kilograms” or “about a half a kilogram”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
3:10 ui5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:11 bqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters…2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:11 bqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters … 2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:13 gkp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:14 sq7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made…they fashioned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:14 sq7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … they fashioned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:14 a442 0 Translate these words as you did in [2 Chronicles 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
3:14 bws6 0 “high quality cloth” or “the best cloth”
|
||||
3:15 kz56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers also made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:15 d9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “35 cubits…5 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “16.1 meters…2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:15 d9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “35 cubits … 5 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “16.1 meters … 2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:15 r6eb 0 decorations on top of the pillars
|
||||
3:16 s6mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They made…they also made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:16 s6mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They made … they also made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:16 a7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “100 pomegranates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
3:17 ll7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:17 akb5 0 “on the right side…on the left side” or “on the south side…on the north side”
|
||||
3:17 akb5 0 “on the right side … on the left side” or “on the south side … on the north side”
|
||||
3:17 wlq9 0 “Solomon named”
|
||||
3:17 jf9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:17 v7z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
4:intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Special construction\nNot only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
|
||||
4:1 qgj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:1 jni2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
4:2 ifi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
4:1 jni2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits … 10 cubits” or “9.2 meters … 4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
4:2 ifi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters … 2.3 meters … 13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
4:2 l3p4 0 This refers to a tank or basin that would hold water.
|
||||
4:2 u94d 0 This is metal that was melted then formed in a mold.
|
||||
4:2 a4ik 0 “from one edge to the other”
|
||||
|
@ -134,15 +134,15 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
4:5 eqv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 This is about 8 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
4:5 pjf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:5 pyq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “3,000 baths.” A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “66 kiloliters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
4:6 krw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made…they put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:6 krw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … they put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:6 bwn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people were to wash the items used in performing the burnt offering in them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:7 kzu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made…they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:7 kzu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:7 hxw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “according to the instructions for their design” or “according to how Solomon instructed his workers to design them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:7 f4xa 0 “on the right side…on the left side” or “on the south side…on the north side”
|
||||
4:8 zf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made…They made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:7 f4xa 0 “on the right side … on the left side” or “on the south side … on the north side”
|
||||
4:8 zf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … They made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:8 jd4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “100 basins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:8 gg3f 0 shallow bowls used for washing
|
||||
4:9 x7zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made…they overlaid…They placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:9 x7zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … they overlaid … They placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:9 k869 0 “the large court”
|
||||
4:10 rc79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:10 kz4q 0 “next to the southeast corner of the temple”
|
||||
|
@ -169,9 +169,9 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
4:19 zvq8 0 This is a reference to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed in front of the altar. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
4:21 bb6c 0 The “flowers” and “lamps” were part of the lampstands.
|
||||
4:21 eg3c 0 This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects.
|
||||
4:22 e3lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:22 e3lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:22 e9lw 0 These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
|
||||
4:22 r9an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors…out of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:22 r9an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Moving the contents of the tent\nEverything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
|
||||
5:1 u3jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:1 j4yx 0 storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
|
||||
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
5:6 k1ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is an exaggeration that emphasizes the great number of animals that were sacrificed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “sacrificing more sheep and oxen than anyone could count” or “sacrificing very many sheep and oxen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:7 ryr2 0 “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under”
|
||||
5:8 l1ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:9 e5zr 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends…people could not see them”
|
||||
5:9 e5zr 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them”
|
||||
5:9 nm1q 0 This means the day on which the writer wrote.
|
||||
5:11 di3c 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
5:12 he4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
6:6 mnv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being “over” people represents ruling them. Alternate translation: “to rule my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:7 y8bq 0 King Solomon continues speaking to the people at the temple.
|
||||
6:7 k1hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here David’s heart is spoken of as if it were a container, and what he desired is spoken of as if it were an item in the container. Alternate translation: “David my father desired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:7 xz4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh’s name represents himself. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh…for me” or (2) Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s reputation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:8 q89x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here David’s heart is spoken of as if it were a container, and what he desired is spoken of as if it were an item in the container. Alternate translation: “you desired…to desire to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:7 xz4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh’s name represents himself. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh … for me” or (2) Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s reputation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:8 q89x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here David’s heart is spoken of as if it were a container, and what he desired is spoken of as if it were an item in the container. Alternate translation: “you desired … to desire to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:8 rdt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh’s name represents himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or (2) Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “for my reputation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:8 a4hn 0 “Because it was in your heart” or “Because you wanted”
|
||||
6:9 d23q 0 “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father”
|
||||
|
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
6:40 a4re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “to the prayer that we make in this place” or “to us as we pray to you in this place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:41 w18l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This pictures God as if he were sitting on his throne, and asks that he will get up from his throne and come to this place. Alternate translation: “arise, Yahweh God, and come to your resting place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:41 wy6c 0 “the ark, which is a symbol of your power”
|
||||
6:41 w8wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with the verb “to save.” Possible meanings are (1) being clothed with salvation is a metaphor for experiencing salvation. Alternate translation: “Let your priests…know that you have saved them” or (2) being clothed with salvation is a metaphor for demonstrating salvation. Alternate translation: “Let your priests…demonstrate how you save people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
6:41 w8wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with the verb “to save.” Possible meanings are (1) being clothed with salvation is a metaphor for experiencing salvation. Alternate translation: “Let your priests … know that you have saved them” or (2) being clothed with salvation is a metaphor for demonstrating salvation. Alternate translation: “Let your priests … demonstrate how you save people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
6:42 gdj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Turning the face of someone away represents rejecting him. Alternate translation: “do not reject your anointed one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:42 y5ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:42 fdg8 0 The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
|
||||
|
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
9:10 ylb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Hiram was the king of Tyre. See how you translated his name in [2 Chronicles 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “Hiram, the king of Tyre” or “King Hiram” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:10 w6ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 8:18](../08/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:10 nmk6 0 Algum is a kind of tree that grows in Lebanon. King Hiram sent this kind of wood to Solomon. See how you translated it in [2 Chronicles 2:8](../02/08.md).
|
||||
9:11 qy68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The author speaks of the king having his workers make these things as if he himself had made them. Alternate translation: “the king had his workers make the steps…as well as harps and lyres” or “the king’s workers made steps…well as harps and lyres” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:11 qy68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The author speaks of the king having his workers make these things as if he himself had made them. Alternate translation: “the king had his workers make the steps … as well as harps and lyres” or “the king’s workers made steps … well as harps and lyres” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:11 ej8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one had seen wood like this before in the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:13 ps2f 0 Possible meanings are (1) this refers to each year or (2) this refers to a particular year.
|
||||
9:13 mi29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about twenty-two thousand kilograms of gold” or “about twenty-two metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -482,13 +482,13 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
9:23 ujf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks, and here it is spoken of as if it were a container. The abstract noun “wisdom” is a metonym for the wise things a person thinks or says. Alternate translation: “to hear how wise God had enabled him to be” or “to hear him speak the wise words that God had enabled him to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:23 l6ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God putting wisdom in Solomon’s heart represents God making Solomon wise. Alternate translation: “which God had given him” or “because God had made him wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:24 mvr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “every year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
9:25 k9au rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “4,000 stalls…12,000 horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
9:25 k9au rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “4,000 stalls … 12,000 horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
9:25 x2et 0 This is a small enclosure where horses are kept.
|
||||
9:27 h18u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is an exaggeration to emphasize that there was such a great amount of silver. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
9:28 s2el 0 The word “they” may refer to Solomon’s merchants. However this sentence is not about what the merchants did, but about where Solomon’s horses came from. Alternate translation: “Horses were brought to Solomon from Egypt and from all the lands” or “Solomon’s horses were from Egypt and all the lands”
|
||||
9:28 tj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “from many other places” or “from many other countries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
9:29 m8in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 The phrase “first and last” represents the whole time of Solomon’s reign. Alternate translation: “from the beginning to the end of his reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
9:29 qgp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author uses the question to remind the readers that other people had written about Solomon. It can be expressed in active form Alternate translation: “they are written…(which also had information about Jeroboam son of Nebat.)” or “people have written about them…(which also had information about Jeroboam son of Nebat).” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:29 qgp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author uses the question to remind the readers that other people had written about Solomon. It can be expressed in active form Alternate translation: “they are written … (which also had information about Jeroboam son of Nebat.)” or “people have written about them … (which also had information about Jeroboam son of Nebat).” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:29 hsm8 0 These are the names of some writings that existed when 2 Chronicles was written, but they do not exist now.
|
||||
9:29 a674 0 This is a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
|
||||
9:29 ae38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
11:1 eq9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:1 b7w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
11:1 w8fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:2 i9jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message…and he said” or “Yahweh spoke these words…and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:2 i9jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message … and he said” or “Yahweh spoke these words … and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:2 z5q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:2 vj8y 0 The expression “man of God” is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the man who belongs to God” or “the prophet of God”
|
||||
11:3 x22i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to the Israelite people who live in the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites in the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -548,11 +548,11 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
11:11 x59w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here the word “fortresses” refers to fortified cities. That Rehoboam “fortified the fortresses” means that he built up and strengthened the defenses of these fortified cities. Alternate translation: “He strengthened the defenses of the fortified cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:12 d49t 0 “made the cities very strong”
|
||||
11:12 e62q 0 Rehoboam was in control of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin.
|
||||
11:13 fza2 0 Possible meanings are (1) “The priests and Levites…supported Rehoboam from within their borders” or (2) “The priests and Levites…traveled from within their borders to join Rehoboam.”
|
||||
11:13 fza2 0 Possible meanings are (1) “The priests and Levites … supported Rehoboam from within their borders” or (2) “The priests and Levites … traveled from within their borders to join Rehoboam.”
|
||||
11:14 dm8b 0 lands used for animals
|
||||
11:14 x37j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 To “drive away” is an idiom that means to forcefully cause someone to leave. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam and his sons had forced them to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:15 duw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Jeroboam make these idols. Alternate translation: “the goat idols and calf idols that he had his craftsmen make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:16 gm4x 0 “People…followed the Levites” or “People…came to Jerusalem after the Levites”
|
||||
11:16 gm4x 0 “People … followed the Levites” or “People … came to Jerusalem after the Levites”
|
||||
11:16 r688 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hearts” represents the thoughts and desires. The idiom “set their hearts” means to determine to do something. Alternate translation: “those who had determined to seek Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:16 jk2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Worshiping Yahweh is spoken of as if the person were seeking Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:17 sf1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people supporting Rehoboam as king is spoken of as if they made Rehoboam strong. Alternate translation: “supported Rehoboam son of Solomon as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
11:20 rb7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:20 u4hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that he married her. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam married Maacah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:20 g3uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:21 m2ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
11:21 m2ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “18 wives and 60 concubines … 28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
11:22 c4mf 0 “he had thought of making Abijah king”
|
||||
11:23 dy54 0 “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
|
||||
12:intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worshiping Yahweh\n\nThe safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
|
||||
|
@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
12:5 z5kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this word in [2 Chronicles 11:2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:5 nb5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh speaks of enabling Shishak’s army to defeat the king and the others in Jerusalem as if he were placing them into Shishak’s hand. Alternate translation: “so I have enabled Shishak to defeat you” or “so I have given you to Shishak as captives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:7 gf96 0 “the princes of Israel and the king had humbled themselves”
|
||||
12:7 ltq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message…and he said” or “Yahweh spoke these words…and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:7 ltq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message … and he said” or “Yahweh spoke these words … and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:7 h5pb 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh will permit Shishak to attack Jerusalem and cause trouble for the people, but he will rescue them from total destruction or (2) the words “to some extent” can be translated as soon, meaning that Yahweh will rescue the people of Jerusalem before Shishak can completely destroy the city.
|
||||
12:7 ixx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a liquid, and of expressing his anger as if he were to pour out that liquid. Alternate translation: “I will not express my anger against Jerusalem” or “Jerusalem will not suffer the effects of my anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:7 t19p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hand” represents Shishak himself. Alternate translation: “by means of Shishak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -597,13 +597,13 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
12:11 b2p9 0 “the guards would carry the shields”
|
||||
12:12 mqq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Yahweh no longer being angry with Rehoboam is spoken of as if Yahweh’s anger were a person who turned away from Rehoboam. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was no longer angry with him and so did not destroy him completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
12:12 xw5h 0 “in addition, there was”
|
||||
12:13 i7a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “41 years old…17 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:13 i7a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “41 years old … 17 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:13 q8fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings for the phrase “put his name” are (1) a metonym for “dwell.” Alternate translation: “so that he might dwell there” or (2) an idiom that refers to ownership. Alternate translation: “so that it might belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:13 iri3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:14 pr1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts and desires. The idiom “fix his heart” means to determine to do something. Alternate translation: “he was not committed to seeking Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:14 uty9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Worshiping Yahweh is spoken of as if the person were seeking Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:15 hg8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 “from beginning to end.” These two words form a merism and refer to everything that Rehoboam did from the beginning of his reign to the end of his reign. Alternate translation: “everything that he did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
12:15 n1x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written…Jeroboam.” or “you can read about them…Jeroboam.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:15 n1x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written … Jeroboam.” or “you can read about them … Jeroboam.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:15 sh73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:15 y6gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “the wars in which Rehoboam’s army and Jeroboam’s army constantly engaged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:16 f7ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -614,15 +614,15 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
13:1 i77c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
13:2 ruf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:2 ks67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
13:3 crk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “Four hundred thousand chosen men…eight hundred thousand chosen men.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “400,000 skilled men…800,000 skilled men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:3 crk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “Four hundred thousand chosen men … eight hundred thousand chosen men.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “400,000 skilled men … 800,000 skilled men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:4 ai78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:5 hj4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Abijah asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know very well…by a formal covenant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:5 hj4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Abijah asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know very well … by a formal covenant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:7 xg3s 0 “wicked men” or “evil men”
|
||||
13:7 c3ni 0 “joined with Jeroboam”
|
||||
13:8 pj8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This is a reference to a united Israel as it existed in the time of David and Solomon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:8 bn3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” represents authority and possession. Abijah is claiming that only the descendants of David have the rightful authority to rule Yahweh’s kingdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the descendants of David hold within their hand” or “which only the descendants of David have the authority to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:8 p2rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that Jeroboam had others make the golden calves. Alternate translation: “the golden calves that Jeroboam had his craftsmen make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:9 pz1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Abijah asks this rhetorical question to rebuke the people and to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “But you drive out…as the people of other lands do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:9 pz1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Abijah asks this rhetorical question to rebuke the people and to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “But you drive out … as the people of other lands do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:9 xm3a 0 “Anyone who comes to serve as a priest”
|
||||
13:9 a6pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The phrase “what are not gods” refers to the golden calves that Jeroboam had his craftsmen make. Although the priests served them as if they were gods, they were not really gods. Alternate translation: “a priest of idols that are not really gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:10 yv96 0 The word “us” refers to the people of the southern kingdom of Judah.
|
||||
|
@ -647,8 +647,8 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
13:19 upd4 0 “Abijah chased after”
|
||||
13:19 hz7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:20 lgm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh causing Jeroboam to die is spoken of as if Yahweh struck Jeroboam. It is possible that this refers to Yahweh causing Jeroboam to become ill. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused Jeroboam to die” or “Yahweh caused Jeroboam to become ill, and he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:21 hp32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “took…wives” means that he married. Alternate translation: “he married fourteen women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:21 giq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:21 hp32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “took … wives” means that he married. Alternate translation: “he married fourteen women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:21 giq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “14 wives … 22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:22 n2y7 0 “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
|
||||
13:22 du9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Trust\nTrusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
|
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
14:7 qum6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Judah” refers to the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “Asa said to the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:7 y2uw 0 “peace all around.” This means that Judah was at peace with all of the surrounding nations.
|
||||
14:7 y6sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The ellipsis may be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “So they built the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
14:8 rcx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “three hundred thousand men…two hundred and eighty thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:8 rcx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “three hundred thousand men … two hundred and eighty thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:9 e8rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:9 czv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000,000 soldiers and 300 chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:9 vp8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
15:10 j6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of May and the first part of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
15:10 nt3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
15:11 p5jc 0 This refers to the plunder that they had taken from the villages around Gerar in [2 Chronicles 14:14](../14/14.md).
|
||||
15:11 cb7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “700…7,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
15:11 cb7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “700 … 7,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
15:12 aq2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Together, these two phrases form an idiomatic expression that refers to a person’s entire being. Alternate translation: “with all their beings” or “wholeheartedly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
15:13 yp2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “should die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:13 cg98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) a person’s importance within the community is spoken of as if the person were small or great. Alternate translation: “whether the person was important or not” or (2) a young person is spoken of as if he were small and an old person is spoken of as if he were great. Alternate translation: “whether the person was young or old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
15:15 gs5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “with all their heart” means “with complete devotion.” Alternate translation: “with complete devotion” or “wholeheartedly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:15 sc7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 15:4](../15/04.md). Alternate translation: “they found him” or “he permitted them to find him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:16 h8dq 0 This phrase refers to an idol.
|
||||
15:16 j33i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: “Asa made his workers cut down the disgusting figure, grind it…and burn it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:16 j33i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: “Asa made his workers cut down the disgusting figure, grind it … and burn it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:17 u314 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Asa did not command the people to take the high places out of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:17 q3z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The heart represents the person. Alternate translation: “Asa was completely devoted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:17 q7kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -721,10 +721,10 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
16:1 rpk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “year 36” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
16:1 jjy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:1 a748 0 “so that no one could”
|
||||
16:2 b4gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Asa would have had his workers gather the gold and silver for him. Alternate translation: “Then Asa told his workers to take the silver…of the king’s house, and to take it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:2 b4gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Asa would have had his workers gather the gold and silver for him. Alternate translation: “Then Asa told his workers to take the silver … of the king’s house, and to take it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:2 vs22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:2 bc6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad” or “Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:3 n4x5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other…with my father and your father” or “Let us make a peace treaty…with my father and your father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:3 n4x5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other … with my father and your father” or “Let us make a peace treaty … with my father and your father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:3 lf3m 0 “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I have sent”
|
||||
16:3 z3er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: “Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel” or “Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:3 yzx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Break your covenant with Baasha, king of Israel, and attack Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
16:6 h38u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to all the men who live in Judah. Alternate translation: “took all the men of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:6 tb71 0 Timbers are large pieces of wood used to build houses or walls.
|
||||
16:6 zs4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Baasha” refers to his workers. Alternate translation: “Baasha’s workers had been” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:6 y6th 0 “fortifying…to fortify”
|
||||
16:6 y6th 0 “fortifying … to fortify”
|
||||
16:6 kxf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “King Asa” represents his workers. Alternate translation: “Then King Asa had his workers use” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:6 iv87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:7 dxr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -814,17 +814,17 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
18:13 cq4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “as surely as Yahweh is alive.” The people use this expression to show that what they say next is certainly true. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly swear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:14 dgu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “or should we not go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
18:14 kak6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
18:15 qh3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required…in the name of Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:15 qh3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required … in the name of Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:15 aj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “as the representative of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:16 wj78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “all Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “I saw the entire army of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:16 mp8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:16 rt29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: “These people no longer have a leader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:17 rg8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you…but only disaster!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:17 rg8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you … but only disaster!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:18 zb4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means that they were standing beside him on his left side and his right side. Alternate translation: “by his right side and by his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:18 mv48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implies his left hand. Alternate translation: “on his left hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:19 gu45 0 This means to attract someone by offering something appealing.
|
||||
18:19 iw9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
18:19 r2fp 0 This indicates that there was more than one opinion. The words “One…and another” refer to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse.
|
||||
18:19 r2fp 0 This indicates that there was more than one opinion. The words “One … and another” refer to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse.
|
||||
18:21 yl99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:22 y3iw 0 “Now pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Yahweh”
|
||||
18:22 xn2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused your prophets to speak lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -942,15 +942,15 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
20:29 t8nz 0 The word “terror” can be expressed with the verb “feared.” Alternate translation: “All the kingdoms of the nations greatly feared God”
|
||||
20:29 adf4 0 “kingdoms in the nearby nations”
|
||||
20:30 k3wa 0 This speaks of the kingdom having peace as the kingdom being quiet. Alternate translation: “Jehoshaphat’s kingdom was at peace”
|
||||
20:31 cp73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “35 years old…25 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:31 cp73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “35 years old … 25 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:31 ath8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Azubah” was the name of Jehoshaphat’s mother. Shilhi was the name of Azubah’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
20:32 z6wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that he lived in a way that pleased Yahweh as his father had done. Here “walking” is an idiom for the way a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “He did things that were pleasing to Yahweh, like his father Asa had done, and he did not stop doing those things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:32 rc76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jehoshaphat’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “he did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “he did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:33 b7p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he did not get rid of the high places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:33 jz8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This means that the people did not desire to obey God and were not devoted to him. Here people’s “hearts” represent their will and their desires. Alternate translation: “The people were still not devoted to the God” or “The people still were not committed to following the God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:34 hl65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 These two opposites are given to refer to everything concerning Jehoshaphat during his reign as king. Alternate translation: “from the beginning of his reign until he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
20:34 en76 0 The word “behold” is used here to add emphasis to the important information that follows. Alternate translation: “anyone can look in the history…Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
20:34 rk5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are in…which is in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:34 en76 0 The word “behold” is used here to add emphasis to the important information that follows. Alternate translation: “anyone can look in the history … Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
20:34 rk5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are in … which is in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:34 bw3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
20:34 c9hp 0 This is a historical account that was written by Jehu.
|
||||
20:34 eb1p 0 This is a book that no longer exists. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:11](../16/11.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
22:8 nil2 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
22:8 f4j8 0 This refers to killing the descendants of Ahab. Alternate translation: “killing all the descendants of Ahab as God had commanded”
|
||||
22:8 y16a 0 Possible meanings are (1) Ahaziah’s nephews or (2) the sons of Ahaziah’s relatives .
|
||||
22:9 w5uj 0 “they caught Ahaziah…killed Ahaziah”
|
||||
22:9 w5uj 0 “they caught Ahaziah … killed Ahaziah”
|
||||
22:9 pvb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 They honored him enough to bury his body because he was the descendant of Jehoshaphat, who was a good king. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: they buried his corpse, because they said, “He deserves to be buried, because he was a descendant of Jehoshaphat, who tried hard to please Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:9 kaw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house of Ahaziah” is a metonym that refers to Ahaziah’s descendants. Here “power to rule” is a metonym for a king. Since all the adult descendants of Ahaziah were dead, there was no one left to rule Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:10 bkc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the writer speaks of Athaliah as if she killed the children herself, but the reader should understand that she would have ordered her servants to kill them. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the royal children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
23:3 j5pz 0 Here, “king” refers to Joash’s father. Alternate translation: “Joash, the son of the king”
|
||||
23:4 n3aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “One-third” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:4 rn7m 0 “will be guards at the temple doors”
|
||||
23:5 zz9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “Another one-third…the other one-third” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:5 zz9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “Another one-third … the other one-third” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
23:5 j257 0 This gate may have also been called the “Middle Gate” or the “Sur Gate.” It was apparently an inner gate that was near the king’s palace.
|
||||
23:5 udn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization that refers to all the people who are present. Alternate translation: “All the other people who are present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
23:6 rc8l 0 “Do not allow anyone to come into the house of Yahweh”
|
||||
|
@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
24:4 c35n 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
24:5 vg6g 0 “immediately”
|
||||
24:5 msj1 0 It may be helpful to add “but” to show that the Levites did not obey. Alternate translation: “But the Levites did not do it immediately”
|
||||
24:6 q8pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 King Joash asks this rhetorical question to accuse Jehoiada of not doing his duty. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have neglected your duty. I told you to require the Levites…covenant decrees, but you have not done it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
24:6 q8pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 King Joash asks this rhetorical question to accuse Jehoiada of not doing his duty. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have neglected your duty. I told you to require the Levites … covenant decrees, but you have not done it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
24:6 c4cm 0 Although it refers to the temple that Solomon built, it is a reminder that this tax has been collected since the time of Moses and the “tent of meeting.”
|
||||
24:7 smr6 0 This refers to the items used for worship in the temple.
|
||||
24:7 mtk1 0 “to people to use for the worship of idols of Baal”
|
||||
|
@ -1147,13 +1147,13 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
24:25 bm42 0 “because he had murdered the sons of Jehoiada”
|
||||
24:25 a4s2 0 “The servants killed Joash in his bed”
|
||||
24:26 b7vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:26 fk8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Shimeath, from the country of Ammon…Shimrith, from the country of Moab.” These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:26 fk8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Shimeath, from the country of Ammon … Shimrith, from the country of Moab.” These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:27 f9u5 0 “the record of what his sons did”
|
||||
24:27 ua6b 0 “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
|
||||
24:27 j35b 0 Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows.
|
||||
24:27 sg2c 0 This is a book which no longer exists.
|
||||
25:intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worshiping other gods\n\nWhen Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
25:1 ng3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years…29 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
25:1 ng3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years … 29 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
25:1 bg2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
25:2 sad2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the word “eyes” represents sight, and sight represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:2 n7iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the phrase “whole heart” is an idiom that means “completely.” Alternate translation: “but not completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
25:6 az6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “100 talents of silver.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about thirty-three hundred kilograms of silver” or “about 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
25:7 h9k1 0 “a prophet of God”
|
||||
25:7 t5c9 0 These are two names for the same group people.
|
||||
25:8 mix2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the prophet speaks of military defeat as if the king would be thrown down on the ground. Alternate translation: “enable your enemy to defeat you…defeat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:8 mix2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the prophet speaks of military defeat as if the king would be thrown down on the ground. Alternate translation: “enable your enemy to defeat you … defeat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:9 l6di rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about the thirty-three hundred kilograms of silver” or “about the 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
25:10 zbw4 0 These words refer to “the army of Israel” (verse 9).
|
||||
25:10 rrn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the increase in their anger is spoken of as if it were a growing fire inside them. Alternate translation: “So their anger began to burn within them like a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:2 fd3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 a city in Judah (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:2 bbf8 0 “returned it to Judah.” This means that his army captured the city so that now it belonged to Judah again.
|
||||
26:2 ai71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a polite way to say he died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
26:3 p69k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “16…52” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:3 p69k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “16 … 52” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:4 jc7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:4 ya6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implies that his father had done what was right in God’s eyes. Alternate translation: “just as his father, Amaziah, had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:4 n9jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in the same way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:5 sbp3 0 “During the whole time that he sought Yahweh”
|
||||
26:5 qw6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “chose to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:6 gy99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Uzziah” represents himself and his army that he led. Alternate translation: “Uzziah led his army out to fight against the Philistines” or “Uzziah and his army went out and fought against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
26:6 n43d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the pronouns “He” and “him” represent Uzziah and his army. Alternate translation: “Uzziah and his army broke down…they built cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
26:6 n43d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the pronouns “He” and “him” represent Uzziah and his army. Alternate translation: “Uzziah and his army broke down … they built cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
26:6 cb74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This was a town in northern Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:6 y92w 0 “the country surrounding Ashdod” or “near Ashdod”
|
||||
26:7 y3fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the pronouns “He” and “him” represent Uzziah and his army. Alternate translation: “God helped them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:7 d4p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is likely people who moved to that area from the kingdom of Maon near Mount Seir. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:8 c7j5 0 His fame spreading is a metaphor for people in various places learning about him. Alternate translation: “people who lived even as far away as the border of Egypt learned about the things he was doing”
|
||||
26:9 uj28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Uzziah” represents the workers he had commanded to build the towers. Alternate translation: “Uzziah had his workers build towers” or “Uzziah’s workers built towers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:10 x9rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Uzziah commanded his workers, and they did these things. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build watchtowers…and dig many cisterns” or “They built watchtowers…and dug many cisterns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:10 x9rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Uzziah commanded his workers, and they did these things. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build watchtowers … and dig many cisterns” or “They built watchtowers … and dug many cisterns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:10 r2ui 0 The word “he” refers to Uzziah.
|
||||
26:11 qp1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:12 nbd6 0 “the family leaders who led the mighty men”
|
||||
|
@ -1284,13 +1284,13 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
26:23 z88d 0 “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
|
||||
26:23 y9w8 0 “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
|
||||
27:intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Trust in Yahweh\nJotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
27:1 ua41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:1 ua41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old … 16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:1 d5aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
27:2 ghj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:2 f1pd 0 “in everything he did”
|
||||
27:3 b1c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Jotham was king, he may have had his workers build these things. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build the upper gate…he had his workers build many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:3 b1c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Jotham was king, he may have had his workers build these things. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build the upper gate … he had his workers build many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:3 in4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a hill in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
27:4 iz7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Jotham was king, he may have had his workers build these things. Alternate translation: “he had his workers build cities…he had his workers build castles and towers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:4 iz7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Jotham was king, he may have had his workers build these things. Alternate translation: “he had his workers build cities … he had his workers build castles and towers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:5 pip5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 You may need to translate so that the reader understands that Jothan led his army to fight. Alternate translation: “He also led his army to fight with the king of the people of Ammon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
27:5 v99b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 You may need to translate so that the reader understands that the king of Ammon led his army to fight. Alternate translation: “with the king of Ammon and his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
27:5 r28d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 You may convert this to a modern measure. A “talent” is equivalent to 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents of silver” or “3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -1299,15 +1299,15 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
27:5 vp4e 0 “in the second and third years after he defeated them”
|
||||
27:6 i1x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jotham’s actions and lifestyle are spoken of as if they were a path upon which he walked. That he walked firmly means that he was devoted to living in this way. Alternate translation: “he faithfully obeyed Yahweh his God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:7 mla9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jotham’s actions are spoken of as if they were a path upon which he walked. Alternate translation: “the things that he did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:7 w1yz 0 “anyone can look in the book…Judah and see that they are written there”
|
||||
27:7 w1yz 0 “anyone can look in the book … Judah and see that they are written there”
|
||||
27:7 xa62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are in the book” or “you can read of them in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:7 r9h4 0 This is a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
27:8 j4c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:8 j4c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old … 16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:9 rz6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
27:9 ipz3 0 “people buried him”
|
||||
27:9 mbl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King Ahaz’s idolatry\n\nJudah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
28:1 q5fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
28:1 q5fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “20 years old … 16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
28:1 vk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Ahaz’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:2 yfe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: “he acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted” or “he did the things that the kings of Israel had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:3 u8iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a valley in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1347,24 +1347,24 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
28:23 j2la rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This expresses Ahaz’s opinion. Because the Syrians had defeated him and his army, Ahaz attributed his defeat to the gods whom the Syrians worshiped. Alternate translation: “gods whom he believed had enabled the Syrian army to defeat him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:23 dud5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “ruin” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “those gods ruined him and all Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
28:23 s5rh 0 Here “Israel” represents the southern kingdom of Judah.
|
||||
28:24 aq8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God…the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:24 aq8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God … the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:24 r4zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) the word “corner” refers to street corners, or places where streets intersect. Alternate translation: “on every street corner in Jerusalem” or (2) the various parts of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were the corners of the city. Alternate translation: “in every part of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:24 a6t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Ahaz was king, he may have had his workers make these high places. Alternate translation: “he had his workers make altars for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:25 hu6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Ahaz was king, he may have had his workers make these high places. Alternate translation: “he had his workers make high places to burn sacrifices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:26 q9h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz’s actions are spoken of as if they were a path upon which he walked. The phrase “first and last” refers to those extremes and everything in between. Alternate translation: “all that he did from the beginning of his reign to the end of his reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
28:26 x2wa 0 “anyone can look at the book…Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
28:26 x2wa 0 “anyone can look at the book … Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
28:26 b6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written them in the book” or “you can read of them in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:26 al5i 0 This is a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
28:27 ik3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
28:27 db2g 0 “people buried him”
|
||||
28:27 i4nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Cleansing the temple\n\nKing Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
|
||||
29:1 at93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:1 at93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old … 29 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
29:1 r1vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
29:2 jk4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Hezekiah’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:3 w3sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of March and the first part April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
29:3 mz6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:3 u3j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Hezekiah was king, he may have had his workers do these things. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah ordered his workers to open the doors…and to repair them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:3 u3j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Hezekiah was king, he may have had his workers do these things. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah ordered his workers to open the doors … and to repair them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:4 a5x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the east side of the temple. Alternate translation: “on the east side of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
29:5 n27j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “filthiness” refers to things that the people had used to worship other gods. The narrator speaks of these things making the temple unacceptable to Yahweh as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “remove the things that defile the holy place” or “remove the things that make the holy place unacceptable to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:6 mt3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “sight” here represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of their ancestors’ actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh our God judged to be evil” or “what Yahweh our God considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
29:15 mj7w 0 This phrase shows that the king gave his command in obedience to the word of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in obedience to the word of Yahweh” or “because of what Yahweh had said”
|
||||
29:15 r6mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A place that is fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:15 kw9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:16 av6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh…the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:16 av6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh … the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:16 vd9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “filth” refers to things that the people had used to worship other gods. The narrator speaks of these things making the temple unacceptable to Yahweh as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “they brought out all the defiled things that they found in the temple of Yahweh” or “they brought out all the things that they found in the temple of Yahweh that made it unacceptable to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:16 lxp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 A small body of water that flows on the east side of Jerusalem. At times it was used as a trash dump. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
29:17 r12t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day marks the day when Yahweh brought the people out of Egypt. This is near the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
30:22 d2rq 0 The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
30:22 qnw4 0 Possible meanings are (1) “confession” here refers to saying that God is great. Alternate translation: “praising Yahweh” or (2) “confession” here refers to admitting their sins. Alternate translation: “confessing their sins to Yahweh”
|
||||
30:24 y3lu 0 Hezekiah gave the animals to the people as an offering to the Lord for the people to eat.
|
||||
30:24 ez4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000 bulls…7,000 sheep…1,000 bulls…10,000 sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
30:24 ez4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000 bulls … 7,000 sheep … 1,000 bulls … 10,000 sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
30:25 wa91 0 Here “Judah” probably refers to the southern tribes of Israel.
|
||||
30:25 tkm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here “Israel” probably refers to the northern tribes of Israel. The people are members of those tribes. They came to Jerusalem, which is in Judah. Alternate translation: “all the people who came together from Israel in the north” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
30:25 zr6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here “the land of Israel” probably refers to the land owned by the northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the foreigners who came from the land of Israel in the north” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
31:14 xr91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
31:14 hww2 0 “the gatekeeper at the east gate of the temple”
|
||||
31:15 bdn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
31:15 swk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “under” is an idiom that means to be under someone’s authority. Alternate translation: “Eden…assisted Kore in the cities of the priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
31:15 swk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “under” is an idiom that means to be under someone’s authority. Alternate translation: “Eden … assisted Kore in the cities of the priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
31:15 db3d 0 “Their duty was to give” or “They faithfully gave”
|
||||
31:15 pt73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “brothers” is a metaphor for “fellow priests.” Alternate translation: “to their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:15 mc4d 0 “group by group”
|
||||
|
@ -1517,14 +1517,14 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
31:21 hpa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Trust in Yahweh\nBecause Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
32:1 cr8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
32:1 kg14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came…They camped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
32:1 kg14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came … They camped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
32:1 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go 0 Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
32:2 cc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib also represents his army. Alternate translation: “that Sennacherib and his army had come and that they intended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
32:2 yg5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jerusalem” represents the people there. Alternate translation: “to fight against the people of Jerusalem” or “to fight against the army of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:3 hu1g 0 The people of the city would fill up wells and fountain springs with earth and rocks, hiding the water from the Assyrians, but the people would cause the water to flow into the city through secret pathways.
|
||||
32:4 s837 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The people use a rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not want the kings of Assyria to find their water. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not want the kings of Assyria to come here and find a lot of water.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:4 k77q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Possible meanings for “kings” are (1) this is an idiom that refers to the one king of Assyria. Alternate translation: “the king of Assyria” or (2) this may refer to the king and his other leaders. Alternate translation: “the king and the other leaders of Assyria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
32:5 axu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The readers should understand that Hezekiah probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah took courage and commanded the people to build up…They built…They also…they made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
32:5 axu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The readers should understand that Hezekiah probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah took courage and commanded the people to build up … They built … They also … they made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
32:5 m33q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases 0 Possible meanings are (1) Hezekiah strengthened his position by commanding the people to repair the walls of the city. You can make this clear by using the connecting word “by.” Alternate translation: “Hezekiah strengthened the city by building up” or (2) he became encouraged. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah became encouraged and built up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
32:5 k73i 0 This is a part of the wall on the north side of Jerusalem.
|
||||
32:6 hs5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “place over” means to put in charge of. “He put military commanders in charge of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1533,16 +1533,16 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
32:9 p11g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells background information about the location of Sennacherib and his army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
32:9 z923 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This was a city in Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
32:10 a1ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people to think about their situation. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not able to endure a siege in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:11 lv26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah is misleading you…king of Assyria.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:11 lv26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah is misleading you … king of Assyria.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:11 he12 0 “so that you will die from lack of food and water”
|
||||
32:11 wh6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from the power of the king of Assyria” or “from the king of Assyria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:12 k45m 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the same Hezekiah who has taken away…sacrifices.’” or “Hezekiah has taken away…sacrifices.’”
|
||||
32:12 k45m 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the same Hezekiah who has taken away … sacrifices.’” or “Hezekiah has taken away … sacrifices.’”
|
||||
32:12 ksx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Judah” and “Jerusalem” represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “commanded the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:13 dje4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know very well what…lands!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:13 b4vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no god…power!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:14 dpm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no god among all the gods…who…hand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:13 dje4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know very well what … lands!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:13 b4vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no god … power!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:14 dpm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no god among all the gods … who … hand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:14 d1sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from my power” or “from me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:14 t2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no reason your God should be able…power!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:14 t2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no reason your God should be able … power!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:15 t69x 0 Here the word “now” is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
32:15 xfh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your God will certainly not be able to rescue you from my hand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:17 a3w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from my power” or “from me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
32:20 y9b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heaven” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “cried to Yahweh for help” or “pleaded to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:21 d5z2 0 “embarrassed” or “ashamed”
|
||||
32:21 vc32 0 “the temple of his god”
|
||||
32:22 aiw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from the power of Sennacherib…from the power of all others” or “from Sennacherib…from all others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:22 aiw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from the power of Sennacherib … from the power of all others” or “from Sennacherib … from all others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:22 s1f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “rest” can be translated as “peacefully.” Alternate translation: “caused them to live peacefully with all the people of the nations around them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
32:23 bw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “lifted up” is an idiom that means to honor. Also, “in the eyes” is a metaphor that represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations honored him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:24 m9ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that he would heal Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
32:26 auz1 0 “during Hezekiah’s lifetime” or “during Hezekiah’s reign as king”
|
||||
32:28 nb7k 0 This is a small enclosure where horses are kept. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:25](../09/25.md)
|
||||
32:28 kqd4 0 a storage place for small animals
|
||||
32:30 bhn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Hezekiah probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah who ordered his workers to stop up…and to build a tunnel so that the water would flow down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:30 bhn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The readers should understand that Hezekiah probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah who ordered his workers to stop up … and to build a tunnel so that the water would flow down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:30 v3ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a stream near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
32:31 pf9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the miracle that Yahweh had performed in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:31 gzw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “to reveal Hezekiah’s true character” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
33:intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King Manasseh\n\nManasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
33:2 new5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:2 jsg3 0 Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
|
||||
33:3 ii16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt…he had altars built…he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places…he had them build altars…he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:3 ii16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt … he had altars built … he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places … he had them build altars … he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:4 e3qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem is where I will forever make known who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:5 er9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that he built these altars so people could make sacrifices and worship the stars. Also, he would not have built these altars himself, rather he would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build altars in the two courtyards of the house of Yahweh so that the people could worship the stars and offer them sacrifices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:6 u61w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place near Jerusalem that is also known as Gehenna. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1593,16 +1593,16 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
33:13 xd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The second phrase intensifies the first phrase and emphasizes the earnestness of Manasseh’s prayer. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He prayed to God and begged him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:13 sc6t 0 “to rule again as king”
|
||||
33:14 sqx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]
|
||||
33:14 w5tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself, rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Manasseh commanded his workers to build…They surrounded…and raised…He commanded his workers to put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:14 w5tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself, rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Manasseh commanded his workers to build … They surrounded … and raised … He commanded his workers to put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:14 v94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This was the name of a spring and a stream. See how you translated the “waters of Gihon” in [2 Chronicles 32:30](../32/30.md). Alternate translation: “the waters of Gihon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
33:14 fly1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the name of this hill as you did in [2 Chronicles 27:3](../27/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
33:14 x6vz 0 “built the wall up”
|
||||
33:14 bz5w 0 This refers to cities with walls around them.
|
||||
33:15 kb2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself; rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Manasseh commanded his workers to take away…they had previously built…and to throw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:15 kb2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself; rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Manasseh commanded his workers to take away … they had previously built … and to throw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:15 ybx7 0 “the false gods from other countries”
|
||||
33:16 lv5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself, rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to rebuild” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:16 zu45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “he commanded the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:18 q7ja 0 “anyone can look among the deeds…Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
33:18 q7ja 0 “anyone can look among the deeds … Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
33:18 g2x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “men have written them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:18 cek8 0 This in account of the history of Israel that no longer exists.
|
||||
33:19 pvp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself, rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “the place where he had the high places built and the Asherah poles and the carved figures set up” or “the places where he commanded his workers to build the high places and to set up the Asherah poles and carved figures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1623,15 +1623,15 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
34:2 xd2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh said were right” or “the things that Yahweh considers right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:2 mad6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: “lived the way David his ancestor had lived” or “followed the example of David his ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:2 a1un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 To fully obey Yahweh is spoken of as if a person were on the correct road and never turned from it. Alternate translation: “did not do anything that would displease Yahweh” or “fully obeyed the laws of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:3 fqk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “year 8…year 12.” See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
34:3 fqk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “year 8 … year 12.” See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
34:3 kyb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Josiah getting rid of the things that were used for worshiping false gods from Judah and Jerusalem as if he were making the places physically clean. Josiah would have commanded his workers to remove these things. Alternate translation: “he began to make Judah and Jerusalem acceptable again to Yahweh by having his workers remove from them the high places, the Asherah poles, the craved figures, and the cast metal figures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:4 e96b 0 “in Josiah’s presence”
|
||||
34:4 ml1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah probably commanded his workers to do much or all of this work. Alternate translation: “he had them cut apart…He commanded them to break…He had them scatter” or “he and his workers cut apart…He and his workers broke…He and his workers scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
34:4 ml1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah probably commanded his workers to do much or all of this work. Alternate translation: “he had them cut apart … He commanded them to break … He had them scatter” or “he and his workers cut apart … He and his workers broke … He and his workers scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
34:4 g9ae 0 very small pieces that could be carried away by the wind
|
||||
34:5 m1ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah probably commanded his workers to do much or all of this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to burn” or “He and his workers burned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
34:5 se8w 0 This means that the bones of the priests who offered sacrifices on the altars to the false gods were burned on the altars that the priests had previously made sacrifices on.
|
||||
34:5 i3cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Josiah causing Judah and Jerusalem to be acceptable to Yahweh as if he made them physically clean. Alternate translation: “he caused Judah and Jerusalem to be acceptable again to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:7 w5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. Alternate translation: “He commanded his workers to break down the altars, to beat…to cut apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:7 w5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. Alternate translation: “He commanded his workers to break down the altars, to beat … to cut apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:7 nm3w 0 “into dust.” This means to smash them until they have become powder.
|
||||
34:8 xn4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “year 18” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
34:8 f2r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Josiah causing Judah and Jerusalem to be acceptable to Yahweh as if he made them physically clean. Alternate translation: “Josiah had caused the land and the temple to become acceptable again to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
35:4 hep3 0 The word “name” is a collective noun, referring to each name of each ancestral house and each division. Your language may need to say “according to the names of your ancestral houses and your divisions.”
|
||||
35:4 ir2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Alternate translation: “the families that are descendants of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
35:4 p441 0 groups into which the people had divided the priests and Levites
|
||||
35:4 b7vi 0 “the instructions that David…and Solomon, his son, wrote”
|
||||
35:4 b7vi 0 “the instructions that David … and Solomon, his son, wrote”
|
||||
35:5 rg1m 0 “Take your positions in the temple area”
|
||||
35:5 mir3 0 This refers to the work group to which the people had assigned each Levite. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 35:4](../35/04.md).
|
||||
35:5 k1kc 0 This refers to the various clans among the Levites. It seems that Levites were assigned to different work groups on the basis of the kind of work assigned to each clan or ancestral house. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 35:4](../35/04.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
35:13 p33m 0 All instances of “they” and “themselves” refer to the Levites ([2 Chronicles 35:10](../35/10.md)).
|
||||
35:13 ti43 0 “They cooked the Passover lambs over fires”
|
||||
35:13 t8x9 0 “they cooked them in water in containers of different sizes”
|
||||
35:14 v9dj 0 “They…prepared the offerings that they would eat and the offerings that the priests would eat”
|
||||
35:14 v9dj 0 “They … prepared the offerings that they would eat and the offerings that the priests would eat”
|
||||
35:15 pr5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as David, Asaph, Heman, and Jeduthun the king’s seer had directed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
35:15 ku14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
35:16 lv9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 This refers to everything associated with the preparation, the sacrifice, and the worship of Yahweh during the Passover. The word “service” can be expressed as a verb and this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they did everything that needed to be done to serve Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1765,38 +1765,38 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
35:25 qbx9 0 This was an ancient scroll of funeral songs.
|
||||
35:26 g6lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the good deeds that he did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
35:26 r9xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
35:27 p9ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds…in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
35:27 p9ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds … in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
35:27 dg5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
35:27 bzc6 0 This is a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
36:intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Punishment\nGod warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
|
||||
36:1 l5tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:1 uya6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in his…place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:2 wjc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:1 uya6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in his … place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:2 wjc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “23 years old … 3 months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:3 s6cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “removed him at Jerusalem” means that he caused him no longer to be king in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The king of Egypt removed him from being king in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:3 ztc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “land” represents the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “fined the people of the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:3 qvv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 You may convert this to a modern measure. A talent was about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “thirty-three hundred kilograms of silver and thirty-three kilograms of gold” or “about 3,300 kilograms of silver and 33 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:4 t497 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:5 i9zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old…11 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:5 i9zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25 years old … 11 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:5 feb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “sight” represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Jehoiakim’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be evil” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:6 f2pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “him” refers to Jehoiakim. Jehoiakim represents either Jerusalem or the nation of Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked Jerusalem” or “attacked Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:7 lxi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Since Nebuchadnezzar was king, he may have had his soldiers do this. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar also had his soldiers carry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:7 sg83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:8 w715 0 This usually refers to worshiping false gods, which Yahweh hated.
|
||||
36:8 k6hw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom refers to things that he did for which people could accuse him of wrong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what people found against him” or “things that he did for which people could accuse him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
36:8 nj1u 0 “anyone can look in the book…Israel and see they are written there”
|
||||
36:8 nj1u 0 “anyone can look in the book … Israel and see they are written there”
|
||||
36:8 yex6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written them in the book” or “you can read of them in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
36:8 btm6 0 This is a book that no longer exists. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 35:27](../35/27.md).
|
||||
36:8 kk9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jehoiakim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:9 a92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “8 years old…3 months and 10 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:9 a92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “8 years old … 3 months and 10 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:9 cdx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “sight” here represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Jehoiachin’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be evil” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:10 py1t 0 “brought Jehoiachin to Babylon”
|
||||
36:10 rqc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:10 sa28 0 “Jehoiachin’s relative”
|
||||
36:11 k62g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “21 years old…11 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:11 k62g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “21 years old … 11 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:12 r9zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “sight” represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Zedekiah’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh his God judged to be evil” or “what Yahweh his God considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:12 ww6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “mouth” represents the words that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “who spoke the words that Yahweh spoke to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:13 h6mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The phrases “stiffened his neck” and “hardened his heart” are both metaphors that mean to become stubborn. Zedekiah refusing to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he refused to turn to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Zedekiah stubbornly refused to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:14 e8cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “followed the…practices” means to do those things. Alternate translation: “they did the disgusting things that the nations did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:14 e8cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “followed the … practices” means to do those things. Alternate translation: “they did the disgusting things that the nations did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:14 y9gj 0 This phrase refers to worshiping other gods.
|
||||
36:14 hr9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A place that is unfit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “They polluted the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:15 q85q 0 “many times”
|
||||
|
@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ front:intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
36:17 r9mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “brought on them” means to cause to attack with his army. Alternate translation: “God caused the king of the Chaldeans to attack them, and he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:17 azp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The king probably did not personally kill their young men. Rather, his army killed them. Alternate translation: “whose army killed their young men with swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:17 ad1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” is a metonym for the power to defeat them. Alternate translation: “God allowed the Chaldean army to defeat them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:18 r168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God…the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:18 r168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God … the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:19 j8uc 0 “They” refers to the Babylonian soldiers.
|
||||
36:20 z2vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the king” refers to his soldiers whom he ordered to do the work. The phrase “carried away” is an idiom that means to forcefully bring them to Babylon. Alternate translation: “The king had his army forcefully take to Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:20 mmk1 0 “until the kingdom of Persia came to power”
|
||||
|
|
|
36
tn_2CO.tsv
36
tn_2CO.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
98
tn_2KI.tsv
98
tn_2KI.tsv
|
@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:13 j2vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “50 warriors” or “50 soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:13 ptv6 0 “begged him”
|
||||
1:13 ye4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The captain says that his servants are Elijah’s servants to show him honor. AT “my fifty soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:13 b8jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Elijah’s “sight” represents him judgement or evaluation. The captain is pleading with Elijah to let them live. Alternate translation: “please consider my life and the life of…as precious to you” or “consider my life and the life of…to be of worth to you and do not kill us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:13 b8jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Elijah’s “sight” represents him judgement or evaluation. The captain is pleading with Elijah to let them live. Alternate translation: “please consider my life and the life of … as precious to you” or “consider my life and the life of … to be of worth to you and do not kill us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:14 t3sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Elijah’s “sight” represents him judgement or evaluation. The captain is repeating his request for Elijah to show kindness to him and let him live. Alternate translation: “please be kind to me” or “please allow me to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:16 akr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is asked as a rebuke for consulting Baal-Zebub. This may be written as a statement. This is irony because the king is definitely aware of the God of Israel. Alternate translation: “You must think there is no God in Israel whom you may ask for information!” or “You fool! You know there is a God in Israel to consult, but you acted as if you did not know.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1:16 bgi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 When King Ahaziah was injured, he was placed in a bed. Yahweh said that he will never become well and be able to get out of the bed. See how you translated this statement in [2 Kings 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “you will not recover and you will not get up from the bed where you are lying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:17 sl2v 0 “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken”
|
||||
1:17 s5cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1:18 emi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written…Israel.” or “someone has written about them in…Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:18 emi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written … Israel.” or “someone has written about them in … Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nElisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
|
||||
2:1 u56u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
2:1 pmc1 0 a strong wind that spins around and around
|
||||
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
3:3 n4ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:3 zgj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “Turning away” from something is an idiom which means to stop doing it. Alternate translation: “he did not stop committing those sins” or “he continued committing those sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:4 r82y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Mesha had to give these things to the king of Israel because his kingdom was controlled by the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Every year he was forced to give 100,000 lambs and the wool from 100,000 rams to the king of Israel, because his kingdom was controlled by the king of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:4 n1ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred thousand lambs…one hundred thousand rams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
3:4 n1ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred thousand lambs … one hundred thousand rams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
3:6 kkb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 “to prepare the people of Israel for war.” Here “all Israel” refers to all of the Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “to mobilize all of the Israelite soldiers for war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
3:7 q4bl 0 King Joram continues speaking to King Jehoshaphat.
|
||||
3:7 uqt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “you” refers to Jehoshaphat, but refers to both him and his army. Here “Moab” stands for “the army of Moab.” Alternate translation: “Will you and your army go with me to fight against the army of Moab?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
5:3 mnp1 0 Here “my master” refers to Naaman.
|
||||
5:5 mq1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The king is going to give the letter to Naaman to take with him to the king of Israel. Alternate translation: “I will send a letter with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:5 kp6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “10 talents of silver, 6,000 pieces of gold.” This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “330 kilograms of sliver, 6,000 pieces of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
5:5 ge56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This were gifts from the king of Aram for the king of Israel. Alternate translation: “took with him ten…clothes, which were gifts for the king of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:5 ge56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This were gifts from the king of Aram for the king of Israel. Alternate translation: “took with him ten … clothes, which were gifts for the king of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:7 q6lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 Often people would rip their clothes if they were in great distress. Alternate translation: “he ripped his clothes to show his distress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
5:7 ief7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that the request of the king of Aram is outrageous and something he cannot do. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “The king of Aram must think I am some sort of God, with the power over death and life! He wants me to cure this man of his leprosy, but I cannot do that.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:7 v9df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The king of Israel did not believe the request to heal Naamam was the real reason for the letter. He thought the real reason was to start a fight. Alternate translation: “It seems he is looking for an excuse to start a fight with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
5:23 dk33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Naaman urged him to take gifts. Alternate translation: “Naaman urged Gehazi to take the gifts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:25 g7mt 0 Gehazi refers to himself here as Elisha’s servant.
|
||||
5:26 vnd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that Yahweh allowed him to see what Gehazi had done. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have realized that my spirit could see you when Naaman stopped his chariot and talked to you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:26 db2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that this is not the time take gifts. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not the time to accept money…female servants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:26 db2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that this is not the time take gifts. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not the time to accept money … female servants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:27 zy6v 0 This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
|
||||
5:27 qcw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:27 j8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:33 txv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Fear\nGod caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
|
||||
7:1 tu65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:1 cq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:1 cq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour … 14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:1 y4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
7:2 su6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A high ranking captain who was the king’s personal assistant is spoken of as if he was a person on whom the king leaned his hand. Alternate translation: “the captain who was close to the king” or “the captain who was the king’s personal assistant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:2 s4x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh causing much rain to fall in order to make the crops grow is spoken of as if Yahweh were opening windows in heaven through which he pours down rain. Alternate translation: “even if Yahweh were to cause much rain to fall from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -404,14 +404,14 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:15 l1aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is an exaggeration that means the men saw these items scattered along the road as they traveled. Alternate translation: “there were clothes and equipment all along the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
7:16 e95z 0 This refers to taking items from a defeated army.
|
||||
7:16 pu67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So people sold a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:16 eh13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:16 eh13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour … 14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:16 pys5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
7:16 tv5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “word” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:17 hws6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A high ranking captain who was the king’s personal assistant is spoken of as if he were a person on whom the king leaned his hand. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “the captain who was close to the king” or “the captain who was the king’s personal assistant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:17 r27e 0 The crowd of people were in such a rush to get to the food in the camp that they knocked over the man and trampled him to death.
|
||||
7:18 a3ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 In this verse, the writer summarizes what happened by repeating the events that he described in [2 Kings 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
7:18 ky49 0 “About this time tomorrow”
|
||||
7:18 y32g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “14 liters of barley…7 liters of fine flour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:18 y32g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “14 liters of barley … 7 liters of fine flour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
7:18 kz43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
7:19 n3ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 In this verse, the writer summarizes what happened by repeating the events that he described in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
7:19 g1xx 0 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
|
@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:12 c1pw 0 Hazael refers to Elisha this way to honor him.
|
||||
8:12 k88j 0 God has shown Elisha what will take place in the future.
|
||||
8:12 cp79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “you” represents Hazael and refers to himself and the soldiers under his control when he is king. Alternate translation: “you will cause to happen” or “you will order your soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
8:12 rs1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “you” represents Hazel but here refers to his soldiers and not to Hazael personally. Alternate translation: “You soldiers will set…your soldiers will kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:12 rs1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “you” represents Hazel but here refers to his soldiers and not to Hazael personally. Alternate translation: “You soldiers will set … your soldiers will kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:12 mwe9 0 “crush their little children.” This is a brutal description of the soldiers killing children.
|
||||
8:12 c5cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This means that the men will be killed in battle. The sword was the main weapon used in battle. Alternate translation: “kill their young men in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:12 m5j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Specifically this refers to tear open their stomachs. Alternate translation: “rip open the stomachs of their pregnant women with swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:22 c7ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Libnah rebelled against the king of Judah just as Edom had. Alternate translation: “During that same time, Libnah also rebelled against the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:22 ezk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is another city that was originally part of Judah. Here “Libnah” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people of Libnah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:23 nxu4 0 “To read more about the history of Jehoram and what he did,”
|
||||
8:23 ys1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Jehoram is in this other book. Alternate translation: “these things are written…Judah.” or “someone has written about them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:23 ys1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Jehoram is in this other book. Alternate translation: “these things are written … Judah.” or “someone has written about them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:24 a4g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Here “rested” is a polite way of referring to someone dying. After he died, his body was buried in the same place as the bodies of his forefathers. The phrase “was buried” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jehoram died as his ancestors had died, and they buried him with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:24 a8hw 0 “Then Ahaziah, Jehoram’s son, became king after he died”
|
||||
8:25 xk56 0 Ahaziah becomes king of Judah.
|
||||
|
@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
9:35 v3xk 0 “they found no more of her body than” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “all they found that was left of her body were”
|
||||
9:35 l1m8 0 The palm is the inner part of the hand.
|
||||
9:36 pqz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This refers to someone from the city of Tishbe. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:37 kim4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel’s body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: “the pieces of Jezebel’s body will be scattered like dung in the fields…so that no one will be able to recognize them and say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
9:37 kim4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel’s body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: “the pieces of Jezebel’s body will be scattered like dung in the fields … so that no one will be able to recognize them and say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
9:37 xj6d 0 manure, specifically dung used as a fertilizer
|
||||
9:37 ayb5 0 “so that no one will be able to recognize her body.” or “so no one will be able to tell this was Jezebel.”
|
||||
10:intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nGod’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
|
||||
|
@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:6 c3rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 To “be on someone’s side” means to be loyal to them and supportive of them. Alternate translation: “loyal to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
10:6 g3if 0 to hear and obey
|
||||
10:6 hjr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here Jehu’s “voice” refer to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:6 hij4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that they are to bring the heads of the Ahab’s descendant and present them to Jehu. Alternate translation: “you must take the heads…and bring them to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:6 hij4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that they are to bring the heads of the Ahab’s descendant and present them to Jehu. Alternate translation: “you must take the heads … and bring them to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:6 v7id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This refers to killing them and removing their heads. Alternate translation: “kill your master’s descendants and cut off their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
10:6 qps2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “70 in number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:6 xl7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means that they were supervising them and teaching them. Alternate translation: “who were raising them” or “who were supervising them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -610,9 +610,9 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:9 dic5 0 Jehu uses this word here to draw the peoples’ attention to what he says next. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Hear my words”
|
||||
10:9 apq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jehu uses a rhetorical question to cause the people to think deeply about the situation. This can be written as a statement. Possible meanings are (1) Alternate translation: “but the men of Samaria are responsible for killing Ahab’s 70 descendants” or (2) Alternate translation: “but it was Yahweh’s will for these men to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:10 tky4 0 “understand” or “be aware of the fact that”
|
||||
10:10 qm1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of everything happening that Yahweh has said will happen as if it were something that did not die and fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “No part of Yahweh’s word…will fail” or “every part of Yahweh’s word…will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:10 qm1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of everything happening that Yahweh has said will happen as if it were something that did not die and fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “No part of Yahweh’s word … will fail” or “every part of Yahweh’s word … will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:10 dxa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Yahweh causing Ahab’s descendants to be killed as if he killed them himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has caused to happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:11 q6ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Jehu did not kill all of these people personally, rather he commanded for them to be killed. Alternate translation: “So Jehu commanded for all…to be killed” or “So Jehu commanded for all…to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:11 q6ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Jehu did not kill all of these people personally, rather he commanded for them to be killed. Alternate translation: “So Jehu commanded for all … to be killed” or “So Jehu commanded for all … to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:11 yv9x 0 “all who were alive” or “all who were left”
|
||||
10:11 m7rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This means that they had all been killed. Alternate translation: “until all of them had been killed” or “until all of them were dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
10:12 s861 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This was the name of a place where sheep were sheared. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:14 q8s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “42 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:14 b7wx 0 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “He killed all of them”
|
||||
10:15 hcx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:15 fmq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here a person’s “heart” refers to their loyality. If a person’s loyalty is “with someone,” it means that they are loyal to that person. Alternate translation: “Will you be loyal to me, as I will be loyal to you?…‘I will.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
10:15 fmq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here a person’s “heart” refers to their loyality. If a person’s loyalty is “with someone,” it means that they are loyal to that person. Alternate translation: “Will you be loyal to me, as I will be loyal to you? … ‘I will.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
10:15 xmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 “If so, put your hand in mine” or “If so, let us shake hands” In many cultures, when two people shake hands, it confirms their agreement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
10:16 rl1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “zeal” may be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “see how zealous I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
10:17 kbl6 0 “entire royal family”
|
||||
|
@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
12:15 yl27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they did not require the men who received the money and paid the workmen for the repairs to account for the money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:15 d5vz 0 to keep a record of how much money was received and spent
|
||||
12:16 frz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that this money was not used for the repairs. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they did not use the money from the guilt offerings and the sin offerings to pay for the repairs to the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:17 lxs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to Hazael’s army as well as to Hazael. Alternate translation: “Hazael king of Aram and his army attacked…Then they turned to attack” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:17 lxs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to Hazael’s army as well as to Hazael. Alternate translation: “Hazael king of Aram and his army attacked … Then they turned to attack” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:17 h8n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of the king of the country of Syria. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:17 l227 0 “defeated and took control of it”
|
||||
12:18 jt6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These men were previous kings of Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -863,11 +863,11 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
14:12 iqd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Israel defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:12 s7x5 0 “all the men in the army of Judah ran home”
|
||||
14:13 pau5 0 This is what happened after the army of Israel defeated the army of Judah at Beth Shemesh.
|
||||
14:13 r9xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “He” refers to Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “Jehoash and his army came…Jehoash’s soldiers took” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:13 r9xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “He” refers to Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “Jehoash and his army came … Jehoash’s soldiers took” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:13 y4k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 There are the names of gates in the wall of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
14:13 vqd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “about 180 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
14:13 b9as rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit was about 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
14:14 phn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “He” refers to Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “Jehoash and his army came…Jehoash’s soldiers took” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:14 phn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “He” refers to Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “Jehoash and his army came … Jehoash’s soldiers took” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:14 x427 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implies that Jehoash needed to take these hostages to prevent Amaziah from attacking again. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and they also took to Samaria some prisoners to make sure that Amaziah would cause them no more trouble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:15 t4dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:16 vt46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “Then Jehoash died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
15:5 a3rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “death” can be expressed with the verb “die.” Alternate translation: “until the day he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
15:5 gk1i 0 The word “household” refers to the people living in the king’s palace. Because Azariah was a leper, he had to live in a separate house. So his son, Jotham, took charge over the palace.
|
||||
15:5 pz41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being over the household represents having authority over those in it. Alternate translation: “was in charge of the household” or “had authority over those in Azariah’s palace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:6 i6ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Azariah is in this other book. This can also be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written…Judah.” or “you can read about them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:6 i6ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Azariah is in this other book. This can also be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can read about them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:7 h3ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Azariah died as his ancestors had” or “like his ancestors, Azariah died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
15:7 cv1f 0 “his family buried him where his ancestors had been buried”
|
||||
15:7 xj9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Azariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
15:31 e8hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:32 l454 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It can be stated clearly that this is the second year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 2 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah, king of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
15:32 aht7 0 “Jotham son of Azariah, king of Judah became king of Judah”
|
||||
15:33 w1ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “He was 25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
15:33 w1ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “He was 25 years old … 16 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
15:33 xz2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:34 r4gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:35 nad3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one took away the high places” or “Jotham did not have anyone take the high places away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
16:17 y1g1 0 “the movable stands” or “the carts.” These stands had wheels on them so they could be moved around.
|
||||
16:17 p7hv 0 “he also removed the large bowl.” The “sea” was a huge basin or water bowl that was made of bronze.
|
||||
16:18 h1v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Why they did this can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “to please the king of Assyria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:19 wqa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Ahaz is in this other book. This can also be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in The Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah.” or “someone has written about them in The Book…Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:19 wqa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Ahaz is in this other book. This can also be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in The Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah.” or “someone has written about them in The Book … Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:20 c5rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died as his ancestors had” or “like his ancestors, Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
16:20 wbc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:20 y1p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:14 w755 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 This is the name of type of weight that was used for money. One talent weighted about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
18:15 w5qx 0 This was the place in the palace where money and valuable things were stored.
|
||||
18:17 rw3n 0 Sennacherib sent a group of men from his army to Jerusalem to meet with King Hezekiah, including officials named Tartan and Rabsaris.
|
||||
18:17 iz1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Some Bibles translate these as proper names. Other versions of the Bible translate them as titles. Alternate translation: “the Tartan…the Rabsaris” or “the leader of the soldier…a court official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
18:17 iz1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Some Bibles translate these as proper names. Other versions of the Bible translate them as titles. Alternate translation: “the Tartan … the Rabsaris” or “the leader of the soldier … a court official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
18:17 hnu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
18:17 hq5b 0 the channel where the water stored in the “upper pool” flows into the city of Jerusalem
|
||||
18:17 wj5c 0 “and waited there for King Hezekiah to meet with them”
|
||||
|
@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:21 l67d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The King of Assyria compares Egypt to a weak walking stick; you expect that it will support you when you lean on it, but instead it breaks and cuts you. Alternate translation: “the weak support from Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:21 vl81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The speaker is extending the metaphor by describing what happens when a reed is used as a support. Alternate translation: “but if someone uses this for support, he will be injured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:22 im2y 0 Rabshakeh continues telling the message from the king of Assyria to King Hezekiah’s men.
|
||||
18:22 vr43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question assumes the listeners know the answer and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You need to remember that he is the one whose high places…Jerusalem’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:22 vr43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question assumes the listeners know the answer and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You need to remember that he is the one whose high places … Jerusalem’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:24 sn27 0 Rabshakeh continues telling the message from the king of Assyria to King Hezekiah’s men.
|
||||
18:24 pmx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 He asks this question to emphasize that the army of Hezekiah does not have the resources to fight. He also uses exaggeration to mock Hezekiah’s army. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are (1) “You could not defeat even one of the least of the king’s soldiers.” or (2) “You could not defeat a group of the king’s soldiers commanded by his least important officer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
18:25 s1nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 He asks this question to emphasize that Yahweh is behind his success to obey the command to destroy Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh himself told us to come here and destroy this land!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1156,8 +1156,8 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:31 c7we rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These sources of food and water are metaphors for security and plenty. This also was a common way of expressing this idea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:32 hw3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These are metaphors for having good things and plenty in daily life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:33 jbv2 0 Rabshakeh continues telling the message from the king of Assyria to King Hezekiah’s men.
|
||||
18:33 yg4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: “None the gods of the peoples have rescued them…Assyria.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:34 v6ap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: “I have destroyed the gods of…Arpad!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:33 yg4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: “None the gods of the peoples have rescued them … Assyria.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:34 v6ap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: “I have destroyed the gods of … Arpad!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:34 vmd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of places that represent the people living there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
18:34 h7d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Hand” is metonymy for control, power, or authority. Alternate translation: “out from my control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:35 tq6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: “No god has rescued his land from my power.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
19:11 yi6z 0 “Notice, you have heard” or “You have certainly heard.” Here “see” was used to draw attention to what he was about to say next.
|
||||
19:11 rg7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Sennacharib used this question to emphasize that God will not be able to rescue them. Alternate translation: “Your God will not rescue you!” or “You will not be able to escape either!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:12 h82z 0 King Sennacharib’s message to King Hezekiah continues.
|
||||
19:12 t2qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question assumes Hezekiah knows the answer and provides emphasis. Alternate translation: “The gods of the nations, the nations…destroyed—Gozan…Assar—certainly did not rescue them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:12 t2qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question assumes Hezekiah knows the answer and provides emphasis. Alternate translation: “The gods of the nations, the nations … destroyed—Gozan … Assar—certainly did not rescue them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:12 qh8k 0 “the previous kings of Assyria” or “the armies of the previous kings of Assyria”
|
||||
19:12 jlk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are all place names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:13 qr8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are all place names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
19:23 fz73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 These boasts made by Sennacherib could only be fulfilled by his army. The pronoun “I” represents him and his army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
19:24 q99y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a boast that Sennacherib has so many soldiers that their feet dry up the water when they cross a river. This is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of soldiers he has. Alternate translation: “And by marching through the streams of Egypt, we dried them all up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
19:25 ay9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 This continues the message from Yahweh, given by Isaiah, the prophet, for King Hezekiah concerning King Sennecherib. It uses parallelism throughout. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
19:25 r3ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 To make the point strongly this question assumes the listener knows the answer. Alternate translation: “Surely you know how…times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:25 r3ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 To make the point strongly this question assumes the listener knows the answer. Alternate translation: “Surely you know how … times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:25 pi5d 0 “cities that cannot be captured” or “cities surrounded by high walls”
|
||||
19:26 cp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This metaphor compares the weak victims of the Assyrian advance to fragile plants. Alternate translation: “as frail as plants and grass in the fields” or “as weak as shallow rooted plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:26 u3mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This continues the metaphor comparing the weak victims of the Assyrian advance to fragile plants in difficult conditions for growing fully. Alternate translation: “like grass before it has matured” or “like grass before it has grown tall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
20:11 n148 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This was probably a special stairway built for King Ahaz in such a way that its steps marked the hours of daylight as the sun’s rays advanced along them. In this way, the staircase served to tell the time during the day. Alternate translation: “the steps that had been built for King Ahaz” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:12 q3u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of the king of Babylon and his son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
20:13 dh37 0 “carefully considered those letters” or “heard the message from the king of Babylon”
|
||||
20:13 zgg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 Here “There was nothing…did not show them” is an exaggeration used for emphasis. It means Hezekiah showed them all of his most valuable things. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah showed him absolutely everything valuable in his house and in all his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
20:13 zgg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 Here “There was nothing … did not show them” is an exaggeration used for emphasis. It means Hezekiah showed them all of his most valuable things. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah showed him absolutely everything valuable in his house and in all his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
20:14 neq3 0 This refers to the men sent to King Hezekiah with a message and gifts from Marduk-Baladan.
|
||||
20:15 fkx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Hezekiah repeats the same idea in two ways to emphasize his point. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
20:15 mau7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 “Nothing” and “not” cancel each other out to make the idea positive. This exaggeration is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I showed them absolutely every one of my valuable things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:1 cuc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 The mother of King Manasseh (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
21:2 k3ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:2 qx6p 0 Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
|
||||
21:3 i746 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt…he had altars built for Baal, had an Asherah pole made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places…he had them build altars for Baal, make an Asherah pole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:3 i746 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt … he had altars built for Baal, had an Asherah pole made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places … he had them build altars for Baal, make an Asherah pole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:4 kq9h 0 The story of King Manasseh’s reign continues.
|
||||
21:4 tf5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem is where I will forever make known who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:5 lm3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that he built these altars so people could make sacrifices and worship the stars. Also, he would not have built these altars himself, rather he would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build altars in the two courtyards of the house of Yahweh so that the people could worship the stars and offer them sacrifices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:16 f4ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “shed much innocent blood” are a metonym for killing people violently. It might be best to translate this so the reader understands that other people helped Manasseh do this. Alternate translation: “Manasseh ordered his soldiers to kill many innocent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:16 sx9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This hyperbole emphasizes the great number of people Manasseh had killed throughout Jerusalem. The abstract noun “death” can be stated as “dead people.” Alternate translation: “there were very many dead people throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
21:16 ff48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:17 ce1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written…Judah.” or “you can find them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:17 ce1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:18 i542 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a polite way of saying he “died, as his ancestors had, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
21:18 rhh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Possible meanings are (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
21:18 b29b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:23 km8a 0 “made plans and worked together to harm him”
|
||||
21:24 pwu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “some of the people in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
21:24 nj33 0 “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
|
||||
21:25 zcb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written…Judah.” or “you can find them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:25 zcb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:26 zpi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Possible meanings are (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
22:intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The law\nThe priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
22:1 gp47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “31 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -1383,16 +1383,16 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
23:3 ecz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means to “obey the terms of the covenant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:4 sx3u 0 “the other priests who served him”
|
||||
23:4 vy6i 0 men who guarded the gates to the temple
|
||||
23:4 i5uk 0 “so people could use them to worship Baal…so people could use them to worship all the stars”
|
||||
23:4 vje6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “he” refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “he had them burn them…and carry them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:4 i5uk 0 “so people could use them to worship Baal … so people could use them to worship all the stars”
|
||||
23:4 vje6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “he” refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “he had them burn them … and carry them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:4 qsq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 names of places (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:5 i5fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “He” refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them get rid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:5 p31g 0 “as a way to worship Baal, the sun and the moon, the planets, and all the stars”
|
||||
23:6 e6wt 0 This continues to tell what King Josiah did in response to the message from Yahweh.
|
||||
23:6 ueh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “he” refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them bring out…and burn it…He had them beat it…and throw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:6 ueh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “he” refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them bring out … and burn it … He had them beat it … and throw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:7 vc4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “He” refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them clear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:7 qn4w 0 “made clothes”
|
||||
23:8 rlc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to bring…and to defile…He had them destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:8 rlc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to bring … and to defile … He had them destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:8 uxq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 names of places (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:8 y8lj 0 “the city ruler named Joshua” or “the city leader named Joshua.” This is a different Joshua from the Joshua in the Old Testament Book of Joshua.
|
||||
23:9 j64s 0 Here “brothers” refers to their fellow priests who served at the temple.
|
||||
|
@ -1402,12 +1402,12 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
23:11 c4zx 0 Possible meanings are (1) real horses or (2) statues of horses.
|
||||
23:11 vq7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “given” represents being dedicated for worship. Alternate translation: “had used to worship the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:11 b1bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 a man’s name (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:12 ct7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “Josiah the king commanded them to destroy…He had them smash…had them throw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:12 xs4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh and the kings of Judah probably commanded their workers to make these things. Alternate translation: “the kings of Judah had their workers make…Manasseh had his workers make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:12 ct7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “Josiah the king commanded them to destroy … He had them smash … had them throw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:12 xs4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh and the kings of Judah probably commanded their workers to make these things. Alternate translation: “the kings of Judah had their workers make … Manasseh had his workers make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:12 dwd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 place name. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:13 d24c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them ruin…He had them break…they filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:13 d24c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them ruin … He had them break … they filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:13 uf9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do these things. Alternate translation: “Solomon the king of Israel had his workers build” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:14 wk4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them break…they filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:14 wk4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them break … they filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:14 kaf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “covered the ground with human bones so people could not use it as a shrine anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
23:15 q6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people, perhaps Hilkiah and “the priests under him” ([2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md)), might have helped Josiah do these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
23:16 i3m8 0 “had said that these things would happen”
|
||||
|
@ -1423,8 +1423,8 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
23:22 qy57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name “Israel” is a metonym for “the descendants of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:22 m8ft 0 “the time when the people of Israel had their own king and the people of Judah had their own king”
|
||||
23:23 elp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah celebrated this Passover of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
23:24 j8ze 0 “forced those…spirits to leave” or “made a law that those…spirits had to leave”
|
||||
23:24 lu65 0 See how you translated “those who talked with the dead and…those who talked with spirits,” in [2 Kings 21:6](../21/06.md).
|
||||
23:24 j8ze 0 “forced those … spirits to leave” or “made a law that those … spirits had to leave”
|
||||
23:24 lu65 0 See how you translated “those who talked with the dead and … those who talked with spirits,” in [2 Kings 21:6](../21/06.md).
|
||||
23:24 b9hr 0 things that people wrongly believe have special power
|
||||
23:25 tg6s 0 “who gave himself completely to Yahweh”
|
||||
23:25 evf3 0 “And since then there has never been a king who was like Josiah”
|
||||
|
@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
23:26 a2wd 0 “had done to cause him to be angry”
|
||||
23:27 d6xf 0 “from where I am” or “from being near me”
|
||||
23:27 bsh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name is a metonym for the honor that people should give to the person. Alternate translation: “People should worship me there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:28 h614 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “you can find them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:28 h614 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:29 sap6 0 “During the time of Josiah, Pharaoh Necho, king of Egypt”
|
||||
23:29 k8gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Necho is the name of a man. Megiddo is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:31 sf3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “23 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
23:33 e9hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:33 aw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Being put “in chains” represents being captured and imprisoned. Alternate translation: “put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:33 iwc7 0 “forced the people of Judah to give him”
|
||||
23:33 g4w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 A talent was about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “3,300 kilograms…33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
23:33 g4w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney 0 A talent was about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “3,300 kilograms … 33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
23:35 i68u 0 “Jehoikim collected taxes from the people who owned land”
|
||||
23:35 v24z 0 “people of the land of Judah.” Possible meanings are (1) “the people who lived in the land of Judah” or (2) “the richest and most powerful of those who lived in Judah.”
|
||||
23:36 s72q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
24:3 eb3l 0 “get rid of them” or “destroy them”
|
||||
24:4 bik2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Blood is a metonym for innocent life, and shedding blood is a metonym for killing innocent people. Alternate translation: “innocent people whom he killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:4 xy8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Blood is a metonym for innocent life, and shedding blood is a metonym for killing innocent people. Alternate translation: “he killed many innocent people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:5 en3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This is written as a rhetorical question because at the time this was written people were already aware of this information. This can be written as a statement. It can be translated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are indeed written…Judah.” or “you can find them…Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
24:5 en3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This is written as a rhetorical question because at the time this was written people were already aware of this information. This can be written as a statement. It can be translated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are indeed written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
24:6 nt1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Sleeping is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “died and was buried along with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
24:7 yjf2 0 “The king of Egypt did not come out of his land any more to attack other people groups”
|
||||
24:8 zka9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Nehushta is the name of a woman. Elnathan is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1471,9 +1471,9 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
24:14 k5cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jerusalem” is a metonym for the people who lived there. And, “all” is a generalization. It means all the most important people Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar took all the important people away from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
24:14 bf1n 0 “the men who knew how to make and repair things that are made from metal”
|
||||
24:14 fyh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the poorest people in the land still lived there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
24:16 bz73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “7,000…1,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
24:16 bz73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “7,000 … 1,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
24:17 h6dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:18 s1s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “21…11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
24:18 s1s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “21 … 11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
24:18 qfp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:18 zy1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
24:18 fxr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1499,10 +1499,10 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
25:8 yy9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
25:10 dj6i 0 “This is what happened to all the walls around Jerusalem: all”
|
||||
25:10 pp2x 0 “who were following the orders of”
|
||||
25:11 x6c3 0 “This is what happened to the rest of the people…city: those”
|
||||
25:11 x6c3 0 “This is what happened to the rest of the people … city: those”
|
||||
25:11 xm95 0 “the people who remained in the city”
|
||||
25:11 i3y2 0 “left the city and gone to be with the king”
|
||||
25:13 uaq2 0 “This is what happened to the bronze pillars…Yahweh: the Chaldeans”
|
||||
25:13 uaq2 0 “This is what happened to the bronze pillars … Yahweh: the Chaldeans”
|
||||
25:13 ph6f 0 This refers to the large, moveable bronze stands with bronze wheels and axles. “the moveable bronze stands” or “the bronze stands with wheels”
|
||||
25:13 l5um 0 “the large bronze basin”
|
||||
25:13 vyc7 0 “cut them into pieces” or “chopped them up into small pieces”
|
||||
|
@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ front:intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
25:15 sgl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit which ashes are spoken of. Alternate translation: “The pots that were used for removing ashes from the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:16 j7af 0 “the large bronze basin.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
25:16 ser3 0 See how you translated this in [2 Kings 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
25:17 ak56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters…about 1.4 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
25:17 ak56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters … about 1.4 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
25:17 g6qb 0 “an artistic, bronze design” or “a bronze piece with designs”
|
||||
25:17 c2rf 0 This was a design made of crossed strips that looked like a net.
|
||||
25:17 gr5z 0 “completely made of bronze”
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ front:intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:19 v5tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν & ἐπαγγελλόμενοι & δοῦλοι & τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:19 b79v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: “For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:20 d6ra 0 The words “they” and “them” refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
|
||||
2:20 q96i εἰ & ἀποφυγόντες & δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν & τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time “escaped,” but if they are again entangled…and overcome,” then “the last state has become worse…than the first.”
|
||||
2:20 q96i εἰ & ἀποφυγόντες & δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν & τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time “escaped,” but if they are again entangled … and overcome,” then “the last state has become worse … than the first.”
|
||||
2:20 lu22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 The word “defilements” refers to sinful behavior that makes one morally impure. The “world” refers to human society. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:20 bi73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου & καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 You can translate “knowledge” using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:20 d42g γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 “their condition is worse than it was before”
|
||||
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ front:intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
3:4 t6hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here “fathers” refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
3:4 c2en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 The mockers exaggerate with the word “all”, and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
3:4 yue7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:5 mku9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ & συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God established the heavens and the earth…long ago by his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:5 mku9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ & συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God established the heavens and the earth … long ago by his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 This means that God caused the land to come up out of the water, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
3:6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 Here “these things” refers to God’s word and water.
|
||||
3:6 nyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
60
tn_2SA.tsv
60
tn_2SA.tsv
|
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
1:12 v2al 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
1:12 h78c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Here “fallen” is a polite way of referring to being killed. Also, “sword” represents a battle. This here means “had been killed.” Alternate translation: “they had died in battle” or “enemies had killed them in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:13 tje8 0 The man had already stated that he is an Amalekite in [2 Samuel 1:8](../01/08.md). David apparently asks the man to confirm this because of the serious judgment that David was going to pronounce on the man.
|
||||
1:14 f3mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to rebuke the man. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have feared Yahweh and not killed his anointed…hand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:14 f3mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to rebuke the man. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have feared Yahweh and not killed his anointed … hand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:14 gdq9 0 This refers to Saul.
|
||||
1:14 llc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This phrase refers to doing something yourself. Alternate translation: “yourself” or “personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:15 k3ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means “killed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:19 mmf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:19 j8wb 0 Here “without turning away” is stated in negative form to emphasize how closely he followed Abner’s path. Alternate translation: “followed him wherever he went”
|
||||
2:20 jd6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:21 we6k 0 “Stop chasing me…stop chasing Abner”
|
||||
2:21 we6k 0 “Stop chasing me … stop chasing Abner”
|
||||
2:21 ck9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Abner was asking Asahel to kill and plunder another younger soldier who would not be as dangerous as Abner. He did not want to kill Asahel. Alternate translation: “fight with another soldier and take his equipment as plunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2:22 mpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to warn Asahel of the danger he faced. “Strike to the ground” is a polite way of saying “to kill.” Alternate translation: “I do not wish to kill you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2:22 k44v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question emphasizes that Abner does not want to fight and kill Asahel because it would destroy Abner’s relationship with Joab. Here “hold up my face to Joab” is an idiom that means that he would be too ashamed to look at Joab. Alternate translation: “I would be too ashamed to look at your brother, Joab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:23 d2r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. He is the grandfather of Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:24 nzs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Joab asks this question to rebuke David for letting Abner go in peace. Alternate translation: “You should not have done this!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:24 ia9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Joab asks this question to rebuke David for letting Abner escape. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abner was here and you let him leave!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:25 c3xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Joab asks this question to convince David that Abner is plotting against David. Alternate translation: “Surely you know…everything you are doing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:25 c3xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Joab asks this question to convince David that Abner is plotting against David. Alternate translation: “Surely you know … everything you are doing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:26 v16b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Sirah” is the name of a place where the well was located. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:27 w3m9 0 This refers to one of the gates in the city wall at Hebron. As the UST implies, city gates were constructed as part of buildings set into the city walls. Inside the passageway were doors leading to side rooms, where guests could be received and business and judicial proceedings could be conducted. It was probably in one of these rooms that Joab murdered Abner.
|
||||
3:27 us2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “blood” is associated with the death of Asahel. Alternate translation: “the death of Asahel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
7:7 kek6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 If Yahweh had asked the leaders this question, he would have been using a question to scold them for not building him a house of cedar. But, Yahweh said previously that he did not ask them this question. Alternate translation: “You should have built me a house of cedar.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:8 k8e3 0 Yahweh describes his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
7:8 knq9 0 This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
7:8 xsx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has quotations within quotations. It may be necessary to translate the direct quotations as indirect quotations as in the UST. Alternate translation: “tell my servant David that I took him…so that he would be ruler over my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:8 xsx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has quotations within quotations. It may be necessary to translate the direct quotations as indirect quotations as in the UST. Alternate translation: “tell my servant David that I took him … so that he would be ruler over my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:8 fe6g 0 Yahweh is still telling the prophet Nathan what he should tell David.
|
||||
7:8 dae2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 David’s job as a shepherd is referred to by the place he watched his sheep. Alternate translation: “I took you from your job as a shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:9 euh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This continues the quotations within quotations. It may be necessary to translate the direct quotations as indirect quotations as in the UST. Alternate translation: “I have been with him wherever he went. I have cut off all his enemies from before him. Now I will make his name great, like the name of the great ones of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
7:11 wxh3 0 “from the time”
|
||||
7:11 d6c8 0 After the people of Israel entered the land of Canaan and before they had kings to rule them, God appointed leaders called “judges” to lead them in times of trouble.
|
||||
7:11 gat9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 To be in authority is referred to as being over someone. Alternate translation: “to rule my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
7:11 cyy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 If in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) and [2 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md) you translated the direct quotations as indirect quotation, then here you may need to translate “you” as “him” or “his.” Alternate translation: “Now I will give him rest from all his enemies…declare to him that I will make him a house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:11 cyy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 If in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) and [2 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md) you translated the direct quotations as indirect quotation, then here you may need to translate “you” as “him” or “his.” Alternate translation: “Now I will give him rest from all his enemies … declare to him that I will make him a house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:11 a1aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 “I will give you safety from all your enemies.” Here “rest” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I will make all your enemies stop attacking you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:11 ax6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “house” refers to David’s ancestors continuing on as the rulers of Israel. In [2 Samuel 7:4](../07/04.md) Yahweh asked David if he would be the one to build a house for Yahweh. There “house” represented a temple. If your language has a word that can express both ideas, use it here and in 7:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:12 ap2z 0 Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
7:14 n2sv 0 The prophecy in 7:12-14 refers to Solomon, David’s son. But, aspects of the prophecy will be fulfilled by Jesus. So, here it is best to translate the words “father” and “son” with your normal words for a biological father and son.
|
||||
7:15 hg5v 0 Yahweh finishes describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
7:15 h75j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “faithfulness” is an abstract noun that can be stated as “faithfully loving.” Alternate translation: “I will never stop faithfully loving him as I stopped loving Saul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:15 a6sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 If in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) and [2 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md) you translated the direct quotations as indirect quotation, then here you may need to translate “you” as “David” or “him” or “his” as in the UST. Alternate translation: “from before David. David’s house…before him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:16 q3bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 If in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) and [2 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md) you translated the direct quotations as indirect quotation, then here you may need to translate “you” as “David” or “him” or “his” as in the UST. Alternate translation: “David’s house…before him. His throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:15 a6sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 If in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) and [2 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md) you translated the direct quotations as indirect quotation, then here you may need to translate “you” as “David” or “him” or “his” as in the UST. Alternate translation: “from before David. David’s house … before him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:16 q3bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 If in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) and [2 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md) you translated the direct quotations as indirect quotation, then here you may need to translate “you” as “David” or “him” or “his” as in the UST. Alternate translation: “David’s house … before him. His throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
7:16 t2rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two sentences have similar meanings and emphasize that David’s dynasty will last forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
7:16 y1vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 Here the word “house” represents David’s descendants, who will rule as kings. Here “kingdom” means about the same thing as “house.” This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will live to see me establish your family and their rule over the people of Israel forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:16 bu2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Here “throne” represents the power to rule as king. Alternate translation: “I will cause your descendants to rule over Israel forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
10:intro abca 0 # 2 Samuel 10 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe chapter records the last expansion of David’s kingdom. This chapter is also the beginning of a section dealing with the war between Israel and Ammon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Shame\nIt was apparently the cause of shame or embarrassment in ancient Ammon to have their beards shaved off or to have their garments cut off. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\nThe Ammon people used a metaphor comparing themselves to a bad smell: “they had become a stench to David” when they realized they had made David very angry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:1 g3zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:2 k9r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:3 r4at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The leaders use a question to suggest to the king that he should not trust David. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to think that…you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:3 r4at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The leaders use a question to suggest to the king that he should not trust David. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to think that … you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:3 zys4 0 to secretly learn information about someone else
|
||||
10:3 gmb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The leaders use a question to suggest to the king that he should not trust David. Alternate translation: “You need to know that David…overthrow it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:3 gmb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The leaders use a question to suggest to the king that he should not trust David. Alternate translation: “You need to know that David … overthrow it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:3 d8ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “in order to conquer us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:3 bm5t 0 Here “the city” refers to Rabbah, the capital city of the Ammonites.
|
||||
10:4 g9ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This act was meant as an insult to humiliate the men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
10:5 v21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is understood that they should return to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
10:6 v8si rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “become a stench” is a metaphor for “they had become offensive.” Alternate translation: “they had become offensive like a bad smell to David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:6 t6tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:6 gk6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “20,000…1,000…12,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:6 gk6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “20,000 … 1,000 … 12,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:8 u7sj 0 Here “the city” refers to Rabbah, the capital city of the Ammonites.
|
||||
10:9 p5qe 0 The battle with the Arameans and Ammon continues.
|
||||
10:10 ka2a 0 “He put Abishai his brother in charge of the rest of the army”
|
||||
|
@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
10:17 ism8 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
10:17 ln59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here David represents himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “against David and his soldiers and fought them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:18 tev3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “David” is a synecdoche for himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:18 uc7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “700…40,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:18 uc7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “700 … 40,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:18 zwc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Israelites wounded Shobak the commander of the Aramean army, and he died there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:18 s2lg 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
10:19 s2mk 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
|
@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
11:2 qi78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The woman was not on the roof, she would have been bathing outside in the courtyard of her house. Alternate translation: “a woman who was bathing in the courtyard of her house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:3 yv7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the word “sent” means that David sent a messenger. Alternate translation: “So David sent a messenger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:3 r92k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 David was trying to find out who the woman was. The word “he” refers to David, but is a metonym for the messenger that David sent. The messenger was to ask the people for information about her. Alternate translation: “the messenger asked the people who knew her about who she was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:3 ht5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question gives information and can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is Bathsheba…and she is the wife of Uriah the Hittite.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:3 ht5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question gives information and can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is Bathsheba … and she is the wife of Uriah the Hittite.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:4 s4dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 David actually sent messengers, and they took her and brought her to him. Alternate translation: “they brought her to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:4 x8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 She came into his palace and into his bedroom. Alternate translation: “she came into the place where he was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:4 qka3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a polite way of saying that he had sexual relations with her. You may need to use a different euphemism in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
11:9 fp1u 0 The word “his” refers to Uriah and the word “master” refers to David.
|
||||
11:10 p5tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to show David’s surprise that Uriah did not visit his wife. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “After coming from such a long journey, you should have gone down to your house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:11 t1wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to their armies. Alternate translation: “the armies of Israel and Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:11 w65k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to emphasize Uriah’s refusal to visit his wife and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be wrong for me to go into my house…with my wife while the other soldiers in my army are in danger.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:11 w65k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to emphasize Uriah’s refusal to visit his wife and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be wrong for me to go into my house … with my wife while the other soldiers in my army are in danger.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:11 k6b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with my wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
11:11 ww5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Uriah swears a strong promise that he will not go home to his wife as long as the rest of the soldiers are at war. He makes this promise by comparing the truth of his promise to the certainty that the king was alive. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise that I will not do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
11:13 a9yz 0 “Uriah ate and drank with David”
|
||||
|
@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
12:8 ty2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh describes David having his master’s wives as his own wives, by saying that they are “in his arms.” Alternate translation: “your master’s wives as your own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:8 v7tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh speaks of how he gave David his authority as king over Israel and Judah as if he gave him the houses of Israel and Judah as a gift. The phrase “the house of” means “the people of.” Alternate translation: “I also gave you authority as king over the people of Israel and Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:8 sr3v 0 “if I had not given you enough”
|
||||
12:9 nb14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to rebuke David. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have despised…Yahweh and should not have done what is evil in his sight!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:9 nb14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to rebuke David. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have despised … Yahweh and should not have done what is evil in his sight!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:9 ctt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “sight” refers to Yahweh’s thoughts or opinion. Alternate translation: “what he considers to be evil” or “what is evil in Yahweh’s judgement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:9 iy29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 David did not kill Uriah himself, rather he arranged for him to be killed in battle. The phrase “with the sword” represents how Uriah died in battle. Alternate translation: “You have arranged for Uriah the Hittite to die in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:9 n595 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 David did not kill Uriah himself, rather he arranged for him to be killed in battle when Israel was fighting against Ammon. The phrase “with the sword” refers to how he died in battle. Alternate translation: “You arranged for him to die in battle against the army of Ammon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
12:13 zze1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Sometimes men died because of their sins, but he will not die because of his sin with the woman. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will not die” or “you will not die because of this sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:14 m7z5 0 to strongly dislike or hate someone or something
|
||||
12:14 vm9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “born to you” means that it is David’s baby. Alternate translation: “your child who will be born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:15 z3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the author speaks of Yahweh causing the baby to become sick as Yahweh attacking the child. Alternate translation: “Yahweh afflicted the child that…and he was very sick” or “Yahweh caused the baby that…to become very sick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:15 z3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the author speaks of Yahweh causing the baby to become sick as Yahweh attacking the child. Alternate translation: “Yahweh afflicted the child that … and he was very sick” or “Yahweh caused the baby that … to become very sick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:15 eh1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means that she gave birth to a child and that David was his father. Alternate translation: “David’s child, who Uriah’s wife gave birth to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:16 t71m 0 to beg or pray with strong desire
|
||||
12:16 k5zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 David went into his room when he was alone. Alternate translation: “went inside his room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -574,14 +574,14 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
12:24 f8ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 Both the phrase “went in to her” and the phrase “lay with her” refer to David having sexual relations with Bathsheba and emphasize what they did. Alternate translation: “had sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
12:25 m6ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “word” refers to a message that Yahweh told Nathan to tell David. Alternate translation: “he sent Nathan to tell him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:25 rd3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is another name for David’s son Solomon, which Yahweh chose for him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:26 jf3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the author says “Joab” but he is referring to Joab and his soldiers who fought with him. Alternate translation: “Joab and his soldiers fought…they captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:26 jf3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the author says “Joab” but he is referring to Joab and his soldiers who fought with him. Alternate translation: “Joab and his soldiers fought … they captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:26 ar6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Fighting against this city literally means to fight against the people of Rabbah. Translate the name the same as you did in [2 Samuel 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “the people of Rabbah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:27 ip2q 0 “So Joab sent messengers to David to say to him”
|
||||
12:27 c6au rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “Taking” a place or landmark means to take control of it. Alternate translation: “have taken control of the city’s water supply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:27 n5s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Joab speaks of himself when he is actually referring to himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “My soldiers and I have fought…my soldier and I have taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:27 n5s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Joab speaks of himself when he is actually referring to himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “My soldiers and I have fought … my soldier and I have taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:28 ue9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Joab speaks of himself when he is actually referring to himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “if my soldiers and I take” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:28 ej7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means to surround and attack. Alternate translation: “besiege” or “surround” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:28 zt5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “Taking” a place or landmark means to take control of it. Alternate translation: “take control of it…take control of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:28 zt5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “Taking” a place or landmark means to take control of it. Alternate translation: “take control of it … take control of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:28 gj9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will name it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:29 z74s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the author speaks of David when he is actually referring to David and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers fought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
12:30 n7vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 This may be written in modern weights. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
14:22 f6n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “found favor” is an idiom which means to be approved of by someone. Also, “eyes” is a metonym for sight, and sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “you are pleased with me” or “you have approved of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:22 x4g1 0 “because the king”
|
||||
14:22 gl13 0 “you have done what I asked you to do”
|
||||
14:24 i98k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “but he may not see me…the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:24 i98k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “but he may not see me … the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:25 u9cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This word marks a break in the main story line. This new section gives background information for the part of the story that follows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
14:25 fb8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people praised Absalom for his handsomeness more than they praised anyone else” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:25 m4bk 0 good and pleasing appearance, especially of the face
|
||||
|
@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
15:12 b237 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:12 v7wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:13 wjk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the men are referred to by their “hearts” to emphasize their loyalty to Absalom. Alternate translation: “The men of Israel are loyal to” or “The men of Israel are following after” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:14 brg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here David speaks of Absalom and the men with him as “Absalom” himself because the men are following Absalom’s authority. Alternate translation: “escape from Absalom and his men…he and his men will quickly…and they will bring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:14 brg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here David speaks of Absalom and the men with him as “Absalom” himself because the men are following Absalom’s authority. Alternate translation: “escape from Absalom and his men … he and his men will quickly … and they will bring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:14 t8eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “city” is a metonym referring to the people in the city. The “edge of the sword” is a synecdoche referring to the Israelites’ swords and emphasize that they killed the people in battle. Alternate translation: “will attack the people of our city and kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:14 s5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means to cause disaster to happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:16 hpv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the word “keep” means to care for. Alternate translation: “to care for the palace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
16:intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers\nDavid’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n### Simile\nTo show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.”
|
||||
16:1 uv2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:1 rzt4 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 4:4](../04/04.md).
|
||||
16:1 eex7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “200 loaves…100 clusters…100 bunches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
16:1 eex7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “200 loaves … 100 clusters … 100 bunches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
16:1 md5n 0 “cakes of bread”
|
||||
16:1 sje6 0 These phrases refer to raisins or figs pressed together.
|
||||
16:1 ibp3 0 dried grapes
|
||||
|
@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
16:17 x1al 0 a strong feeling of support and love
|
||||
16:17 b4yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These rhetorical questions are asked to criticize Hushai. They can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been a loyal friend to David; you should have gone with him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:18 t8c4 0 Hushai is referring to Absalom.
|
||||
16:18 k7hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here Hushai is referring to Absalom in the third person to take emphasize off of him and place it on Yahweh and the people who chose him. This can be written in second person. Alternate translation: “you are the one whom…you are the man…with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:18 k7hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here Hushai is referring to Absalom in the third person to take emphasize off of him and place it on Yahweh and the people who chose him. This can be written in second person. Alternate translation: “you are the one whom … you are the man … with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:19 hq49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Hushai asks these rhetorical questions to emphasize that he wants to serve Absalom. They can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I should serve only David’s son, so I will serve in his presence.” or “I should serve you, for you are David’s son.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:20 f7w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:21 d7c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Have sexual relations with your father’s slave wives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
18:1 y2u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 David did not count all of the people himself, rather other men counted them. Alternate translation: “David commanded for the soldiers who were with him to be counted and he appointed” or “David arranged the soldiers who were with him and appointed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:1 qt9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these captains led. Alternate translation: “captains of 1,000 soldiers and captains of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “captains of large military divisions and captains of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:1 pa96 0 A captain is a person who is in authority over a group of soldiers.
|
||||
18:2 x31q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction 0 “one-third of the army…another third of the army.” A “third” is one part out of three equal parts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
18:2 x31q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction 0 “one-third of the army … another third of the army.” A “third” is one part out of three equal parts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
18:2 lu6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 2:18](../02/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
18:2 xwu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:19](../15/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
18:2 zy14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This refers to a person from Gath, which is a Philistine city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
18:29 l8s8 0 This means that people were acting as though things were not right.
|
||||
18:30 bg95 0 “Move out of the way” or “Stand aside”
|
||||
18:31 e1tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means to oppose. Alternate translation: “opposed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:32 s9h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The Cushite uses a comparison as a polite way to tell the king that Absalom is dead. This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “I would like all your enemies…to die the way that young man died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
18:32 s9h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The Cushite uses a comparison as a polite way to tell the king that Absalom is dead. This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “I would like all your enemies … to die the way that young man died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
18:33 la2k 0 “was very unhappy” or “was trembling with grief”
|
||||
19:intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### David told to stop mourning Absalom\nJoab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.\n\n### David made king again\nThis chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.\n\n### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David\nThe ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\nThe people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:1 wl3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
19:16 p33r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:16 ke2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the name of this place the same as you did in [2 Samuel 3:16](../03/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:17 kj6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. Translate as you did in [2 Samuel 9:2](../09/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:17 e34y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000 men…15 sons…20 servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
19:17 e34y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “1,000 men … 15 sons … 20 servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
19:17 s7u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that the king was there and was aware of what was happening. Alternate translation: “at the place where the king was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
19:19 tx71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means “to remember.” Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:19 m7n5 0 Here Shimei refers to himself this way to humble himself before the king and honor the king.
|
||||
|
@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
20:10 pd2k 0 “intestines spilled”
|
||||
20:11 m94g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 To be “for” someone means to support them. Alternate translation: “he who supports David” or “he who is loyal to David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:12 dp5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “Amasa lay squirming in his blood.” Amasa may have still been alive and rolling in his blood, but he was probably dead by this time. It is described this way to show how gruesome his body looked. Alternate translation: “Amasa lay dead in his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:12 r75k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means they stopped walking and were staring at Amasa’s dead body. Alternate translation: “all the people stood still staring at the dead body…came by him stood still, staring at his dead body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:12 r75k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means they stopped walking and were staring at Amasa’s dead body. Alternate translation: “all the people stood still staring at the dead body … came by him stood still, staring at his dead body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:12 rgl8 0 “he carried Amasa’s body”
|
||||
20:13 y3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After the man took Amasa off the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:13 x48e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 This abstract noun can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “pursuing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
20:22 p855 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that the woman acted wisely and spoke to her people about what they should do. Alternate translation: “Then the wise woman spoke to all the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
20:22 l63y 0 “every man went to his own home”
|
||||
20:23 ail7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 “Now” marks a break in the main story line. This new section gives background information about the men who served King David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
20:23 bu9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “was over” refers to having authority over a group of people. Alternate translation: “Joab had authority over…Benaiah son of Jehoiada had authority over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:23 bu9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “was over” refers to having authority over a group of people. Alternate translation: “Joab had authority over … Benaiah son of Jehoiada had authority over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
20:23 di2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [2 Samuel 8:18](../08/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
20:23 s3i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the names of these people groups the same as you did in [2 Samuel 8:18](../08/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
20:24 hw6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “was over” refers to having authority over a group of people. Alternate translation: “Adoniram had authority over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
23:4 er3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Here God is comparing the king to the morning light and sunshine after the rain. These are all ways of saying this king would be a delight to God and a blessing for the people. These two phrases have a similar meaning and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “He will be a delight to all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
23:5 rp1i 0 This continues David’s last words.
|
||||
23:5 hef3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Here David is saying that he agrees with God. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “My family is indeed like this before God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:5 n1tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 David acknowledges that God has made a covenant with him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “He has indeed made…way.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:5 n1tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 David acknowledges that God has made a covenant with him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “He has indeed made … way.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:5 gq5b 0 This means God’s covenant is properly organized and will not change so David’s family can trust it.
|
||||
23:5 r8xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 David believes that God will always help him and cause him to prosper. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “He increases my salvation and gives me my every desire.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:6 abg3 0 This concludes David’s last words.
|
||||
|
@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
24:8 i1gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “9 months and 20 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
24:9 qq68 0 “Then Joab told the king the total number of men ready for battle”
|
||||
24:9 b91x 0 This refers to the northern tribes of Israel.
|
||||
24:9 k78w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “eight hundred thousand…five hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
24:9 k78w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “eight hundred thousand … five hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
24:9 t1ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This metonym refers to the men who were ready to fight in the army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:9 e4ft 0 This refers to the southern tribe of Judah.
|
||||
24:10 cb8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “heart” here is a metonym for David’s emotions and conscience. Alternate translation: “David felt guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ front:intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
24:21 r7k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that Yahweh will remove this plague from the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
24:22 bwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “what you think is good” or “what is good in your judgement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
24:22 p54x 0 heavy boards used to separate grain from the rest of the wheat plant
|
||||
24:24 m1m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will only offer…something that I have paid for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
24:24 m1m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will only offer … something that I have paid for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
24:24 w2n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “50 shekels.” A shekel is 11 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
24:25 xl51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “land” stands for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:25 lp9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God confined the plague that had been on Israel” or “God took the plague away from Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ front:intro krd6 0 # Introduction to 2 Thessalonians\n## Part 1: General Intr
|
|||
2:3 tkg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 Paul speaks of destruction as a person who bore a son whose goal is to totally destroy everything. Alternate translation: “the one who destroys everything he can” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:4 t485 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that people consider to be God or everything that people worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:4 wj33 ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός 1 “shows himself as God”
|
||||
2:5 rsz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ μνημονεύετε & ταῦτα 1 Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind them of his teaching when he was with them previously. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am sure you remember…these things.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:5 rsz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ μνημονεύετε & ταῦτα 1 Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind them of his teaching when he was with them previously. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am sure you remember … these things.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:5 lkk7 ταῦτα 1 This refers to the return of Jesus, the day of the Lord, and the man of lawlessness.
|
||||
2:6 ask4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the man of lawlessness when the time is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:7 si9i μυστήριον & τῆς ἀνομίας 1 This refers to a sacred secret that only God knows.
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ front:intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:5 ayl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν 1 This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:5 buc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:5 p008 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:5 vgz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐν σοὶ & πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί 1 Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “…faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:5 vgz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐν σοὶ & πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί 1 Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “ … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:5 l8wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Λωΐδι 1 This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:5 p009 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Εὐνίκῃ 1 This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s mother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:6 j58k δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 Paul writes that the **reason** for asking Timothy to rekindle his gift is that he is confident of Timothy’s faith in Jesus. Alternative translation: “for this reason” or “because of your faith in Jesus”
|
||||
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ front:intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:6 i977 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 Paul placed his **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God’s Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do. Then Timothy received the gift from the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in 1 Tim 4:14. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I prayed for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
1:6 p010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 Paul speaks of **the gift** as an object inside of Timothy. If the words **that is in you** do not clearly communicate in your language that Timothy received the gift, you could translate it with a verb that expressing the idea of giving or receiving. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:6 s6vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:7 u8vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **for** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:7 u8vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **for** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:7 h1z3 οὐ & ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) **spirit** could refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) **spirit** could refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
|
||||
1:7 p011 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 The word **discipline** could mean one of two things. (1) **discipline** could refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) **discipline** could refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
|
||||
|
|
|
58
tn_ACT.tsv
58
tn_ACT.tsv
|
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
1:6 n9wt 0 Here the word “they” refers to the apostles.
|
||||
1:6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 “will you now make Israel a great kingdom again”
|
||||
1:7 y1fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 Possible meanings are (1) the words “times” and “seasons” refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” or (2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1:8 ld4k λήμψεσθε δύναμιν, & καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες, 1 The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will empower you…to be my witnesses”
|
||||
1:8 ld4k λήμψεσθε δύναμιν, & καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες, 1 The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will empower you … to be my witnesses”
|
||||
1:8 vb4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 Possible meanings are (1) “all over the world” or (2) “to the places on earth that are farthest away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:9 e1q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 “as they watched.” The apostles “were looking up” at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: “as they were looking up at the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:9 l1cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he rose up into the sky” or “God took him up into the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
1:21 t916 0 Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
1:21 c5k2 δεῖ οὖν 1 Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do.
|
||||
1:21 zuf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς 1 Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:22 mrx7 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων 1 The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words “It is necessary…that one of the men who accompanied us” in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb “must be” is thus “one of the men.” Here is a reduced form of the sentence: “It is necessary…that one of the men who accompanied us…beginning from the baptism of John…must be a witness with us.”
|
||||
1:22 mrx7 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων 1 The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words “It is necessary … that one of the men who accompanied us” in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb “must be” is thus “one of the men.” Here is a reduced form of the sentence: “It is necessary … that one of the men who accompanied us … beginning from the baptism of John … must be a witness with us.”
|
||||
1:22 qb8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 The noun “baptism” can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: (1) “beginning from when John baptized Jesus” or (2) “beginning from when John baptized people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:22 yi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven” or “until the day that God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι 1 “must begin to testify with us about his resurrection”
|
||||
|
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
3:6 t2vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 “Peter caused him to stand”
|
||||
3:8 abc1 ἐξαλλόμενος, ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν 1 The lame man did these actions.
|
||||
3:8 zp7x εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered…the temple area” or “he entered…into the temple courtyard”
|
||||
3:8 zp7x εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered … the temple area” or “he entered … into the temple courtyard”
|
||||
3:10 zy7h ἐπεγίνωσκον & ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ 1 “realized that it was the man” or “recognized him as the man”
|
||||
3:10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
3:10 j6zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 Here the words “wonder” and “amazement” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people’s amazement. Alternate translation: “they were extremely amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
3:25 g31m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here the word “families” refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will bless all the people groups in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 “After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous”
|
||||
3:26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
|
||||
3:26 x8ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here “turning…from” is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: “causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things” or “causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:26 x8ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here “turning … from” is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: “causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things” or “causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unity\n\nThe first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.\n\n### “Signs and wonders”\n\nThis phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Cornerstone\n\nThe cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Name\n\n“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.
|
||||
4:1 ew3l 0 The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter’s having healed the man who was born lame.
|
||||
4:1 abc4 λαλούντων & αὐτῶν 1 “As Peter and John were speaking”
|
||||
|
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
4:7 t1eq ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 “Who gave you power”
|
||||
4:7 jc21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by whose authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:8 su5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:9 pq85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα & ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: “You are asking us this day…by what means we made this man well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:9 pq85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα & ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: “You are asking us this day … by what means we made this man well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:9 je6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are questioning us this day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:9 b92n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what means we have made this man well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:10 snd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
4:11 c1bh ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων 1 “you as builders rejected” or “you as builders rejected as worth nothing”
|
||||
4:12 tq3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ 1 The noun “salvation” can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “He is the only person who is able to save” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
4:12 l66w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no other name under heaven that God has given among men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:12 iz7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐδὲ & ὄνομά & ἕτερον & δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 The phrase “name…given among men” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:12 iz7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐδὲ & ὄνομά & ἕτερον & δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 The phrase “name … given among men” refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:12 jm25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: “in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:12 gg8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which can save us” or “who can save us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:13 xn39 0 Here the second instance of “they” refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word “they” in this section refer to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
|
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
4:25 h6rc λαοὶ 1 people groups
|
||||
4:26 fb5a 0 The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in [Acts 4:25](../04/25.md).
|
||||
4:26 w2by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth’s rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
4:26 w64b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy παρέστησαν & συνήχθησαν 1 These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: “set their armies together…gathered their troops together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:26 w64b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy παρέστησαν & συνήχθησαν 1 These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: “set their armies together … gathered their troops together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:26 yv19 κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the word “Lord” refers to God. In the Psalms, the word “Christ” refers to the Messiah or God’s anointed one.
|
||||
4:27 b1g9 0 The believers continue praying.
|
||||
4:27 nuc1 ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 “this city” refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
4:30 x9r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν 1 Here the word “hand” refers to God’s power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: “while you show your power by healing people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:30 t5uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “through the power of your holy servant Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:30 txb5 τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 “Jesus who serves you faithfully.” See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md).
|
||||
4:31 x9b3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place…shook” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:31 x9b3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place … shook” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:31 ps3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:32 xu3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία 1 Here the word “heart” refers to the thoughts and the word “soul” refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: “thought the same way and wanted the same things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:32 zyp5 ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά 1 “shared their belongings with one another.” See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md).
|
||||
|
@ -359,10 +359,10 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
5:2 xm1t συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός 1 “his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money”
|
||||
5:2 dy8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν 1 This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:3 y7j6 0 If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements.
|
||||
5:3 grr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου 1 Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie…land.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:3 grr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου 1 Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie … land.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:3 pqd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 Here the word “heart” is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase “Satan filled your heart” is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are (1) “Satan completely controlled you” or (2) “Satan convinced you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:3 zz5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:4 vu7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “While it remained unsold, it was your own…control.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:4 vu7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “While it remained unsold, it was your own … control.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 “While you had not sold it”
|
||||
5:4 wm2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:4 k7nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after you sold it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
7:14 aam5 ἀποστείλας 1 “sent his brothers back to Canaan” or “sent his brothers back home”
|
||||
7:15 w2sm ἐτελεύτησεν 1 Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: “eventually Jacob died”
|
||||
7:15 fe56 αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors”
|
||||
7:16 slg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ μετετέθησαν & καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over…and buried them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:16 slg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ μετετέθησαν & καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over … and buried them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 “with money”
|
||||
7:17 np3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
7:17 tuq2 1 In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
|
||||
|
@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
7:35 x4p2 0 Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as “This Moses” or “This same Moses” or “This is the man” or “It is the same Moses.” If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them.
|
||||
7:35 gn6e τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο 1 This refers back to the events recorded in [Acts 7:27-28](../07/27.md).
|
||||
7:35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 “rescuer”
|
||||
7:35 yjz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ 1 The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: “by the action of the angel” or “by having the angel…bush command him to return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:35 yjz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ 1 The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: “by the action of the angel” or “by having the angel … bush command him to return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:35 abc9 ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ 1 The angel appeared to Moses.
|
||||
7:36 gz9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 Stephen’s audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:37 b4sg προφήτην & ἀναστήσει 1 “cause a man to be a prophet”
|
||||
|
@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
7:42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 “abandoned them”
|
||||
7:42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Possible meanings for the original phrase are (1) the stars only or (2) the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||||
7:42 f314 βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 1 This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo.
|
||||
7:42 gd1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ 1 God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices…Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:42 gd1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ 1 God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices … Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:42 j4q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἶκος Ἰσραήλ 1 This refers to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “all you Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:43 zek5 0 The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here.
|
||||
7:43 fs4q 0 Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||||
|
@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
8:23 d3v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς & χολὴν πικρίας 1 Here “in the poison of bitterness” is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: “very envious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:23 j696 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας 1 The phrase “bonds of sin” is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: “because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner” or “you are like a prisoner to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:24 n5cw 0 Here the word “you” refers to Peter and John.
|
||||
8:24 u1a4 ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: “the things you have said…may not happen to me”
|
||||
8:24 u1a4 ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: “the things you have said … may not happen to me”
|
||||
8:24 sk5w ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 This refers to Peter’s rebuke about Simon’s silver perishing along with him.
|
||||
8:25 dl9f 0 This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.
|
||||
8:25 uz15 διαμαρτυράμενοι 1 Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.
|
||||
|
@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
10:3 g3lv εἶδεν & φανερῶς 1 “Cornelius clearly saw”
|
||||
10:4 abcf ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 Cornelius looked intently at the angel.
|
||||
10:4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 “Then the angel said to Cornelius”
|
||||
10:4 p5ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts…a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:4 p5ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts … a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a person who makes leather from animal skins
|
||||
10:7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 “When Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended.”
|
||||
10:7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God.” This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God.
|
||||
|
@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
10:36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 Here “all” means “all people.”
|
||||
10:37 ch65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
10:37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them”
|
||||
10:38 jtr3 Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. “You know…of all. You yourselves know…announced. You know the events…with power”
|
||||
10:38 jtr3 Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. “You know … of all. You yourselves know … announced. You know the events … with power”
|
||||
10:38 ku82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:38 y5ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
10:38 tj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The idiom “was with him” means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
10:46 w58d 0 The words “he” and “him” refer to Peter.
|
||||
10:46 mpg5 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||||
10:46 p6pa αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
|
||||
10:47 u5d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received…we!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:47 u5d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received … we!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:48 t2y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσέταξεν & αὐτοὺς & βαπτισθῆναι 1 It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” or “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:48 ax6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 Here “in the name of Jesus Christ” expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”\n\nAlmost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
|
@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
11:16 v116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς & βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:17 pe42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 The word “them” refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word “they” refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word “us” includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
11:17 e576 0 Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
11:17 u3nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them…I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:17 u3nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them … I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:17 y7ag τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν 1 Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
11:18 nr7g ἡσύχασαν 1 “they did not argue with Peter”
|
||||
11:18 z3fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 “God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also.” Here “life” refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns “repentance” and “life” can be translated as the verbs “repent” and “live.” Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
13:8 lp2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:8 qw4j οὕτως & μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 “that was what he was called in Greek”
|
||||
13:8 n23s ἀνθίστατο & αὐτοῖς & ζητῶν διαστρέψαι 1 “resisted them by trying to turn” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn”
|
||||
13:8 w2xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here “to turn…away from” is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:8 w2xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here “to turn … away from” is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:9 gws2 0 The word “him” refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
|
||||
13:9 nau1 0 While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
|
||||
13:9 ey6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Σαῦλος & ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 “Saul” as his Jewish name, and “Paul” was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
14:15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 “worshiping us”
|
||||
14:15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: “We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!”
|
||||
14:15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς & ὑμῖν 1 “like you in every way”
|
||||
14:15 n98g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 Here “turn from…to” is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:15 n98g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 Here “turn from … to” is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives”
|
||||
14:16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 “In previous times” or “Until now”
|
||||
14:16 vpt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Walking in a way, or walking on a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
18:9 zg8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
18:9 a529 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “do not stop speaking about the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me”
|
||||
18:11 mqx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “Paul lived there…teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
18:11 mqx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “Paul lived there … teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
18:12 f41k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
18:12 b5bf 0 The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
|
||||
18:12 se8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γαλλίωνος 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
19:35 fm3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 The words “You” and “you” refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
19:35 pu96 0 The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
|
||||
19:35 sy9m ὁ γραμματεὺς 1 This refers to the town “writer” or “secretary.”
|
||||
19:35 sd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς & ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦ 1 The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: “every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper…heaven.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:35 sd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς & ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦ 1 The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: “every man knows that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper … heaven.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:35 k8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 The town clerk uses “not” to emphasize that all of the people knew this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
19:35 hiw3 νεωκόρον 1 The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
|
||||
19:35 afd1 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
|
||||
|
@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
21:10 n3i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants τις & προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
21:10 f9cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
21:11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist”
|
||||
21:11 nq2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up…of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
21:11 nq2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up … of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
21:11 i8u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” or “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
21:11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 “deliver him”
|
||||
21:11 s92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 The word “hands” here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
21:37 qp63 τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
21:37 inl1 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
21:37 p5cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις 11 The chief captain uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: “So you speak Greek.” or “I didn’t know you spoke Greek.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:38 xx2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων 1 The chief captain uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the chief captain believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian…wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the chief captain thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian…wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:38 xx2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων 1 The chief captain uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the chief captain believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian … wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the chief captain thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian … wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:38 nxs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος 1 Shortly before Paul’s visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:38 lwi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀναστατώσας 1 This word “rebellion” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “caused people to rebel against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
21:38 tqh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 “the 4,000 terrorists” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
23:1 nn2q ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας 1 “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do”
|
||||
23:2 yz4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:3 igq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: “whitepainted wall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
23:3 un7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “You sit there to judge…against the law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:3 un7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “You sit there to judge … against the law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:3 m6nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for “strike” as you did in the phrase “God will strike you.” Alternate translation: “command people to strike me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
23:4 lkh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς 1 The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: “Do not insult God’s high priest!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:5 e8lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2599,9 +2599,9 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
26:24 h5b9 0 Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.
|
||||
26:24 dvn2 μαίνῃ 1 “you are speaking nonsense” or “you are crazy”
|
||||
26:24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει 1 “you have learned so much that you are now crazy”
|
||||
26:25 dur9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι & ἀλλὰ 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane…and” or “I am able to think well…and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
26:25 dur9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι & ἀλλὰ 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane … and” or “I am able to think well … and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
26:25 a6pb κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 “Festus, who deserves highest honors”
|
||||
26:26 ed7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γὰρ & ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν & αὐτὸν 1 Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “For you…to you…from you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
26:26 ed7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γὰρ & ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν & αὐτὸν 1 Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “For you … to you … from you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
26:26 cs7b παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. Alternate translation: “I speak boldly”
|
||||
26:26 svn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πείθομαι 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am sure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:26 tta8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λανθάνειν & αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ 1 This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “that he is aware of this” or “that you are aware of this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
27:1 k52u παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας 1 Possible meanings are that (1) “they” refers to the governor and the king or (2) “they” refers to other Roman officials.
|
||||
27:1 un2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ 1 Julius is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
27:1 d22f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as “the Augustan Regiment.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
27:2 dnr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπιβάντες & πλοίῳ & μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 Here “ship…which was about to sail” stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “We boarded a ship…which a crew was about to sail” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:2 dnr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπιβάντες & πλοίῳ & μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 Here “ship … which was about to sail” stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “We boarded a ship … which a crew was about to sail” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:2 fqy2 πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ 1 Possible meanings are (1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.
|
||||
27:2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 “soon going to sail” or “would depart soon”
|
||||
27:2 m3ps ἀνήχθημεν 1 “began our journey on the sea”
|
||||
|
@ -2808,7 +2808,7 @@ front:intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
28:25 n7pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν 1 Here “word” stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: “after Paul had said one more thing” or “after Paul had made this statement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:25 b11n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
28:26 qj7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον & εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words “The Holy Spirit spoke” in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. “The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
28:26 pax8 ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετ & βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 The words “hear” and “see” are repeated for emphasis. “You will listen carefully…and you will look intently”
|
||||
28:26 pax8 ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετ & βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 The words “hear” and “see” are repeated for emphasis. “You will listen carefully … and you will look intently”
|
||||
28:26 s1ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; & καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God’s plan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
28:27 fz42 0 Translate Paul’s quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md).
|
||||
28:27 qu6t 0 Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
34
tn_AMO.tsv
34
tn_AMO.tsv
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
2:13 kk7s 0 Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
|
||||
2:13 pae9 0 This alerts the reader to pay attention to what follows. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
2:13 ak7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Yahweh compares his judgment on the people of Israel to crushing them with something very heavy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2:14 x39h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These adjectives refer to people in general. Alternate translation: “Swift people…strong people…mighty people” or “The strong person…the strong person…the mighty person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:14 x39h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These adjectives refer to people in general. Alternate translation: “Swift people … strong people … mighty people” or “The strong person … the strong person … the mighty person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:15 pt37 0 Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
|
||||
2:15 qs5b 0 Here “stand” means to keep one’s place in battle.
|
||||
2:15 q2w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The implied information is that the fast runner will not escape from his enemies. Alternate translation: “the fast runner will be captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
2:16 szp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
3:intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nAmos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nThis chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
|
||||
3:1 em48 0 “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
|
||||
3:1 k2d9 0 “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you…about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you…about the whole family”
|
||||
3:1 k2d9 0 “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family”
|
||||
3:1 kc3z 0 These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
|
||||
3:1 kg5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the whole family” represents to the whole nation. The people of Israel were all descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the whole nation” or “the whole clan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:2 zb95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implies that they should have obeyed him. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I have chosen only you from all the families of the earth, so you should have obeyed me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
3:6 y7gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The reason for trembling can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “tremble because they are afraid” or “be afraid of the enemy and tremble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:6 h6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Amos uses this question to remind the people of what they should already know about what causes a disaster. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If disaster overtakes a city, Yahweh has sent it.” or “If disaster overtakes a city, we know that Yahweh has sent it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:6 ffj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Something terrible happening to a city is spoken of as if disaster overtakes it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:7 rg1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The relationship between this sentence and the rhetorical questions in [Amos 3:3](../03/03.md) to [Amos 3:6](./06.md) can be shown with the words “So also.” Alternate translation: “So also, the Lord Yahweh will do nothing unless…the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:7 v3ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Surely the Lord Yahweh will reveal…prophets before he does anything” or “So also, the Lord will punish people only if he has revealed his plan to his servants the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
3:7 rg1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The relationship between this sentence and the rhetorical questions in [Amos 3:3](../03/03.md) to [Amos 3:6](./06.md) can be shown with the words “So also.” Alternate translation: “So also, the Lord Yahweh will do nothing unless … the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:7 v3ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Surely the Lord Yahweh will reveal … prophets before he does anything” or “So also, the Lord will punish people only if he has revealed his plan to his servants the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
3:8 b8bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Amos uses this question to remind people of what people do when a lion roars. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “The lion has roared; so we know that everyone will be afraid.” or “The lion has roared; so of course everyone will be afraid.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:8 ext3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Amos uses this question to emphasize what people should already know about what prophets do when God speaks. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “The Lord Yahweh has spoken; so we know that the prophets will prophesy.” or “The Lord Yahweh has spoken; so of course the prophets will prophesy.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:9 lte7 0 This command is to Israel’s enemies in Ashdod and Egypt.
|
||||
|
@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
3:11 njz8 0 “steal all the things in your fortresses”
|
||||
3:12 j2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The Lord compares the people of Israel being rescued with an unsuccessful attempt to rescue an animal from a lion. They will not be completely rescued. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
3:12 d9dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It can be stated clearly that the shepherd tries to rescue the whole animal. Alternate translation: “As the shepherd tries to rescue an animal from the lion’s mouth, but is able to save only two legs or a piece of an ear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:12 t7nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 Here the phrases “the shepherd” and “the lion” refer to any shepherd or lion. Alternate translation: “As a shepherd…a lion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
3:12 t7nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 Here the phrases “the shepherd” and “the lion” refer to any shepherd or lion. Alternate translation: “As a shepherd … a lion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
3:12 wn55 0 This phrase shows that they will not be completely rescued. Almost all of their possessions will be stolen. This passage in Hebrew is difficult to understand, and some modern versions interpret it differently.
|
||||
3:12 ln9g 0 This is a soft chair big enough to lie down on.
|
||||
3:13 u9dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Jacob’s descendants. They were the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
4:4 l9eu 0 God gives several commands in verse 4, but he does so to show that he is angry
|
||||
4:4 sca9 0 God continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
4:4 plw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 People would go to Bethel and Gilgal to make sacrifices to God, but they kept sinning anyway. God makes these commands to show that he is angry with them for doing these things. These commands can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “You go to Bethel to worship, but you sin. You go to Gilgal to worship, but you sin even more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
4:4 rpw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 God makes these commands in order to show the people that he is angry that even though they do these things, they continue to sin against him in other ways. These commands can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “You bring your sacrifices…every three days, but it does you no good.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
4:4 rpw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 God makes these commands in order to show the people that he is angry that even though they do these things, they continue to sin against him in other ways. These commands can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “You bring your sacrifices … every three days, but it does you no good.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
4:4 nz43 0 Possible meanings are (1) on the third day or (2) every third day. Some versions have “every three years,” because the Israelites were supposed to bring their tithes to God once every three years.
|
||||
4:5 uc1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 God makes these commands in order to show the people that even though they do these things, he is angry because they continue to sin against him in other ways. Use the form in your language that shows that they will do these things no matter what Yahweh says, but these things will do them no good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
4:5 m5ne 0 “boast about them”
|
||||
|
@ -212,15 +212,15 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
4:11 cjh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of those who survived the plague and war as if they were a burning stick that someone pulled out of a fire. Alternate translation: “Some of you survived, like a burning stick that someone pulls out of a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:12 bg4y 0 God continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
4:12 p5ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 God says this to warn the people of Israel that he will judge them. Alternate translation: “prepare to meet me, your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:13 krg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear whether Amos is speaking about God, or God is speaking about himself. If God is speaking about himself, it can be translated with the words “I” and “me.” Alternate translation: “I who form the mountains…reveal my thoughts…is my name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
4:13 krg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear whether Amos is speaking about God, or God is speaking about himself. If God is speaking about himself, it can be translated with the words “I” and “me.” Alternate translation: “I who form the mountains … reveal my thoughts … is my name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
4:13 n7pa 0 Possible meanings are (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
|
||||
4:13 s3jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:13 sha6 0 By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
|
||||
5:intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Place Names\nThis chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### City gate\nThe “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:1 u6w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:2 cqa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen…no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:2 cqa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:2 lta8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:3 ecu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to any cities that sent out large numbers of soldiers. Alternate translation: “Cities that went out with a thousand…cities that went out with a hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
5:3 ecu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to any cities that sent out large numbers of soldiers. Alternate translation: “Cities that went out with a thousand … cities that went out with a hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
5:3 z3m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The phrases “a thousand” and “a hundred” refer to a thousand soldiers and a hundred soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:3 m7h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “The city that went out” represents the soldiers of that city going out. It can be stated clearly why they went out. Alternate translation: “The city out of which a thousand soldiers went to fight” or “The city that sent out a thousand soldiers to fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:3 xna6 0 “will have a hundred soldiers who have not been killed” or “will have only a hundred soldiers still alive.” Here being “left” refers to not being killed by the enemy.
|
||||
|
@ -272,10 +272,10 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
5:23 i5jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the noise of songs as if it could be put somewhere else. It represents stopping singing. Alternate translation: “Stop singing your noisy songs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:23 es63 0 unpleasant sounds
|
||||
5:24 nn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This represents causing there to be much justice and righteous. Alternate translation: “let there be so much justice that it is like flowing water, and let there be so much righteousness that it is like a constantly flowing stream” or “let justice abound like a flood, and let righteousness abound like a stream that never stops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
5:25 a3v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) God uses this question to rebuke them because they did not offer sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not bring me sacrifices…Israel.” or (2) God uses this question to remind them that the sacrifices were not the most important part about their relationship. Alternate translation: “You did not have to bring me sacrifices…Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:25 a3v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) God uses this question to rebuke them because they did not offer sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not bring me sacrifices … Israel.” or (2) God uses this question to remind them that the sacrifices were not the most important part about their relationship. Alternate translation: “You did not have to bring me sacrifices … Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:25 ye8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 God speaks as though the Israelites he is speaking to were part of the group that wandered in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “Did your ancestors bring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:25 fma5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. See how you translated it in [Amos 5:1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:26 qnx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth…and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:26 qnx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:26 tjr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
5:26 q6vz 0 Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
|
||||
6:intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nVerses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
|
||||
|
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
6:8 n646 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that Yahweh hates the fortresses because the people believed the fortresses would keep them safe. Alternate translation: “I hate the people of Israel because they trust in their fortresses, not in me, to protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:9 y9m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 In 6:9-10 Amos describes a hypothetical situation of what it will be like when Yahweh hands the people of Israel over to their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
6:9 rz49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This seems to imply that something terrible is happening, and these ten men go into the house to hide. Alternate translation: “if ten men are hiding inside of a house, they will all still die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:10 s8i5 0 The meaning of these words is not clear. Possible meanings are (1) the “man’s relative” is the one who will “take their bodies up” and “cremate…the corpses,” and he speaks to a person who hid in the house after the ten family members died or (2) the “man’s relative” who “comes to take their bodies up” is a different person from “the one who is to cremate…the corpses,” and they talk to each other in the house. Alternate translation: “a man’s relative comes to take their bodies up, and the one who will burn the corpses after they have been brought out of the house is with him—if while they are in the house the relative says to the burner of the corpses, ‘Is…you?’”
|
||||
6:10 s8i5 0 The meaning of these words is not clear. Possible meanings are (1) the “man’s relative” is the one who will “take their bodies up” and “cremate … the corpses,” and he speaks to a person who hid in the house after the ten family members died or (2) the “man’s relative” who “comes to take their bodies up” is a different person from “the one who is to cremate … the corpses,” and they talk to each other in the house. Alternate translation: “a man’s relative comes to take their bodies up, and the one who will burn the corpses after they have been brought out of the house is with him—if while they are in the house the relative says to the burner of the corpses, ‘Is … you?’”
|
||||
6:10 v4gf 0 to burn a dead body
|
||||
6:10 e57y 0 “bringing the dead bodies”
|
||||
6:10 qj51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The meaning of this is not clear. It seems to imply that the one who asked the question is afraid the one answering will mention Yahweh’s name carelessly. If he does this, it may draw Yahweh’s attention to them, and he may kill them too. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
7:8 tbb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “tell me what you see.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:8 t5nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Judging the people and determining they are wicked is spoken of as if the Israelites were a wall, and Yahweh determines the wall is not straight by using a plumb line. Alternate translation: “my people Israel are wicked. They are like a wall that is not straight up and down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:9 j2t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents an army. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will send an army to attack the house of Jeroboam, and the army will destroy the high places of Isaac and the sanctuaries of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:9 u5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these represent the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Isaac…the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:9 u5md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these represent the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Isaac … the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:9 g5em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents “family.” Translate “Jeroboam” as you did in [Amos 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jeroboam and his family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:10 g3gt 0 Possible meanings: (1) Amaziah was the only priest at Bethel or (2) Amaziah was the leader of the priests at Bethel.
|
||||
7:10 wue4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
8:10 tj9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is understood that the only son has died. Alternate translation: “like mourning for an only son who has died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
8:10 g3j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Terrible and sad things happening during a day is spoken of as if the day had a bitter taste. Alternate translation: “everything that happens at that time will cause you great sorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:11 f43n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of a future time as if “days are coming.” Alternate translation: “there will be a time” or “in the future” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:11 i4s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh refusing to give messages when the people want to hear from him is spoken of as if there would be a famine of his words. Alternate translation: “when I will cause something like a famine in the land…but for hearing the words of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:11 i4s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh refusing to give messages when the people want to hear from him is spoken of as if there would be a famine of his words. Alternate translation: “when I will cause something like a famine in the land … but for hearing the words of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:11 f1wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “words from me, Yahweh” or “my messages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
8:12 ez94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 Here “sea to sea” and “the north to the east” represent all of the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “They will wander here and there and search all over for the word of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
8:12 g73n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implies the Dead Sea in the south and the Mediterranean Sea in the west. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
9:1 r9h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents an army attacking with their weapons. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to kill the rest of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:2 gx89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Yahweh uses an exaggerated image of people fleeing to Sheol or heaven to try to escape being killed. Here “Sheol” and “heaven” are a merism that represents all places. Alternate translation: “Even if they were to flee to Sheol or to heaven, they would not be able to escape me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
9:2 v2qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “I will pull them up from there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:3 lgc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Yahweh gives an exaggerated image of the people fleeing to the top of mount Carmel or to the bottom of the sea to escape being killed. Here “top of Carmel” and “bottom of the sea” are a merism that represents all places. Alternate translation: “Even if they were to hide on the top of Carmel…Even if they tried to go the bottom sea, thinking that I could not see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
9:3 lgc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Yahweh gives an exaggerated image of the people fleeing to the top of mount Carmel or to the bottom of the sea to escape being killed. Here “top of Carmel” and “bottom of the sea” are a merism that represents all places. Alternate translation: “Even if they were to hide on the top of Carmel … Even if they tried to go the bottom sea, thinking that I could not see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
9:3 di6k 0 an unknown fierce sea animal, not the snake in the garden of Eden and not a common snake
|
||||
9:4 z1fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Though enemies capture them and force them to go to a foreign land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:4 rm94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents their enemies. Alternate translation: “there I will cause their enemies to kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
9:6 i2gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here “vault” refers to the sky which biblical writers described as being a dome over the earth. Alternate translation: “he sets the sky over the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:6 c441 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This represents God causing the sea water to fall on the earth as rain. See how you translated this in [Amos 5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “He takes the waters of the sea and makes them rain down on the surface of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:6 l573 0 By declaring his name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. See how you translated this in [Amos 5:8](../05/08.md).
|
||||
9:7 zrb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that the people of Israel are no more special to him than the people of Cush, the Philistines, and the Arameans. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel, you are certainly no more important to me than the people of Cush—this…declaration—I brought up Israel…the Philistines…the Arameans from Kir.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:7 zrb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that the people of Israel are no more special to him than the people of Cush, the Philistines, and the Arameans. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel, you are certainly no more important to me than the people of Cush—this … declaration—I brought up Israel … the Philistines … the Arameans from Kir.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:7 g7zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated these words in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this i what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
9:7 gig3 0 See how you translated the name of this place in [Amos 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
9:8 c978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “eyes” represents seeing. Also, Yahweh speaks of himself in third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, see that the people of this kingdom are very sinful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ front:intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
9:12 fi4l 0 “the remaining part of Edom’s territory”
|
||||
9:12 gc63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “name” represents Yahweh. The idiom “called by my name” means they once belonged to Yahweh. This means that in the past the people had conquered and taken control of these territories. Alternate translation: “all the nations that once belonged to me” or “all the nations that I caused the people of Israel to conquer in the past” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:13 v7us 0 The writer is telling the reader that he is going to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
9:13 q7il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A future time is spoken of as if “days will come.” Alternate translation: “there will be a time…when the plowman” or “in the future…the plowman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:13 q7il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A future time is spoken of as if “days will come.” Alternate translation: “there will be a time … when the plowman” or “in the future … the plowman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:13 yi58 0 These are two images of Yahweh restoring prosperity in Israel. This means grain will grow faster than the people can harvest it, and there will be so many grapes, those crushing the grapes will still be working when farmers start planting more vineyards.
|
||||
9:13 s1fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
9:13 i41r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two lines mean basically the same thing. The huge amount of grapes and wine in Israel is spoken of as if wine flows down the hills and mountains. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ front:intro d9hy 0 # Introduction to Colossians\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
2:16 cii9 ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει 1 The law of Moses included what one can eat and drink. “for what you eat or what you drink”
|
||||
2:16 b4kd ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων 1 The law of Moses specified the days to celebrate, to worship, and to offer sacrifice. “for the way you celebrate feast days or new moons or the Sabbath”
|
||||
2:17 ip3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 A shadow shows the shape of an object, but it is not the object itself. In a similar way, the festivals, celebrations, and Sabbath show us something about how God would save people, but those things do not save people. The savior is Christ. Alternate translation: “These are like a shadow of what would happen, but the reality is Christ” or “These are like a shadow of the savior who would come, but the savior is Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 zv2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the prizes they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: “Let no one…disqualify you from winning a prize” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 zv2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the prizes they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: “Let no one … disqualify you from winning a prize” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 b5ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy θέλων & ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 The word “humility” is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: “who wants you to do things to show that you are humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:18 kn5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἃ ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων 1 Here Paul speaks about people who claim to have dreams and visions from God and who talk proudly about them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 p7q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul says that sinful ways of thinking make a person arrogant. Alternate translation: “puffs himself up by means of his fleshly thinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
24
tn_DAN.tsv
24
tn_DAN.tsv
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:1 sxi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:2 mfr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “gave Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:2 w31y 0 Jehoiakim gave Nebuchadnezzar
|
||||
1:2 l12t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Although Nebuchadnezzar did not do these things alone, it may easier for the reader to retain the singular pronouns. Alternate translation: “They brought…they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:2 l12t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Although Nebuchadnezzar did not do these things alone, it may easier for the reader to retain the singular pronouns. Alternate translation: “They brought … they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:2 tb9l 0 Here “them” probably refers to Jehoiakim and other prisoners, as well as the sacred objects.
|
||||
1:2 riv5 0 This was an act of devotion to his god.
|
||||
1:3 c2p4 0 This refers to Nebuchadnezzar.
|
||||
|
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:48 lz5p 0 “The king made Daniel the ruler”
|
||||
2:49 pp5r 0 These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
|
||||
3:intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The king’s new idol\n\nShadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### The furnace\n\nThere was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
|
||||
3:1 vj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue…They set it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:1 vj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:1 l4e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:1 r51y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:2 pj4s 0 These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory.
|
||||
|
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
3:28 uld8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This phrase refers to the three men’s willingness to die for what they believed. Alternate translation: “they were willing to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:28 iz7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 People would do this to worship their gods. Alternate translation: “stretch themselves out on the ground face down in honor of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
3:28 s95d 0 “any other god except their God”
|
||||
3:29 pnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language…and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:29 pnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language … and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:29 h7gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” and “language” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “any people from any nation, or those who speak any language that says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:29 qb3c 0 “speaks words that do not respect the God”
|
||||
3:29 t5vb 0 “must have their bodies torn apart”
|
||||
|
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
4:28 rq19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
4:29 jn5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
4:29 ns6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “12 months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:30 p8hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Nebuchadnezzar asks this question to emphasize his own glory. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the great Babylon…for the glory of my majesty!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:30 p8hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Nebuchadnezzar asks this question to emphasize his own glory. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the great Babylon … for the glory of my majesty!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:30 csl9 0 “to show people my honor and my greatness”
|
||||
4:31 g7xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
4:31 fjl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means the king was still in the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “While the king was still speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
5:13 sd23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 In this phrase “father” is being used to represent all of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom my father’s soldiers brought out of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:14 yxu5 0 Belshazzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Belshazzar worshiped. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
|
||||
5:14 y4ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:15 c33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Now the men known…have come in before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:15 c33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Now the men known … have come in before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:15 u817 0 “tell me”
|
||||
5:16 u2ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:16 iyy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
6:13 l8eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means he ignores the king. Alternate translation: “does not obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:14 u8lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “mind” refers to his thinking. Alternate translation: “he thought very hard about how” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:14 ts98 0 This refers to mental labor, rather than to physical labor.
|
||||
6:15 d92j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The men were implying that since no decree or statute of the king can be changed, Daniel must be thrown into the pit of lions. This can be stated clearly if needed. Alternate translation: “no decree…can be changed. They must throw Daniel into the pit of lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:15 d92j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The men were implying that since no decree or statute of the king can be changed, Daniel must be thrown into the pit of lions. This can be stated clearly if needed. Alternate translation: “no decree … can be changed. They must throw Daniel into the pit of lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:16 zny2 0 “his soldiers went and got Daniel”
|
||||
6:16 q3wc 0 This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
|
||||
6:16 a268 0 The king is expressing his desire for God to save Daniel.
|
||||
|
@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
7:26 j3ya 0 This, here, refers to “authority.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:14](../07/14.md).
|
||||
7:26 plf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:27 dj39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage 0 The man in Daniel’s vision continues talking to Daniel. Most of the text of verses 23-27 is symbolic language. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
7:27 hh11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion…to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:27 hh11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:27 c6lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two terms mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this will concern all forms of official authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
7:27 p5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “greatness” can be translated with the adjective “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:27 ry7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “under the whole heaven” refers to the kingdoms on earth. Alternate translation: “of all the kingdoms on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
9:24 v75s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The idea is repeated to emphasize how certain it is that this will happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
9:24 dt4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “carry out” is an idiom that means to accomplish. Alternate translation: “to accomplish the vision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
9:24 z31h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These words in this context mean the same thing. They ensure Daniel that Jeremiah’s vision was indeed a prophecy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
9:25 hg9s 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “seven times seven years…and sixty-two times seven years”
|
||||
9:25 hg9s 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “seven times seven years … and sixty-two times seven years”
|
||||
9:25 z58t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These words are used together to make the importance clear. Alternate translation: “You must clearly understand” or “You must know for sure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
9:25 cc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
9:25 mg6r 0 These added together are 69 of the 70 sevens spoken of in verse 24.
|
||||
|
@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
9:26 hpa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The army will destroy the city and the holy place just as a flood destroys things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:26 ite5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:27 a45k 0 This refers to the coming ruler who will destroy the anointed one.
|
||||
9:27 zqk4 0 Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years…Halfway through the seven years”
|
||||
9:27 zqk4 0 Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years … Halfway through the seven years”
|
||||
9:27 rr1b 0 “stop” or “halt”
|
||||
9:27 jsh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These words basically mean the same thing. The repetition is to show that the ruler will prevent all types of sacrifices. Alternate translation: “all forms of sacrificing” or “every type of offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
9:27 e962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This may refer to the defensive structures on top of the walls of the temple, which are called “abominations” because they are full of idols. Alternate translation: “the walls of the temple that are full of abominations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
11:38 zdm8 0 The word “these” refers to the gods mentioned in [Daniel 11:37](../11/37.md).
|
||||
11:39 xrm1 0 Possible meanings are (1) “he will give the land to his followers as a reward” or (2) “he will sell land to his followers”
|
||||
11:40 tuf1 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
|
||||
11:40 m1zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 These phrases stand for the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and his army…The king of the North and his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:40 m1zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 These phrases stand for the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and his army … The king of the North and his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:40 r8tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Violently attacking with an army is spoken of as if a storm happened. Alternate translation: “will attack him like a violent storm” or “will violently attack him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:40 nk95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 When an army overruns a country, it is spoken of as if a flood occurred. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:10](../11/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:40 pc82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Nothing will stop the army. Alternate translation: “will pass through the lands with no one to stop him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -927,13 +927,13 @@ front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
12:intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
|
||||
12:1 l9vr 0 The angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md) continues speaking.
|
||||
12:1 c4hl 0 Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
|
||||
12:1 svv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael…will appear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:1 svv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:1 c1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:1 n3vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:2 e327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 The phrase “sleep in the dust of the earth” is another way of referring to those who have died. Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to come back to life. Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:3 yt7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This refers to God’s people who will share their wisdom with those around them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
12:3 g6t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This refers to those who help others understand that they are separated from God, as if they were changing the direction in which they were going. Alternate translation: “those who teach others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:3 jd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These people are compared to the stars that shine. Alternate translation: “those who turn…will shine brightly like the stars forever and ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
12:3 jd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These people are compared to the stars that shine. Alternate translation: “those who turn … will shine brightly like the stars forever and ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
12:4 qed5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “words” represents the book. Alternate translation: “close this book and keep it sealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:4 mb3v 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
|
||||
12:4 krj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This seems to happen before “the time of the end” during which time the book is sealed. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Before that happens, many people will travel here and there, learning more and more about many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
128
tn_DEU.tsv
128
tn_DEU.tsv
|
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s victory\nThe chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])\n\n### Possessing the land\nWhile the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
|
||||
1:1 j9ty 0 This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
|
||||
1:1 bg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:2 p4gk 0 “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb…to Kadesh Barnea”
|
||||
1:2 p4gk 0 “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea”
|
||||
1:2 m2r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a mountainous area south of the Dead Sea. The area is also called “Edom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:2 pp45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:3 pc9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 The ordinal numbers can be translated as cardinal numbers. Alternate translation: “They had lived in the wilderness for 40 years, 11 months, and 1 day, when Moses spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
1:13 ue4a 0 “men from each tribe whom the people of Israel respect”
|
||||
1:15 f4vm 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
1:15 u5jy 0 “men whom your people respected.” See how this is translated in [Deuteronomy 1:13](../01/13.md).
|
||||
1:15 t5iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “of groups of 1,000…of groups of 100…of groups of 50…and groups of 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:15 t5iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “of groups of 1,000 … of groups of 100 … of groups of 50 … and groups of 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:15 s5h1 0 These are titles for different leaders in Israel’s government.
|
||||
1:15 s3vi 0 “from each of your tribes”
|
||||
1:16 dq18 0 “make right and fair decisions about the disputes Israelites have with each other”
|
||||
|
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
2:12 ye16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:12 v8s2 0 “killed all of them so none of them were left living with them” or “removed them from their presence by killing all of them”
|
||||
2:13 tfp1 0 Moses continues reminding the Israelites of what had happened to them in the wilderness.
|
||||
2:13 ruf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 “‘Then Yahweh said, “Now rise up…Zered.’ So.” This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh told us to rise up…Zered. So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
2:13 ruf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 “‘Then Yahweh said, “Now rise up … Zered.’ So.” This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh told us to rise up … Zered. So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
2:13 va2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 begin to do something (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:13 mn1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This stream flows into the Dead Sea from the southeast and creates the border between Edom and Moab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:14 h8wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 The word “now” marks a change from the story to background information about how long the people of Israel traveled and about God’s anger towards that generation. If your language has a way of showing that what follows is background information, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
2:27 zr26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 This phrase emphasizes that they will always go in the same direction. It can be stated in positive form. “I will not change direction” or “I will always stay on the path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2:28 mf3s 0 This continues Moses’ message to King Sihon.
|
||||
2:28 n54c 0 Moses tells Sihon that the Israelites will not steal from the Amorites and requests that Sihon and his people sell food and water to the Israelites; he is not giving a command. Alternate translation: “I expect to have to pay for food so I can eat and to pay for water so I can drink”
|
||||
2:28 jp21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Moses is referring to the people of Israel as if they were Moses himself. Alternate translation: “sell to me and my people…we may eat…give us…we may drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:28 jp21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Moses is referring to the people of Israel as if they were Moses himself. Alternate translation: “sell to me and my people … we may eat … give us … we may drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:28 twx5 0 “only let us walk through your land”
|
||||
2:29 nj8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:30 iv42 0 Moses continues to remind the people of what happened in the past.
|
||||
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
3:11 ju5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This is background information about King Og. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
3:11 mdg3 0 See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 2:11](../02/11.md).
|
||||
3:11 i4qm 0 “Pay attention to the important thing I am going to tell you.”
|
||||
3:11 ev4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer uses a question to remind the people of Israel that they could go to Rabbah and see how large Og must have been. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Possible meanings are (1) “It was in Rabbah,…live.” or (2) “It is in Rabbah…live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:11 ev4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer uses a question to remind the people of Israel that they could go to Rabbah and see how large Og must have been. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Possible meanings are (1) “It was in Rabbah, … live.” or (2) “It is in Rabbah … live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:11 b98u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
3:11 z43d 0 “according to the cubit most people use”
|
||||
3:12 ac8k 0 Moses continues reminding the people of what happened in the past.
|
||||
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
3:23 j4ne 0 Here “I” refers to Moses. This means he asked God in a very earnest, emotional way.
|
||||
3:24 z9tn 0 Here “your servant” is a polite way of speaking to someone with greater authority. Alternate translation: “to show me, your servant”
|
||||
3:24 idr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “hand” means control or power. Alternate translation: “your power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:24 qkn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh is the only God with the power to do the works he has done. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “for there is no god…acts.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:24 qkn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh is the only God with the power to do the works he has done. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “for there is no god … acts.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:24 ls1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 These two extremes together mean “anywhere.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
3:25 c8zq 0 “west of the Jordan River.” When Moses spoke these words to Yahweh, he was east of the Jordan River in Moab.
|
||||
3:26 xt4j 0 Moses continues telling the people of Israel what happened in the past.
|
||||
|
@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
4:6 bhy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “wisdom” and “understanding” can be translated as adjective phrases, and the abstract noun “sight” refers to how the peoples judge or decide on the value of something. Alternate translation: “this is what will show the peoples that you are wise and that you understand what is important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:6 sr33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “nation” is a metonym for the people of that nation. Alternate translation: “the people of this great nation are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:7 thf7 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
4:7 m62n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “For there is no other great nation…him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:8 g3lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no other great nation…today.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:7 m62n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “For there is no other great nation … him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:8 g3lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no other great nation … today.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:9 wv6p 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
4:9 bfw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they are one person, so all instances of “you,” “your,” and “yourself,” as well as the commands “pay attention,” “guard,” and “make known” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
4:9 d2dg 0 “Pay careful attention and be sure to remember these things always”
|
||||
|
@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
4:16 f5bb 0 “do not do what is wrong”
|
||||
4:18 xe6b 0 “crawls on the ground”
|
||||
4:19 a5bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” and the words “lift,” “look,” and “be drawn” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
4:19 mg57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not…and do not let anyone make you want to worship” or “Do not…and do not allow yourself worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:19 mg57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not … and do not let anyone make you want to worship” or “Do not … and do not allow yourself worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:19 r5pg 0 “everything you can see in the sky.” This is another way of referring to the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||||
4:19 mpi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Moses speaks of the stars as if they were small objects like food that Yahweh was dividing and giving out to the people groups. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh your God has put there to help all people groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:20 uej2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks of Egypt and the hard work the Israelites did there as if it were an oven in which iron is heated and the Israelites were the iron. Alternate translation: “brought you out of the land where people made you do hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
4:27 yy63 0 Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
4:27 swv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks as if the people were seeds that Yahweh would scatter around a field. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will send you to many different places and force you to live there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:27 u1el 0 “will send you” or “will cause your enemies to take you away”
|
||||
4:28 eq2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “men’s hands” refers the men themselves, and “the work…wood and stone” to the idols that they have created. Alternate translation: “the wood and stone idols that men have made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:28 eq2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “men’s hands” refers the men themselves, and “the work … wood and stone” to the idols that they have created. Alternate translation: “the wood and stone idols that men have made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:29 t9hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel. He speaks as though they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
4:29 nz82 0 “But when you are in those other nations”
|
||||
4:29 m6l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 The word “you” here is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
4:34 r398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:35 yl1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
4:35 nu4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh showed you these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:36 r411 0 “he made sure you heard…made sure you saw”
|
||||
4:36 pii8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Moses speaks as if the people to whom he was speaking were the people he had spoken to at Mount Sinai many years earlier. The people at Mount Sinai were actually the fathers of the people to whom he was speaking these words. Alternate translation: “made your fathers…your fathers heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:36 r411 0 “he made sure you heard … made sure you saw”
|
||||
4:36 pii8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Moses speaks as if the people to whom he was speaking were the people he had spoken to at Mount Sinai many years earlier. The people at Mount Sinai were actually the fathers of the people to whom he was speaking these words. Alternate translation: “made your fathers … your fathers heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:37 ss1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
4:37 p6x2 0 This refers to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Jacob’s sons.
|
||||
4:37 yey2 0 “with the great power that comes from his presence” or “with his great power”
|
||||
|
@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
4:43 csf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
4:44 j6tj 0 This refers to the laws Moses will give in the following chapters.
|
||||
4:46 zf9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 3:29](../03/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
4:46 c8za 0 “King Sihon…Amorite people…town of Heshbon.” See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
4:46 c8za 0 “King Sihon … Amorite people … town of Heshbon.” See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
4:47 ya36 0 King Sihon’s land
|
||||
4:47 h15l 0 This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “from the side of the Jordan River toward the east”
|
||||
4:48 kwj2 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 2:36](../02/36.md).
|
||||
|
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
5:9 a6ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
5:9 sxf4 0 “You will not worship the carved figures or do as they command”
|
||||
5:9 q9rc 0 “Never”
|
||||
5:9 qi9s 0 “I…want you to worship only me”
|
||||
5:9 qi9s 0 “I … want you to worship only me”
|
||||
5:10 zxf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands, those who love me” or “being faithful to the covenant with thousands, with those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
5:10 gvi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Some translations read “to a thousand generations of those who love me.” The word “thousands” is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever, to those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
5:11 kd28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
5:23 ar5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “voice” is a metonym for the sound of the voice or for the person who was speaking. Alternate translation: “heard the sound of the voice” or “heard Yahweh speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
5:25 k97b 0 Moses continues to remind the Israelites what the Israelites had said to Moses.
|
||||
5:25 zra9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 They were afraid that they would die if Yahweh spoke to them. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are afraid that we will die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:26 qk3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are no other people besides us…have done.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:26 qk3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are no other people besides us … have done.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:26 sdf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This represents all people or living things. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all living beings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
5:28 j5bk 0 Here “me” refers to Moses.
|
||||
5:29 m98l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 If your language has an idiom that expresses a strong desire for something, you might want to use it here. Alternate translation: “I would be very happy if there were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
6:6 g3hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:6 u7kf 0 Moses is speaking God’s commandments to the people of Israel.
|
||||
6:6 a1y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “you must always remember” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:7 ye1m 0 “I command you to diligently teach…I command you to talk.” The reader should understand these as commands.
|
||||
6:7 ye1m 0 “I command you to diligently teach … I command you to talk.” The reader should understand these as commands.
|
||||
6:8 mh97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:8 x5c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This is a metonym for “write these words on parchment, put the parchment in a pouch, and tie the pouch.” This metonym in turn may be a metaphor for “obey these words so that it is as if they were physically there.” Alternate translation: “tie these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:8 zn5b 0 “as something to make you remember my laws”
|
||||
|
@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
6:18 yri1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:18 zh1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is a command and a blessing. If the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will receive blessings from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Do what Yahweh says is right and good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:20 h9eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:20 vrj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 In this question the “covenant decrees” represent their meaning and purpose. Alternate translation: “What do the covenant decrees…commanded mean to you” or “Why should you obey the covenant decrees…commanded you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:20 vrj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 In this question the “covenant decrees” represent their meaning and purpose. Alternate translation: “What do the covenant decrees … commanded mean to you” or “Why should you obey the covenant decrees … commanded you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:20 m992 0 This refers to the children of the adult people of Israel to whom Moses was speaking Yahweh’s words.
|
||||
6:21 c19m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “a mighty hand” refers to Yahweh’s power. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:34](../04/34.md). Alternate translation: “with his mighty power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:22 c7l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “his house” refers to the people of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “on all of his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
7:14 e33a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 Moses uses a negative statement to emphasize that they all will be able to have children. This may be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “All of you will be able to have children and your cattle will be able to reproduce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
7:14 xr4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 The words “you” and “your” are plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
7:15 qmw7 0 “make sure that you do not become ill” or “keep you completely healthy”
|
||||
7:15 x26j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks as if disease were a heavy object that Yahweh would put on top of people. Alternate translation: “he will not make you sick with any of the evil diseases…but he will make your enemies sick with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:15 x26j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks as if disease were a heavy object that Yahweh would put on top of people. Alternate translation: “he will not make you sick with any of the evil diseases … but he will make your enemies sick with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:16 x9kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
7:16 xbj2 0 “I command you to completely destroy all the people groups”
|
||||
7:16 aia1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This is a command. Moses speaks as if what the eye sees were the eye itself. Alternate translation: “do not allow what you see to cause you to pity them” or “do not pity them because you see that what you are doing is hurting them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -595,13 +595,13 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
8:14 en28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” represents the inner person. To become prideful and no longer obey Yahweh is spoken of as if the person’s heart is lifted up. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Deuteronomy 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “you become prideful and no longer obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:14 a2g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish 0 Moses begins to remind the Israelites of what they know about Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
8:14 k1uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor for the time they were slaves in Egypt. Alternate translation: “out from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:15 p6ka 0 This verse gives the second and third items in the list of characteristics that Moses reminds the Israelites that they must remember about “Yahweh your God” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)) the first being that he “brought you out of Egypt” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)). the second that he led them “through the…wilderness,” and the third that he “brought…water out of the rock.”
|
||||
8:15 p6ka 0 This verse gives the second and third items in the list of characteristics that Moses reminds the Israelites that they must remember about “Yahweh your God” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)) the first being that he “brought you out of Egypt” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)). the second that he led them “through the … wilderness,” and the third that he “brought … water out of the rock.”
|
||||
8:15 x3kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
8:15 c4zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish 0 Moses continues to remind the Israelites of what they know about Yahweh ([Deuteronomy 8:14](../08/14.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
8:15 da8e 0 “Yahweh, who led…Yahweh, who brought”
|
||||
8:15 da8e 0 “Yahweh, who led … Yahweh, who brought”
|
||||
8:15 nlk7 0 “poisonous snakes”
|
||||
8:15 x91q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This phrase describes the ground as being thirsty just like a person is thirsty when he needs water. Alternate translation: “dry ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
8:16 uzq3 0 This is the fourth item in the list of characteristics that Moses reminds the Israelites that they must remember about “Yahweh your God” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)) the first being that he “brought you out of Egypt” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)), the second that he led them “through the…wilderness” ([Deuteronomy 8:15](./15.md)), and the third that he “brought…water out of the rock” ([Deuteronomy 8:15](./15.md)).
|
||||
8:16 uzq3 0 This is the fourth item in the list of characteristics that Moses reminds the Israelites that they must remember about “Yahweh your God” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)) the first being that he “brought you out of Egypt” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)), the second that he led them “through the … wilderness” ([Deuteronomy 8:15](./15.md)), and the third that he “brought … water out of the rock” ([Deuteronomy 8:15](./15.md)).
|
||||
8:16 crk4 0 Moses continues to remind the Israelites of what they know about Yahweh ([Deuteronomy 8:14](../08/14.md)). “Yahweh fed”
|
||||
8:16 q464 0 “to help you” or “because it would be good for you”
|
||||
8:17 uf8j 0 This is the third item in the list of things that Yahweh warns the Israelites that they might do ([Deuteronomy 8:11](./11.md)), the first being “your heart becomes lifted up” and the second being “you forget Yahweh your God” ([Deuteronomy 8:14](./14.md)).
|
||||
|
@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
9:10 v46n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “assembly” can be expressed as the verb “gather together.” Alternate translation: “on the day when you Israelites all came and met together in one place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
9:11 a75b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
9:11 cq34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The second phrase clarifies that “the two tablets of stone” are the ones on which God wrote the Ten Commandments. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
9:12 n8p5 0 “your people…are doing what is wrong.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:16](../04/16.md).
|
||||
9:12 n8p5 0 “your people … are doing what is wrong.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:16](../04/16.md).
|
||||
9:12 ce69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks as if obeying God’s commands were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “They have already disobeyed my commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:14 lkr5 0 “make their name disappear completely” or “kill them all so no one will ever remember them.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Deuteronomy 7:24](../07/24.md).
|
||||
9:15 d8yc 0 Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what happened in the past.
|
||||
|
@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
9:19 li9n 0 Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what happened in the past.
|
||||
9:19 vv3j 0 The words “anger and hot displeasure” are a metonym for what Yahweh would do because he was angry and displeased. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was angry at you—he was extremely displeased with you—he was angry enough to destroy you, and so I was afraid of what he would do”
|
||||
9:21 n7ea 0 Moses continues reminding the people of Israel about what happened in the past.
|
||||
9:21 wf7q 0 Moses probably commanded other men to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “I had people take…burn…beat…grind…throw”
|
||||
9:21 wf7q 0 Moses probably commanded other men to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “I had people take … burn … beat … grind … throw”
|
||||
9:21 hql7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the gold calf itself referred to as their “sin.” Alternate translation: “the calf, which you sinfully made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:22 t271 0 Moses continues to remind the people of Israel about what happened in the past.
|
||||
9:22 n8jq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of places that the people of Israel went through while they were in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -725,10 +725,10 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
10:11 sre9 0 “that I would give to you, their descendants”
|
||||
10:12 wg8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
10:12 d3lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “Israel” refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Now, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:12 x2jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to teach the people of Israel. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God requires you to do no more than this: to fear…with all your soul.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:12 x2jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to teach the people of Israel. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God requires you to do no more than this: to fear … with all your soul.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:12 hd9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks as if obeying Yahweh were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “to obey all his commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:12 l6ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These two phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” See how you translated these two phrases in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
10:13 ct9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to teach the people of Israel. This rhetorical question begins with the words “what does Yahweh your God require of you, except to fear…with all your soul” in verse 12. It can be translated as a statement. “Yahweh your God requires you to do no more than this: to fear…with all your soul, to keep the commandments…for your own good.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:13 ct9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to teach the people of Israel. This rhetorical question begins with the words “what does Yahweh your God require of you, except to fear … with all your soul” in verse 12. It can be translated as a statement. “Yahweh your God requires you to do no more than this: to fear … with all your soul, to keep the commandments … for your own good.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:14 kf71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
10:14 m7ma 0 “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: to”
|
||||
10:14 n5n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 These words show two extremes, and are combined to mean that all things everywhere belong to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
11:12 sxh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 Here the two extremes “beginning” and “end” are used together to mean the entire year. Alternate translation: “continuously throughout the entire year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
11:13 l1bu 0 This means that what Yahweh promises will happen if the Israelites obey his commands.
|
||||
11:13 r5mf 0 Here “I” refers to Moses.
|
||||
11:13 tfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “with all your heart” means “completely” and “with…soul” means “with all your being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). Alternate translation: “with all your being” or “with all your energy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
11:13 tfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “with all your heart” means “completely” and “with … soul” means “with all your being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). Alternate translation: “with all your being” or “with all your energy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
11:14 y9qx 0 “I will cause it to rain on your land in the proper season”
|
||||
11:14 b1z3 0 Here “I” refers to Yahweh. This can be stated in the third person. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give” or “He will give”
|
||||
11:14 w91t 0 This refers to rain at the beginning of the sowing season and rain for maturing the crops for harvest. Alternate translation: “the autumn rain and spring rain” or “the rain in the right seasons”
|
||||
|
@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
11:29 m6sp 0 Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
11:29 zsz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The blessing and the curse are spoken of as if they were objects that someone will set on the mountains. Alternate translation: “some of you must stand on top of Mount Gerazim and proclaim what will cause Yahweh to bless you, and the others must stand on top of Mount Ebal and proclaim what will cause Yahweh to curse you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:29 t5wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of mountains on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:30 k2bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The Israelites are on the eastern side of the Jordan River. Moses uses a question to remind the people where these mountains are located. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “As you know, they are beyond the Jordan…Moreh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:30 k2bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The Israelites are on the eastern side of the Jordan River. Moses uses a question to remind the people where these mountains are located. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “As you know, they are beyond the Jordan … Moreh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:30 b5qt 0 “on the west side of the Jordan River”
|
||||
11:30 pgr7 0 “in the west”
|
||||
11:30 rq9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “near Gilgal” This may not be the same place as the city near Jericho. Moses may be referring to a place that is near Shechem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
12:29 fzv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” represents the people living in Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:29 c22b 0 “when you take everything from them”
|
||||
12:30 m6t9 0 “be careful”
|
||||
12:30 n455 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person learning about and worshiping other gods is spoken of as if they are caught in a hunter’s trap. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you do not act like them…that you do try to learn about their gods, asking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:30 n455 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person learning about and worshiping other gods is spoken of as if they are caught in a hunter’s trap. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you do not act like them … that you do try to learn about their gods, asking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:30 w8wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The Israelites worshiping idols as the people groups of Canaan worship idols is spoken of as if the Israelites were following behind the other people groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:30 j6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh destroys them before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:30 rz9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This is a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “into asking about how those people groups worship their gods so that you can do the same.” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
13:6 g89u 0 Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
13:6 ync7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 A bosom is a person’s chest. This is a idiom that he holds close to his chest, which means he loves and cherishes her. Alternate translation: “wife you love” or “wife you dearly embrace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:6 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “soul” represents the person’s life. This means the person cares for his friend as much as he cares for his own life. Alternate translation: “your dearest friend” or “a friend you love as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:7 rbz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This is the end of a quotation within a quotation that begins with the words “secretly entices you and says, ‘Let us go and worship…neither you nor your ancestors—” in verse 6. It can be translated as an indirect quotation. “secretly entices you and says that you should go and worship…neither you nor your ancestors—any of the gods of the peoples…other end of the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
13:7 rbz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This is the end of a quotation within a quotation that begins with the words “secretly entices you and says, ‘Let us go and worship … neither you nor your ancestors—” in verse 6. It can be translated as an indirect quotation. “secretly entices you and says that you should go and worship … neither you nor your ancestors—any of the gods of the peoples … other end of the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
13:7 g6lt 0 “that are around you”
|
||||
13:7 g5tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 Here the reference to the two extremes of the earth means “everywhere on earth.” Alternate translation: “throughout the entire earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
13:8 g9gf 0 “Do not agree to what he wants”
|
||||
|
@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
14:1 c6vr 0 All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people”
|
||||
14:1 qkn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
14:1 mp18 0 “nor shave the front of your head”
|
||||
14:2 qr9z 0 All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “we are a nation…has chosen us”
|
||||
14:2 qr9z 0 All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “we are a nation … has chosen us”
|
||||
14:2 ksd5 0 See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 7:6](../07/06.md).
|
||||
14:2 l42y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh set them apart from all other nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God has set you apart from other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:2 z5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 This means basically the same thing as the first part of the sentence. They both mean that the people of Israel belong to Yahweh in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -1045,8 +1045,8 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
15:4 t3us 0 This refers to the land of Canaan.
|
||||
15:4 hsd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The land that Yahweh is giving to his people is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Yahweh is giving them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:5 x28x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what Yahweh himself says. Alternate translation: “if only you are careful to obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:6 f39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “money” is understood. You can make the full meaning of this statement clear. Alternate translation: “you will lend money…you will not borrow money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
15:6 p426 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” represents the people. Alternate translation: “to the people of many nations…over the people of many nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:6 f39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “money” is understood. You can make the full meaning of this statement clear. Alternate translation: “you will lend money … you will not borrow money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
15:6 p426 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” represents the people. Alternate translation: “to the people of many nations … over the people of many nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:6 p9hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Here “rule over” means to be financially superior. This means basically the same thing as the previous part of the sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
15:7 e7tf 0 Here “man” means a person in general. Alternate translation: “If there is a poor person”
|
||||
15:7 yi5v 0 “one of your fellow Israelites”
|
||||
|
@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
15:10 ew7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “put your hand to” represents the whole person and work that he has done. Alternate translation: “in all that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
15:11 yhm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For there will always be poor people in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
15:11 tq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 The nominal adjective “the poor” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “For poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
15:11 vi74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I command you to open your hand…in your land” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
15:11 vi74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I command you to open your hand … in your land” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
15:11 l4vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person who is willing to help someone else is spoken of as if his hand were open. Alternate translation: “help your fellow Israelite, those who are needy, and those who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:11 v4zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “needy” and “poor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that these are people who cannot help themselves. Alternate translation: “help your fellow Israelites who cannot help themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
15:12 g1va 0 Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
|
@ -1175,13 +1175,13 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
17:9 xe5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “verdict” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “they will decide on the matter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
17:11 n3uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person obeying what the priests and judge decide is spoken of as if the person were physically following behind the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must obey what the judge and priests decide about the matter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:11 a1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person not doing exactly what the judge and priests say is spoken of as if he were turning off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do not disobey anything they tell you” or “Do everything they say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:12 l4fz 0 “and does not obey the priest…or does not obey the judge”
|
||||
17:12 l4fz 0 “and does not obey the priest … or does not obey the judge”
|
||||
17:12 u7c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 The nominal adjective “the evil” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “you must remove from among the Israelites the person who does this evil thing” or “you must execute this evil person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
17:13 xm49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that when the people hear about the person who was executed for acting arrogantly, they will be afraid and not act arrogantly themselves. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:14 t6n8 0 Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
17:14 wkl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go 0 The word “come to” can be translated as “gone to” or “entered.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
17:14 x3gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “then you decide that you want a king just like the peoples of the nations that surround you have kings,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
17:14 n7ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Moses has the people speaking as if they were one person. It may be more natural to translate this with plural pronouns. Alternate translation: “We will set over ourselves…round about us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
17:14 n7ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Moses has the people speaking as if they were one person. It may be more natural to translate this with plural pronouns. Alternate translation: “We will set over ourselves … round about us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
17:14 gm2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Giving someone the authority to rule as king in Israel is spoken of as if the people were setting the person in a place above them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:14 c8nt 0 “all the surrounding nations”
|
||||
17:14 ie3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” represent the people who live in the nations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
23:16 c3m8 0 “Let the slave live among your people”
|
||||
23:17 kr1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
23:17 cmz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Possible meanings are that Moses (1) openly forbids women and men to perform sexual acts as part of temple service or (2) uses a euphemism to forbid women and men to perform sexual acts to receive money. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
23:18 i3pv 0 “A woman who earns money as a prostitute must not bring that money…into the house”
|
||||
23:18 i3pv 0 “A woman who earns money as a prostitute must not bring that money … into the house”
|
||||
23:18 cdx2 0 a man who allows men to have sex with him for money
|
||||
23:18 p7wu 0 “into the temple”
|
||||
23:18 nqe5 0 “to fulfill a vow”
|
||||
|
@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
27:12 rsu5 0 This combines the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh, who were descendants of Joseph.
|
||||
27:13 ax7s 0 See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 11:29](../11/29.md).
|
||||
27:13 p9b6 0 “say in a loud voice how Yahweh will curse Israel”
|
||||
27:15 pp2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This is the statement the Levites must shout to all the people of Israel. It may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the person…sets it up in secret” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:15 pp2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This is the statement the Levites must shout to all the people of Israel. It may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the person … sets it up in secret” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:15 ne2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “something a man has made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:15 jjw2 0 a man who knows how to make things well
|
||||
27:16 m7ef 0 Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
|
||||
|
@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
27:17 api7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who takes land away from his neighbor by moving the markers on the borders of his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:18 s55n 0 Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
|
||||
27:18 f4in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:19 b9gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks of justice as if it were a physical object that a stronger person can violently pull away from a weaker person. Your language might have one word that means “use force to take away.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 24:17](../24/17.md). Alternate translation: “treats a foreigner…widow unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:19 b9gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks of justice as if it were a physical object that a stronger person can violently pull away from a weaker person. Your language might have one word that means “use force to take away.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 24:17](../24/17.md). Alternate translation: “treats a foreigner … widow unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:19 ed5u 0 These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them.
|
||||
27:19 cnk8 0 This means a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age.
|
||||
27:20 fzq9 0 Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
|
||||
|
@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
28:22 k5ew 0 mold that grows on crops and causes them to rot
|
||||
28:22 btm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Moses speaks of the bad things that would happen to the Israelites as if they were people or animals who would chase after the Israelites. Alternate translation: “You will suffer from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
28:23 alx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
28:23 xf1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks of the skies being like bronze because there will be no rain. Alternate translation: “skies…will give no rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:23 xf1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks of the skies being like bronze because there will be no rain. Alternate translation: “skies … will give no rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:23 eb3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks of the earth being like iron because no crops will grow. Alternate translation: “nothing will grow from the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:24 uz8n 0 “instead of rain, Yahweh will send sandstorms”
|
||||
28:24 zt41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until it destroys you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
28:42 if6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
28:43 cew2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 This does not mean a specific foreigner but refers to foreigners in general. Alternate translation: “The foreigners who are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
28:43 j1wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means foreigners will have more power, money, and honor than the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
28:44 ls98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 This does not mean a specific foreigner (verse 43) but refers to foreigners in general. Alternate translation: “They will…to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
28:44 ls98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 This does not mean a specific foreigner (verse 43) but refers to foreigners in general. Alternate translation: “They will … to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
28:44 wu98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This means foreigners will have more power and authority than the Israelites. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Deuteronomy 28:13](../28/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:45 lv3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
28:45 l54e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses describes the curses as a person who would attack them by surprise or chase and catch them. See how you translated something similar in [Deuteronomy 28:2](../28/02.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh will curse you like this in ways that will completely surprise you, and it will be as if he is chasing you and you cannot escape having him curse you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
28:54 g9qb 0 “who is tender and very delicate among you—even he.” Moses is saying that not only those one would expect to eat their children, but even the last person one would expect to eat his own children will eat his children.
|
||||
28:55 h7kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “city gates” represents the cities themselves. Alternate translation: “all your cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
28:56 x19d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
28:56 ayv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 “The tender and delicate woman among you…tenderness—even she.” Moses is saying that not only those one would expect to eat their children, but even women of noble birth and normally very gentle, whom one would never expect to eat their children, will eat their children. The word “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
28:56 ayv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 “The tender and delicate woman among you … tenderness—even she.” Moses is saying that not only those one would expect to eat their children, but even women of noble birth and normally very gentle, whom one would never expect to eat their children, will eat their children. The word “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
28:56 sw1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Moses is exaggerating. He is emphasizing that this noble woman is so rich and lives in such luxury that she would not allow herself to get dirty. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
28:56 u5mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “delicateness” and “tenderness” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “because she is so delicate and tender” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
28:57 lnt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “city gates” represents the cities themselves. Alternate translation: “within your cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -1992,13 +1992,13 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
29:19 ydt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “congratulate himself” or “encourage himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
29:19 l8ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “even though I still refuse to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
29:19 rq4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the words “wet” and “dry” are metaphors for the righteous people and the wicked people. This forms a merism for “everyone.” Alternate translation: “This would cause Yahweh to destroy both the righteous people and the wicked people in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
29:19 qq8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These nominal adjectives can be translated as nouns. Because the land was usually dry and the people needed rain so their crops would grow, these words are metaphors for “living…dead” or “good…bad.” Alternate translation: “wet things…dry things” or “good people…bad people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:19 qq8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These nominal adjectives can be translated as nouns. Because the land was usually dry and the people needed rain so their crops would grow, these words are metaphors for “living … dead” or “good … bad.” Alternate translation: “wet things … dry things” or “good people … bad people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:20 zp3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Just as a fire can grow in intensity, so can God’s anger and Jealousy grow in intensity. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s jealous anger will grow like a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:20 ud3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys 0 Here the word “jealousy” describes “the anger of Yahweh.” Alternate translation: Yahweh’s jealous anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
29:20 c39z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:20 v4lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses describes the curses as a person who would attack them by surprise. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 28:15](../28/15.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh will curse him with the curses written in this book in ways that will completely surprise him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
29:20 h57e 0 This means God will completely destroy the person and his family. In the future people will not remember him. A similar phrase appears in [Deuteronomy 7:24](../07/24.md).
|
||||
29:22 j9qf 0 The words “your children…after you” tell who “the generation to come” is.
|
||||
29:22 j9qf 0 The words “your children … after you” tell who “the generation to come” is.
|
||||
29:23 n8yz 0 People put sulfur and salt on the soil to keep anything from growing. “when they see that Yahweh has burned the land with sulfur and salt”
|
||||
29:23 g15s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where no one can sow seed and the crops do not bear fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:23 bw2x 0 The abstract noun “overthrow” can be translated as a clause. Alternate translation: “as when Yahweh completely destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah”
|
||||
|
@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
29:27 p8ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses compares Yahweh being angry to someone starting a fire. This emphasizes God’s power to destroy whatever makes him angry, and it can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has became very angry with this land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:27 p9t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “land” is a metonym representing the people. Alternate translation: “the people of this land, so as to bring on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:27 wp7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:28 q4kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Israel is compared to a bad plant that Yahweh has pulled up and thrown out of a garden. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has removed them from their land…and has forced them to go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:28 q4kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Israel is compared to a bad plant that Yahweh has pulled up and thrown out of a garden. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has removed them from their land … and has forced them to go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:28 jz72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “anger” and “wrath” and “fury” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the great intensity of Yahweh’s anger. Alternate translation: “in extremely great anger” or “because he was extremely angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
29:29 d1e5 0 “Some things Yahweh our God has not revealed, and only he knows them”
|
||||
29:29 v7va rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that he has revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
30:8 fpp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “voice” means what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “obey what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:9 k3dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
30:9 ws1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “hand” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
30:9 r217 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 These three phrases are idioms for “in children…in calves…in crops.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
30:9 r217 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 These three phrases are idioms for “in children … in calves … in crops.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
30:10 w16u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:10 vv69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These two phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
30:11 lxg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
30:15 bn6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “what is good and will cause you to live, and what is evil and will cause you to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
30:16 jh9g 0 increase greatly in number
|
||||
30:17 ej9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
30:17 a2vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “heart” refers to the whole person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you stop being loyal to God…and the people living in the land convince you to bow down and worship other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:17 a2vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “heart” refers to the whole person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you stop being loyal to God … and the people living in the land convince you to bow down and worship other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:18 sr3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as a group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
30:18 ee9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:19 t3ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
31:17 zr99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will devour them” or “I will allow their enemies to devour them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
31:17 sz2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor for “completely destroyed.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:17 qw7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This describes the disasters and troubles as if they were human. Alternate translation: “They will experience many disasters and troubles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
31:17 l3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This describes the disasters and troubles as if they were human. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These disasters are destroying me…midst.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
31:17 l3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This describes the disasters and troubles as if they were human. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These disasters are destroying me … midst.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
31:17 m6pv 0 “God is no longer protecting us” or “God has left us alone”
|
||||
31:19 j9x4 0 Yahweh continues speaking to Moses about the Israelites.
|
||||
31:19 h2xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Make them memorize and sing it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
32:5 ehu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. Moses continues to use parallelism to emphasize what he is saying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:5 exs2 0 “opposed him by doing what is wrong.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:16](../04/16.md).
|
||||
32:5 k81b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “perverted” and “crooked” mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize how wicked the generation is. Alternate translation: “a completely wicked generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
32:6 tfw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should give Yahweh proper praise…people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:6 tfw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should give Yahweh proper praise … people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:6 bwz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “foolish” and “senseless” mean the same thing and emphasize how foolish the people are for disobeying Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you extremely foolish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
32:6 m2g1 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
|
||||
32:6 aeq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to scold the people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is your father and the one who created you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2156,16 +2156,16 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
32:8 vz2i 0 God assigned each people group, together with its gods, to its own territory. In this way, he limited the influence of a people group’s idols.
|
||||
32:9 zcj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. As he speaks to the Israelites, he talks about them as if they were someone else and as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:9 j71r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases means basically the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Jacob are Yahweh’s inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:10 b2tx 0 “He found Jacob…shielded him and cared for him…guarded him” You may need to translate this as if Moses were talking about the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “He found our ancestors…shielded them and cared for them…guarded them”
|
||||
32:10 b2tx 0 “He found Jacob … shielded him and cared for him … guarded him” You may need to translate this as if Moses were talking about the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “He found our ancestors … shielded them and cared for them … guarded them”
|
||||
32:10 lv7u 0 Here “howling” refers to the sound the wind makes as it blows through the empty land.
|
||||
32:10 q44y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. The apple of an eye refers to the dark part inside the eyeball that allows a person to see. This is a very important and sensitive part of the body. This means that the people of Israel are very important to God and something he protects. Alternate translation: “he protected him as something very valuable and precious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
32:11 x9dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:11 up27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This means Yahweh watched over and protected the Israelites while they were in the desert. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
32:11 wh5r 0 the outer edges of a bird’s wings
|
||||
32:12 wp5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Moses again speaks of the Israelites as “Jacob” ([Deuteronomy 32:9](./09.md)). You may need to translate as if Moses were speaking of the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “led them…with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
32:12 wp5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Moses again speaks of the Israelites as “Jacob” ([Deuteronomy 32:9](./09.md)). You may need to translate as if Moses were speaking of the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “led them … with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
32:13 kx8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:13 sq4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. The word “him” refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made them ride on high places of the land” or “Yahweh helped them take and occupy the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
32:13 jg4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Moses continues to speak of the Israelites as “Jacob” ([Deuteronomy 32:9](./09.md)). You may need to translate this as though Moses were speaking of the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “made our ancestors ride…fed them…nourished them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
32:13 jg4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Moses continues to speak of the Israelites as “Jacob” ([Deuteronomy 32:9](./09.md)). You may need to translate this as though Moses were speaking of the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “made our ancestors ride … fed them … nourished them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
32:13 t4p5 0 “he brought him to a land with plenty of crops he could eat”
|
||||
32:13 wlf5 0 The land had many wild bees, which produce honey, with hives inside rock holes. There were also many olive trees, which provide oil, and grow on rocks, hills, and mountains.
|
||||
32:13 yp29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is like a mother giving her breast to an infant. “allowed him to suck honey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2184,7 +2184,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
32:18 ch18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses is speaking to the Israelites as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
32:18 mpu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh is called the rock because he is strong and protective. Alternate translation: “You have left the protective care of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:18 ul7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This a proper name that Moses gives to Yahweh, who, like a rock, is strong and able to protect his people. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:4](../32/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:18 y9b3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This compares Yahweh to a father and a mother. This means God caused them to live and to be a nation. Alternate translation: “who fathered you…who gave life to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:18 y9b3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This compares Yahweh to a father and a mother. This means God caused them to live and to be a nation. Alternate translation: “who fathered you … who gave life to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:19 yfx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:19 eca4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This refers to the people of Israel whom Yahweh gave life to and made into a nation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:20 jv62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will turn away from them” or “I will stop helping them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -2197,19 +2197,19 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
32:21 zd9q 0 Translate “foolish” as in [Deuteronomy 32:6](../32/06.md).
|
||||
32:22 wb8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:22 i1bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh compares his anger to a fire. This emphasizes his power to destroy what makes him angry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:22 nll8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I start a fire because I am angry, and it burns…it is devouring…it is setting” or “when I am angry, I destroy my enemies like a fire, and I destroy everything on earth and in…I devour…I set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:22 nll8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I start a fire because I am angry, and it burns … it is devouring … it is setting” or “when I am angry, I destroy my enemies like a fire, and I destroy everything on earth and in … I devour … I set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:22 eis3 0 “even to the world of the dead”
|
||||
32:23 g9k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:23 p1xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of bad things that would happen to the Israelites as if they were something like dirt that he could pile up on top of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “I will make sure that many bad things happen to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:23 ys8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh compares the bad things he will make sure happen to the Israelites to someone shooting arrows from a bow. Alternate translation: “I will do all I can do to kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:24 vr46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. The abstract noun “hunger” can be translated as the verb “be hungry.” Alternate translation: “They will grow weak and die because they are hungry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
32:24 sj74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Possible meanings of “burning heat” are (1) the Israelites will suffer from fevers or (2) the weather will be unusually hot during a drought or famine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They will…hunger, and burning heat and terrible disasters will devour them” or “They will…hunger, and they will die from burning heat and terrible disasters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:24 sj74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Possible meanings of “burning heat” are (1) the Israelites will suffer from fevers or (2) the weather will be unusually hot during a drought or famine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They will … hunger, and burning heat and terrible disasters will devour them” or “They will … hunger, and they will die from burning heat and terrible disasters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:24 l8d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The teeth and the poison are synecdoches for the animals that use these things to kill. Alternate translation: “I will send wild animals to bite them, and things that crawl in the dust to bite and poison them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
32:25 ci4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:25 fy8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents the army of the enemy. Alternate translation: “When the Israelites are outside, the enemy army will kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:25 kgf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Yahweh speaks of being afraid as if it were a person who comes into a house and kills those who live in it. Alternate translation: “you will die because you are afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
32:25 mhn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 These terms describing people of different ages are combined to mean that all kinds of people will die. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
32:26 p3ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This can be translated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “I said, ‘I will…away, and I will…mankind.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
32:26 p3ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This can be translated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “I said, ‘I will … away, and I will … mankind.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
32:26 ly17 0 “I would make all people forget about them”
|
||||
32:27 b351 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
32:27 gg1k 0 “I was afraid of the provocation of the enemy”
|
||||
|
@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
33:2 v2fc 0 Other possible meanings are (1) “In his right hand were flames of fire” or (2) “He gave them a law of fire” or (3) “He came from the south, down his mountain slopes.”
|
||||
33:3 dj5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These verses are difficult to understand. Moses continues to bless the tribes of Israel, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:2](../33/02.md). Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
33:3 pjq4 0 “the people of Israel”
|
||||
33:3 uuu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 The pronouns “his” and “your” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “all Yahweh’s holy ones are in his hand…his feet…his words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
33:3 uuu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 The pronouns “his” and “your” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “all Yahweh’s holy ones are in his hand … his feet … his words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
33:3 sx8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for power and protection. Alternate translation: “you protect all his holy people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:4 j3nq 0 “a possession” or “a precious possession”
|
||||
33:5 eer4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Verse 5 is difficult to understand. Moses continues to bless the tribes of Israel, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:2](../33/02.md). The blessings are short poems. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
33:11 m8mw 0 be pleased with
|
||||
33:11 g9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hands” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “all the work that he does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
33:11 qcv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The loins were considered the center of strength, and are here represent strength. Alternate translation: “Take away the strength of” or “Utterly destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:11 m34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This phrase is used twice as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “rise up to fight…cause any more trouble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:11 m34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This phrase is used twice as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “rise up to fight … cause any more trouble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:11 d2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “fight against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:12 c4ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
33:12 wbv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Here Moses is referring to the members of the tribe of Benjamin. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The ones whom Yahweh loves live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2331,7 +2331,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
33:14 xt79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 33:13](../33/13.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh bless his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:14 jc3s 0 “with the best crops that the sun causes to grow”
|
||||
33:14 w7c3 0 “with the best crops that grow month to month”
|
||||
33:15 y6md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Moses is probably referring to food crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “the best fruits…the precious fruits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:15 y6md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Moses is probably referring to food crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “the best fruits … the precious fruits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:15 ex8p 0 “the mountains that existed long ago”
|
||||
33:15 e1pr 0 “the hills that will exist forever”
|
||||
33:16 rm3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He continues to describe the tribe of Joseph, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:13](../33/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
33:17 h7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The ox is a metaphor for something large and strong. The word “firstborn” is a metaphor for honor. Alternate translation: “People will honor Joseph’s descendants, who are many and powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:17 emy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The horn is a metaphor for strength. Alternate translation: “he is as strong as” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:17 s54w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Pushing with his horns is a metaphor for strength. Alternate translation: “He is so strong that he will push” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:17 nv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 This means the tribe of Ephraim will be stronger than the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the people of Ephraim, who number many times 10,000…the people of Manasseh, who number many times 1,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
33:17 nv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 This means the tribe of Ephraim will be stronger than the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the people of Ephraim, who number many times 10,000 … the people of Manasseh, who number many times 1,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
33:18 g9eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Moses continues to bless each tribe of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He speaks to the tribes of Zebulun and Issachar as if they were one man, so the word “your” and the command “rejoice” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
33:18 m1l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The people of Zebulun were located near the Mediterranean Sea. They traveled by sea and traded with other people. The people of Issachar preferred peaceful living and working the land and raising cattle. You can make clear the understood information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:19 bwp6 0 “It is there that they will offer”
|
||||
|
@ -2370,19 +2370,19 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
33:24 frq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Olive oil was used for food and for the skin of the face and arms. Feet were dirty, so to put the foot in olive oil was to ruin valuable oil. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “have so much olive oil that he can afford to waste it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:25 ht1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the tribe of Asher as if they are one man, so all instances of “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
33:25 eim5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Cities had large bars across their gates to keep enemies out. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “May you be safe from attacks by your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:26 wxb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is an image of Yahweh riding on clouds through the sky like a king on his chariot riding through a battlefield. Alternate translation: “rides through the heavens like a king rides through a battlefield…on the clouds like a king on his chariot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:26 wxb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is an image of Yahweh riding on clouds through the sky like a king on his chariot riding through a battlefield. Alternate translation: “rides through the heavens like a king rides through a battlefield … on the clouds like a king on his chariot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:26 l9qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 “to help you.” Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
33:27 if2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “refuge,” which means a shelter or a place safe from danger, can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “The eternal God will protect his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
33:27 bk5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The words “everlasting arms” are a metaphor for Yahweh’s promise to protect his people forever. Alternate translation: “he will support and take care of his people forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:27 hrf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture 0 Moses speaks of the future as if it were the past to emphasize that what he is saying will come true. AT “He will thrust out…he will say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
33:27 hrf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture 0 Moses speaks of the future as if it were the past to emphasize that what he is saying will come true. AT “He will thrust out … he will say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
33:27 zfz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” and the command “destroy” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
33:27 an79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 If this direct quotation would not work well in your language, you may change it to an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he will tell you to destroy them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
33:28 c8xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture 0 Possible meanings are (1) Moses speaks of the future as if it were the past to emphasize that what he is saying will come true, “Israel will dwell…Jacob’s spring will be secure” or (2) Moses is blessing Israel, “May Israel dwell…and may Jacob’s spring be secure.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
33:28 c8xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture 0 Possible meanings are (1) Moses speaks of the future as if it were the past to emphasize that what he is saying will come true, “Israel will dwell … Jacob’s spring will be secure” or (2) Moses is blessing Israel, “May Israel dwell … and may Jacob’s spring be secure.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
33:28 cp65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) Jacob’s home or (2) Jacob’s descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:28 ze3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The dew is spoken of as being so much that it is as if it were raining. Possible meanings are (1) Moses is blessing Israel, “may much dew cover the land like rain” or (2) Moses is telling what will happen in the future, “much dew will cover the land like rain.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:28 qcg6 0 water that forms on leaves and grass on cool mornings. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:2](../32/02.md).
|
||||
33:29 hn5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
33:29 q9sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There is no other people group like you, a people whom Yahweh has saved…majesty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:29 q9sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There is no other people group like you, a people whom Yahweh has saved … majesty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:29 n3du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This merism speaks of Yahweh defending the Israelites from their enemies and enabling them to attack their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
33:29 tm9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “shield” is a metaphor for Yahweh protecting and defending the Israelites. The abstract noun “help” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the one who protects you and helps you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
33:29 cur3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “sword” is a metaphor for the power to kill with the sword in order to win battles. Alternate translation: “the one who enables you to win battles and so have majesty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2398,7 +2398,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n## Part 1: General Introduc
|
|||
34:7 gif3 0 This means his eyes and body were still strong and healthy.
|
||||
34:8 uz65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “30 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
34:9 znf5 0 See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 1:38](../01/38.md).
|
||||
34:9 g774 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks as if Joshua were a container and the spirit were a physical object that could be put into a container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Joshua…to be very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:9 g774 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks as if Joshua were a container and the spirit were a physical object that could be put into a container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Joshua … to be very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:9 yd83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Moses had laid his hands on him to set Joshua apart so Joshua would serve Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
34:10 t1l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. It means Yahweh and Moses had a very close relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:12 mq8g 0 “who did all the great”
|
||||
|
|
|
36
tn_ECC.tsv
36
tn_ECC.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
18
tn_EST.tsv
18
tn_EST.tsv
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ front:intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
1:14 jd13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom רֹאֵי֙ פְּנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 **To see the face of** is an idiom that means to be in the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would regularly and personally consult with these seven advisors. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:14 adf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַיֹּשְׁבִ֥ים רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה בַּמַּלְכֽוּת 1 Here, **sitting** represents ruling or judging. The expression here means that these were the most powerful officials in the empire. (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:15 j6sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּדָת֙ מַֽה־לַּעֲשׂ֔וֹת בַּמַּלְכָּ֖ה וַשְׁתִּ֑י עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־עָשְׂתָ֗ה אֶֽת־מַאֲמַר֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בְּיַ֖ד הַסָּרִיסִֽים 1 This verse presents the question that the king asked the wise men. It may be helpful to indicate this by saying something like “The king asked them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:15 ics9 כְּדָת֙ & עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 Alternate translation: “What does the law say we should do … because …?”
|
||||
1:15 ics9 כְּדָת֙ & עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 Alternate translation: “What does the law say we should do … because … ?”
|
||||
1:15 adf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events בְּיַ֖ד הַסָּרִיסִֽים 1 To present the events in chronological order, you can begin with the information that these men brought the command. Alternate translation: “Queen Vashti did not do what I told my servants to command her to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
1:15 jd15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיַ֖ד הַסָּרִיסִֽים 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:15 adg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַסָּרִיסִֽים 1 See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ front:intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
5:2 abt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לְאֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַזָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּיָד֔וֹ 1 King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her to signal that he would be glad to talk to her.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:2 abt4 וַתִּקְרַ֣ב 1 Alternate translation; “so … came close” or “so … came up to the throne”
|
||||
5:2 z4mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַתִּגַּ֖ע בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הַשַּׁרְבִֽיט 1 This action was probably customary for a king’s subjects in a Persian court, when the king extended the royal scepter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
5:2 abt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַתִּגַּ֖ע בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הַשַּׁרְבִֽיט 1 This action demonstrated that Esther respected the authority of King Ahasuerus and was thankful for his kindness to her. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include that information here, such as: “… to show that she respected his authority.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:2 abt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַתִּגַּ֖ע בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הַשַּׁרְבִֽיט 1 This action demonstrated that Esther respected the authority of King Ahasuerus and was thankful for his kindness to her. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include that information here, such as: “ … to show that she respected his authority.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:2 j59r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הַשַּׁרְבִֽיט 1 Here, **head** is a metonym meaning the top (or uppermost part) of an object or location. This phrase means that Esther touched the top of the king’s scepter on the end that was extended toward her. Alternate translation: “the top of the scepter” or “the tip of the scepter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:3 abt6 מַה־לָּ֖ךְ אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַמַּלְכָּ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “What do you want, Queen Esther?”
|
||||
5:3 abt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מַה־לָּ֖ךְ אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַמַּלְכָּ֑ה וּמַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵ֛ךְ 1 These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Ahasuerus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that he is very interested in hearing why Esther has come to see him. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if it would be more natural in your language to combine them into one. Alternate translation: “What do you want, Queen Esther?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ front:intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
5:12 w1bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹא־הֵבִיאָה֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר הַמַּלְכָּ֧ה עִם־הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ & כִּ֣י אִם־אוֹתִ֑י 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I was the only one Queen Esther invited besides the king” or “Queen Esther invited just two of us, the king and me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
5:12 abv8 עָשָׂ֖תָה 1 Alternate translation: “she had prepared”
|
||||
5:12 abv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְגַם־לְמָחָ֛ר אֲנִ֥י קָֽרוּא־לָ֖הּ עִם־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and she has invited me to attend another banquet with the king again tomorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:13 abw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְכָל־זֶ֕ה אֵינֶ֥נּוּ שֹׁוֶ֖ה לִ֑י בְּכָל־עֵ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֤י רֹאֶה֙ 1 This is a figurative way of speaking. It is as if Haman is weighing his happiness on one side of a scale and his unhappiness on the other side. Haman is saying that his happiness over all the honors he has received is still not greater than his unhappiness over seeing Mordecai fail to honor him, so on balance, he is unhappy. Alternate translation: “I still cannot be happy as long as I keep seeing” or “all of this does not make me happy” or “… does not satisfy me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:13 abw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְכָל־זֶ֕ה אֵינֶ֥נּוּ שֹׁוֶ֖ה לִ֑י בְּכָל־עֵ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֤י רֹאֶה֙ 1 This is a figurative way of speaking. It is as if Haman is weighing his happiness on one side of a scale and his unhappiness on the other side. Haman is saying that his happiness over all the honors he has received is still not greater than his unhappiness over seeing Mordecai fail to honor him, so on balance, he is unhappy. Alternate translation: “I still cannot be happy as long as I keep seeing” or “all of this does not make me happy” or “ … does not satisfy me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:13 wu84 וְכָל־זֶ֕ה 1 Haman is continuing to speak here. You can show this by beginning with “Then Haman said.”
|
||||
5:13 abw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish הַיְּהוּדִ֔י 1 This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
5:13 abw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Haman could be referring to the way Mordecai has been refusing to stand up to honor him, or he could be referring generally to the way Mordecai has never honored him (by either bowing or standing up) ever since he was appointed to a position in the king’s service and stationed at the gate. Either way, being reminded of this dishonor is the reason why Haman continues to be unhappy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting at the citadel gate and refusing to honor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -643,11 +643,11 @@ front:intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
6:11 j2d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַיִּקְרָ֣א לְפָנָ֔יו 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:11 j2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּיקָרֽוֹ 1 **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:12 uri5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אָבֵ֖ל וַחֲפ֥וּי רֹֽאשׁ 1 People often covered their heads to show that they were either extremely sad or ashamed. Alternate translation: “covering his head because he felt completely disgraced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
6:13 j3d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן 1 The implication is that, just as Haman gathered his friends together in [5:10](../05/10.md) to boast of his status, now he gathered them together once again to talk about what had just happened. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman brought all his friends together again. He told …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:13 j3d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן 1 The implication is that, just as Haman gathered his friends together in [5:10](../05/10.md) to boast of his status, now he gathered them together once again to talk about what had just happened. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman brought all his friends together again. He told … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:13 aca1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑הוּ 1 The implication is that he told about the things that had happened to him “that day.” If that would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:13 aca2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיֹּ֩אמְרוּ֩ ל֨וֹ חֲכָמָ֜יו וְזֶ֣רֶשׁ 1 The implication is that, just as King Ahasuerus had royal advisors, Haman had advisors of his own. They would have been included among the “friends” he gathered for this occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his friends were also his advisors, and they and his wife Zeresh told him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:13 aca3 חֲכָמָ֜יו 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors”
|
||||
6:13 fd5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִ֣ם & מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִנְפֹּ֤ל לְפָנָיו֙ 1 This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) The action of falling could refer to bowing down and it could be a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated. Haman wanted Mordecai to bow down in front of him. But instead, the story would be saying that Haman is starting to bow down (in a metaphorical sense) in front of Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to humiliate you. If he …” (2) “Fall” could be a figurative way of saying “be killed in battle.” In that case, Zeresh would be comparing Haman and Mordecai to two soldiers who are fighting. She is saying that Haman has already “begun to fall,” that is, he is losing the battle, and he is likely to be killed. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to defeat you. Since he …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:13 fd5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִ֣ם & מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִנְפֹּ֤ל לְפָנָיו֙ 1 This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) The action of falling could refer to bowing down and it could be a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated. Haman wanted Mordecai to bow down in front of him. But instead, the story would be saying that Haman is starting to bow down (in a metaphorical sense) in front of Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to humiliate you. If he … ” (2) “Fall” could be a figurative way of saying “be killed in battle.” In that case, Zeresh would be comparing Haman and Mordecai to two soldiers who are fighting. She is saying that Haman has already “begun to fall,” that is, he is losing the battle, and he is likely to be killed. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to defeat you. Since he … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:13 j3d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנָיו֙ 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase either means (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another figuratively in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:13 p5t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִזֶּ֣רַע הַיְּהוּדִ֡ים 1 Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:13 nan5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔וֹ 1 Here Haman’s wife and friends are again speaking figuratively as if Haman is in a battle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “you will not win against him” or “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -697,8 +697,8 @@ front:intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
7:7 qz1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֣י רָאָ֔ה 1 Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “he realized” or “he understood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:7 nin1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛יו הָרָעָ֖ה מֵאֵ֥ת הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king had decided to cause a disaster against him” or “the king was decided to destroy him” or “the king had decided to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:7 j6d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛יו הָרָעָ֖ה מֵאֵ֥ת הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Here the abstract noun **evil** means “harm,” not something that is morally wrong as in the previous verse. In this context, it can be expressed with a verb such as “execute.” Alternate translation: “the king was likely to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:8 j6d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַמֶּ֡לֶךְ שָׁב֩ & וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל 1 The implication is that when the king returned to the room, he saw what this verse describes next. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the king returned …, he saw that Haman had fallen …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:8 h4c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 The implication is that Haman was doing this as he pleaded for his life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can add that information to the end of this phrase: “… as he was begging Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:8 j6d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַמֶּ֡לֶךְ שָׁב֩ & וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל 1 The implication is that when the king returned to the room, he saw what this verse describes next. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the king returned … , he saw that Haman had fallen … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:8 h4c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 The implication is that Haman was doing this as he pleaded for his life. If it would be clearer in your language, you can add that information to the end of this phrase: “ … as he was begging Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:8 acb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 If you prefer to present the events in chronological order, you can put this information first in the verse. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
7:8 acb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 The expression **was fallen** means that as Haman was begging for his life, he was not standing up; he had suddenly come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a couch. (From the impression that the king got when he returned, it is possible that Haman was even grabbing her arms or shoulders as he pleaded with Esther.) Alternate translation: “Haman had come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a banqueting couch” or “Haman had thrown himself down on the couch where Esther was reclining”\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
7:8 acc0 הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 In this culture, especially at a banquet like this one, wealthy people would recline on couches as they ate and drank. Alternate translation: “Esther’s banqueting couch”
|
||||
|
@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ front:intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
9:6 b5ft וּבְשׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַבִּירָ֗ה 1 Alternate translation: “just in Susa, the capital city”
|
||||
9:6 j17d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הָרְג֤וּ & וְאַבֵּ֔ד 1 These two words have the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
9:6 ha18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אִֽישׁ 1 Alternate translation: “five hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
9:7 ack6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא & דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן & אַסְפָּֽתָא 1 The story lists the names of Haman’s sons before explaining that they were his sons and that the Jews killed them. To be clear who these people are, you can add this information from verse 10 explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “rhe Jews killed the ten sons of their enemy Haman son of Hammedatha. The names of his sons were …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:7 ack6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא & דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן & אַסְפָּֽתָא 1 The story lists the names of Haman’s sons before explaining that they were his sons and that the Jews killed them. To be clear who these people are, you can add this information from verse 10 explicitly here. Alternate translation, add: “rhe Jews killed the ten sons of their enemy Haman son of Hammedatha. The names of his sons were … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:7 s6x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פַּרְשַׁנְדָּ֛תָא & דַּֽלְפ֖וֹן & אַסְפָּֽתָא 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:8 g6zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פּוֹרָ֛תָא & אֲדַלְיָ֖א & אֲרִידָֽתָא 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:9 gj4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פַּרְמַ֨שְׁתָּא֙ & אֲרִיסַ֔י & אֲרִדַ֖י & וַיְזָֽתָא 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ front:intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
10:2 acs2 גְּדֻלַּ֣ת מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “of how important Mordecai was” or “of how the king had honored Mordecai for the great things he had done”
|
||||
10:2 acs3 גִּדְּל֖וֹ 1 See how you translated this phrase in 3:1 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “had promoted him”
|
||||
10:2 acs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים עַל־סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים לְמַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס 1 This is actually a statement. The question form is used to emphasize the certainty of the statement. If questions are not used this way in your language, then use a statement instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:2 acs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The king’s scribes made a record …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:2 acs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The king’s scribes made a record … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:2 acs6 הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 Because it comes first logically, you can put this first in the verse if that would be clearer in your language.
|
||||
10:2 acs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים לְמַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס 1 See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “the royal record books of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
10:3 j159 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 This word indicates that this verse will give the reason why the scribes made a record about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
|
556
tn_EXO.tsv
556
tn_EXO.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
146
tn_EZK.tsv
146
tn_EZK.tsv
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:1 u5sq 0 The word “I” refers to Ezekiel. “I was one of the captives”
|
||||
1:1 zv3x 0 “God showed me unusual things”
|
||||
1:1 x973 0 This is a river that people in Chaldea had dug to give water to their gardens. “the Kebar River”
|
||||
1:3 rj9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Ezekiel speaks of himself as if he were another person. Alternate translation: “to me, Ezekiel…upon me there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:3 rj9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Ezekiel speaks of himself as if he were another person. Alternate translation: “to me, Ezekiel … upon me there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:3 t4d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Ezekiel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:3 c7c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:3 qdk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” is often used to refer to someone’s power or action. A person with his hand on another person has power over that other person. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was controlling him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:23 h3u3 0 “Each of the living creatures also had two other wings, which they used to cover their bodies”
|
||||
1:24 kdw7 0 Ezekiel continues to tell about his vision of the living creatures.
|
||||
1:24 x6cx 0 Other possible meanings are that the words “whenever they moved” refer to (1) all the words before them in this verse, “Whenever they moved, I heard the sound of their wings. Like the noise of rushing water. Like the voice of the Almighty. Like” or (2) to the words that follow, “wings. Like the noise of rushing water. Like the voice of the Almighty. Whenever they moved, it sounded like.”
|
||||
1:24 nht8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These sentences are not complete because Ezekiel was showing that he was excited about what he saw. They can be translated as complete sentences: “The wings sounded like…water. They sounded like…moved. They sounded like…rainstorm. They sounded like…army.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:24 nht8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These sentences are not complete because Ezekiel was showing that he was excited about what he saw. They can be translated as complete sentences: “The wings sounded like … water. They sounded like … moved. They sounded like … rainstorm. They sounded like … army.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:24 pa6v 0 This simply means “a lot of water.” It could refer to a loud river or a large waterfall or the waves crashing at the ocean. All of these are very loud.
|
||||
1:24 a1wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The Bible sometimes refers to thunder as “the voice of the Almighty.” Alternate translation: “It sounded like the voice of the Almighty God” or “It sounded like the thunder of the Almighty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:24 ii8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Possible meanings are: (1) “Like the sound of very big storm” or (2) “Like the sound of a very large crowd of people” Alternate translation: “There was a sound that was loud like a big storm” or “There was a sound that was loud like a very large crowd of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
3:8 bx39 0 The Spirit of God continues speaking to Ezekiel.
|
||||
3:8 d8jm 0 The word “Behold” here alerts Ezekiel to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
3:8 sx8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A hard face is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: “I have made you as stubborn as they are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:8 zi9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “brow” is the forehead or eyebrow and is a metonym for what the person thinks. Alternate translation: “I have made…you strong so you will not stop doing what you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:8 zi9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “brow” is the forehead or eyebrow and is a metonym for what the person thinks. Alternate translation: “I have made … you strong so you will not stop doing what you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:9 ij8a 0 “I have made your brow like the hardest stone, harder than flint”
|
||||
3:9 rz3c 0 a stone that is hard enough to start a fire by hitting it with metal or another stone
|
||||
3:9 z3m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
3:11 e5ix 0 “your people group.” Ezekiel had lived in Judah before the Babylonians took him to Babylon.
|
||||
3:11 p7ah 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
3:12 k5yc 0 Ezekiel continues telling about the vision he saw.
|
||||
3:12 it6a 0 Some versions take “Blessed…place!” as a words that the “great earthquake” spoke: “I heard behind me the sound of a great earthquake, which said, ‘Blessed be the glory of Yahweh from his place!’” Others understand the sound of the earthquake as the sound of the glory of Yahweh leaving his place, “as the glory of Yahweh left its place, I heard behind me the sound of a great earthquake.”
|
||||
3:12 it6a 0 Some versions take “Blessed … place!” as a words that the “great earthquake” spoke: “I heard behind me the sound of a great earthquake, which said, ‘Blessed be the glory of Yahweh from his place!’” Others understand the sound of the earthquake as the sound of the glory of Yahweh leaving his place, “as the glory of Yahweh left its place, I heard behind me the sound of a great earthquake.”
|
||||
3:12 pl7p 0 It is not clear if the sound came from an earthquake, from a voice that was loud like an earthquake, or from the wings and wheels. Alternate translation: “a sound like the sound of a great earthquake” or “a voice speaking; the voice sounded like a great earthquake” or “a loud rumbling noise”
|
||||
3:12 xj77 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 1:28](../01/28.md).
|
||||
3:12 uf64 0 “a loud, deep and powerful rumbling sound like the sound of an earthquake”
|
||||
|
@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
5:3 y2te 0 “a few hairs from the piles”
|
||||
5:3 vva4 0 The word “them” refers to the hairs. Possible meanings are (1) the hairs were long enough so Ezekiel could tie them or (2) Ezekiel was to sew the hairs or otherwise attach them (3) Ezekiel was to place the hairs loosely in a fold of the garment.
|
||||
5:3 m7jf 0 Possible meanings are (1) “the cloth on your arms” (“your sleeves”) or (2) “the end of the cloth on your robe” (“your hem”) or (3) the fold in the garment where it is tucked into the belt.
|
||||
5:4 qx1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events 0 This continues the instructions Yahweh gives to Ezekiel beginning with the words “But take” in verse 3. Ezekiel was to “take a small number of hairs” and “take more of the hair and throw it” when he shaved his hair and beard ([Ezekiel 5:1](../05/01.md)) and before he burned the hair ([Ezekiel 5:2](../05/02.md)). You may need to place these verses before those verses. “But when you shave off your hair and beard, and before you burn them, take…After you have scattered the hair to the wind, then take” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
5:4 qx1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events 0 This continues the instructions Yahweh gives to Ezekiel beginning with the words “But take” in verse 3. Ezekiel was to “take a small number of hairs” and “take more of the hair and throw it” when he shaved his hair and beard ([Ezekiel 5:1](../05/01.md)) and before he burned the hair ([Ezekiel 5:2](../05/02.md)). You may need to place these verses before those verses. “But when you shave off your hair and beard, and before you burn them, take … After you have scattered the hair to the wind, then take” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
5:4 k7tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “from there a fire will spread out and burn up all the people of Israel.” Yahweh speaks of how he will punish Israel as if he were going to set fire to a house and of the people of Israel as if they were the family that lives in that house but were at that time outside the house. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:4 isu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:5 r35t 0 Yahweh continues to speak.
|
||||
|
@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:4 sc5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will no longer worship at your altars and your enemy will destroy your pillars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:4 kbs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Yahweh was speaking of sending soldiers ([Ezekiel 6:3](../06/03.md)) to do these things. Alternate translation: “I will send soldiers to throw down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:4 yv9q 0 “your people who have died”
|
||||
6:5 utv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Yahweh was speaking of sending soldiers ([Ezekiel 6:3](../06/03.md)) to do these things. Alternate translation: “I will send soldiers to lay…and scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:5 utv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Yahweh was speaking of sending soldiers ([Ezekiel 6:3](../06/03.md)) to do these things. Alternate translation: “I will send soldiers to lay … and scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:6 k4gp 0 These are Yahweh’s words to the people of Israel.
|
||||
6:6 ri8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Enemy armies will lay waste your cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:6 iff1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “enemy armies will break your altars” or “enemy armies will break them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:1 ni1l 0 “took hold of”
|
||||
8:2 c8h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Here the abstract noun “likeness” means that what Ezekiel saw looked like a man. Both “likeness” and “appearance” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “there was someone who appeared to be a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
8:2 lie4 0 When metal is very hot, it glows with a yellow or orange light.
|
||||
8:2 dw9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “appearance” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “what appeared to be his hips…what appeared to be something shining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
8:2 dw9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “appearance” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “what appeared to be his hips … what appeared to be something shining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
8:3 r1s3 0 Ezekiel continues telling about the vision from God.
|
||||
8:3 mje5 0 The word “he” probably refers to the “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)).
|
||||
8:3 q8np 0 “between the ground and the sky”
|
||||
|
@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:4 x9fq 0 a large area of flat land that has few trees.
|
||||
8:5 h9iv 0 The “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)) speaks to Ezekiel.
|
||||
8:5 i1ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:5 y68q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that he should look towards something. Alternate translation: “look up…looked up” or “turn your head and look…turned my head and looked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:5 y68q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that he should look towards something. Alternate translation: “look up … looked up” or “turn your head and look … turned my head and looked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:5 kcq2 0 “gate through which people would walk so they could go to the altar”
|
||||
8:6 ru9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to bring Ezekiel’s attention to what the people were doing. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand why I hate what the people here are doing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:6 j84y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -469,16 +469,16 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:14 kg11 0 This was the outer north gate—not the same one as in [Ezekiel 8:3](../08/03.md).
|
||||
8:14 sjj1 0 This word shows that Ezekiel was surprised by what he saw.
|
||||
8:14 b5rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 grieving because the false god Tammuz had died (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
8:15 rjm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh is commanding Ezekiel to think about what he has just seen. Alternate translation: “Think about this…man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:15 rjm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh is commanding Ezekiel to think about what he has just seen. Alternate translation: “Think about this … man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:16 hz3d 0 This word shows that Ezekiel was surprised by what he saw.
|
||||
8:16 f91g 0 covering in front of an entrance with columns or posts for support
|
||||
8:16 bk4v 0 “they were looking toward the east”
|
||||
8:17 t38e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh is commanding Ezekiel to think about what he has just seen. Alternate translation: “Think about this…man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:17 t38e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh is commanding Ezekiel to think about what he has just seen. Alternate translation: “Think about this … man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:17 rp1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to show that he is right to be angry at the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “I am right to be angry at the house of Judah because of these abominations that they are doing here.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:17 wsq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the descendants of Judah over many years. See how you translated these words in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Judah people group” or “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:17 jz5k 0 “throughout the country they are doing violent things or “all over the country they are attacking one another”
|
||||
8:17 bq27 0 “to make me angry”
|
||||
8:17 s9li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Possible meanings are (1) the people were using the branches in false worship or (2) the people were using the branches to show rebellion against Yahweh. The words “branch to…noses” may be a literal tree branch and literal noses, or they could be the term for a hand gesture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:17 s9li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Possible meanings are (1) the people were using the branches in false worship or (2) the people were using the branches to show rebellion against Yahweh. The words “branch to … noses” may be a literal tree branch and literal noses, or they could be the term for a hand gesture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:18 ivi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The eye is a synecdoche for the person whose eye it is. Alternate translation: “I will not look on them with compassion” or “I will not be compassionate to them” (See: and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
8:18 h7ic 0 “I will still punish them”
|
||||
8:18 ay27 0 “Though they yell their prayers to me with a loud voice”
|
||||
|
@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
11:5 n2rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Ezekiel speaks of the Spirit of Yahweh inspiring and empowering him to prophesy as if the Spirit of Yahweh fell upon him. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of Yahweh empowered me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:5 k82u 0 “You are saying these things.” This refers to what the people were saying in [Ezekiel 11:3](../11/03.md).
|
||||
11:5 x459 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Israelites” or “Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:7 n3xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the people whom they have killed as if they were good cuts of meat and of the city as if it were a pot in which the meat was stored or cooked. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 11:3](../11/03.md). Alternate translation: “The people you have killed…are like the meat in the pot, and this city is like the pot. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:7 n3xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the people whom they have killed as if they were good cuts of meat and of the city as if it were a pot in which the meat was stored or cooked. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 11:3](../11/03.md). Alternate translation: “The people you have killed … are like the meat in the pot, and this city is like the pot. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:7 bdf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But I am going to bring you out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:8 c95t 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to Israel.
|
||||
11:8 qb7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
11:20 rbp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of obeying his statutes as if it were walking in them, like a person would walk along a road. Alternate translation: “they will obey my statutes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:21 v47i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person’s conduct as if it were the person walking. Alternate translation: “those who conduct their lives out of devotion to their detestable things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:21 e32n 0 This means things that cause hatred or disgust. Here it refers to idols. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 11:18](../11/18.md).
|
||||
11:21 el11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “conduct” represents the consequences of their actions. The idiom “bring…on their own heads” means they will experience these consequences. Alternate translation: “I will cause them to suffer the consequences of their actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:21 el11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the metonym “conduct” represents the consequences of their actions. The idiom “bring … on their own heads” means they will experience these consequences. Alternate translation: “I will cause them to suffer the consequences of their actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:22 el95 0 The cherubim and the glory of God leave the temple and city.
|
||||
11:22 j4fr 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md).
|
||||
11:24 tg29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Ezekiel speaks of the vision ending as if the vision was an object that had been upon him and then left him. Alternate translation: “the vision that I had seen ended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
12:14 g1lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “sword” is a metonym for enemy armies who will attack with their swords. Alternate translation: “I will send armies to pursue them with swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:15 b8dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:15 z9cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “when I cause them to separate from each other and live in different nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
12:16 gum8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who kill people using swords. You may need to make explicit that they will not die from famine or plague. Alternate translation: “I will keep…from dying in battle, from starving to death, and from dying of disease” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:16 gum8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who kill people using swords. You may need to make explicit that they will not die from famine or plague. Alternate translation: “I will keep … from dying in battle, from starving to death, and from dying of disease” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:17 hw99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:19 k8x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The word “fullness” refers to everything in the land. The word “despoiled” means that people will empty the land of everything in it. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “others will empty the land of everything in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:20 qv3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cities where people lived will be desolate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
13:5 nqi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the time when Yahweh will judge his people by means of an enemy army. Alternate translation: “the day of Yahweh’s judgment” or “the day when Yahweh judges you by sending enemy armies to attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:6 bj6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is a phrase used to refer to anything the prophet may have said. Your language may have another way to say this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:6 hv2j 0 “is what Yahweh has declared”
|
||||
13:7 dd96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the false prophets. Alternate translation: “You have had false visions…because I myself have not spoken.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:7 dd96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the false prophets. Alternate translation: “You have had false visions … because I myself have not spoken.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:7 ul2r 0 Since the false prophets have not really received a message from Yahweh, what they predict about the future is not true.
|
||||
13:8 g7d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
13:9 yjk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” represents Yahweh’s power. That his hand will be against them is a metaphor that means that he will punish them with his power. Alternate translation: “I will punish the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
13:12 d3qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) that this is an honest question for which the people expect and answer or (2) this is a rhetorical question that the people ask out of sarcasm. Alternate translation: “The whitewash that you put on it did no good.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:13 l6dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to speak of the false security that the prophets have given to the people by speaking of peace as if the prophets had built a poorly-constructed wall and covered it over with white paint in order to make it look good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:13 ap58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh refers to the judgment that he will send upon the people as if it were a severe storm that breaks down the wall. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:13 hsw4 0 “because of my rage…because of my wrath…because my rage.”
|
||||
13:13 hsw4 0 “because of my rage … because of my wrath … because my rage.”
|
||||
13:14 vm16 0 “uncover”
|
||||
13:14 hbi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “in the middle of it all” refers to the stones of the wall that Yahweh will break down. He speaks of destroying the people in his judgment as if the wall would crush them to death when he breaks it down. Alternate translation: “all of its stones will crush you to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:14 lr73 0 “destroyed”
|
||||
|
@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
15:2 j7mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel of something he already knows. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “a vine is not better than any tree with branches that is among the trees in a forest.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:3 c3me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel of something he already knows. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “People do not take wood from a vine to make anything.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:3 lw53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel of something he already knows. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “they do not make a peg from it to hang things on it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:4 z9vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel of something he already knows. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If it is thrown into a fire as fuel…it is not good for anything.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:4 z9vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel of something he already knows. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If it is thrown into a fire as fuel … it is not good for anything.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:4 s2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If a person throws it into a fire as fuel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:5 i838 0 Yahweh continues speaking about the vine.
|
||||
15:5 x46v 0 The word “see” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
16:27 ltw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “life” represents the person. Alternate translation: “I will hand you over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
16:27 r2ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh speaks of the cities of Philistia as if they were the daughters of the Philistines. The cities represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the Philistine people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:30 h91y 0 Yahweh continues to speak about Jerusalem and the people of Israel as his unfaithful wife.
|
||||
16:30 db6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks the rhetorical question in order to rebuke Jerusalem. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your heart must be very sick…that you would do all these things, deeds of a shameless prostitute!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:30 db6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks the rhetorical question in order to rebuke Jerusalem. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your heart must be very sick … that you would do all these things, deeds of a shameless prostitute!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:30 yze4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “heart” represents the will and emotions. Yahweh speaks of her inability to control her desires as if her heart were sick. Alternate translation: “How weak-willed are you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:31 bg24 0 Possible meanings are that she built a place where (1) she could worship her idols or (2) she could practice her prostitution. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 16:24](../16/24.md).
|
||||
16:31 wxg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the beginning of a street as if it were its head. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 16:25](../16/25.md). Alternate translation: “at the beginning of every street” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -995,10 +995,10 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
17:18 kzm6 0 “He did something even worse than that: he reached out”
|
||||
17:18 e7e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This refers to taking hold of another person’s hand as a sign of friendship and agreement. Here it represents the covenant oath that he made with the king of Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
17:19 s5c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this leading question to emphasize the affirmative answer. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “it was my oath that the king of Jerusalem despised and my covenant that he broke.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:19 kev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “bring…on his head” means that he will experience this punishment. See how you translated this idiom in [Ezekiel 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause him to suffer his punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:19 kev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “bring … on his head” means that he will experience this punishment. See how you translated this idiom in [Ezekiel 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause him to suffer his punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
17:20 y1rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of enabling the enemy army to capture the king as if he were trapping the king in a net. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:20 r443 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will catch him in my hunting net” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:21 lam3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “fall” is a euphemism for “die.” Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who kill people with swords. Alternate translation: “Soldiers will kill all his refugees…armies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:21 lam3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “fall” is a euphemism for “die.” Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who kill people with swords. Alternate translation: “Soldiers will kill all his refugees … armies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:21 kq24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones who remain alive will flee in every direction” or “the enemy soldiers will scatter in every directions the ones who remain alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:21 t3e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:22 xj4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh resumes the parable that he had told in [Ezekiel 17:1](../17/01.md) and speaks about Jerusalem as if it were a branch that he plants on the mountains of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
17:24 p5un 0 when a plant dries up and dies.
|
||||
18:intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Inherited Guilt\n\nGod does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
18:1 a2ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “the word of Yahweh came” is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to me again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:2 gk4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel something he already knows. The question is a rebuke for the people who use the proverb. Alternate translation: “The people in the land of Israel have this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:2 gk4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel something he already knows. The question is a rebuke for the people who use the proverb. Alternate translation: “The people in the land of Israel have this proverb … ‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:2 wns2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:2 wc56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:2 cn37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs 0 This proverbs means that children experience the consequences of their parents’ actions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:22 m9ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “call to mind” means to remember. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not remember all the transgressions that he has committed and will not hold them against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:22 zi9d 0 “because of the righteous things he has done”
|
||||
18:23 h2ef 0 Yahweh speaks about his desire for wicked people.
|
||||
18:23 d6na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question in order to emphasize the opposite. Alternate translation: “I do not greatly rejoice over the death of the wicked…but I do greatly rejoice if he turns away from his way so that he may live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:23 d6na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question in order to emphasize the opposite. Alternate translation: “I do not greatly rejoice over the death of the wicked … but I do greatly rejoice if he turns away from his way so that he may live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:23 mh3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
18:23 phj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person’s lifestyle or behavior as if it were a way on which the person walks. The idiom “to turn away” from something means to stop doing that thing. Alternate translation: “not in his ceasing to live the way that he lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:24 s4ik 0 Yahweh gives an example of a man who turns from righteousness to wickedness.
|
||||
|
@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:28 zi5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the person thinking about and understanding something as if the person were seeing it. Alternate translation: “he has considered” or “he has understood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:29 ppp4 0 Yahweh continues to teach the people of Israel why his way is fair.
|
||||
18:29 pe9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:29 pq68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Actions or behaviors are spoken of as if they were a way or path that a person travels. Alternate translation: “The Lord does not act fairly…How do I not act fairly…It is you who do not act fairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:29 pq68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Actions or behaviors are spoken of as if they were a way or path that a person travels. Alternate translation: “The Lord does not act fairly … How do I not act fairly … It is you who do not act fairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:30 d4ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “according to his actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:30 j6mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of “transgressions” causing people to rebel against him as if they were blocks over which the people stumble. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:30 i18v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) the stumbling blocks cause the person to commit more iniquity. Alternate translation: “stumbling blocks that cause you to commit more iniquity” or (2) The word “iniquity” is a metonym for the punishment that a person receives for his iniquity. Alternate translation: “stumbling blocks that lead to your punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
20:3 v6lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that the elders should not be inquiring of him. Alternate translation: “You should not come to inquire of me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:3 g3ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:4 nf1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh asks Ezekiel the same question twice in order to secure Ezekiel’s commitment to pronounce the judgement. Alternate translation: “Are you ready to pronounce judgment on them, son of man?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
20:5 y373 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 Here “raised my hand” is a symbolic action that shows he will truly do what he has sworn to do. Alternate translation: “I…solemnly swore an oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
20:5 y373 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 Here “raised my hand” is a symbolic action that shows he will truly do what he has sworn to do. Alternate translation: “I … solemnly swore an oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
20:5 b65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the descendants of Jacob over many years. Translate “the house of” as in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:6 ay9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “It was a land where plenty of milk and honey flowed.” Yahweh speaks of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “It was land that was excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:6 mhv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The lands in which people live are spoken of as if they are jewelry or other things that are pleasant to look at. Alternate translation: “the most beautiful of all lands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
20:17 h6sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “eye” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I spared them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
20:18 qn26 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the elders of Israel.
|
||||
20:18 t5sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person obeying statutes as if the statutes were paths along with a person walks. Alternate translation: “Do not obey the statutes of your parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:19 v6uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person obeying statutes as if the statutes were paths along with a person walks. Alternate translation: “Do not obey the statutes of your parents…obey my statutes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:19 v6uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person obeying statutes as if the statutes were paths along with a person walks. Alternate translation: “Do not obey the statutes of your parents … obey my statutes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:19 ylm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 To “keep” Yahweh’s decrees is the same as to “obey them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
20:21 j2qb 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the elders of Israel.
|
||||
20:21 qe7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person obeying his statutes as if the statutes were a path along which the person walks. Alternate translation: “They did not obey my statutes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:3 vyg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism that means to kill. Alternate translation: “kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
21:4 xv4h 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the land of Israel.
|
||||
21:4 l13c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism that means to kill. Alternate translation: “kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
21:4 x4hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to righteous and wicked people. Alternate translation: “those who are righteous…those who are wicked” or “the righteous people…the wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
21:4 x4hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to righteous and wicked people. Alternate translation: “those who are righteous … those who are wicked” or “the righteous people … the wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
21:4 g8nl 0 “among you”
|
||||
21:4 yc2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Yahweh causing these people to die as if he actually killed them with his own sword. Alternate translation: “it will be as though I pull my sword from its sheath and strike” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:4 bm2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “flesh” is a metonym for “people.” Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:9 luz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This phrase indicates that the sword is ready for someone to use it. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is sharp and polished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:9 mne4 0 Someone made the sword smooth, shiny, and clean by rubbing it with a rough material.
|
||||
21:10 l1f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to describe the sword of Yahweh which is a metaphor for the enemy army that Yahweh will use to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:10 f22c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will sharpen it…I will polish it so that it will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:10 f22c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will sharpen it … I will polish it so that it will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:10 d5jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This means that the sword will be so shiny that light reflects off of it easily and brightly. Alternate translation: “so that it flashes like lightning” or “so that light reflects off of it as brightly as lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
21:10 l8t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question emphasizes that the people of Israel will not celebrate their king’s power, because it cannot resist the “sword.” Alternate translation: “The people of Judah will not celebrate about their king’s scepter.” or “we should not celebrate the power of our king’s scepter.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:10 vq6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 The word “we” refers to Ezekiel and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:15 r14m 0 The word “their” refers to the people of Jerusalem.
|
||||
21:15 tdr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This compares how the sword is well polished and how it reflects light to appear like lightning. Alternate translation: “My sword is polished and flashes like lightning” or “It is polished and reflects light as being like lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
21:15 r9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The sword of Yahweh represents the men with swords that are to attack Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “released to slaughter the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:16 vhe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Here Yahweh speaks to those who will attack his people as if they could hear him and as if they were a sword that they would use in the attack. He does this to emphasize that he is in control of what is happening during the attack. The phrase “wherever your face is turned” is an idiom for “wherever you desire to go.” Alternate translation: “I tell those attacking with swords, ‘Strike to the right!…Attack in every direction.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
21:16 vhe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Here Yahweh speaks to those who will attack his people as if they could hear him and as if they were a sword that they would use in the attack. He does this to emphasize that he is in control of what is happening during the attack. The phrase “wherever your face is turned” is an idiom for “wherever you desire to go.” Alternate translation: “I tell those attacking with swords, ‘Strike to the right! … Attack in every direction.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
21:17 asm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 “clap my hands.” Here clapping hands is a sign of triumph. Alternate translation: “clap my hands in triumph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
21:18 nz8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “the word of Yahweh came” is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to me again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
21:19 m4nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who kill people using swords. Alternate translation: “the soldiers of the king of Babylon” or “the Babylonian army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:25 x5c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whom Yahweh will now punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
21:25 zxc1 0 “at the time when Yahweh ends iniquity”
|
||||
21:26 h94t 0 “the king’s turban.” A turban is a beautiful piece of cloth that kings wore wrapped on their heads as a symbol of their authority.
|
||||
21:26 fwf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to people with low status and people who are exalted. Alternate translation: “those who are lowly…those who are exalted” or “those with low status…those with high status” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
21:26 fwf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to people with low status and people who are exalted. Alternate translation: “those who are lowly … those who are exalted” or “those with low status … those with high status” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
21:27 qcp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the crown represents the position of king. The kingship will not be restored until the Messiah comes. Alternate translation: “There will no longer be a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:27 ngj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one comes who I assign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:28 s9mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “disgrace” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “about how he will disgrace them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
21:28 t6s4 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “is out of its sheath”
|
||||
21:28 b94s 0 This speaks of the soldiers killing people as if they were animals devouring their prey. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is sharp in order to slaughter and to kill people”
|
||||
21:28 js4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This means that the sword is so shiny that light reflects off of it easily and brightly. Alternate translation: “and light reflects off of it as brightly as lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
21:29 x4ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations 0 “empty visions for you Ammonites…with lies for you Ammonites.” The word “you” refers to the people of Ammon. In the original Biblical language, the word “your” is feminine singular and refers to the nation of Ammon. Nations were often thought of as a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
21:29 x4ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations 0 “empty visions for you Ammonites … with lies for you Ammonites.” The word “you” refers to the people of Ammon. In the original Biblical language, the word “your” is feminine singular and refers to the nation of Ammon. Nations were often thought of as a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
21:29 qi4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of visions being false and meaningless as if they were empty containers. Alternate translation: “visions that are not true” or “false visions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:29 gji8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
21:29 la5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who are about to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
22:2 a7f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “blood” is a metonym for murder. Alternate translation: “the city where many people murder their neighbors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:2 jzh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations 0 The word “her” refers to Jerusalem. Cities were often thought of as a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
22:3 j2cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations 0 The word “her” refers to Jerusalem. Cities were often thought of as a woman. This continues through verse 32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
22:3 u3b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “city” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “The people who live in this city pour…its midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:3 u3b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “city” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “The people who live in this city pour … its midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:3 v7a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “blood” is a metonym for murder. Alternate translation: “where many people murder their neighbors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:3 j6ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the time when Yahweh will destroy them. Alternate translation: “so that the time of her destruction may come” or “so that the time may come for her to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:3 ujd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
22:6 mi2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Yahweh speaks to the city of Jerusalem itself as if it were a woman who could hear him speak. Alternate translation: “come to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
22:6 gx6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of murdering people as pouring out blood. Alternate translation: “to murder people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:7 q7wc 0 “The rules of Israel have dishonored their fathers”
|
||||
22:7 b8l5 0 Yahweh speaks to the city of Jerusalem itself as if it were a woman who could hear him speak. Alternate translation: “within Jerusalem…in the midst of Jerusalem…within Jerusalem.” The words “you” and “your” refer to Jerusalem.
|
||||
22:7 b8l5 0 Yahweh speaks to the city of Jerusalem itself as if it were a woman who could hear him speak. Alternate translation: “within Jerusalem … in the midst of Jerusalem … within Jerusalem.” The words “you” and “your” refer to Jerusalem.
|
||||
22:7 rd1h 0 “oppressed”
|
||||
22:9 x1yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here “the mountains” refer to the altars on the mountains that are dedicated to idols. They men eat meat that has been sacrificed to the idols in order to be have the blessing of false gods. Alternate translation: “they eat the meat that has been sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:9 n1r9 0 “do evil things among you”
|
||||
|
@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
22:10 r52h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This means that a son sleeps with his father’s wife. Alternate translation: “there are men who sleep with their father’s wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
22:10 d8i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These are all ways to express that the men have had slept with women they should not have and how sinful their actions are. Alternate translation: “They have raped unclean women during their menstrual period” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:10 r6h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person whom God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. Women were considered to be unclean during their menstrual period. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:11 i4cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These are all ways to express that the men have had slept with women they should not have and how sinful their actions are. Alternate translation: “commit abominations by sleeping with their neighbors’ wives…make their own daughters-in-law shamefully unclean by sleeping with them…rape their own sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:11 i4cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These are all ways to express that the men have had slept with women they should not have and how sinful their actions are. Alternate translation: “commit abominations by sleeping with their neighbors’ wives … make their own daughters-in-law shamefully unclean by sleeping with them … rape their own sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:12 n8h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of murdering people as pouring out blood. Alternate translation: “to murder people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:12 tf3b 0 This word refers to the money paid by a person to use borrowed money. However, some modern versions interpret “interest” in this passage as “too much interest.”
|
||||
22:12 zdw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that they have oppressed their neighbors by charging them too much interest. Alternate translation: “you have oppressed your neighbors and made them poor” or “you have made your neighbors poor by charging too much interest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
22:28 ii3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the prophets trying to hide these sins as if they were something that they could paint over with whitewash. Alternate translation: “It is like her prophets have painted over their sins with whitewash” or “Their prophets try to hide these evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:28 n4j7 0 This is a solution that is painted on things to make them white that is similar to white paint.
|
||||
22:28 y6zm 0 “predict lies for the princes.” The word “them” refers to the princes.
|
||||
22:29 wdj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The understood words may be supplied. Alternate translation: “have oppressed people…and plundered others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
22:29 wdj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The understood words may be supplied. Alternate translation: “have oppressed people … and plundered others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
22:29 wdd7 0 This refers to when someone threatens or hurts another person in order to make them give him money.
|
||||
22:29 k2bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to poor and needy people. Alternate translation: “those who are poor and needy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
22:30 w3cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh compares the leaders of Jerusalem to a wall and himself to an invading army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
23:41 mnk9 0 These are items used in worship to Yahweh.
|
||||
23:42 n4zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to refer to the cities of Jerusalem and Samaria as if they were two prostitutes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
23:42 jt3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The sound of the crowd is used to refer to the crowd of people. Alternate translation: “So there was a noisy crowd around her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:42 t1ly 0 “was around her…on her and her sister’s hands.” This verse begins by referring to one of the sisters but the situation is probably the same for both sisters. If one sister must be specified in your language, refer to Oholibah here. In the second part of the verse it switches back to referring to both sisters with the word “their.”
|
||||
23:42 t1ly 0 “was around her … on her and her sister’s hands.” This verse begins by referring to one of the sisters but the situation is probably the same for both sisters. If one sister must be specified in your language, refer to Oholibah here. In the second part of the verse it switches back to referring to both sisters with the word “their.”
|
||||
23:42 b87k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. The word “Sabeans” refers to people from Sheba. Alternate translation: “Sabeans had come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
23:42 d9u6 0 The word “they” refers to the men.
|
||||
23:43 upm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to refer to the cities of Jerusalem and Samaria as if they were two prostitutes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
23:44 ult7 0 “They went in to where she was” or “They went to her”
|
||||
23:44 fs3v 0 “This is how they had sexual relations with Oholah and Oholibah”
|
||||
23:45 as8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “condemn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:45 zg5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who murder people…murderers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:45 zg5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who murder people … murderers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:46 mry5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “raise up” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gather a large group of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:46 wi9z 0 “against Jerusalem and Samaria and give them”
|
||||
23:46 yif5 0 Yahweh gives up the responsibility to take care of them and allows them to suffer.
|
||||
|
@ -1586,11 +1586,11 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
24:20 a86e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
24:21 a8px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:21 vx6c 0 The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
24:21 tq97 0 “I will desecrate my sanctuary which is the pride…of your soul. Your sons”
|
||||
24:21 tq97 0 “I will desecrate my sanctuary which is the pride … of your soul. Your sons”
|
||||
24:21 qcv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This describes the temple as the building that the people are proud of. This speaks of it as being their “pride” instead of the source of their pride. Alternate translation: “the building that you are proud of” or “the source of your strong pride” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:21 lh1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Yahweh refers to the people by their “eyes.” Alternate translation: “the building that you delight to look at” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
24:21 fa6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Yahweh refers to the people by their “soul” to emphasize their inner feelings. Alternate translation: “the building that you truly love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
24:21 rw4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to their enemies by their swords. Alternate translation: “your sons and daughters…will be killed in war” or “your enemies will kill your sons and your daughters…with their swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:21 rw4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to their enemies by their swords. Alternate translation: “your sons and daughters … will be killed in war” or “your enemies will kill your sons and your daughters … with their swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:23 vr9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “melt away” is a metaphor for wasting away and dying. Alternate translation: “you will become very thin and slowly die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
24:23 mm9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implies that God will not forgive the sins of these people. Alternate translation: “and I will not forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
24:23 me25 0 This is the sound a person makes who wants help, but who has too much pain or sorrow to speak.
|
||||
|
@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
25:3 s9pp 0 “Listen to this message from the Lord Yahweh”
|
||||
25:3 e8ne 0 “you cheered.” The word “Aha” is a sound people make when they are happy about something. In this case the people were happy because bad things happened to Israel and Judah.
|
||||
25:3 xrf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “against my sanctuary when the enemy army profaned it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:3 t975 0 “over the land…over the house”
|
||||
25:3 t975 0 “over the land … over the house”
|
||||
25:3 z3wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the descendants of Judah over many years. See how you translated these words in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Judah people group” or “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:4 q4k4 0 “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
25:4 cex8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the enemy army conquering the land of Ammon and taking possession of the land and everything in it as if the enemy were taking the people of Ammon as their possession. It is not implied here that the enemy took the people of Ammon as slaves. Alternate translation: “I will cause an army from a land that is east of you to come and conquer you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
25:12 ph9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Edom” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “The people of Edom have taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:12 hs3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the descendants of Judah over many years. See how you translated these words in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Judah people group” or “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:13 shy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh speaks of punishing the people as if he were literally hitting them with his hand. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 25:7](../25/07.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish Edom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:13 u34t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “I will make all of Edom…from Teman to Dedan.” These are two cities at opposite ends of Edom. This means that Yahweh will destroy all of Edom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
25:13 u34t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “I will make all of Edom … from Teman to Dedan.” These are two cities at opposite ends of Edom. This means that Yahweh will destroy all of Edom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
25:13 lfw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “fall” represents being killed and the word “sword” refers to their enemies who will kill them in battle. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:14 fx1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “hand” of Israel is a metonym for Israel’s army. Yahweh speaks of taking revenge on the people of Edom as if his vengeance were like a sheet that he covered them with. The abstract noun “vengeance” can be translated with the verb “to punish.” Alternate translation: “I will use my people Israel to punish the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:14 h1jc 0 “they will show Edom my anger and fury” or “they will punish Edom according to my anger and fury against the people of Edom”
|
||||
|
@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
26:14 y7m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This metaphor also describes the results after Yahweh destroys Tyre. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 26:5](../26/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:14 f7ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will make you a place where nets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:15 v6ti 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to Tyre.
|
||||
26:15 mn77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a positive answer and emphasizes the results of Tyre’s destruction. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “The islands will quake…in your midst.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:15 mn77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a positive answer and emphasizes the results of Tyre’s destruction. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “The islands will quake … in your midst.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:15 l6ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the islands” represents the people living on the islands. Alternate translation: “Will not the people of the islands quake with fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:16 gy2a 0 “princes of the coastlands”
|
||||
26:16 fg7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This metaphor represents the princes trembling enough to seem like it was their clothing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1977,7 +1977,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
29:16 p8ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “confidence” can be translated with the verbs “trust” or “rely on.” Alternate translation: “The house of Israel will no longer trust in the Egyptians” or “The house of Israel will no longer rely on the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
29:16 r6x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:16 e48h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 How Egypt would be a reminder can be stated clearly. The abstract nouns “reminder” and “iniquity” can be expressed with the verbs “remember” and “sin.” Alternate translation: “when Israel sees what I do to Egypt, Israel will remember how Israel sinned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
29:16 mh8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “turn…for help” is a metonym for “ask…for help.” Alternate translation: “whenever they asked Egypt to help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:16 mh8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “turn … for help” is a metonym for “ask … for help.” Alternate translation: “whenever they asked Egypt to help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:17 ch2l 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
29:17 gqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This was after King Jehoiachin and the people of Judah were taken as exiles to Babylon. Alternate translation: “in the twenty-seventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
29:17 wl2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 “on the first day of the first month.” This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the beginning of April. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
@ -2038,8 +2038,8 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
30:10 x5ln 0 The word “this” refers to what follows. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:5](../05/05.md).
|
||||
30:10 n8sq 0 “I will make it so that Egypt will no longer have many people.”
|
||||
30:10 m1i8 0 Here “the hand” represents Nebuchadnezzar’s military power. Nebuchadnezzar will be the one who brings this punishment about.
|
||||
30:11 wyx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will bring Nebuchadnezzar and his army…to destroy the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:11 ysz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will cause him and his army…to go destroy the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:11 wyx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will bring Nebuchadnezzar and his army … to destroy the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:11 ysz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will cause him and his army … to go destroy the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:11 c3dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Yahweh calls Nebuchadnezzar “the terror of the nations” because all of the nations are greatly afraid of his army. Alternate translation: “He and his army with him, the one who terrifies many nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
30:11 qe7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “draw out their swords” represents fighting with their swords. Alternate translation: “they will use their swords and fight against Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:11 z8nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is an exaggeration to show that the Babylonians will kill very many Egyptians. There will be so many dead Egyptians that it will seem that their dead bodies cover all of the land of Egypt. Alternate translation: “kill so many people that it will seem like dead bodies are everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
31:16 fpl1 0 “the best trees of Lebanon that everyone would want; trees that got a lot of water.” This is describing the trees of Eden that were in the lowest parts of the earth.
|
||||
31:16 c1t9 0 This is something that everyone would want because it is very good.
|
||||
31:17 wir1 0 Yahweh’s parable about the cedar continues.
|
||||
31:17 nmq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “went down…to Sheol” is an idiom that means to die. Alternate translation: “those trees of Lebanon also died and went down to Sheol with the cedar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
31:17 nmq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “went down … to Sheol” is an idiom that means to die. Alternate translation: “those trees of Lebanon also died and went down to Sheol with the cedar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
31:17 pk4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Here “sword” represents enemies who fought them in battle. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom enemies had killed with swords” or “who had died in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
31:17 j8k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “These trees of Lebanon were its strong arm.” The phrase “strong arm” represents “power.” Alternate translation: “These trees of Lebanon were the power of the cedar” or “These trees strengthened the cedar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
31:18 uk5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 “Which of these trees in Eden had as much glory as you and was as great as you?” God asks Pharaoh this question to show him that the parable applies to him and his country. It can start with “So Pharaoh” or “So Egypt.” Alternate translation: “None of the trees in Eden was your equal in glory and greatness!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
32:18 uqn6 0 God is perhaps telling Ezekiel to cause this to happen by giving a prophetic command.
|
||||
32:18 x2hj 0 Once again, the land of Egypt is referred to as a woman.
|
||||
32:18 dz2p 0 Possible meanings are (1) “the people of powerful nations” or (2) “other powerful nations.”
|
||||
32:18 b9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “to the places under the ground.” When people died, they were put in the ground. So “bring them down…to the lowest earth” means “make them die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
32:18 b9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “to the places under the ground.” When people died, they were put in the ground. So “bring them down … to the lowest earth” means “make them die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
32:18 map2 0 “with everyone else who has died and gone into the ground”
|
||||
32:18 rhr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “The pit” refers to the grave; because the grave was thought to be the entrance to the world of the dead, the pit also represents that world. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 31:16](../31/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:19 fu9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. He speaks of the people of Egypt as if they were a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
32:26 yyc8 0 See how you translated “her graves surround her” in [Ezekiel 32:22](../32/22.md).
|
||||
32:26 cz8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the sword” represents warfare. Alternate translation: “killed in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:26 f99x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Causing people to fear is spoken of as if it were the act of bringing an object to them. The abstract noun “terrors” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “they terrified everyone in the land of the living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
32:26 d3ir 0 See how you translated “All of them…land of the living” in [Ezekiel 32:25](../32/25.md).
|
||||
32:26 d3ir 0 See how you translated “All of them … land of the living” in [Ezekiel 32:25](../32/25.md).
|
||||
32:27 yw5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The warriors’ iniquities cover their bodies, although one would expect that their shields would cover them in death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:27 ib2c 0 “while they were still alive, they made other warriors very afraid”
|
||||
32:27 h3q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The time during which these warriors were living is spoken of as if it were a place. Alternate translation: “while they were alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
33:7 k3xm 0 “warn them as my representative” or “give them the warning from me”
|
||||
33:8 f3uh 0 “do not say this”
|
||||
33:8 uv5c 0 “the way he acts” or “the things he does.” See how you translated “your ways” in [Ezekiel 7:3](../07/03.md).
|
||||
33:8 xxx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “blood” represents a person’s death. The phrase “require…from your hand” is an idiom that means to consider someone responsible. Alternate translation: “I will consider you responsible for his death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:8 xxx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “blood” represents a person’s death. The phrase “require … from your hand” is an idiom that means to consider someone responsible. Alternate translation: “I will consider you responsible for his death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:9 bli4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person no longer behaving in a certain way is spoken of as if he physically turns and goes back on a path. Alternate translation: “he might stop doing bad things, and if he does not stop doing bad things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:9 wyw9 0 “will have kept yourself alive”
|
||||
33:10 x1yc 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
33:16 t7vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “call to mind” is an idiom that means to remember. The phrase “will be called” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will I think about” or “will I recall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:17 p3b6 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the Israelites.
|
||||
33:17 n2pn 0 These are the people of Israel. The word “your” refers to Ezekiel.
|
||||
33:17 md4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Behaviors or actions is spoken of as if they were a way or road on which a person travels. Alternate translation: “What the Lord does…the things you do that are not fair” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:17 md4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Behaviors or actions is spoken of as if they were a way or road on which a person travels. Alternate translation: “What the Lord does … the things you do that are not fair” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:17 ek62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 The word “your” refers to the people of Israel. This can be stated in third person. Alternate translation: “but it is their ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
33:18 lm5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 No longer doing something is spoken of as if it were physically turning away from something. Alternate translation: “stops doing what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:18 pvt9 0 “die because of his sins”
|
||||
|
@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
33:20 nif9 0 These are the people of Israel.
|
||||
33:20 ml7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents people. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:21 f5bc 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
33:21 ft4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “year 12…day 5…month 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
33:21 ft4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “year 12 … day 5 … month 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
33:21 h8in rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is near the beginning of January on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
33:21 b544 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 Here “our” refers to Ezekiel and the Israelites who have been in Babylon since the time the Babylonians forced King Jehoiachin to leave Jerusalem, but not to the reader. Alternate translation: “after we became captives” or “after the Babylonians took us as captives to Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:21 t9rx 0 “someone escaped from Jerusalem and came to me” The Babylonians had destroyed Jerusalem and killed the people of Jerusalem, but a few people escaped.
|
||||
|
@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
34:2 vn6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The leaders of Israel are spoken as if they were shepherds. They were supposed to take care of their people like shepherds take care of their flock. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are like shepherds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:2 g6f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The leaders taking care of themselves instead of the people are spoken of as if they were shepherding themselves. AT “are feeding and taking care of themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:2 ws9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to scold the leaders for not taking care of the people. Alternate translation: “Shepherds should feed the flock and take care of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
34:3 q9ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This continues speaking of the leaders of Israel as if they were bad shepherds that kill the best animals in their flock for food and clothing. Alternate translation: “You are like shepherds who eat the fatty portions…dress in wool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:3 q9ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This continues speaking of the leaders of Israel as if they were bad shepherds that kill the best animals in their flock for food and clothing. Alternate translation: “You are like shepherds who eat the fatty portions … dress in wool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:3 nel9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The fatty portions come from the sheep and the goats. Alternate translation: “You eat the fatty parts of the sheep and goats” or “You eat the best parts of the sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
34:3 xv9g 0 “wear the wool from the sheep”
|
||||
34:3 a41p 0 “the youngest and fattest sheep and goats”
|
||||
|
@ -2450,7 +2450,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
34:10 tc6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 This can be stated in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
34:10 ygs2 0 The word “Behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed!”
|
||||
34:10 ejn3 0 “I am opposed to the shepherds”
|
||||
34:10 q2jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “require…from their hand” is an idiom that means to hold or consider someone responsible for something. Alternate translation: “I will hold them responsible for all the bad things that happen to my flock” or “I will punish them for all the bad things they let happen to my flock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:10 q2jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “require … from their hand” is an idiom that means to hold or consider someone responsible for something. Alternate translation: “I will hold them responsible for all the bad things that happen to my flock” or “I will punish them for all the bad things they let happen to my flock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:10 wm3e 0 “I will not let them shepherd the flock any longer” or “I will not let them be the shepherds of the flock any longer”
|
||||
34:10 vs2t 0 “feed and take care of themselves”
|
||||
34:10 e7dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “mouths” represent eating. Alternate translation: “so they cannot eat them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
34:28 v7ul 0 These are things that are stolen or taken by force. See how you translated “plunder” in [Ezekiel 7:21](../07/21.md).
|
||||
34:29 w9v8 0 “be starved” or “be starving because of lack of food”
|
||||
34:29 g731 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” represents the people of the nations. The abstract noun “scorn” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “they will no longer hear the people of the nations insult them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
34:30 s92f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “I…am with them” is an idiom that means Yahweh helps them. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh their God, am helping them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:30 s92f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “I … am with them” is an idiom that means Yahweh helps them. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh their God, am helping them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:30 j3r4 0 This can be stated as one sentence. Alternate translation: “with them, and that they are my people”
|
||||
34:31 r38j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and Yahweh is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
35:intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Edom\n\nBecause the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed.
|
||||
|
@ -2738,7 +2738,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
37:27 srg8 0 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 11:20](../11/20.md).
|
||||
38:intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel.
|
||||
38:1 y6kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
38:2 er1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This is a command to stare at Gog and Magog as a symbol of punishing the people there. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Stare at the land of Magog and at Gog, the chief prince…Tubal” or “Stare at Gog, the chief prince…Tubal, and at the land of Magog so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
38:2 er1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This is a command to stare at Gog and Magog as a symbol of punishing the people there. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Stare at the land of Magog and at Gog, the chief prince … Tubal” or “Stare at Gog, the chief prince … Tubal, and at the land of Magog so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
38:2 f2v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “face” is a metonym for attention or gaze, and “set your face” represents staring. Alternate translation: “stare” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
38:2 ugx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that Magog is the land over which Gog rules. Alternate translation: “Gog who rules over the land of Magog” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
38:2 e6y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a leader or king who ruled in the land of Magog. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -2787,7 +2787,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
38:16 a64a 0 All the nations will understand that Yahweh is holy when they see what he does to Gog.
|
||||
38:16 v8yu 0 “might know who I am”
|
||||
38:17 kze5 0 Yahweh continues telling Ezekiel what he is to say to Gog.
|
||||
38:17 ax3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he was the one who brought Gog to the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “You are the one…bring you against them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:17 ax3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he was the one who brought Gog to the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “You are the one … bring you against them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:17 q4ic 0 “that I spoke about”
|
||||
38:17 mr69 0 “in the past” or “a long time ago”
|
||||
38:17 ul36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” refers to the fact that these prophets wrote down Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “by means of my servants” or “through my servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -3072,7 +3072,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
41:11 k3ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 about 2.7 meters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
41:11 hej8 0 “The entire space between the chambers and the temple was five cubits wide, all around the temple”
|
||||
41:12 y1mz 0 This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “There was a building on the west side of the temple area, and its entrance was towards the courtyard. It was seventy cubits in width”
|
||||
41:12 h18c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “70 cubits…5 cubits…90 cubits” or “about 38 meters…about 2.7 meters…about 49 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
41:12 h18c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “70 cubits … 5 cubits … 90 cubits” or “about 38 meters … about 2.7 meters … about 49 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
41:13 lhy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “100 cubits” or “about 54 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
41:15 bak3 0 “the balconies.” The balconies were places that were built higher up than the rest of the building. People could go into balconies and look down on the main floor of the building.
|
||||
41:15 w8jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “100 cubits” or “about 54 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
@ -3082,7 +3082,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
41:18 m9dj 0 This is the singular form of “cherubim.” See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:9](../10/09.md).
|
||||
41:20 cf7z 0 “the temple”
|
||||
41:22 fh5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 These words are the end of the sentence that begins with the words “Their appearance was like the appearance of” in verse 21. Possible meanings of the sentence are (1) as it is translated in the ULT or (2) “The appearance of one was like the appearance of the other. The wooden altar in front of the holy place was.” The abstract noun “appearance” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “They appeared the same way the wooden altar in front of the holy place appeared. They were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
41:22 lqs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 1.6 meters…about 1.1 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
41:22 lqs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 1.6 meters … about 1.1 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
41:23 wx5m 0 “The holy place and the most holy place both had two doors”
|
||||
41:24 p6xg 0 “Each door had two parts that were on hinges.” Hinges connect doors to the wall and allow the doors to swing.
|
||||
41:24 eq5j 0 “both of the doors for both the holy place and the most holy place had two parts”
|
||||
|
@ -3090,17 +3090,17 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
41:25 fd1y 0 covering in front of an entrance with columns or posts for support. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
|
||||
42:intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nInstructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
|
||||
42:1 i2dg 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
|
||||
42:2 b17d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “100 cubits…50 cubits” or “about 54 meters…about 27 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:2 b17d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “100 cubits … 50 cubits” or “about 54 meters … about 27 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:3 xw1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “20 cubits” or “about 11 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:3 hd41 0 “Some of those rooms were toward the inner courtyard” or “The entrance of some of those rooms was toward the inner courtyard”
|
||||
42:3 r38c 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
|
||||
42:3 yg73 0 “looked out onto the inner courtyard”
|
||||
42:3 jwp5 0 “because there was a place where one could walk along the rooms”
|
||||
42:3 im4u 0 “Some of the rooms were toward the outer courtyard” or “The entrance of some of the rooms was toward the outer courtyard”
|
||||
42:4 k5dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “10 cubits…100 cubits” or “about 5.4 meters…about 54 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:4 k5dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “10 cubits … 100 cubits” or “about 5.4 meters … about 54 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:6 ll69 0 “smaller than the rooms”
|
||||
42:7 p1zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “50 cubits” or “about 27 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:8 fs43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “50 cubits…100 cubits” or “about 27 meters…about 54 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:8 fs43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “50 cubits … 100 cubits” or “about 27 meters … about 54 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
42:11 enm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “appearance” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “The way the rooms on the northern side appeared was the way these rooms appeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
42:12 cb5b 0 “at its beginning”
|
||||
42:13 w6k1 0 the grain or flour that the people offered to show that they were thankful to God
|
||||
|
@ -3138,13 +3138,13 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
43:13 mj2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A span was 23 centimeters. You may choose not to include this information if you give modern measurements instead of “cubits” as the UST does. Alternate translation: “about 23 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
43:13 ep6b 0 “These will be the measurements of the base of the altar”
|
||||
43:13 y37z 0 “the bottom supporting the altar” or “the foundation of the altar”
|
||||
43:14 uab7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each “long cubit” was about 54 centimeters. You may choose not to include this information if you give modern measurements instead of “cubits” as the UST does. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 1.1 meters…about 2.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
43:14 uab7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each “long cubit” was about 54 centimeters. You may choose not to include this information if you give modern measurements instead of “cubits” as the UST does. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 1.1 meters … about 2.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
43:14 a8sb 0 a narrow and flat surface that sticks out from a wall
|
||||
43:15 g3f7 0 the place where sacrifices were either cooked or burnt up with fire
|
||||
43:15 spz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each “long cubit” was about 54 centimeters. You may choose not to include this information if you give modern measurements instead of “cubits” as the UST does. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 2.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
43:15 c46r 0 The horns were the parts of the altar at the four corners of the altar that stuck up above the rest of the altar.
|
||||
43:16 xxn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each “long cubit” was about 54 centimeters. You may choose not to include this information if you give modern measurements instead of “cubits” as the UST does. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 2.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
43:17 erf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each “long cubit” was about 54 centimeters. You may choose not to include this information if you give modern measurements instead of “cubits” as the UST does. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 7.6 meters…about 27 centimeters…about 54 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
43:17 erf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each “long cubit” was about 54 centimeters. You may choose not to include this information if you give modern measurements instead of “cubits” as the UST does. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 7.6 meters … about 27 centimeters … about 54 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
43:17 swm9 0 “with steps on the east side of the altar” or “and the altar’s steps are on its east side”
|
||||
43:18 t97x 0 “Yahweh said”
|
||||
43:18 g966 0 “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
|
||||
|
@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
44:6 bca6 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
44:8 maa2 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the house of Israel.
|
||||
44:10 zin7 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the house of Israel.
|
||||
44:10 p8aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “stopped worshiping me…stopped doing what I wanted them to do. Instead, they worshiped their idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:10 p8aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “stopped worshiping me … stopped doing what I wanted them to do. Instead, they worshiped their idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:11 bkp6 0 “will be the servants in my temple”
|
||||
44:11 mm2d 0 “performing guard duty at the gates of the house”
|
||||
44:11 x5sq 0 “these Levites will stand before the people, so that they can serve the people”
|
||||
|
@ -3224,15 +3224,15 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
44:31 ydb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “or any creature that a bird or a wild animal has torn apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
45:intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nInstructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
|
||||
45:1 w2qr 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the house of Israel.
|
||||
45:1 j186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits long…10,000 cubits wide” or “about 13.5 kilometers long…about 5.4 kilometers wide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:1 j186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits long … 10,000 cubits wide” or “about 13.5 kilometers long … about 5.4 kilometers wide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:1 rhe7 0 “all of the area inside of the borders around it”
|
||||
45:2 ftd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. Alternate translation: “500 cubits…50 cubits wide” or “about 270 meters…about 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:2 ftd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. Alternate translation: “500 cubits … 50 cubits wide” or “about 270 meters … about 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:3 z3c7 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the house of Israel.
|
||||
45:3 u69s 0 the temple and the border surrounding it
|
||||
45:3 r52y 0 “a portion of land”
|
||||
45:3 m67w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits…10,000 cubits” or “about 13.5 kilometers…about 5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:3 m67w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits … 10,000 cubits” or “about 13.5 kilometers … about 5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:6 e3un 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the house of Israel.
|
||||
45:6 h2xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “5,000 cubits…25,000 cubits” or “about 2.7 kilometers…about 13.5 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:6 h2xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “5,000 cubits … 25,000 cubits” or “about 2.7 kilometers … about 13.5 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
45:6 s6nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you gave for the holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
45:7 uk1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that Ezekiel is comparing the prince’s land with the size of the land given to each of the tribes. Alternate translation: “The length will be the same as the length of one of the portions given to the tribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
45:7 q8d9 0 It is implied that these are the western and eastern borders of the land of Israel. “from the western border of Israel at the sea to the eastern border at the Jordan River”
|
||||
|
@ -3295,7 +3295,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
46:19 bsb4 0 Ezekiel saw something interesting.
|
||||
46:20 u2ic 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
|
||||
46:21 e6xs 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
|
||||
46:22 pwg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “40 cubits…30 cubits” or “about 21.6 meters…about 16.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
46:22 pwg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “40 cubits … 30 cubits” or “about 21.6 meters … about 16.2 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
46:23 kg1g 0 places where people can build fire and cook food
|
||||
47:intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nInstructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
|
||||
47:1 ej9g 0 This is the right side of the altar when a person looks at it while they are facing east, so it is on the south side of the altar. Alternate translation: “on the south side of the altar”
|
||||
|
@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
47:23 w2zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
48:intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\nInstructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
|
||||
48:1 d7s2 0 “one piece of the land that you will distribute”
|
||||
48:1 tj9i 0 “boundary will be…boundary will be”
|
||||
48:1 tj9i 0 “boundary will be … boundary will be”
|
||||
48:1 gf1l 0 This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md).
|
||||
48:1 dmd8 0 This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md) or [Ezekiel 47:20](../47/20.md)
|
||||
48:1 h3d5 0 This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:17](../47/17.md).
|
||||
|
@ -3334,13 +3334,13 @@ front:intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
48:4 npr4 0 See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 48:3](../48/03.md).
|
||||
48:8 e77l 0 Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the people of Israel.
|
||||
48:8 t9ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits” or “13.5 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:9 k8kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits…10,000 cubits” or “13.5 kilometers…5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:9 k8kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits … 10,000 cubits” or “13.5 kilometers … 5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:10 f9ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The leaders of the Israelites will assign land to the priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
48:10 z5ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits…10,000 cubits” or “13.5 kilometers…5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:10 z5ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits … 10,000 cubits” or “13.5 kilometers … 5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:12 z977 0 “This smaller portion within the holy portion of the land will belong to these priests, a portion that is more holy than the rest of the holy portion of the land”
|
||||
48:13 a2ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits…10,000 cubits” or “13.5 kilometers…5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:13 a2ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits … 10,000 cubits” or “13.5 kilometers … 5.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:14 eh61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “this land which is the firstfruits.” Here “firstfruits” probably means the best things among all the offerings set aside to give to God. This land is spoken of in that way, as land set aside for Yahweh’s use. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:15 m618 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5000 cubits…25,000 cubits.” Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “almost 2.3 kilometers…about 13.5 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:15 m618 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5000 cubits … 25,000 cubits.” Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “almost 2.3 kilometers … about 13.5 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
48:15 z6m7 0 “will be an area that all the people of the city will share and use”
|
||||
48:15 xy66 0 “as a place for houses and for an open space”
|
||||
48:16 s31f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “four thousand five hundred cubits.” Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “about 2.4 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
18
tn_EZR.tsv
18
tn_EZR.tsv
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||||
front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Ezra\n\n1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)\n2. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)\n3. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)\n4. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)\n\n### What is the Book of Ezra about?\n\nThe book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this, they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?\n\nForeigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?\n\nMany of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?\n\nThe book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?\n\nSome of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
|
||||
1:intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King Cyrus\n\nKing Cyrus allowed the Jews to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Jews\n\nAfter they returned to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
|
||||
1:1 7nrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת 1 The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
1:1 qnrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת 1 The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
1:1 ath4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “During the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:1 qvp1 וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “As soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews”
|
||||
1:1 p6b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In the first year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:4 f6tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:4 swvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and house of Yahweh to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:5 i39z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree ... acted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:5 kkxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 In this context, the term **arose** means that these leaders took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then…started making preparations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:5 kkxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 In this context, the term **arose** means that these leaders took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then … started making preparations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:5 hgd0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression father’s house or house of the father originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word house (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
|
||||
1:5 bezo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -205,9 +205,9 @@ front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:65 i75w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 This group of those **who sang** is a different group from those in [2:41](../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2:66 t7kb סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ 1 Alternate translation, beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules”
|
||||
2:67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ 1 Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys”
|
||||
2:68 7aer rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
2:68 naer rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
2:68 r2vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression “house of their fathers” was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate\ntranslation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:68 cvyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And\n… leaders of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:68 cvyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And\n … leaders of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:68 onqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם & לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:68 fi3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ 1 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:69 v744 לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 **The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
|
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
4:3 jpin rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּי֩ 1 The word **but** indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as “no,” “rather,” or “on the contrary.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
4:3 jkgy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽיהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “it is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
4:3 vez9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See the note to [4:1](../04/01.md) about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
4:3 kqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔נוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their enemies. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the God of Israel exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people …may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel.” It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “for that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:3 kqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔נוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their enemies. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the God of Israel exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people … may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel.” It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “for that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:4 j0ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַיְהִי֙ 1 The phrase **and it happened that** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
4:4 d9da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַם־הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:4 n1m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַיְהִי֙ & מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת 1 These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
4:6 z7sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as accuse. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter of complaint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
4:6 o4k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The noun **accusation** might be referring figuratively to the actual letter itself by substituting a description of the content of the letter. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter of complaint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:6 kzu9 יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
|
||||
4:7 995w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּבִימֵ֣י 1 The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
4:7 y95w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּבִימֵ֣י 1 The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
4:7 mmwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבִימֵ֣י 1 This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
4:7 qdrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refers to a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:7 r5xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
5:3 rp2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ 1 Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:4 jznw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֱדַ֥יִן 1 The word **then** is indicating that Jews asked the question in this verse in a response to what their enemies asked them in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “In response” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
5:4 jk0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֥יִן 1 However, see the next note about the possibility that this verse should read “they said to them” rather than we said to them. In that case, this word is indicating that the enemies asked the question in this verse right after the question they asked in the previous verse. (The word is not indicating that the two questions were asked on separate occasions.) Alternate translation: “In addition” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
5:4 tp1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔א 1 Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said** but does not specify who “we” is. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, although the author uses first person pronouns later in the book. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could be a copy mistake that has crept into the Aramaic text here. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, 'Who are the men …?” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a direct speech but simply describing what was said. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men” It is also possible that the book of Ezra was compiled from various sources, which might explain why sometimes Ezra is sometimes referred to in the third person and sometimes in the first person. This could account for why the pronoun “we” appears out of place in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
5:4 tp1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔א 1 Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said** but does not specify who “we” is. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, although the author uses first person pronouns later in the book. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could be a copy mistake that has crept into the Aramaic text here. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, 'Who are the men … ?” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a direct speech but simply describing what was said. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men” It is also possible that the book of Ezra was compiled from various sources, which might explain why sometimes Ezra is sometimes referred to in the third person and sometimes in the first person. This could account for why the pronoun “we” appears out of place in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
5:5 ewqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעֵ֣ין 1 The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
5:5 gv23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א 1 Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be alright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:5 mvci rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְלָא 1 The word **and** might indicate that the clause it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result … not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
7:28 gxx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
7:28 agha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לַעֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽי 1 Ezra says **go up** because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 08 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The people’s return to Judah\n\nMany people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
8:1 6wtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְאֵ֛לֶּה 1 The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
8:1 fwtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְאֵ֛לֶּה 1 The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
8:1 ss8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְאֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִתְיַחְשָׂ֑ם הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י 1 As in [4:3](../04/03.md), **heads of fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying “heads of father’s houses.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the clan leaders, along with the names of their clans, of those who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
8:1 u9yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י & מִבָּבֶֽל 1 As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “who returned from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:1 f1jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ front:intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:14 qdri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַ֠ד לְהָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 In Hebrew, **burning of the nose** figuratively represents anger, and if someone’s anger is **turned back**, that means figuratively that they are no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:14 cs93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:12](../10/12.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
10:15 arho rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַ֣ךְ 1 The word **only** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the willingness of almost the entire assembly to pursue this matter and the opposition of these four men. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
10:15 z2yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹנָתָ֧ן & וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה & עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י & עֲזָרֻֽם 1 The implication is that while these four men spoke up in the assembly against investigating who among the Israelites had married foreign wives, their protests were unsuccessful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan … and Jahzeiah … did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women. And Meshullam and Shabbethai …supported them, but they were not able to convince the assembly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:15 z2yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹנָתָ֧ן & וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה & עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י & עֲזָרֻֽם 1 The implication is that while these four men spoke up in the assembly against investigating who among the Israelites had married foreign wives, their protests were unsuccessful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan … and Jahzeiah … did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women. And Meshullam and Shabbethai … supported them, but they were not able to convince the assembly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:15 piy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יוֹנָתָ֧ן בֶּן־עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל 1 **Jonathan** is the name of a man, and **Asahel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:15 i7li rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה בֶן־תִּקְוָ֖ה 1 **Jahzeiah** is the name of a man, and **Tikvah** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:15 sl99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את 1 Here, **stood against** something means figuratively to have opposed it. Alternate translation: “did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
20
tn_GAL.tsv
20
tn_GAL.tsv
|
@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:1 d1kd τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν 1 “who caused him to live again”
|
||||
1:2 d737 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1:4 yk9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 “Sins” is a metonym the punishment for sin. Alternate translation: “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:4 f6d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 Here “this…age” represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: “that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:4 f6d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 Here “this … age” represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: “that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:4 lbb2 τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 This refers to “God our Father.” He is our God and our Father.
|
||||
1:6 lf1w 0 Paul gives his reason for writing this letter: he reminds them to continue to understand the gospel.
|
||||
1:6 f74p θαυμάζω 1 “I am surprised” or “I am shocked.” Paul was disappointed that they were doing this.
|
||||
1:6 v438 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 Here “turning away…from him” is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly starting to doubt him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:6 v438 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 Here “turning away … from him” is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly starting to doubt him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:6 x7we τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 “God, who called you”
|
||||
1:6 fd7a τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 Here this means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to serve him, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
1:6 cfr2 ἐν χάριτι Χριστοῦ 1 “because of Christ’s grace” or “because of Christ’s gracious sacrifice”
|
||||
|
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
2:9 he6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 They were men who taught people about Jesus and convinced people to believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:9 ie72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun “grace” can be translated as the verb “be kind.” Alternate translation: “understood that God had been kind to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:9 kz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God had given to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:9 e5rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν & κοινωνίας 1 Grasping and shaking the right hand was a symbol of fellowship. Alternate translation: “welcomed…as fellow workers” or “welcomed…with honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2:9 e5rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν & κοινωνίας 1 Grasping and shaking the right hand was a symbol of fellowship. Alternate translation: “welcomed … as fellow workers” or “welcomed … with honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2:9 gi7g δεξιὰς 1 “their right hands”
|
||||
2:10 kqq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν & μνημονεύωμεν 1 You may need to make explicit what about the poor he was to remember. Alternate translation: “remember to take care of the needs of the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:11 c9h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 The words “to his face” are a metonym for “where he could see and hear me.” Alternate translation: “I confronted him in person” or “I challenged his actions in person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -93,11 +93,11 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
3:2 wq9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Translate this rhetorical question as a question if you can, because the reader will be expecting a question here. Also, be sure that the reader knows that the answer to the question is “by believing what you heard,” not “by doing what the law says.” Alternate translation: “You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:3 f96u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε 1 This rhetorical question shows that Paul is surprised and even angry that the Galatians are foolish. Alternate translation: “You are very foolish!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:3 xu4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 The word “flesh” is a metonym for effort. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” or “by your own work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:4 iyj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing…!” or “Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things…!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:4 iyj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing … !” or “Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things … !” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:4 qn1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 It can be stated clearly that they had suffered these things because of people who opposed them for their faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “Have you suffered so many things by those who opposed you for your faith in Christ for nothing” or “You believed in Christ, and you suffered many things by those who oppose Christ. Were your belief and suffering for nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:4 nq68 εἰκῇ 1 “uselessly” or “without the hope of receiving something good”
|
||||
3:4 xl9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 Possible meanings are (1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: “Do not let it be for nothing!” or “Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing.” or (2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: “It was certainly not for nothing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:5 s3bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. Alternate translation: “He…does not do it by the works of the law; he does it by hearing with faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:5 s3bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. Alternate translation: “He … does not do it by the works of the law; he does it by hearing with faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:5 j4vz ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 This represents people doing the works that the law requires. Alternate translation: “because you do what the law tells us to do”
|
||||
3:5 e17q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:6 ahy9 0 Paul reminds the Galatian believers that even Abraham received righteousness by faith and not by the law.
|
||||
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
3:8 vs1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification προϊδοῦσα δὲ 1 Because God made the promise to Abraham and they wrote it down before the promise came through Christ, the scripture is like someone who knows the future before it happens. Alternate translation: “predicted” or “saw before it happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3:8 k9tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἐν σοὶ 1 “Because of what you have done” or “Because I have blessed you.” The word “you” refers to Abraham and is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
3:8 j83j πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 “all the people-groups in the world.” God was emphasizing that he was not favoring only the Jewish people, his chosen group. His plan of salvation was for both Jews and non-Jews.
|
||||
3:10 jhr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 Being under a curse represents being cursed. Here it refers to being eternally punished. “Those who rely on…the law are cursed” or “God will eternally punish those who rely on…the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:10 jhr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 Being under a curse represents being cursed. Here it refers to being eternally punished. “Those who rely on … the law are cursed” or “God will eternally punish those who rely on … the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:10 mxe7 ἔργων νόμου 1 “what the law says we must do”
|
||||
3:11 sn9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δὲ & δῆλον 1 What is clear can be stated explicitly. AT “The scriptures are clear” or “The scriptures teach clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:11 k6k5 ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law”
|
||||
|
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
3:12 rep5 ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 Possible meanings are (1) “must obey them all” or (2) “will be judged by his ability to do what the law demands.”
|
||||
3:13 x2lc 0 Paul reminds these believers again that keeping the law could not save a person and that the law did not add a new condition to the promise by faith given to Abraham.
|
||||
3:13 ml63 ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου 1 The noun “curse” can be expressed with the verb “curse.” Alternate translation: “from being cursed because of the law” or “from being cursed for not obeying the law”
|
||||
3:13 mp4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα & ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς 1 The word “curse” here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law…having God condemn him instead of us…God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:13 mp4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα & ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς 1 The word “curse” here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law … having God condemn him instead of us … God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross.
|
||||
3:14 brf7 ἵνα & ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 “because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come”
|
||||
3:14 fa98 ἵνα & λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 “because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive”
|
||||
|
@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
5:19 yf2a τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 The abstract noun “works” can be translated with the verb “does.” Alternate translation: “what the sinful nature does”
|
||||
5:19 u2pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person who does things. Alternate translation: “what people do because of their sinful nature” or “the things people do because they are sinful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
5:21 rs9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:22 hez3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ἐστιν ἀγάπη & πίστις 1 Here “fruit” is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love…faith” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love…faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:23 ss5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πραΰτης & ἐνκράτεια 1 The list of “the fruit of the Spirit” that begins with the words “love, joy, peace” ends here. Here “fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace…gentleness…self-control” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love, joy, peace…gentleness…self-control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:22 hez3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ἐστιν ἀγάπη & πίστις 1 Here “fruit” is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love … faith” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love … faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:23 ss5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πραΰτης & ἐνκράτεια 1 The list of “the fruit of the Spirit” that begins with the words “love, joy, peace” ends here. Here “fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace … gentleness … self-control” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love, joy, peace … gentleness … self-control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:24 l6ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if it were a person and they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:24 m3nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὴν σάρκα & σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person that had passions and desires. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature, and the things they strongly want to do because of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
5:25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive”
|
||||
|
@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
6:9 a4n4 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες 1 doing good to others for their well-being
|
||||
6:9 u77c καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ 1 “for in due time” or “because at the time God has chosen”
|
||||
6:10 ax66 ἄρα οὖν 1 “As a result of this” or “Because of this”
|
||||
6:10 ud5u μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους 1 “most of all…to those” or “in particular…to those”
|
||||
6:10 ud5u μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους 1 “most of all … to those” or “in particular … to those”
|
||||
6:10 jz9i τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 “those who are members of God’s family through faith in Christ”
|
||||
6:11 i7ap 0 As Paul closes this letter, he gives one more reminder that the law does not save and that they should remember the cross of Christ.
|
||||
6:11 wti2 πηλίκοις & γράμμασιν 1 This can mean that Paul wants to emphasize (1) the statements that follow or (2) that this letter came from him.
|
||||
|
|
|
128
tn_GEN.tsv
128
tn_GEN.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
14
tn_HAB.tsv
14
tn_HAB.tsv
|
@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ front:intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
1:14 l8zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Habakkuk compares the way in which the Chaldeans will kill people without remorse with the way in which people will kill fish without remorse. Alternate translation: “You cause men to become no more important than fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:14 r8p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “creeping things” refer to insects and other bugs that crawl about. Just as insects have no ruler to organize and defend them, the people are defenseless before the Chaldean army. The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “you make men as defenseless as insects that have no ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:15 qcq6 0 Habakkuk continues speaking to Yahweh about the Chaldeans.
|
||||
1:15 g2sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The words “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “They bring…they drag…their fishnets…they gather…their dragnet…they rejoice…they are glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:15 qt1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here “them” and “men” refer to people in general. This can be stated in first person to include Habakkuk as one of the people. Alternate translation: “all of us…drags us away…gathers us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1:15 g2sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The words “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “They bring … they drag … their fishnets … they gather … their dragnet … they rejoice … they are glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:15 qt1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here “them” and “men” refer to people in general. This can be stated in first person to include Habakkuk as one of the people. Alternate translation: “all of us … drags us away … gathers us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1:15 x5s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans conquering people easily as if the people were fish that the Chaldeans catch with fishhooks and fishnets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:15 h1ey 0 tools used to catch fish
|
||||
1:16 ey7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Habakkuk speaks of the weapons that the Chaldeans use to conquer people and nations as if the weapons were fishing nets that they use to catch fish. The words “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “they sacrifice…their nets…their dragnets…they live…their food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:16 ey7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Habakkuk speaks of the weapons that the Chaldeans use to conquer people and nations as if the weapons were fishing nets that they use to catch fish. The words “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “they sacrifice … their nets … their dragnets … they live … their food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:17 y2y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:17 re7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they…keep emptying their net…will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:17 re7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they … keep emptying their net … will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:17 rz38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.\n\nThis chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The righteous will live by his faith”\nThis is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
2:1 m4n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Possible meanings are (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ front:intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:2 p6bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these phrases are saying the same thing in two different ways. Alternate translation: “Write this vision clearly on the tablets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:2 f1dy 0 These are flat pieces of stone or clay that were used for writing.
|
||||
2:2 c1m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) that the message is easy enough to read that a messenger can read it as he runs from place to place proclaiming the message. Alternate translation: “so that the one reading the tablets might be able to run as he reads” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Yahweh speaks of reading something very quickly as if the person who reads it is running. Alternate translation: “so that the one reading the tablets might be able to read quickly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:3 bh8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the events in the vision happening as if the vision were a person who speaks. Alternate translation: “the vision…will finally happen” or “the vision…will finally come true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:3 bh8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the events in the vision happening as if the vision were a person who speaks. Alternate translation: “the vision … will finally happen” or “the vision … will finally come true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:3 l26r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the events of the vision taking a long time to happen as if the vision were a person who does not arrive soon at his destination. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:3 mw1n 0 Possible meanings are (1) “will not be late” or (2) “will not come slowly”
|
||||
2:4 w3ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to answer Habakkuk. Here he speaks of the Chaldeans as if they were one prideful, drunken man who can never have enough. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ front:intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:19 a365 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question emphasizes the negative answer that it anticipates. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot teach.” or “Wood and stone cannot teach.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:19 u5fx 0 “Look at it. You can see for yourself that it is overlaid”
|
||||
2:19 xks1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:19 uq17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “no breath…within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:19 uq17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:20 qts3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Poetry\nAlthough this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
|
||||
3:1 j4yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ front:intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:6 bh72 0 Habakkuk continues to describe his vision of Yahweh.
|
||||
3:6 gh3f 0 This means that Yahweh stopped walking and stood still, not that he stood up from a seated position.
|
||||
3:6 yt5m 0 Possible meanings are (1) the word translated as “measured” can be “shook” or (2) he surveyed the earth the way a conqueror would before assigning portions to his governors.
|
||||
3:6 id6p 0 “mountains that have existed since the beginning of time…hills that will exist until the end of time.” If your language has no different words for “hills” and “mountains” or for “eternal” and “everlasting,” you can combine them as the UST has done.
|
||||
3:6 id6p 0 “mountains that have existed since the beginning of time … hills that will exist until the end of time.” If your language has no different words for “hills” and “mountains” or for “eternal” and “everlasting,” you can combine them as the UST has done.
|
||||
3:6 ey5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Even the eternal mountains crumbled” or “He shattered even the eternal mountains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:6 g6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The hills being flattened like level ground is spoken of as if they were people who bow down before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the everlasting hills collapsed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3:6 a4zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) the words “His path” may be a metaphor that speaks of Yahweh and his actions as a path on which he walks. Alternate translation: “He is everlasting” or (2) Habakkuk speaks of the path upon which Yahweh walks in the vision as being everlasting, indicating that this is the same path that Yahweh had taken in ancient times. Alternate translation: “He walks along an ancient path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ front:intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:2 cav8 0 the temple
|
||||
1:3 xs12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:3 wk3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:4 ms19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh is rebuking the people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now is not the time for you…ruined.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:4 ms19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh is rebuking the people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now is not the time for you … ruined.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:4 u9tf 0 the temple of Yahweh
|
||||
1:6 rma3 0 There is not enough wine to satisfy the people’s thirst and not nearly enough for drunkenness. The reader should understand that the text is not calling drunkenness a good thing.
|
||||
1:6 aw8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Not earning enough money to buy necessary goods is spoken of as if the person were losing the money that falls out through holes in the money bag. Alternate translation: “the money the worker earns is gone before he finishes buying everything he needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ front:intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:4 x8wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:6 e2qq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The words “I will shake the earth” could be translated as “I will cause an earthquake,” and that earthquake would shake “the sea” as well as “the dry land,” a merism for the entire earth. Yahweh speaks of the heavens and every nation as if they also were solid objects that he could shake. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2:6 l2sj 0 Use the verb you usually use for pushing trees back and forth to get fruit or other objects to fall from them.
|
||||
2:7 hre1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The metaphor that begins with the words “I will…shake the heavens” in verse 6 ends here. Yahweh speaks of every nation as if they also were solid objects that he could shake. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2:7 hre1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The metaphor that begins with the words “I will … shake the heavens” in verse 6 ends here. Yahweh speaks of every nation as if they also were solid objects that he could shake. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2:7 u8qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of glory as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put into a container, the temple. Possible meanings are (1) the temple will become very beautiful. Alternate translation: “I will make this house very beautiful” or (2) the “precious things” that “every nation will bring” include much silver and gold and other forms of wealth. Alternate translation: “I will have people bring many beautiful things into this house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:8 f56d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:10 wc9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:10 if92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “in the second year of the reign of Darius” or “when Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2:10 i4py rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:10 s26v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:12 x84u 0 The words “that is set apart to Yahweh” and the word “holy” translate the same Hebrew word. “holy meat…holy”
|
||||
2:12 x84u 0 The words “that is set apart to Yahweh” and the word “holy” translate the same Hebrew word. “holy meat … holy”
|
||||
2:13 bg3q 0 “because he has touched a dead body”
|
||||
2:14 q5p8 0 Haggai answers the priests with the words that Yahweh told Haggai to tell the priests. Alternate translation: “So Haggai answered and told them Yahweh’s words: ‘So it is…is unclean”
|
||||
2:14 q5p8 0 Haggai answers the priests with the words that Yahweh told Haggai to tell the priests. Alternate translation: “So Haggai answered and told them Yahweh’s words: ‘So it is … is unclean”
|
||||
2:14 dv6p 0 “I look at this people and this nation the same way.” Yahweh reminds the priests that a clean thing that touches an unclean thing becomes unclean. He then reminds them that he thinks of them as unclean because they have been worshiping idols, and so everything they touch and make becomes unclean.
|
||||
2:14 ua4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:15 l2sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Before you laid the first stones for the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
36
tn_HEB.tsv
36
tn_HEB.tsv
|
@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:4 x4bh γενόμενος 1 “The Son has become”
|
||||
1:4 fzg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 Here “name” refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: “as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:4 qt7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κεκληρονόμηκεν 1 The author speaks of receiving honor and authority as if he were inheriting wealth and property from his father. Alternate translation: “he has received” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:5 ww5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ & μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son…a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:5 ww5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ & μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son … a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:5 t48e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ & ἐγὼ & γεγέννηκά σε 1 These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1:6 b6dy 0 The first quotation in this section, “All God’s angels…him,” comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, “He is the one who makes…fire,” is from the Psalms.
|
||||
1:6 b6dy 0 The first quotation in this section, “All God’s angels … him,” comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, “He is the one who makes … fire,” is from the Psalms.
|
||||
1:6 b4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν πρωτότοκον 1 This means Jesus. The author refers to him as the “firstborn” to emphasize the Son’s importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God has other sons like Jesus. Alternate translation: “his honored Son, his only Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:6 n7ph λέγει 1 “God says”
|
||||
1:7 isd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα 1 Possible meanings are (1) “God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire” or (2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for “angel” is the same as “messenger,” and the word for “spirits” is the same as “wind.” With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:12 i761 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀλλαγήσονται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will change them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:12 v5mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν 1 Periods of time are used to represent God’s eternal existence. Alternate translation: “your life will never end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:13 pqs9 0 This quotation comes from another Psalm.
|
||||
1:13 kz68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε & τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: “But God has never said to an angel at any time…feet.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:13 kz68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε & τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: “But God has never said to an angel at any time … feet.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:13 s6k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
1:13 ulp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Christ’s enemies are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his feet. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:14 fk5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα & κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who…inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:14 fk5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα & κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who … inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:14 v541 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Brothers\n\nThe author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
|
||||
2:1 x7px 0 This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
|
||||
|
@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:6 wkd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 The idiom “son of man” refers to human beings. This rhetorical question means basically the same thing as the first question. It expresses surprise that God would care for humans, who are insignificant. Alternate translation: “Human beings are of little importance, and yet you care for them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:6 e47v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 The verb may be supplied from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Or what is a son of man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:7 ka5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν, βραχύ τι παρ’ ἀγγέλους 1 The author speaks of people being less important than angels as if the people are standing in a position that is lower than the angels’ position. Alternate translation: “less important than the angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:7 tjn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν & ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “made humans…crowned them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2:7 tjn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν & ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “made humans … crowned them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2:7 s85x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 The gifts of glory and honor are spoken of as if they were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: “you have given them great glory and honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:8 ac9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ & αὐτῷ 1 Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “their feet…to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2:8 ac9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ & αὐτῷ 1 Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “their feet … to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2:8 k5j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 The author speaks of humans having control over everything as if they have stepped on everything with their feet. Alternate translation: “You have given them control over everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:8 rf44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακτον 1 This double negative means that all things will be subject to Christ. Alternate translation: “God made everything subject to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2:8 xy7c οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα 1 “we know that humans are not in control of everything yet”
|
||||
|
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
4:2 m74h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γάρ ἐσμεν εὐηγγελισμένοι καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For we heard the good news just as they did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:2 znk9 καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 Here “they” refers to the Hebrews’ ancestors who were alive during the time of Moses.
|
||||
4:2 zza4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἀλλ’ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ συνκεκερασμένους τῇ πίστει τοῖς ἀκούσασιν 1 “But that message did not benefit those who did not join with the people who believed and obeyed.” The author is talking about two groups of people, those who received God’s covenant with faith, and those who heard it but did not believe. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “But that message benefited only those who believed and obeyed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
4:3 v4q4 1 Here the first quotation, “As I swore…rest,” is from a psalm. The second quotation, “God rested on…deeds,” is from Moses’ writings. The third quotation, “They will never enter…rest,” is again from the same psalm.
|
||||
4:3 v4q4 1 Here the first quotation, “As I swore … rest,” is from a psalm. The second quotation, “God rested on … deeds,” is from Moses’ writings. The third quotation, “They will never enter … rest,” is again from the same psalm.
|
||||
4:3 u5yh οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 “we who believe”
|
||||
4:3 w6t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσερχόμεθα & εἰς κατάπαυσιν, οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “we who have believed will enter the place of rest” or “we who have believed will experience God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:3 x2kq καθὼς εἴρηκεν 1 “just as God said”
|
||||
|
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
4:14 a51p διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς 1 “who has entered where God is”
|
||||
4:14 ph6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
4:14 vt4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας 1 Belief and trust are spoken of as if they were objects that a person could grasp firmly. Alternate translation: “let us continue to believe confidently in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:15 i2fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ & ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι & δὲ 1 This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy…Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
4:15 i2fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ & ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι & δὲ 1 This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy … Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
4:15 d26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πεπειρασμένον & κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 “he did not sin”
|
||||
4:16 aj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here “throne” refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
5:1 whq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God chooses from among the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:1 ndz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God appoints” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:1 mzd9 ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται 1 “to represent the people”
|
||||
5:2 gt9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῖς & πλανωμένοις 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those…whom others have deceived” or “those…who believe what is false” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:2 gt9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῖς & πλανωμένοις 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those … whom others have deceived” or “those … who believe what is false” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:2 f781 πλανωμένοις 1 “who believe false things and so behave badly”
|
||||
5:2 ny8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περίκειται ἀσθένειαν 1 The high priest’s own weakness is spoken of as if it were a another person who rules over him. Alternate translation: “is spiritually weak” or “is weak against sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:2 ihs9 ἀσθένειαν 1 the desire to sin
|
||||
|
@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 06 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Abrahamic Covenant\n\nIn the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
6:1 f1nk 0 The writer continues with what immature Hebrew believers need to do to become mature Christians. He reminds them of the foundational teachings.
|
||||
6:1 i4xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον, ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα 1 This speaks about the basic teachings as if they were the beginning of a journey and the mature teachings as if they were the end of a journey. Alternate translation: “let us stop only discussing what we first learned and start understanding more mature teachings as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:1 thw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι & πίστεως ἐπὶ Θεόν 1 Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “Let us not repeat the basic teachings…of faith in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:1 thw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι & πίστεως ἐπὶ Θεόν 1 Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “Let us not repeat the basic teachings … of faith in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:1 d5q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:2 s1cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διδαχὴν & κρίματος αἰωνίου 1 Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “nor the basic teachings…eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:2 s1cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διδαχὴν & κρίματος αἰωνίου 1 Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “nor the basic teachings … eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:2 xww5 ἐπιθέσεώς τε χειρῶν 1 This practice was done to set someone apart for special service or position.
|
||||
6:4 e7px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας 1 Understanding is spoken of as if it were illumination. Alternate translation: “those who once understood the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:4 l5mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γευσαμένους & τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου 1 Experiencing salvation is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who experienced God’s saving power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:1 rfc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλήμ 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
7:1 rx36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων 1 This is refers to when Abraham and his men went and defeated the armies of four kings in order to rescue his nephew, Lot, and his family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:2 q87x ᾧ 1 “It was to Melchizedek”
|
||||
7:2 abh4 βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης & βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 “righteous king…peaceful king”
|
||||
7:2 abh4 βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης & βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 “righteous king … peaceful king”
|
||||
7:3 q4eh ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος, μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων 1 It is possible to think from this passage that Melchizedek was neither born nor did he die. However, it is likely that all the writer means is that the Scriptures provide no information about Melchizedek’s ancestry, birth, or death.
|
||||
7:4 h2bg 0 The writer states that the priesthood of Melchizedek is better than Aaron’s priesthood and then reminds them that the priesthood of Aaron did not make anything perfect.
|
||||
7:4 w2gg οὗτος 1 “Melchizedek was”
|
||||
|
@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:6 rt2a διαφορωτέρας 1 “God has given Christ”
|
||||
8:6 spy1 κρείττονός & διαθήκης μεσίτης 1 This means Christ caused a better covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
8:6 aw58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διαθήκης & ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “covenant. It was this covenant that God made based on better promises” or “covenant. God promised better things when he made this covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:7 wb9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη & δευτέρας 1 The words “first” and “second” are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant…new covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
8:7 wb9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη & δευτέρας 1 The words “first” and “second” are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant … new covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
8:7 gig6 ἦν ἄμεμπτος 1 “had been perfect”
|
||||
8:8 ya4n 0 In this quotation the prophet Jeremiah foretold of a new covenant that God would make.
|
||||
8:8 sqb4 αὐτοῖς 1 “with the people of Israel”
|
||||
|
@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:8 d3ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αἵτινες & προσφέρονται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that priests offer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:9 k5kv ἰδοὺ 1 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
10:9 n29v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ 1 The abstract noun “practice” here refers to a way of atoning for sins. Stopping doing it is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the second way of atoning for sins is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: “He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:9 ja8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον & τὸ δεύτερον 1 The words “first” and “second” are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice…the new practice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
10:9 ja8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον & τὸ δεύτερον 1 The words “first” and “second” are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice … the new practice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
10:10 xj9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sanctified us” or “God has dedicated us to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:10 xk24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The abstract noun “offering” can be expressed with the verb “offer” or “sacrifice.” Alternate translation: “because Jesus Christ offered his body as a sacrifice” or “because Jesus Christ sacrificed his body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
10:11 f4wd καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 “day by day” or “every day”
|
||||
|
@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:27 fza4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρίσεως 1 Of God’s judgment, that is, that God will judge. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:27 t6da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους 1 God’s fury is spoken of as if it were fire that would burn up his enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:28 c1aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν 1 It is implied that this means “of at least two or three witness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:29 gv5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ & τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 The author is emphasizing the greatness of the punishment for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: “This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone…grace!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:29 gv5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ & τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 The author is emphasizing the greatness of the punishment for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: “This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone … grace!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:29 jd69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας 1 Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: “has rejected the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:29 d2z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
10:29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος 1 This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: “by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy”
|
||||
|
@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:37 st8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “As God said in the scriptures, ‘For in a very little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:37 cna2 ἔτι & μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 “very soon”
|
||||
10:38 j2ck 0 In 10:38 the author quotes from the prophet Habakkuk, which directly follows the quotation from the prophet Isaiah in 10:37.
|
||||
10:38 j6d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & δίκαιός μου & ἐὰν ὑποστείληται & ἐν αὐτῷ 1 These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people…If any one of them shrinks…with that person” or “My faithful people…If they shrink…with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
10:38 j6d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & δίκαιός μου & ἐὰν ὑποστείληται & ἐν αὐτῷ 1 These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people … If any one of them shrinks … with that person” or “My faithful people … If they shrink … with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
10:38 r8mh ὁ & δίκαιός μου & εὐδοκεῖ 1 Here “My” and “I” refer to God.
|
||||
10:38 h5bw ὑποστείληται 1 stops doing the good thing he is doing
|
||||
10:39 i9zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 A person who loses courage and faith are spoken of as if he were stepping back in fear from something. And “destruction” is spoken of as if it were a destination. Alternate translation: “who stop trusting God, which will cause him to destroy us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
11:35 jyw7 κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 Possible meanings are (1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world or (2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God.
|
||||
11:36 e9al rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἕτεροι & ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:36 nx7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι & ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns are expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
11:37 fg8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others…People threw stones at others. People sawed others in two. People killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:37 fg8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others … People threw stones at others. People sawed others in two. People killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 “went from place to place” or “lived all the time”
|
||||
11:37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats”
|
||||
11:37 x2jf ὑστερούμενοι 1 “They had nothing” or “They were very poor”
|
||||
|
@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ front:intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
12:6 zu3c πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 The word translated “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
|
||||
12:7 y3z3 εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένετε 1 “Understand that during suffering God teaches us discipline”
|
||||
12:7 v1gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his sons. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:7 i3k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὑμῖν & υἱὸς 1 All occurrences of these words may be stated to include males and females. Alternate translation: “children…child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
12:7 i3k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὑμῖν & υἱὸς 1 All occurrences of these words may be stated to include males and females. Alternate translation: “children … child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
12:7 jb38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 The author makes the point throught this question that every good father disciplines his children. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “every father disciplines his children!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:8 kwc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 You can restate the abstract noun “discipline” as the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:8 s5u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε 1 Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are sons born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ front:intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
5:3 b88u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here, “Ephraim” and “Israel” both refer to the whole northern kingdom of Israel, and represent the people who live there. Here God says that he knows what they are like and what they are doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
5:3 vw9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Ephraim is presented in terms of a prostitute because the people have become unfaithful to God, as a prostitute is faithful to no man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
5:4 xz8q 0 This means they have the desire to be unfaithful to God. They want to worship idols.
|
||||
5:4 hh5e 0 The translator can represent this as “to turn to me…they do not know me,” or “to turn to me…they do not know me, Yahweh.”
|
||||
5:4 hh5e 0 The translator can represent this as “to turn to me … they do not know me,” or “to turn to me … they do not know me, Yahweh.”
|
||||
5:4 kub1 0 Israel no longer obeys Yahweh in any way. They do not acknowledge Yahweh as their God.
|
||||
5:5 iu6y 0 Yahweh is talking about Israel.
|
||||
5:5 rch3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This describes “pride” as a person who testifies against the people of Israel in court. Their prideful attitude and behavior show that they are guilty of no longer obeying Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ front:intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
6:1 u9ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:1 ntx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:2 yn3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This represents a short period of time. Israel believes God will quickly come to rescue them from their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:2 id69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “2 days…day 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
6:2 id69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “2 days … day 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
6:3 fc9r 0 Here “know” means not only to learn God’s character and laws, but also to become faithful to him.
|
||||
6:3 mk9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Yahweh will come to help his people just as surely as the sun rises each morning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
6:4 e5w6 0 Yahweh is speaking.
|
||||
|
@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ front:intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
12:1 g9zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 East winds were very hot and destructive to the land. Here it represents anything that is destructive. The people doing things that will destroy themselves is spoken of as if they are following the east wind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:1 ij53 0 The people of Israel sent olive oil as a present to the king of Egypt to try and persuade him to help them.
|
||||
12:2 evm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh stating that the people of Judah have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hosea 4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:2 j5y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 Here “Judah” and “Jacob” both represent the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “against the people of Judah…punish them for what they have done…repay them for their deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:2 j5y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 Here “Judah” and “Jacob” both represent the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “against the people of Judah … punish them for what they have done … repay them for their deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:2 w5u6 0 This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
12:3 dr1v 0 Hosea the prophet is speaking about Jacob the ancestor of the Israelites.
|
||||
12:3 v8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Jacob wanted to take his brother’s place as the firstborn, so he tried to keep his brother from being born first. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
188
tn_ISA.tsv
188
tn_ISA.tsv
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
|||
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||||
front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Isaiah\n\n1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)\n1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)\n1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)\n1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)\n1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)\n1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)\n1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)\n1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)\n1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)\n1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)\n1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)\n1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)\n\n\n### What is the Book of Isaiah about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1-39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36-39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.\n\nThe second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40-66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### When was the Book of Isaiah written?\n\nIsaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36-39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?\n\nJews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1-7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40-66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.\n\n### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?\n\nIsaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?\n\nMost of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.\n\nSometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.\n\nIsaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-9; and 52:13-53:12. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
|
||||
1:intro q326 0 # Isaiah 01 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Woe\nThe prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\nThere are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nYahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:1 qur5 0 “This is the vision of Isaiah…that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah”
|
||||
1:1 qur5 0 “This is the vision of Isaiah … that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah”
|
||||
1:1 zfq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Amoz was the father of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:1 i66y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Israel. “Jerusalem” was its most important city. The names of the places represent the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” or “the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:1 qsh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom and refers to the time when each king reigned. They reigned one after the other, not all at the same time. Alternate translation: “when Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz and Hezekiah were kings of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:2 qju5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1:2 m42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Although these prophecies were meant for the people of Jerusalem and Judah to hear, Isaiah knows they will not listen. Possible meanings are (1) he speaks in apostrophe, as though the “heavens” and “earth” would be able to listen to what Yahweh said, or (2) the words “heavens” and “earth” are metonyms and a merism for all living beings everywhere. Alternate translation: “you who live in the heavens…you who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1:2 m42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Although these prophecies were meant for the people of Jerusalem and Judah to hear, Isaiah knows they will not listen. Possible meanings are (1) he speaks in apostrophe, as though the “heavens” and “earth” would be able to listen to what Yahweh said, or (2) the words “heavens” and “earth” are metonyms and a merism for all living beings everywhere. Alternate translation: “you who live in the heavens … you who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1:2 v1jh 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
1:2 q3lw 0 Words that Yahweh spoke and which Isaiah is speaking to the Israelites for Yahweh.
|
||||
1:2 nn1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks as if his words were food and as if the Israelites were his children. Alternate translation: “I have taken care of the people living in Judah like they were my children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:8 c1rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have left the daughter of Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:8 lkv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The “daughter” of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “The people of Zion” or “The people who live in Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:8 xl8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Possible meanings are (1) “has become as small as a hut in a vineyard or a shed in a garden of cucumbers” or (2) “is left the way a farmer leaves a hut in a vineyard or a shed in a garden of cucumbers when he is finished with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:8 qnb3 0 Another possible meaning is “like…cucumbers. She is a besieged city”
|
||||
1:8 qnb3 0 Another possible meaning is “like … cucumbers. She is a besieged city”
|
||||
1:9 cf1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1:9 a3aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This describes something that could have happened in the past but did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1:9 cy37 0 “a few survivors”
|
||||
1:9 qe2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 Here these words refer to Isaiah and includes all the people of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:9 y4cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 How Judah would have been like Sodom and Gomorrah can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God would have destroyed us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:10 p3g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1:10 vtc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah is comparing the people of Judah to Sodom and Gomorrah to emphasize how sinful they have become. Alternate translation: “you rulers who are as sinful as the people of Sodom…you people who are as wicked as those who lived in Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:10 vtc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah is comparing the people of Judah to Sodom and Gomorrah to emphasize how sinful they have become. Alternate translation: “you rulers who are as sinful as the people of Sodom … you people who are as wicked as those who lived in Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:11 r739 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God is using a question to scold the people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your many sacrifices mean nothing to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:12 z32c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Isaiah speaks Yahweh’s words to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1:12 p91g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The word “trample” means to step on and crush with one’s feet. God is using a question to scold the people who live in Judah. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one told you to stomp around in my courtyards!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:2 p88m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” is a metonym for the people of those nations. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:2 p7rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people around the world going to the mountain of Yahweh is compared to how a river flows. This emphasizes that many people will come, not just a few people. Alternate translation: “will flow like a river to it” or “will go to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:3 nl4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:3 f679 0 Another possible meaning is “Jacob. He will teach…and we will walk”
|
||||
2:3 f679 0 Another possible meaning is “Jacob. He will teach … and we will walk”
|
||||
2:3 u8i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The words “ways” and “paths” are metaphors for the way a person lives. If your language has only one word for the ground on which people walk, you may combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he may teach us his will so that we may obey him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:3 qq6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases mean the same thing. Isaiah was emphasizing that all nations will understand that the truth is found in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “People in Zion will teach God’s law, and people in Jerusalem will teach the word of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:3 w2vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “For the law will go out from Zion.” Isaiah speaks as if the law were something like a river that moves without people doing anything. Alternate translation: “Those to whom they teach the law will go out from Zion” or “Yahweh will proclaim his law from Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:6 n11d 0 they try to tell the future by looking at things like animal parts and leaves
|
||||
2:6 n8bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 Clasping hands together is the symbol of friendship and peace. Alternate translation: “they make peace and work together with people who are not from Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2:7 fld8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Isaiah speaks to Yahweh in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:7 t4r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah speaks as if the land were a container in which someone had placed silver, horses, and idols. The word “land” is a metonym for the people themselves, and the words “is full of” is a metaphor for the people possessing these items. Alternate translation: “They possess much silver and gold…they also possess many horses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:7 t4r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah speaks as if the land were a container in which someone had placed silver, horses, and idols. The word “land” is a metonym for the people themselves, and the words “is full of” is a metaphor for the people possessing these items. Alternate translation: “They possess much silver and gold … they also possess many horses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:8 cyh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah speaks as if the land were a container in which someone had placed silver, horses, and idols. The word “land” is a metonym for the people themselves, and the words “is full of” is a metaphor for the people possessing these items. Alternate translation: “They also possess many idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:8 zic5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean almost the same thing and emphasize that these are not real gods. If your language has no general word for something someone has made, you can combine these two phrases into one. Alternate translation: “things that they themselves have made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:8 au6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “hands” is a synecdoche for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “their own craftsmanship” or “their own work” or “things they have made with their hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:17 sjb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “haughtiness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “those people who are haughty will stop being haughty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:17 ij1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “people will praise only Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:18 t75w 0 “All idols will disappear” or “There will be no more idols”
|
||||
2:19 ii4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Men will go…to hide from the terror” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:19 ii4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Men will go … to hide from the terror” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:19 w4lw 0 “the caves in the rocks.” These are large rocks, not small stones that can be held in the hand.
|
||||
2:19 r7kz 0 See how you translated this in [Isaiah 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
2:19 ul48 0 because they are very afraid of Yahweh
|
||||
|
@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
3:intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 03 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.\n\n### Judgment\nThis chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Exile\nWhile the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
|
||||
3:1 li2r 0 The word “see” here adds emphasis to what follows. It can also be translated as “Listen” or “Indeed.”
|
||||
3:1 b6ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Both of these words refer to a walking stick, on which someone leans for support. This idea here stands for the things that people need the most in order to live: food and water. Alternate translation: “everything that supports you” or “everything that you depend on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:2 c9rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the mighty men…the warriors…the judges…the prophets…the ones who practices divination…the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
3:2 c9rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the mighty men … the warriors … the judges … the prophets … the ones who practices divination … the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
3:2 zv6c 0 This is a person who claims that he can tell the future by looking at things like animal parts and leaves. See how you translated similar words in [Isaiah 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
3:3 q6s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the captains of fifty…the respected citizens…the counselors…the expert craftsmen…the skillful enchanters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
3:3 q6s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the captains of fifty … the respected citizens … the counselors … the expert craftsmen … the skillful enchanters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
3:3 kui6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Possible meanings are (1) the word “fifty” represents the exact amount of soldiers that the captain led. Alternate translation: “the captains of 50 soldiers” or (2) the word translated as “fifty” does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a small military unit. Alternate translation: “the captain of a small military unit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
3:3 jms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
3:4 y5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases mean basically the same thing. Possible meanings are (1) “I will place young people as their leaders, and those young people will rule over them” or (2) “youths” is a metaphor for simple and foolish men. Alternate translation: “I will place over them leaders who are immature, like young people, and those bad leaders will rule over them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -437,9 +437,9 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
6:13 tbt2 0 A trunk is the thick main stem of a tree. A stump is the part of a tree that remains in the ground after the tree is cut down.
|
||||
6:13 p9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people who will serve Yahweh after armies destroy Israel are spoken of as if they were set apart as a holy seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 07 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Young woman”\nSome translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Israel\nIn this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe.
|
||||
7:1 u9lp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “When Ahaz…was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
7:1 u9lp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “When Ahaz … was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
7:1 e4tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 men’s names (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
7:1 vuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin…and Pekah…led their armies up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:1 vuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin … and Pekah … led their armies up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:1 py2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The author speaks as if the city itself were the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to war against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:2 fs5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the house of David heard the report” or “someone reported to the house of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:2 lbv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family living in the house. Alternate translation: “King Ahaz and his counselors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
7:9 z477 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “If you continue to believe in me, you will certainly remain safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
7:9 nt63 0 “Unless you remain”
|
||||
7:11 f2n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 Yahweh uses the word “depths” and “height” to mean Ahaz could ask him for anything. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
7:11 li4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “depths” and “height” can be translated with prepositions. “places far below you…places far above you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:11 li4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “depths” and “height” can be translated with prepositions. “places far below you … places far above you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:12 cr1k 0 “will not ask Yahweh for a sign”
|
||||
7:13 zw34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family living in the house. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “King Ahaz, you and your counselors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:13 v36u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These questions emphasize that the king has sinned greatly. Alternate translation: “You test the patience of people! Now you even test the patience of my God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
7:20 y3tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah does not say whose head, hair, and beard the Lord is going to shave, but Ahaz and the reader would understand that this is a man; the man is a metaphor for the people living in the land of Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:20 tyl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the head” represents the hair that grows on it. Alternate translation: “the hair on the head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:20 tkw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Possible meanings are (1) this is a polite way to speak of the hair on the lower body or (2) this speaks of the hair on the legs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
7:20 a1pl 0 “the razor will also sweep.” If your language requires a person to be the subject of “will…sweep,” you can say, “the Lord will also sweep.”
|
||||
7:20 a1pl 0 “the razor will also sweep.” If your language requires a person to be the subject of “will … sweep,” you can say, “the Lord will also sweep.”
|
||||
7:22 tsx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “abundance” can be translated as a clause. Alternate translation: “because they will give so much milk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:23 h6cj 0 Isaiah continues to describe the time when the army from Assyria will attack the land of Israel.
|
||||
7:23 b3ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “there were 1,000 vines.” That is, when Isaiah wrote, there were vineyards, in some of which were 1,000 vines or more each. He says that these vineyards will become full of briers and thorns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:3 j2ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 It can be stated explicitly that Isaiah is married to the prophetess. Alternate translation: “I slept with my wife, the prophetess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:4 g5hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king of Assyria will carry away all the treasures of Damascus and Samaria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:6 k9mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The words “gentle waters” are a metaphor for the law of the Lord. Alternate translation: “Because this people has rejected Yahweh’s law, which is like the gentle waters of Shiloah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
8:6 x9t3 0 “this people group.” If your language needs a plural here, you can translate this phrase and the following verbs as “these people have refused…are happy.”
|
||||
8:6 x9t3 0 “this people group.” If your language needs a plural here, you can translate this phrase and the following verbs as “these people have refused … are happy.”
|
||||
8:6 mbx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The full meaning can be made explicit. See how you translated these men’s names in [Isaiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “is happy that the armies of Assyria have defeated Rezin, king of Aram, and Pekah, Remaliah’s son, king of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:7 l4ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 Yahweh speaks of himself as if he were someone else to remind the people of who he is. Alternate translation: “therefore I, the Lord, am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
8:7 pbf5 0 The verb is “bring up”; the adverb is “on them.”
|
||||
|
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:9 qzg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Isaiah speaks as if people in other countries can hear him. Alternate translation: “Listen, all you people in far away places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
8:9 rer3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 This is basically the same thing, stated twice for emphasis. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you can prepare yourselves for battle, but I will defeat you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:10 q9aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You can prepare to attack Judah, but you will not succeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:10 mfw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 To “carry out” a plan or command is to do what the person who makes the plan or command wants the hearer to do. These clauses can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to do what you plan to do…your soldiers will not be able to do what their commanders tell them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:10 mfw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 To “carry out” a plan or command is to do what the person who makes the plan or command wants the hearer to do. These clauses can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to do what you plan to do … your soldiers will not be able to do what their commanders tell them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:11 svz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “his strong hand upon me” is an idiom that refers to Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to me in a very powerful way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:11 pq3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This is an indirect quote that ends in 8:17. Alternate translation: “warned me and said, ‘Do not act like this people.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
8:12 zbg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The people imagine there are conspiracies, and it makes them anxious. Alternate translation: “Do not worry like this people who think someone is always trying to harm them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
9:3 i1jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The joy that Yahweh will give Israel is described as the same kind of joy people have when they bring in a harvest or divide valuable plunder. Alternate translation: “They will rejoice before you as people rejoice when they gather their crops or when a battle is over and soldiers divide what they took” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
9:4 zgk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture 0 Isaiah continues to describe the time when God will save the people of Israel. Although these events will happen in the future ([Isaiah 9:1](./01.md)), Isaiah describes them as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that they certainly will happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
9:4 i6r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah speaks of the Israelites, who are the Assyrians’ slaves, as if they were an ox wearing a yoke. This will happen in the future, but he speaks as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “For as on the day of Midian you will set the people of Israel free from being slaves to their oppressors like a person removes a yoke from the shoulders of an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
9:4 k2hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah speaks of the people of Israel as if they were one man. Alternate translation: “For the yoke of their burden…their shoulders…their oppressor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:4 k2hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah speaks of the people of Israel as if they were one man. Alternate translation: “For the yoke of their burden … their shoulders … their oppressor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:4 eh66 0 The beam is the part of the yoke that goes over the shoulders of the ox.
|
||||
9:4 hfq6 0 Another possible meaning is “staff,” a long piece of wood that a person uses to beat the oxen so they will work and a symbol of one person’s power to rule other people.
|
||||
9:4 d1k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah speaks of the power the oppressor has over the people of Judah as if it were the piece of wood used by a person to beat oxen so they will work. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:2 mv4z 0 “take everything from women whose husbands have died”
|
||||
10:2 w83u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Isaiah compares orphans to animals that other animals hunt and eat. This emphasizes that orphans are powerless and judges can easily harm them. Alternate translation: “harm children who do not have parents like an animal that goes after its prey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:2 jwk2 0 Translated “prey” as in [Isaiah 5:29](../05/29.md).
|
||||
10:3 gdt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to scold those in Judah who harm the poor and weak people. Alternate translation: “You will be able to do nothing on judgment day…away!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:3 gdt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to scold those in Judah who harm the poor and weak people. Alternate translation: “You will be able to do nothing on judgment day … away!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:3 xh3w 0 “the day when Yahweh comes to judge you” or “the day when Yahweh punishes you”
|
||||
10:3 u4fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to scold those in Judah who harm the poor and weak people. Alternate translation: “You have nowhere to run for help, and you will have nowhere to hide your riches!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:4 iw4t 0 Possible meanings are (1) “None of your wealth remains as you crouch” or (2) “You can do nothing else but crouch.”
|
||||
|
@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:5 fhx7 0 This word marks the beginning of God’s announcement about a severe punishment against Assyria.
|
||||
10:5 e1zg 0 This refers to the king of Assyria.
|
||||
10:5 rrc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh compares the king of Assyria to a weapon a person holds in his hand and hits other people with. It emphasizes that the king of Assyria and his army are a tool that Yahweh uses to punish Israel. Alternate translation: “who will be like a weapon in my hands that I will use to show my anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:6 bn37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “him” here also refers to the king of Assyria. But it does not mean God is only sending the king; he is sending with him the army of Assyria. Alternate translation: “I send the army of Assyria…I order them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:6 bn37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “him” here also refers to the king of Assyria. But it does not mean God is only sending the king; he is sending with him the army of Assyria. Alternate translation: “I send the army of Assyria … I order them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:6 nvq3 0 “to attack a nation full of proud people who have made me very angry”
|
||||
10:6 i3fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of his wrath as if it were more liquid than a container could hold; “the people” are trying to carry this container, but it is heavy, and Yahweh keeps pouring liquid in even after it starts to spill out. Alternate translation: “at whom I continue to be angry even after I have punished them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:6 tam5 0 “to take everything they have”
|
||||
|
@ -644,10 +644,10 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:11 g79t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “Samaria” refers to the people who lived there, and “her” refers to the city of Samaria. Cities and nations were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “just as I did to the people of Samaria and their worthless idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:11 y8en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria used this question to emphasize the certainty that he will conquer the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I will certainly do the same to Jerusalem and her idols!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:12 g3hp 0 Yahweh speaks of himself as if he were someone else. “When I, the Lord, have finished my work on Mount Zion and on Jerusalem, I will punish”
|
||||
10:12 yv7l 0 his work of punishing. “punishing…and punishing”
|
||||
10:12 yv7l 0 his work of punishing. “punishing … and punishing”
|
||||
10:12 ly8r 0 “I will punish the king of Assyria for the arrogant things he said and the look of pride on his face”
|
||||
10:13 ty9n 0 “For the king of Assyria says”
|
||||
10:13 f9lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “I” refers to the king of Assyria. He was the leader of the Assyrian army and took credit for what the army did at his command. Alternate translation: “my army has removed…They have stolen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:13 f9lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “I” refers to the king of Assyria. He was the leader of the Assyrian army and took credit for what the army did at his command. Alternate translation: “my army has removed … They have stolen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:13 bqh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 “as strong as a bull.” Some ancient texts read, “like a mighty man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
10:13 y4e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) the king of Assyria has shamed the people of the countries he conquered or (2) he has removed the kings of the nations so they no longer rule. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:13 l61t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “I” refers to the king of Assyria. He was the leader of the Assyrian army and took credit for what the army did at his command. Alternate translation: “I and my army have brought” or “we have brought (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
11:3 dks6 0 Isaiah continues to describe the king.
|
||||
11:3 euz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The phrase “what his eyes see” refers to seeing things that are not important for judging a person rightly. Alternate translation: “he will not judge a person simply by seeing what the person looks like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:3 vff3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “and he will not decide by what his ears hear.” The phrase “what his ears hear” refers to hearing what people say about someone. Alternate translation: “and he will not judge a person simply by hearing what others say about him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:4 qt3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These phrases refer to people who have these qualities. Alternate translation: “poor people…humble people…wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
11:4 qt3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These phrases refer to people who have these qualities. Alternate translation: “poor people … humble people … wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
11:4 i8ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
11:4 t6i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “earth” here represents the people on earth. Striking them with the rod of his mouth represents judging them, and that judgement will lead to punishment. Alternate translation: “He will judge the people of the earth, and they will be punished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:4 ud4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “breath of his lips” represents him judging them. Alternate translation: “he will judge wicked people, and they will be killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -730,19 +730,19 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
11:5 xpa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “will be” are understood in this phrase. Alternate translation: “faithfulness will be the belt around his hips” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
11:5 z7kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Wearing faithfulness like a belt represents being faithful. Possible meanings are (1) the king’s faithfulness will enable him to rule, or (2) the king’s faithfulness will show his authority to rule. Alternate translation: “his faithfulness will be a like a belt around his hips” or “he will rule faithfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:6 x4db 0 Isaiah describes what the world will be like when the king rules. There will be complete peace in the world. This is shown by the peace that there will be even among animals. Animals that normally kill other animals will not kill them, and they will all be safe together.
|
||||
11:6 vib1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific wolf or leopard. These are all strong animals that attack and eat other animals. Alternate translation: “Wolves…leopards…young lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:6 ns1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 The phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific lamb or goat. These are all animals that eat grass and straw. Other animals sometimes attack and eat them. Alternate translation: “lambs…young goats…calves…fattened calves…Cows…oxen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:6 vib1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific wolf or leopard. These are all strong animals that attack and eat other animals. Alternate translation: “Wolves … leopards … young lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:6 ns1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 The phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific lamb or goat. These are all animals that eat grass and straw. Other animals sometimes attack and eat them. Alternate translation: “lambs … young goats … calves … fattened calves … Cows … oxen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:6 uz7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 a large cat with yellow fur and black spots that kills and eats other animals (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
11:6 z3nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The phrase “will be” is understood. Alternate translation: “the calf, the lion, and the fattened calf will be together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
11:6 z96c 0 A child will take care of them and lead them to good places to drink water and eat grass or hay.
|
||||
11:7 u4nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific wolf or leopard. These are all strong animals that attack and eat other animals. Alternate translation: “Wolves…leopards…young lions…bears…Lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:7 i5nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 The phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific lamb or goat. These are all animals that eat grass and straw. Other animals sometimes attack and eat them. Alternate translation: “lambs…young goats…calves…fattened calves…Cows…oxen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:7 u4nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific wolf or leopard. These are all strong animals that attack and eat other animals. Alternate translation: “Wolves … leopards … young lions … bears … Lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:7 i5nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 The phrases refer to these animals in general, not to a specific lamb or goat. These are all animals that eat grass and straw. Other animals sometimes attack and eat them. Alternate translation: “lambs … young goats … calves … fattened calves … Cows … oxen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:7 u76u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 a very large animal with thick hair and sharp claws that kills and eats other animals (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
11:7 jf3m 0 “will eat grass together”
|
||||
11:7 shd9 0 This refers to the animals’ offspring shortly after they are born.
|
||||
11:8 hu82 0 Isaiah continues to describe the complete peace in the world when the king rules.
|
||||
11:8 bkr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It can be stated clearly that the baby will be safe because the snake will not bite it. Alternate translation: “Babies will play safely over the hole of the snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:8 nmp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to poisonous snakes in general. Alternate translation: “snakes…serpents’ dens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:8 nmp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These phrases refer to poisonous snakes in general. Alternate translation: “snakes … serpents’ dens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
11:8 c4md 0 a child who no longer drinks its mother’s milk
|
||||
11:9 czb2 0 The “holy mountain” is Mount Zion, in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on all of Yahweh’s holy mountain”
|
||||
11:9 zv3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The phrase “knowledge of Yahweh” represents people who know Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the earth will be full of those who know Yahweh” or “those who know Yahweh will cover the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
13:10 mgq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will darken the sun” or “The sun will be dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:11 s3b1 0 Yahweh continues to talk about what he will do on the day of Yahweh.
|
||||
13:11 n1em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:11 e48c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These phrases refer to people who have these qualities. Alternate translation: “wicked people…proud people…ruthless people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
13:11 e48c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These phrases refer to people who have these qualities. Alternate translation: “wicked people … proud people … ruthless people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
13:11 d1ab 0 “cruel people”
|
||||
13:11 j6vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being low often represents being humble. Bringing down people’s arrogance represents making them humble. Alternate translation: “will humble the ruthless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:12 myy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Why there will be so few people can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will cause so many people to die that living people will be more rare than fine gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
17:12 kh1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 An uproar is a very loud noise. Alternate translation: “The sound of many people, that is very loud like the seas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:12 cbz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The enemy armies appear to be a powerful force that no one can stop. Alternate translation: “the nations come rushing in like the mighty waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:12 u4ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “nations” refers to the armies of those nations. Alternate translation: “the rushing of the enemy armies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
17:13 ls6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. The enemy armies seem powerful but God will easily stop them and send them away. Alternate translation: “like chaff on the mountains that the wind blows away…like weeds that whirl and blow away as a storm approaches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:13 ls6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. The enemy armies seem powerful but God will easily stop them and send them away. Alternate translation: “like chaff on the mountains that the wind blows away … like weeds that whirl and blow away as a storm approaches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:14 jpf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 What happens to them is spoken of as if it is a portion that they inherit. Alternate translation: “This is what happens to those” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:14 i9ms 0 The word “us” refers to Isaiah and the people of Judah.
|
||||
18:intro qz72 0 # Isaiah 18 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Cush\nThis chapter records prophecies against the nation of Cush. They are being punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\nThis chapter uses many metaphors to describe the destruction coming to the people of Cush. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
19:2 usw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “kingdom” refers to a smaller kingdom within Egypt. It may also be called a province. It represents the people of that kingdom or province. Alternate translation: “the people of one province will be against the people of another province” or “people from different provinces will fight against one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:3 k6nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The nation of Egypt is spoken of here as if it was a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
19:3 h9az rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “I will weaken the spirit of Egypt from within” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:3 t2yv 0 “They sought the advice of…spiritualists, but that will do them no good. It will not stop me from destroying his advice”
|
||||
19:3 t2yv 0 “They sought the advice of … spiritualists, but that will do them no good. It will not stop me from destroying his advice”
|
||||
19:3 j1kh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh will cause the advice that he gives to be ineffective or (2) Yahweh will cause him to be unable to give any advice. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “advice” is expressed as the verb “advise.” Alternate translation: “I will confuse those who advise the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
19:3 cz3n 0 These are people who claim to speak with those who have died.
|
||||
19:4 e7zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “I will give the Egyptians over to the control of a harsh master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
19:10 mg9w 0 “will feel very sad”
|
||||
19:11 tj8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases are similar in meaning. Either the princes of Zoan are also the wisest advisors or Pharaoh, or they are another group of people that also are shown to be foolish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
19:11 ut1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a city in northern Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:11 hg6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to mock those in Egypt who claim to be wise. Alternate translation: “You foolishly say to Pharaoh…kings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:11 hg6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to mock those in Egypt who claim to be wise. Alternate translation: “You foolishly say to Pharaoh … kings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:12 vn7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to mock the wise men. The word “your” refers to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “You do not have any wise men.” or “Your wise men are fools.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:12 yi3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 Isaiah is implying that wise men should be able to understand God’s plans, but Isaiah does not really believe they are wise. Alternate translation: “If they were really wise, they would be able to tell you what Yahweh of hosts plans concerning Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
19:13 xcx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The princes of Zoan and Memphis are spoken of as if they are the cornerstones of buildings because they are an important part of the community. Alternate translation: “the leaders have made Egypt go astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
22:14 bmu5 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh will never forgive them, even after they die or (2) Yahweh will not forgive them until they die.
|
||||
22:15 v7mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of the manager of the king’s palace in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
22:15 lkg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents those in the king’s palace. Alternate translation: “who is in charge of all those who work in the palace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:16 ly8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to scold Shebna. Alternate translation: “You have no right…in the rock!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:16 ly8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to scold Shebna. Alternate translation: “You have no right … in the rock!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:16 kv47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These three phrases all refer to making a burial tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
22:16 ux5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The most important people in Israel had tombs in the highest places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:17 di6f 0 Isaiah continues to speak God’s message to Shebna.
|
||||
|
@ -1298,16 +1298,16 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
23:3 hf67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Commerce is the activity of buying and selling goods. Here “nations” represents the people. Alternate translation: “you were where people from other nations came to buy and sell goods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:4 er55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh describes the city of Tyre as a mother who speaks about the people who live in the city as her children, or (2) Yahweh is describing the Mediterranean Sea as speaking. The people of Tyre considered the sea their god and father. In either meaning the speaker mourns because its children are destroyed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
23:6 bk9d 0 “Make your way to Tarshish.” Tarshish was the farthest land the people of Tyre traveled to do business. It will be the only place of safety for those who escape from Tyre.
|
||||
23:7 m498 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to mock Tyre. This rhetorical questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This has indeed happened to you who were full of joy in the ancient city of Tyre…to settle.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:7 m498 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to mock Tyre. This rhetorical questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This has indeed happened to you who were full of joy in the ancient city of Tyre … to settle.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:7 md2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “city” represents the people. Alternate translation: “the joyful people who live in the city of Tyre” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:7 qlk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “feet” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “who went to distant places to live and make money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
23:7 ws35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “her” refers to the city of Tyre which represents the people of Tyre. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:8 q8gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to mock Tyre. The word “this” refers to God’s plans to destroy Tyre which Isaiah described in 23:1-7. Also, “Tyre” refers to the people who live in Tyre. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It was Yahweh who has planned to destroy the people of Tyre…of the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:8 q8gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses a question to mock Tyre. The word “this” refers to God’s plans to destroy Tyre which Isaiah described in 23:1-7. Also, “Tyre” refers to the people who live in Tyre. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It was Yahweh who has planned to destroy the people of Tyre … of the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:8 lz33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “crown” refers to the power a person has as a ruler over people. Alternate translation: “who gives people power to rule over others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:8 irz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The merchants are compared to princes to emphasize how much power they had when they went to different lands. Alternate translation: “whose merchants are like princes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
23:8 qwj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whose traders the people of the earth give the highest honors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
23:9 h693 0 “to dishonor them because they were proud of their own glory”
|
||||
23:9 fxa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “her” refers to the city of Tyre which represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “their pride…their glory…their honored one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:9 fxa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “her” refers to the city of Tyre which represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “their pride … their glory … their honored one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:10 h9st rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Possible meanings are (1) Isaiah is telling the people of Tarshish to start planting crops since they can no longer trade with Tyre or (2) Isaiah is telling the people of Tarshish they are free from Tyre’s control. Alternate translation: “Pass through your land like a river, daughter of Tarshish. The people of Tyre no longer have any power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
23:10 kfi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “daughter” of a city represents the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Tarshish” or “the people who live in Tarshish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:11 tv4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh using his power to control the sea and the people of mighty kingdoms is spoken of as if Yahweh reached out his hand and shook kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1334,8 +1334,8 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
24:intro a6m4 0 # Isaiah 24 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.\n\nWhile it appears that this chapter is a continuation of the prophecy from the previous chapter, it actually looks at the whole of the Assyrian conquest as Yahweh’s punishment on the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant\nThe mention of an “everlasting covenant” in this chapter is probably not to a specific covenant with Abraham or Moses. Instead, it is an expectation that mankind would obey Yahweh. Some consider this to be a covenant Yahweh made with Adam. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Reign of Yahweh\nThis chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
|
||||
24:1 itu1 0 “to make the earth desolate” or “to destroy everything on the earth”
|
||||
24:2 v1j9 0 This phrase marks an important event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
24:2 b89l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 What Yahweh will do is not stated here, but it is understood. This shows that God will treat all people the same way. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh scatters…so he will scatter”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:2 h3vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 In 24:2 Isaiah lists several classes of people. They can be expressed as plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the priests…those who give interest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
24:2 b89l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 What Yahweh will do is not stated here, but it is understood. This shows that God will treat all people the same way. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh scatters … so he will scatter”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
24:2 h3vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 In 24:2 Isaiah lists several classes of people. They can be expressed as plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the priests … those who give interest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
24:2 bb46 0 “the one who owes money.” The word “interest” means the extra money someone has to pay so that he may borrow money.
|
||||
24:2 i24e 0 “the one who is owed money”
|
||||
24:3 w1xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will completely devastate the earth and he will remove everything with value” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
27:8 rqg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s power to send his people away to a foreign country is spoken of as if Yahweh used his breath to blow them to a foreign country. Alternate translation: “the power of Yahweh drove them out like a fierce wind from the east” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:9 nf4r 0 Possible meanings are (1) “this” refers to Yahweh sending the people into exile as Isaiah mentioned in the previous verse or (2) “this” refers to the actions that Isaiah will mention in the next part of verse 9.
|
||||
27:9 l9b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will purge the sin from the Israelites” or “Yahweh will forgive the sins of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:9 yjh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jacob” represents the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “iniquity of the Israelites…removal of their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:9 yjh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jacob” represents the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “iniquity of the Israelites … removal of their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:9 mn35 0 Here “this” refers to the actions that Isaiah will describe in the next part of verse 9.
|
||||
27:9 zy5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the results of an action as if it were the fruit that grows as on a tree or vine. Alternate translation: “the result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:9 x5ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “he” refers to Jacob who represents his descendants. Alternate translation: “They will completely destroy all the altars on which they sacrifice to false gods, and they will remove all the Asherah idols and the altars on which they burn incense to false gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
29:15 mt4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 They use a question to emphasize that they believe no one knows what they are doing. Alternate translation: “No one, not even Yahweh, sees us or knows what we are doing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:16 tt3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that means to distort what is true. Alternate translation: “You make things opposite of the way they should be” or “You distort the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
29:16 ak5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh who created humans is spoken of as if he were a potter and humans were the clay. This metaphor emphasizes that it is foolish for humans to reject or criticize the one who created them. Alternate translation: “Should you consider me, your maker, to be like the clay rather than the potter? It is as if a potter created something, and that thing said about the potter, ‘He did not make me,’ or ‘He does not understand.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:16 m1ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to scold the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Obviously, the potter should not be considered like clay…‘He does not understand.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:16 m1ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to scold the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Obviously, the potter should not be considered like clay … ‘He does not understand.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:17 vcq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) this is literal and Yahweh will cause the places where trees grew wild in Lebanon to become fruitful fields or (2) this is a metaphor and the large forests of Lebanon represent powerful oppressors, and the crops that grow in the field and become a forest are the common people who are suffering. This means Yahweh will humble those who are powerful, but he will honor those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:17 p68s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Lebanon” represents the large cedar forests in Lebanon. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will turn the mighty forests of Lebanon into a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:18 q8r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) this is literal and Yahweh will cause deaf people to hear and blind people to see or (2) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will enable the people to hear and understand his message or (3) it may mean both options 1 and 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1674,9 +1674,9 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
29:21 wl2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The evil people doing anything they can to stop a good person is spoken of as if the evil people set a trap like a hunter catching his prey. Alternate translation: “They lie and try to stop those who want to do what is fair and right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
29:21 vb33 0 The city gate was often the place where the city leaders made official decisions.
|
||||
29:22 i8ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This possibly refers to when Yahweh called Abraham from his home country and sent him to the promised land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
29:22 v978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jacob” represents his descendants. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants will no longer…their faces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:22 v978 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jacob” represents his descendants. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants will no longer … their faces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:22 a47e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that means he will no longer be afraid. Alternate translation: “nor will he be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
29:23 j9rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “he” and “his” speak of Jacob (verse 22) and represent his descendants. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants will no longer…their faces…they see their children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:23 j9rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “he” and “his” speak of Jacob (verse 22) and represent his descendants. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants will no longer … their faces … they see their children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:23 ri6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hands” represents Yahweh’s power and action. Alternate translation: “When they see all the children I have given them and all that I have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:23 m7l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “they will honor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:23 k7hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “name” represents Yahweh. Yahweh refers to himself as “the Holy One of Jacob.” Alternate translation: “They will honor me, the Holy One of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
31:3 b7mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Stumbling and falling are metaphors of failing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “these two things will happen: I will destroy Egypt, who helps you, and I will destroy you, whom Egypt helps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
31:3 mv55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one who is seeking help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
31:4 t89b 0 Yahweh speaks to Isaiah.
|
||||
31:4 bfb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 “A lion…in the same way Yahweh of hosts.” Here Yahweh speaks of how he will defend the people who belong to him and not be scared away by comparing himself to a lion who guards it’s prey. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
31:4 bfb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 “A lion … in the same way Yahweh of hosts.” Here Yahweh speaks of how he will defend the people who belong to him and not be scared away by comparing himself to a lion who guards it’s prey. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
31:4 j6qt 0 It may be more clear if you move the last line to before the first line: “Yahweh of hosts will descend to fight on Mount Zion, on that hill, as a lion, even a young lion”
|
||||
31:4 cwq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 “a female lion or killer lion.” This is a doublet with both phrase referring to a fierce lion. Alternate translation: “a lion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
31:4 e9kr 0 warns others to stay away
|
||||
|
@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
32:3 d51u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Both of these phrases emphasize that the leaders will enable the people to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:3 ile5 0 “will see clearly”
|
||||
32:4 v44b 0 Isaiah continues describing the people after God restores righteous rulers in Judah ([Isaiah 32:1-3](./01.md)).
|
||||
32:4 byg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to people who act rashly and people who stutter. Alternate translation: “The rash person…the stuttering person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
32:4 byg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to people who act rashly and people who stutter. Alternate translation: “The rash person … the stuttering person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
32:5 dap4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will give honor to the fool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:5 zlq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. “The deceiver” refers to a person who is deceptive. Alternate translation: “nor will anyone show respect to the person who deceives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
32:6 zh17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 “The fool” refers to foolish people. Also, “folly” and “evil” may be expressed as adjectives. Alternate translation: “For the foolish person says foolish things and his heart plans evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
33:13 h2cp 0 Yahweh continues to speak.
|
||||
33:13 qf2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 Yahweh uses the words “far away” and “near” to mean all people. The word “might” can be expressed with the adjective “mighty.” Alternate translation: “All people everywhere hear what I have done and acknowledge that I am mighty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
33:14 hr7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This speaks of the godless people trembling as if their trembling were an enemy that had seized them. Alternate translation: “the godless ones are overwhelmed with trembling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
33:14 l4yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the sinners in Zion ask these questions. Alternate translation: “They say, ‘Who among us…burnings?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:14 l4yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the sinners in Zion ask these questions. Alternate translation: “They say, ‘Who among us … burnings?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:14 p2p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These rhetorial questions have basically the same meaning and emphasize that no one can live with fire. Here fire represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “No one can live with raging fire! No one can live with everylasting burns!” or “No one can live bearing Yahweh’s judgment, it is like an everlasting fire!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:14 n2zl 0 live in a place that is not one’s home
|
||||
33:15 a3sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here walking refers to living. Alternate translation: “He who lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
33:16 t3ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to a high hill or mountainside. Alternate translation: “the high hill” or “the mountainside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:16 p4zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of rocky areas that are easy to defend as if they were actually fortresses. Alternate translation: “the large piles of rocks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:16 v96k 0 “will always be available”
|
||||
33:17 vd1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers the audience by their “eyes.” Alternate translation: “You will see…you will see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
33:17 vd1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers the audience by their “eyes.” Alternate translation: “You will see … you will see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
33:17 d8s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The king’s royal robes are referred to as “his beauty.” Alternate translation: “the king in his beautiful robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:18 h85u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to the audience by their “hearts.” “The terror” refers to their war with the Assyrians. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will remember the terror that the Assyrians caused you when they attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:18 m1ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These rhetorical question are asked to emphasize that the Assyrian officials are gone. These questions may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “The officers of Assyria who counted the tax money that we were forced to pay to them have disappeared! Those men who counted our towers are gone!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
34:8 ypt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “day” is an idiom for a point in time; it is not a literal “day.” Alternate translation: “it will be the time when Yahweh gets revenge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:8 f6ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that he will take revenge on them for how they had previously waged war against the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he will give them the punishment they deserve for what they had done to the people of Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
34:9 b8cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The water and land becoming useless for drinking or growing food because it is burnt and covered in pitch and sulfur is spoken of as if their streams and land will actually become pitch and sulfur. Alternate translation: “The streams in Edom will be full of pitch and the ground will be covered with burning sulfur and burning pitch” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:9 yfh4 0 “Edom’s dust…Edom’s land”
|
||||
34:9 yfh4 0 “Edom’s dust … Edom’s land”
|
||||
34:9 fd7g 0 a thick, black substance that burns for a long time
|
||||
34:10 smi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This means all of the time. Alternate translation: “It will burn throughout the night and the day” or “It will burn constantly, all night and all day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
34:10 tvh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “generation to generation” refers to all generations of people who will live in the future. See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 13:20](../13/20.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
34:11 p68y 0 “there.” This refers to Edom.
|
||||
34:11 pgr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Yahweh as if he were a careful builder as he causes destruction in Edom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will measure that land carefully; he will measure it to decide where to cause ruin and destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
34:11 z1ph 0 These are builders’ tools. See how you translated similar words in [Isaiah 28:17](../28/17.md).
|
||||
34:12 xsb8 0 “The nobles of Edom…the princes of Edom”
|
||||
34:12 xsb8 0 “The nobles of Edom … the princes of Edom”
|
||||
34:12 t7ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This exaggerates the princes losing their royal status by saying that they will become nothing. Alternate translation: “all her princes will no longer rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
34:13 ayh3 0 These are all weeds with thorns. Nettles’ thorns have poison that causes itching.
|
||||
34:13 pt3i 0 Translate the name of this animal the same as you did in [Isaiah 13:22](../13/22.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
36:1 v35t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “year 14” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
36:1 jr4c 0 See how you translated the name of this king in [Isaiah 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
36:1 np79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of the king of Assyria. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:1 y3xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib and his army…attacked all the fortified cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
36:1 y3xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib and his army … attacked all the fortified cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
36:2 df93 0 Some versions of the Bible translate this as “the Rabshakeh.” This is the Assyrian word for one of the highest ranking military leaders in Assyria.
|
||||
36:2 yz32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a city southwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:2 xgl3 0 man-made ditch or tunnel through which water flows. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 7:3](../07/03.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2062,16 +2062,16 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
36:6 p2hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Egypt, specifically its army and its Pharaoh, as if it were a splintered reed to emphasize that relying on them would not help them but would only harm them. Alternate translation: “that is like walking with a splintered reed for a staff. If a man leans on it, it will stick into his hand and pierce it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:6 ha6p 0 A reed is the long, thin stem of a plant like tall grass. If it is splintered or damaged it cannot carry any weight.
|
||||
36:6 d7dx 0 This is a stick that someone would use for support when walking, made of whatever kind of tree limb that is found along the way.
|
||||
36:7 rnl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria uses this question to ridicule the people and to imply that Yahweh was angry about what Hezekiah did and would not protect them. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “he is the one whose high places and altars Hezekiah has taken away…Jerusalem.” or “he is the one whom Hezekiah insulted by tearing down his high places and altars…Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
36:7 rnl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria uses this question to ridicule the people and to imply that Yahweh was angry about what Hezekiah did and would not protect them. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “he is the one whose high places and altars Hezekiah has taken away … Jerusalem.” or “he is the one whom Hezekiah insulted by tearing down his high places and altars … Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
36:7 dd7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This can be written as an indirect quote. “Judah” and “Jerusalem” refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “has told the people of Judah and Jerusalem that they must worship only at this altar in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:8 bks6 0 This continues the king of Assyria’s message to Hezekiah by speaking the message to Hezekiah’s men ([Isaiah 36:4-5](./04.md)).
|
||||
36:8 cxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “2,000 horses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
36:8 kf72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 The chief commander continues to ridicule Hezekiah and his army by implying that he did not have many soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
36:9 kd1i 0 This continues the king of Assyria’s message to Hezekiah by speaking the message to Hezekiah’s men ([Isaiah 36:4-5](./04.md)).
|
||||
36:9 kkc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander continues to ridicule Hezekiah and his army. When he says “you,” referring to Hezekiah, he is actually referring to Hezekiah’s army. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your army could not even defeat one captain…servants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:9 kkc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander continues to ridicule Hezekiah and his army. When he says “you,” referring to Hezekiah, he is actually referring to Hezekiah’s army. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your army could not even defeat one captain … servants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:10 i4d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses another question to ridicule Hezekiah and the people of Judah. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I came here with Yahweh’s command to destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:10 lp4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Yahweh” refers to Yahweh’s orders. Alternate translation: “without Yahweh’s command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:10 rme7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This means to fight against the people and cause destruction in the place where they live. The land referred to here is Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “against this people and destroy their land…Attack these people and destroy their land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:10 rme7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This means to fight against the people and cause destruction in the place where they live. The land referred to here is Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “against this people and destroy their land … Attack these people and destroy their land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:11 u5uf 0 See how you translated these men’s names in [Isaiah 22:20](../22/20.md).
|
||||
36:11 gv2d 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Isaiah 22:15](../22/15.md).
|
||||
36:11 nk7q 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Isaiah 36:3](./03.md)
|
||||
|
@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
36:11 src6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “to speak in someone’s ear” means to speak where they can hear you. Alternate translation: “where the people who are on the wall may hear us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:11 ka86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that they are standing on the wall. The top of the wall was wide and a place where people could sit or stand. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “who are standing on the wall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
36:12 sj4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses this question to emphasize that his message is for all the people of Judah. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly, my master has sent me to speak this message to you and to all who can hear.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:12 e31l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses this question to emphasize his insult. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “My master has sent me to everyone who hears this, who will have to…you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:12 e31l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses this question to emphasize his insult. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “My master has sent me to everyone who hears this, who will have to … you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:12 q31n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This is a very offensive statement. He is implying that they will need to eat these things because they will have nothing else to eat because their city will be under attack. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “will soon need to eat their own dung and drink their own urine, just as you will, because you will have nothing else to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
36:13 r755 0 See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 36:2](../36/02.md).
|
||||
36:15 m9dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not give Jerusalem into the hand of the king of Assyria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2091,14 +2091,14 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
36:16 pq46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means to surrender. Alternate translation: “surrender to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:17 pl47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the king of Assyria is referring to his army as himself. Alternate translation: “until my army comes and takes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:17 p9x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrase have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize how prosperous the land will be. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
36:17 dnb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession 0 This means that they land is full of natural resources, such as grain. Alternate translation: “a land where there is plenty of grain…a land where there is plenty of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
36:17 dnb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession 0 This means that they land is full of natural resources, such as grain. Alternate translation: “a land where there is plenty of grain … a land where there is plenty of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
36:18 wdv8 0 The chief commander continues speaking the king of Assyria’s message to the people of Judah ([Isaiah 36:16](../36/16.md)).
|
||||
36:18 u8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses this question to ridicule the people of Judah. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of the gods of the peoples rescued them from…Assyria.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:18 u8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses this question to ridicule the people of Judah. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of the gods of the peoples rescued them from … Assyria.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:18 gl11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The king’s control is referred to as his “hand.” Alternate translation: “the control of the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:19 zj8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses these questions to ridicule the people of Judah. These questions may be combined and written as a statement. Alternate translation: “The gods of Hamath, Arpad, Sepharvaim, and Samaria did not rescue their people from my power.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:19 r9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the names of these cities the same as you did in [Isaiah 10:9](../10/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:19 g5q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:20 tl7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses this question to ridicule the people of Judah. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no god who has rescued…and Yahweh will not save you in Jerusalem from my power.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:20 tl7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The chief commander uses this question to ridicule the people of Judah. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no god who has rescued … and Yahweh will not save you in Jerusalem from my power.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:20 r234 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:22 zjw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:3](../36/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:22 yqy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that he was in charge of the affairs of the palace household. Alternate translation: “in charge of the palace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -2129,11 +2129,11 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
37:11 l567 0 This continues the king of Assyria’s message to Hezekiah.
|
||||
37:11 l934 0 The word “see” here is used to add emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “You have certainly heard”
|
||||
37:11 vik5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria uses this question to ridicule Hezekiah and his army. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So you too will not be saved.” or “So of course no one will rescue you either!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:12 rk3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria uses this question to ridicule Hezekiah and his army. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “The nations’ god did not rescue the nations that my fathers destroyed…Tel Assar!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:12 rk3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria uses this question to ridicule Hezekiah and his army. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “The nations’ god did not rescue the nations that my fathers destroyed … Tel Assar!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:12 iz21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 These men destroyed the cities listed by conquering them with their armies. Here the word “fathers” refers to his father and his other ancestors who were kings. Alternate translation: “that my fathers destroyed with their armies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:12 k8xm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are places that the Assyrians had conquered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
37:13 aku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are places that the Assyrians had conquered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
37:13 ib9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria uses this question to ridicule Hezekiah and his army. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We also conquered the king…Ivvah!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:13 ib9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The king of Assyria uses this question to ridicule Hezekiah and his army. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We also conquered the king … Ivvah!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:13 t5zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Translate the names of these cities the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:19](../36/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
37:14 ex2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the messengers are referred to by their “hand” to emphasize that they personally gave it to the king. Alternate translation: “that the messengers gave him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:14 a1u4 0 The house of Yahweh was at the highest place in Jerusalem, so it is spoken of as “up.”
|
||||
|
@ -2156,19 +2156,19 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
37:22 ha6t 0 “is what Yahweh has said”
|
||||
37:22 hdv5 0 “laughs at you” or “makes fun of you”
|
||||
37:22 d2ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This is a gesture of scorn. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
37:22 f4jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 These are idioms. Both of these phrases have the same meaning. The “daughter” of a city means the people who live in the city. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Isaiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “The people of Zion…the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
37:22 f4jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 These are idioms. Both of these phrases have the same meaning. The “daughter” of a city means the people who live in the city. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Isaiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “The people of Zion … the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
37:23 xes7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these rhetorical questions to ridicule the king of Assyria. These can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have defied and insulted Yahweh, you have shouted at and acted pridefully against the Holy One of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:23 m83m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This refers to speaking loudly as if the person’s voice were an object that they lifted high. Alternate translation: “have you shouted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
37:23 xz28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that means to look at something pridefully, considering yourself more important that you should. Alternate translation: “looked at pridefully” or “acted pridefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
37:24 f2gc 0 This continues Yahweh’s message to the king of Assyria.
|
||||
37:24 dt18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the servants that he had sent to Hezekiah with a message. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “In the messages you sent with your servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
37:24 k4e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib speaks of himself conquering many things. He is actually conquering them with the armies and chariots that he commands. Alternate translation: “We have gone…We will cut…we will enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:24 k4e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib speaks of himself conquering many things. He is actually conquering them with the armies and chariots that he commands. Alternate translation: “We have gone … We will cut … we will enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:24 wv8g 0 “Lebanon’s tall cedars”
|
||||
37:24 vey3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 Here the word “fruitful” refers to the forest being dense and full of healthy trees. The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and into its most fruitful forest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
37:25 gwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib speaks of himself conquering many things. He is actually conquering them with the armies and chariots that he commands. Alternate translation: “We have dug…we dried…our feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:25 gwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Sennacherib speaks of himself conquering many things. He is actually conquering them with the armies and chariots that he commands. Alternate translation: “We have dug … we dried … our feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:25 u9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Here Sennachrib is exaggerating his conquest and travels across the rivers of Egypt by claiming to have dried up the rivers when he marched his army through them. Alternate translation: “I have marched through all the rivers of Egypt as if they were dry under my feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
37:26 vd5w 0 This continues Yahweh’s message to the king of Assyria.
|
||||
37:26 k4vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to remind Sennacherib of information that he should already be aware of. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have heard how…times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:26 k4vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to remind Sennacherib of information that he should already be aware of. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have heard how … times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:26 vpm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Yahweh had planned for Sennacherib’s army to destroy the cities that they had destroyed. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I planned that your army would destroy cities and cause them to become piles of rubble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
37:26 ru16 0 strong and heavily guarded
|
||||
37:26 lbt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “to bring something to pass” means to cause a specific thing to happen. Alternate translation: “I am causing it to happen” or “I am causing these things to take place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -2195,10 +2195,10 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
37:31 jez8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the people of Judah becoming prosperous as if they were plants that would root and bear fruit. Alternate translation: “will prosper like a plant that takes root and produces fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
37:32 sc29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize the remnant of people who will survive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
37:32 vre3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This speaks of Yahweh doing something because of his zeal as if his “zeal” were actually doing the action. Alternate translation: “Because of his zeal, Yahweh of hosts will do this” or “Yahweh of hosts will do this because of his zeal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
37:33 i11q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the Assyrian king refers to both him and his army. Alternate translation: “His army will not come…They will not come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:33 i11q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the Assyrian king refers to both him and his army. Alternate translation: “His army will not come … They will not come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:33 gun8 0 “with shields”
|
||||
37:33 vdw6 0 a large mound of dirt built against the wall of a city that better enables an army to attach the city
|
||||
37:34 yz62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the Assyrian king refers to both him and his army. Alternate translation: “they came…they will not enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:34 yz62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the Assyrian king refers to both him and his army. Alternate translation: “they came … they will not enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
37:34 zq4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Translate as in [Isaiah 30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
37:35 vmq8 0 Yahweh continues speaking.
|
||||
37:35 fz1d 0 “so that things will be better for me and for my servant David”
|
||||
|
@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
39:5 rsm5 0 See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
39:5 hh3d 0 “the message”
|
||||
39:6 w6ck 0 This word is used here to draw Hezekiah’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
|
||||
39:6 y5e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “when the enemy army will take everything in your palace…back to Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
39:6 y5e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “when the enemy army will take everything in your palace … back to Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
39:7 wtl9 0 Isaiah continues to speak Yahweh’s message to Hezekiah.
|
||||
39:7 mls8 0 “Your sons”
|
||||
39:7 tb9y 0 “the Babylonians will take them”
|
||||
|
@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
40:1 uzv6 0 The word “comfort” is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
40:1 wa9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “your” is plural and refers to those whom the prophet tells to comfort God’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
40:2 f6th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The prophet speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a woman whom Yahweh has forgiven. As such, Jerusalem represents the people who live in that city. Alternate translation: Speak tenderly to the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
40:2 v29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 These pronouns refer to Jerusalem but may be changed if “the people of Jerusalem” is adopted as a translation. Alternate translation: “proclaim to them…their warfare…their iniquity…they have received…their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
40:2 v29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 These pronouns refer to Jerusalem but may be changed if “the people of Jerusalem” is adopted as a translation. Alternate translation: “proclaim to them … their warfare … their iniquity … they have received … their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
40:2 rrl8 0 Possible meanings are that the word “warfare” refers (1) to military battle or (2) to forced labor.
|
||||
40:2 ux5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has pardoned her iniquity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
40:2 xkm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hand” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
40:10 gme1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “arm” represents God’s power. Alternate translation: “he rules with great power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
40:10 j4yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The ones he rescued are his “reward.” Alternate translation: “he is bringing those he rescued with him as his reward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
40:11 m6wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh’s people as if they were sheep and of Yahweh as if he were their shepherd. Alternate translation: “He will care for his people like a shepherd feeds his flock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
40:12 qkx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These rhetorical questions anticipate a negative answer and emphasize that only Yahweh is able to do these things. Alternate translation: “No one but Yahweh has measured…and the hills in a balance.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
40:12 qkx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These rhetorical questions anticipate a negative answer and emphasize that only Yahweh is able to do these things. Alternate translation: “No one but Yahweh has measured … and the hills in a balance.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
40:12 n98i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh knowing how much water is in the oceans is spoken of as if Yahweh held the water in his hand. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
40:12 r9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A “span” is the measure of length between the thumb and little finger when the hand is outstretched. Yahweh knowing the length of the sky is spoken of as if he measured it with his hand. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
40:12 hal4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh knowing how much dust there is on the earth is spoken of as if he carried it in a basket. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
40:22 jtu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two lines share similar meanings. The prophet speaks of Yahweh creating the heavens as if he had erected a tent in which to live. Alternate translation: “He spreads out the heavens as easily as a person would stretch out a curtain or erect a tent in which to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
40:23 sfc9 0 “Yahweh reduces”
|
||||
40:24 d2lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The prophet speaks of rulers being helpless before Yahweh as if they were new plants that wither away when a hot wind blows on them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
40:24 n61k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and refer to the point at which the plants or seeds are placed into the ground. They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As soon as someone plants them…as soon as someone sows them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
40:24 n61k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and refer to the point at which the plants or seeds are placed into the ground. They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As soon as someone plants them … as soon as someone sows them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
40:24 pcb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The prophet speaks of Yahweh removing the rulers from power as if Yahweh were a scorching wind that blows upon the plants and causes them to wither. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
40:24 d8bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This simile extends the metaphor of the rulers as plants and Yahweh as the wind that causes them to wither. The wind of Yahweh’s judgement will remove the withered plants as easily as wind blows away straw. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
40:25 pts1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses two similar rhetorical questions to emphasize that there is no one like him. Alternate translation: “There is no one to whom you can compare me. There is no one whom I resemble.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
40:26 aiw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the word “formations” refers to military formations. The prophet speaks of the stars as if they were soldiers whom Yahweh commands to appear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
40:26 y52j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The phrases “the greatness of his might” and “the strength of his power” form a doublet that emphasizes Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “By his great might and powerful strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
40:26 w46r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 This negative statement emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “every one is present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
40:27 p5my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The question emphasizes that they should not say what they say. Alternate translation: “‘You should not say, O people of Israel…vindication’.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
40:27 p5my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The question emphasizes that they should not say what they say. Alternate translation: “‘You should not say, O people of Israel … vindication’.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
40:27 s7bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases both refer to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Why do you say, O people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
40:27 tsn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh not knowing what happens to them is spoken of as if Yahweh could not see the road upon which they travel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh does not know what happens to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
40:27 r58k 0 Possible meanings are (1) “my God is not concerned about others treating me unjustly” or (2) “my God is not concerned about treating me justly.”
|
||||
|
@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
41:4 z51k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh is the one who has done these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
41:4 rvp7 0 Possible meanings are (1) that Yahweh existed before creation and will exist at the end of creation or (2) that Yahweh was before the first generation of humanity and will be at the last generation of humanity.
|
||||
41:5 xi3d 0 Yahweh continues speaking.
|
||||
41:5 n6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These phrases represent the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “People who live on the isles…people who live at the ends of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
41:5 n6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These phrases represent the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “People who live on the isles … people who live at the ends of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
41:5 z1m3 0 You can translate “isles” the same way you translated “coastlands” in [Isaiah 41:1](../41/01.md).
|
||||
41:5 yg5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The places on the earth that are very far away are spoken of as if they were the places where the earth ends. AT “the farthest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
41:5 rd3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 This doublet means that the people gather together. Alternate translation: “they come together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
42:5 kf3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The prophet speaks of Yahweh creating the heavens and the earth as if the heavens and earth were fabric which Yahweh stretched out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
42:5 jxn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh gives life to every person. The word “breath” is a metonym for life. Alternate translation: “gives life to the people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
42:6 hg7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” is singular and refers to Yahweh’s servant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
42:6 l1kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “covenant” is a metonym for the one who establishes or mediates a covenant. Alternate translation: “I will…make you be the mediator of a covenant with the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
42:6 l1kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “covenant” is a metonym for the one who establishes or mediates a covenant. Alternate translation: “I will … make you be the mediator of a covenant with the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
42:6 t6si rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of making his servant the one who delivers the nations from bondage as if he were making him a light that shines in dark places for the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
42:7 v24a 0 Yahweh continues describing what his servant will do.
|
||||
42:7 tip7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Causing blind people to see is spoken of as if it were opening their eyes. Also, Yahweh speaks of his servant delivering those who have been wrongly imprisoned as if his servant were restoring sight to blind people. Alternate translation: “to enable the blind to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2475,7 +2475,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
42:23 zs76 0 Here Isaiah begins speaking.
|
||||
42:23 gp1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
42:24 p2dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. Isaiah uses this as a leading question in order to emphasize the answer that he will give in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who gave the people of Israel over to robbers and looters.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
42:24 q9du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that Yahweh alone was responsible for Israel’s situation, and to explain the reason that Yahweh did it. Alternate translation: “It was certainly Yahweh…refused to obey.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
42:24 q9du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that Yahweh alone was responsible for Israel’s situation, and to explain the reason that Yahweh did it. Alternate translation: “It was certainly Yahweh … refused to obey.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
42:24 e8z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 Here the word “we” refers to the people of Israel and to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
42:24 dla2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The word “they” also refers to the people of Israel and to Isaiah. The two phrases mean the same thing. In the first, obeying Yahweh’s laws is spoken of as if it were walking in the paths in which Yahweh commanded them to walk. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
42:25 al3a 0 Isaiah continues speaking.
|
||||
|
@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
44:18 pm8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of those who cannot understand the foolishness of worshiping idols as if they were blind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:18 w7kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “their eyes” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “for they are blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
44:18 eri6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the people are represented by their “hearts.” Alternate translation: “they cannot understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
44:19 zz51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh says that these people should be asking themselves these rhetorical questions. The questions anticipate negative answers and emphasize how foolish it would be for a person to do these things. These questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “I should not now make…something disgusting to worship. I should not bow down to a block of wood.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:19 zz51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh says that these people should be asking themselves these rhetorical questions. The questions anticipate negative answers and emphasize how foolish it would be for a person to do these things. These questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “I should not now make … something disgusting to worship. I should not bow down to a block of wood.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:20 w2em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person worshiping an idol as if that person were eating the burned ashes of the wood from which he made the idol. Just as eating ashes does not benefit a person, neither does worshiping an idol. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:20 lnq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The heart represents the inner person. Alternate translation: “he misleads himself because he is deceived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
44:20 e7xc 0 “The person who worships idols cannot save himself”
|
||||
|
@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
44:25 nig5 0 These are signs that people used to attempt to predict the future.
|
||||
44:25 kf5f 0 This refers to people who say things that are meaningless.
|
||||
44:26 rga7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh is saying the same thing twice to emphasize that it is only he, Yahweh, who causes the prophesies to be fulfilled. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
44:26 fe6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “words” and “predictions” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “what his servant declares…what his messengers announce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
44:26 fe6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “words” and “predictions” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “what his servant declares … what his messengers announce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
44:26 eu48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will live there again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
44:26 ply1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
44:26 e9rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “ruins” refers to places that have been destroyed. Yahweh speaks of rebuilding them as if he were raising them up. Alternate translation: “I will rebuild what others have destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2638,12 +2638,12 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
45:9 ecu9 0 Yahweh continues speaking.
|
||||
45:9 f6zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of himself as if he were a potter, and of the one who would argue with him as if that person and the rest of humanity were all clay pots. Alternate translation: “like one piece of pottery among many other pieces of pottery scattered on the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
45:9 v32t 0 Possible meanings are (1) “clay pot” or (2) “piece of broken clay pottery.”
|
||||
45:9 tc19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this question to rebuke those who argue with him about what he does. Alternate translation: “The clay should not say to the potter…on it!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
45:9 tc19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this question to rebuke those who argue with him about what he does. Alternate translation: “The clay should not say to the potter … on it!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
45:10 pin2 0 Yahweh continues to scold those who argue with him about what he does.
|
||||
45:10 m3zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of those who would argue him as if they were unborn children who argue with their own parents. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
45:10 d6vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The unborn child asks these rhetorical questions to scold his parents for giving birth to him. These can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be my father…You should give birth to me.” or “You are not fathering me correctly…You are not giving birth to me correctly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
45:10 d6vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The unborn child asks these rhetorical questions to scold his parents for giving birth to him. These can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be my father … You should give birth to me.” or “You are not fathering me correctly … You are not giving birth to me correctly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
45:11 f2x1 0 See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
45:11 riq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses questions to scold those who argue with him about what he does. Alternate translation: “Do not question me about what I do for my children. Do not tell me…my hands.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
45:11 riq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses questions to scold those who argue with him about what he does. Alternate translation: “Do not question me about what I do for my children. Do not tell me … my hands.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
45:11 k97i 0 This refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
45:11 kv1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hands” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the things that I have made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
45:12 tk49 0 Yahweh continues speaking.
|
||||
|
@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
49:10 sqc7 0 Yahweh continues speaking.
|
||||
49:10 qew7 0 Here “they” refers to God’s people.
|
||||
49:10 pc41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys 0 Here the word “heat” describes the word “sun.” The people suffering from the sun’s heat is spoken of as if the heat struck them. Alternate translation: “nor will they suffer from the sun’s heat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:10 j8sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself in the third person. He speaks of protecting the people and caring for them as if he were their shepherd. Alternate translation: “I, the one who has mercy on them…I will guide them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:10 j8sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself in the third person. He speaks of protecting the people and caring for them as if he were their shepherd. Alternate translation: “I, the one who has mercy on them … I will guide them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:11 y1fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of guiding his people safely and removing obstacles from their path as if he turned mountains into roads and level highways. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:12 xd2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 The location of this place is uncertain, but it may refer to a region in the southern part of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
49:13 y77d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Isaiah turns his attention from the people of Israel and speaks to the heavens, earth, and mountains as if they were people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -2896,11 +2896,11 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
50:7 y168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “my face” refers to the servant. The servant being steadfastly determined to obey Yahweh is spoken of as if his face were as hard as flint. Alternate translation: “so I am absolutely determined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
50:7 di16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The servant looks to the future with confidence, secure in Yahweh’s calling. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for I know that my enemies will not be able to make me feel shame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
50:8 bbf6 0 Yahweh’s servant continues speaking.
|
||||
50:8 fkm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The servant uses these questions to emphasize that there is no one who can legitimately accuse him of wrong. Alternate translation: “If anyone would oppose me, let us stand…If anyone would accuse me, let him come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
50:8 fkm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The servant uses these questions to emphasize that there is no one who can legitimately accuse him of wrong. Alternate translation: “If anyone would oppose me, let us stand … If anyone would accuse me, let him come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
50:9 ti2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The servant uses this question to assert that no one can declare him guilty. Alternate translation: “There is no one who can declare me guilty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
50:9 yj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 There being no one left to accuse the servant of being guilty is spoken of as if the accusers were garments that wear thin and are eaten by moths. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
50:10 r1ep 0 The servant continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
50:10 mki5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The servant uses these questions to identify those to whom he is speaking. Alternate translation: “If someone among you fears Yahweh and obeys the voice of his servant, but he walks in deep darkness without light, then he should…his God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
50:10 mki5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The servant uses these questions to identify those to whom he is speaking. Alternate translation: “If someone among you fears Yahweh and obeys the voice of his servant, but he walks in deep darkness without light, then he should … his God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
50:10 k89u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “voice” represents what the servant says. Alternate translation: “obeys his servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:10 v35n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The servant speaks of people who are suffering and feel helpless as if they were walking in a very dark place. Alternate translation: “is suffering and feels helpless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
50:10 kt5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Trusting in God is spoken of as if it were leaning on him. Alternate translation: “trust in Yahweh, his God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
50:11 ftd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Here to “lie down” refers to dying. Dying painfully is spoken of as if it were lying down in a place where they will experience pain. Alternate translation: “You will die with great suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:intro lu7c 0 # Isaiah 51 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nThere are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Awake\nIn this chapter the author uses sleeping as a metaphor for sin. The people are told to “awake,” meaning they are to repent and return to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
|
||||
51:1 amf7 0 Here the word “me” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
51:1 uux8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Looking at something represents thinking about it. Alternate translation: “think about the rock…and the quarry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:1 uux8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Looking at something represents thinking about it. Alternate translation: “think about the rock … and the quarry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:1 xs1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of the nation of Israel as if it were a building made of stones and as if their ancestors were a rock or quarry from which God cut them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors, who are like a rock from which you were chiseled and a quarry from which you were cut” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:1 c1ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rock from which I chiseled you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:1 p5bj 0 “cut with a chisel” or “cut”
|
||||
|
@ -2922,7 +2922,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
51:3 cg58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “waste places” represents the people who live in those desolate areas. Alternate translation: “he will comfort the people who live in all her waste places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:3 puy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The word “her” refers to Zion. Cities are often spoken of as if they were women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
51:3 v86m 0 places that have been destroyed
|
||||
51:3 s4bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases mean that God will make the empty places in Israel beautiful. In prophecy, events that will happen in the future are often described as being in the past. This emphasizes that they will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “he will make her wilderness like Eden and her desert plains…like the garden of Yahweh (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
51:3 s4bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases mean that God will make the empty places in Israel beautiful. In prophecy, events that will happen in the future are often described as being in the past. This emphasizes that they will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “he will make her wilderness like Eden and her desert plains … like the garden of Yahweh (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
51:3 mwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 Joy and gladness mean the same thing. Being found there represents being there. Alternate translation: “there will be joy and gladness in Zion again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:4 yie3 0 Yahweh speaks to the people of Israel.
|
||||
51:4 r699 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they strengthen the command to listen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
51:9 ms86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Strength is spoken of as if it were some kind of clothing that people would wear to strengthen themselves in battle. Alternate translation: “make yourself strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:9 ff4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speaker uses a question to emphasize Yahweh’s power to do mighty things. Alternate translation: “It is you who crushed Rahab, you who pierced the monster.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:9 rg6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Rahab was the name of this mythological serpent in the sea. Rahab can symbolize either the nation of Egypt or evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
51:10 auk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Again, the speaker uses questions to emphasize Yahweh’s power to do mighty things. This refers to Yahweh opening the Red Sea for the Israelites to cross and escape the army of Egypt. Alternate translation: “You dried up the sea…for the redeemed to pass through.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:10 auk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Again, the speaker uses questions to emphasize Yahweh’s power to do mighty things. This refers to Yahweh opening the Red Sea for the Israelites to cross and escape the army of Egypt. Alternate translation: “You dried up the sea … for the redeemed to pass through.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:11 vt9l 0 This is very similar to [Isaiah 35:10](../35/10.md).
|
||||
51:11 f427 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 To “ransom” means to “rescue.” This refers to people whom Yahweh has rescued. Alternate translation: “Those whom Yahweh has rescued” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
51:11 r918 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This uses a person’s head to mean the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “they will be glad forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -2957,11 +2957,11 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
51:11 b5dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This speaks of the people no longer being sorrowful and mourning by speaking of these emotions as if they could run away. Alternate translation: “they will no longer be sorrowful and mourning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
51:12 r4xy 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
51:12 x91f 0 The word “I” is repeated for emphasis. If this is unnatural in your language, the repetition does not need to be used. Alternate translation: “I am he”
|
||||
51:12 rzu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question emphasizes that people who have the Lord’s protection should not be afraid of human beings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of men…like grass.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:12 rzu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question emphasizes that people who have the Lord’s protection should not be afraid of human beings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of men … like grass.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:12 rjp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This phrase compares men to grass to emphasize that their lives are short and that they die quickly. Alternate translation: “who live and die quickly like grass” or “who will wither and disappear like grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
51:12 q2ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who are like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:13 mp7z 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
51:13 ht5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that they should not forget Yahweh. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have forgotten Yahweh…earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:13 ht5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that they should not forget Yahweh. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have forgotten Yahweh … earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:13 q4ec 0 See how you translated this name for Yahweh in [Isaiah 17:7](../17/07.md).
|
||||
51:13 ysh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “who spread out the sky.” This speaks of Yahweh having created the heavens as if he had stretched them out in the same way one would stretch out a large garment. Alternate translation: “who stretched out the heavens like a garment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:13 nx9y 0 The word “foundation” normally refers to a stone structure that gives support to a building from underneath. Here it describes a similar structure that was thought to support and hold the earth in place. See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 24:18](../24/18.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
51:17 ca4r 0 not walking straight, or stumbling while walking
|
||||
51:18 qz3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two clauses have the same meaning and can be combined. This speaks of Jerusalem being helpless as if the city were a drunk woman without a son to help her walk safely. Alternate translation: “You have no one to help you! You are like a drunk old woman without a son to take her by the hand and guide her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:19 k1we 0 Isaiah continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
51:19 h1j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses questions to emphasize that now there is no one to weep with them or comfort them. These questions may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “but there is no one to grieve with you…There is no one to comfort you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:19 h1j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Isaiah uses questions to emphasize that now there is no one to weep with them or comfort them. These questions may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “but there is no one to grieve with you … There is no one to comfort you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
51:19 a7nx 0 The two troubles refer to the following two phrases: “desolation and destruction” and “the famine and the sword.”
|
||||
51:19 mi81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These words have similar meanings and emphasize the destruction of the land caused by the opposing army. Alternate translation: “your enemies have left your city empty and ruined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
51:19 b3y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “famine” and “sword” describe the trouble that will come upon the people. The “sword” refers to “war.” Alternate translation: “many of you have died from hunger and war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
52:intro ac65 0 # Isaiah 52 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.\n\nThe prophecies of this chapter occur after the exile in Babylon and are not in reference to the people contemporary to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\nThere is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah beginning in this chapter and continues through the next chapter. This prophesy begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
|
||||
52:1 rzb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This word is repeated for emphasis and shows urgency. Isaiah trying to arouse the people is spoken of as if he were trying to wake them up from sleep. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
52:1 vfg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being strong again is spoken of as if strength were clothing that a person puts on. Alternate translation: “be strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
52:1 p8u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these refer to the people who live in Jerusalem. Isaiah is speaking to the people as if they were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “people of Zion…people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
52:1 p8u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these refer to the people who live in Jerusalem. Isaiah is speaking to the people as if they were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “people of Zion … people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
52:1 w8h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “Those who are uncircumcised or those who are unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
52:1 z2jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This refers to unclean people. A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “those who are not acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
52:1 wn2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “you” refers to Jerusalem which represents the people who live there. It is understood that the uncircumcised and unclean people would enter the city to attack the people. Alternate translation: “enter your city to attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
@ -3020,9 +3020,9 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
52:2 vg9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. The “daughter” of a city means the people of the city. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “people of Zion” or “people who live in Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
52:3 f28v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks about Yahweh as if he were the owner of the people of Israel. Since he is the rightful owner he can give them away or take them back whenever he wants. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I sold you for nothing, and I will redeem you without money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
52:4 bae3 0 Here “beginning” refers to the start of Israel’s history as they were first becoming a people.
|
||||
52:4 kvl7 0 “went to…Egypt.” It was common to use the phrase “went down” when speaking of traveling from Canaan to Egypt.
|
||||
52:4 kvl7 0 “went to … Egypt.” It was common to use the phrase “went down” when speaking of traveling from Canaan to Egypt.
|
||||
52:4 jx27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Assyria refers to the people of Assyria. Alternate translation: “the people of Assyria have treated them badly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
52:5 v517 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to make the people pay attention to what he is about to say. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now look at what is happening…my people are again taken away for nothing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
52:5 v517 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to make the people pay attention to what he is about to say. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now look at what is happening … my people are again taken away for nothing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
52:5 h4tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Translate as in [Isaiah 30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
52:5 b5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I see the enemy taking my people away for nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
52:5 pw1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) “for nothing” means the Babylonians took the people unjustly and without cause or (2) this continues the metaphor from [Isaiah 52:3](../52/03.md) where Yahweh is spoken of as if he owned the people of Israel and could give them away for nothing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
55:1 g9yx 0 The repetition of this word four times adds a sense of urgency to the invitation.
|
||||
55:1 wtd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 There is a sense of irony in this statement since a person usually has to use money to buy something. This emphasizes Yahweh’s amazing grace in giving these things freely. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
55:2 c9ai 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Jerusalem.
|
||||
55:2 ha8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks these questions to rebuke the people. He speaks of the people seeking happiness apart from Yahweh as if they were purchasing things to eat that were not food and working for things that could not satisfy them. Alternate translation: “You should not weigh out silver…bread, and you should not labor…satisfy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
55:2 ha8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks these questions to rebuke the people. He speaks of the people seeking happiness apart from Yahweh as if they were purchasing things to eat that were not food and working for things that could not satisfy them. Alternate translation: “You should not weigh out silver … bread, and you should not labor … satisfy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
55:2 wil6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to counting silver coins in order to pay someone for something. Alternate translation: “pay money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
55:2 ua4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “bread” represents food in general. It is implied that the people were buying things to eat that were not really food. Alternate translation: “for things to eat that are not really food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
55:2 l8h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people trusting Yahweh for blessing and happiness is spoken of as if they are eating good food that is making them happy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3204,7 +3204,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
56:11 ub1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues comparing Israel’s bad leaders to dogs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
57:intro miv3 0 # Isaiah 57 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Child sacrifice\nThis chapter references the killing of children. Some religions in the ancient Near East practiced the sacrificing of their children. This was considered evil by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Mocking\nThe people abandoned the worship of Yahweh in favor of other gods. When they needed help, he tells them to ask these false gods. This is mocking the power of the false gods and shows the people the uselessness of their worship of these gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
57:1 r38x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful.” See how you translated “covenant faithfulness” in [Isaiah 16:5](../16/05.md). Alternate translation: “the people who are faithful to the covenant” or “the people who are faithful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
57:1 mfl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 “die and go away…dies and goes away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
57:1 mfl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 “die and go away … dies and goes away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
57:1 u6v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the righteous people die, and Yahweh takes them away from all that is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
57:2 zn46 0 “The righteous enter into peace”
|
||||
57:2 gu23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 they die (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -3227,7 +3227,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
57:9 ek3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 The people did not literally go to Sheol, the world of the dead. Instead, Yahweh is indicating by exaggeration that the people were willing to go anywhere to find new gods to worship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
57:10 yn3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 After trying so hard, the idolators found they still had strength to keep going. Here “hand” equals “strength” or “capacity.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
57:11 gqf9 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the unfaithful people of Israel.
|
||||
57:11 r1q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You must really fear these idols for you to act so deceitfully…about me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
57:11 r1q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You must really fear these idols for you to act so deceitfully … about me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
57:11 wq9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that, although the people should have remembered Yahweh, they did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
57:12 cld8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 Yahweh is being sarcastic, calling their evil deeds so-called righteousness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
57:13 may9 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the unfaithful people of Israel.
|
||||
|
@ -3254,13 +3254,13 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
58:4 tg4q 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel by answering their challenging question.
|
||||
58:4 vt4a 0 “Behold!” or “Pay attention.” Yahweh confronts their questioning by telling them to pay attention.
|
||||
58:4 i2t9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “wicked fist.” This shows that they fight viciously. “Fist” represents anger that is physically violent. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
58:5 wb5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to scold the people. They act like they are humble before God, but they are hurting other people. Alternate translation: “This is not the kind of fast I want…under himself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
58:5 wb5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to scold the people. They act like they are humble before God, but they are hurting other people. Alternate translation: “This is not the kind of fast I want … under himself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
58:5 acf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This means the person is bowing down, but he is not truly humble. “A reed” represents a weak plant that bends easily. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
58:5 bg7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to scold the people. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not think this kind of fast pleases me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
58:6 xbv6 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
58:6 ba3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to teach the people about the kind of fast that pleases him. Alternate translation: “This is the fast that I choose…break every yoke.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
58:6 ba3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to teach the people about the kind of fast that pleases him. Alternate translation: “This is the fast that I choose … break every yoke.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
58:6 d4hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 All of these phrases mean they should help those people whom the wicked are hurting and oppressing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
58:7 mv38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses another question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “It is to…your house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
58:7 mv38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses another question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “It is to … your house.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
58:7 g6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This phrase represents starting the meal by the host tearing the loaf of bread apart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
58:8 dpx1 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
58:8 pk9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “Break open” here is an idiom that means when a light begins to shine brightly. This means that if they help people in need, their deeds will be like lights others will see, as when the sun comes up after a dark night. Or the light may refer to the light of the Lord, shining on them and blessing them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
61:6 zly8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh’s servant continues speaking to the people of Israel with each line a parallelism. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
61:6 r8ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
61:7 x7le 0 This probably refers to a double portion of land.
|
||||
61:7 wxd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 This still refers to the people of Israel. This can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “you will rejoice over your share…you will…your land…will be yours” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
61:7 wxd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 This still refers to the people of Israel. This can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “you will rejoice over your share … you will … your land … will be yours” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
61:9 p3mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two clauses mean the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from other nations will know their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
61:9 kx41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 This clause assumes the same verb as the previous one. Alternate translation: “their offspring will be known among the peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
61:10 w34d 0 “I” refers to the people of God speaking as one person whom Yahweh has restored.
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
18
tn_JAS.tsv
18
tn_JAS.tsv
|
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
1:27 iiv2 ὀρφανοὺς 1 “the orphans”
|
||||
1:27 r8nj ἐν τῇ θλίψει αὐτῶν 1 The fatherless and widows are suffering because their fathers or husbands have died.
|
||||
1:27 nmf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου 1 Sin in the world is spoken of as something dirty that can stain a person. Alternate translation: “to not allow the evil in the world to cause oneself to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:intro f5zd 0 # James 02 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Favoritism\n\nSome of James’s readers treated rich and powerful people well and treated poor people badly. This is called favoritism, and James tells them that this is wrong. God wants his people to treat both rich people and poor people well.\n\n### Justification\n\nJustification is what happens when God makes a person righteous. James says here that God makes righteous or justifies people who do good works along with having faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Quotation marks\n\nThe words “Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works” are hard to understand. Some people think that they are what “someone may say,” like the words in the quotation marks. Most versions translate them as words that James is saying back to that “someone.”\n\n### “You have…I have”\n\nSome people think that the words “you” and “I” are metonyms for “some people” and “other people.” If they are correct, verse 18 could be translated, “Someone may say, ‘Some people have faith and other people have works. Not everyone has both.’” If the next sentence is also what “someone may say,” it could be translated “Some people show their faith without works, and other people show their faith by their works. Both have faith.” In both cases, the reader will understand only if you add the extra sentence. It is probably best to translate as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:intro f5zd 0 # James 02 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Favoritism\n\nSome of James’s readers treated rich and powerful people well and treated poor people badly. This is called favoritism, and James tells them that this is wrong. God wants his people to treat both rich people and poor people well.\n\n### Justification\n\nJustification is what happens when God makes a person righteous. James says here that God makes righteous or justifies people who do good works along with having faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Quotation marks\n\nThe words “Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works” are hard to understand. Some people think that they are what “someone may say,” like the words in the quotation marks. Most versions translate them as words that James is saying back to that “someone.”\n\n### “You have … I have”\n\nSome people think that the words “you” and “I” are metonyms for “some people” and “other people.” If they are correct, verse 18 could be translated, “Someone may say, ‘Some people have faith and other people have works. Not everyone has both.’” If the next sentence is also what “someone may say,” it could be translated “Some people show their faith without works, and other people show their faith by their works. Both have faith.” In both cases, the reader will understand only if you add the extra sentence. It is probably best to translate as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:1 ici9 0 James continues to tell the scattered Jewish believers how to live by loving one another and reminds them not to favor rich people over poor brothers.
|
||||
2:1 kab4 ἀδελφοί μου 1 James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters in Christ”
|
||||
2:1 qs2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
2:3 h2fy κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 move to a humble place
|
||||
2:4 x9el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 James is using rhetorical questions to teach and possibly scold his readers. Alternate translation: “you are making judgments among yourselves and becoming judges with evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:5 m5jr ἀκούσατε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 James was exhorting his readers as family. “Pay attention, my dear fellow believers”
|
||||
2:5 ha52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 Here James uses a rhetorical question to teach his readers not to show favoritism. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen…love him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:5 ha52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 Here James uses a rhetorical question to teach his readers not to show favoritism. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen … love him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:5 ke2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 This refers to poor people in general. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:5 s38z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλουσίους ἐν πίστει 1 Having much faith is spoken of as being wealthy or rich. The object of faith may have to be specified. Alternate translation: “have strong faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:5 qii5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονόμους 1 The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
2:6 l2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. Alternate translation: “It is rich people who oppress you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:6 eeg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πλούσιοι 1 This refers to rich people in general. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:6 z73x καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 “who treat you badly”
|
||||
2:6 s9k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people are the ones…to court.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:6 s9k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people are the ones … to court.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:6 h8jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 “forcibly take you to court to accuse you in front of judges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:7 las1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct and teach his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people insult…have been called.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:7 las1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Here James uses a rhetorical question to correct and teach his readers. It can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “The rich people insult … have been called.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:7 wd8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 This refers to Christ’s name. Alternate translation: “the name of Christ who called you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:8 fe1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you τελεῖτε 1 The word “you” refers to the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2:8 q9hh νόμον τελεῖτε βασιλικὸν 1 “obey God’s law.” The law is “royal” becuase God, the true king, is the one who gave it to people.
|
||||
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
2:20 ax95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 James uses this question to introduce the next part of his teaching. Alternate translation: “Listen to me, foolish man, and I will show that faith without works is useless.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:20 sd63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “faith” and “works.” Alternate translation: “that if you do not do what God commands, then it is useless for you to say that you believe in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:21 ysr8 0 Since these are Jewish believers, they know the story of Abraham, about whom God had told them long ago in his word.
|
||||
2:21 q8iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 This rhetorical question is used to rebut the foolish man’s arguments from [James 2:18](../02/18.md), who refuses to believe that faith and works go together. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was certainly justified…on the altar.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:21 q8iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 This rhetorical question is used to rebut the foolish man’s arguments from [James 2:18](../02/18.md), who refuses to believe that faith and works go together. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was certainly justified … on the altar.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:21 v3ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 James speaks of works as if they were objects that one can own. Alternate translation: “justified by doing good deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:21 ph1s ὁ πατὴρ 1 Here “father” is used in the sense of “ancestor.”
|
||||
2:22 t832 βλέπεις 1 The word “you” is singular, referring to the hypothetical man. James is addressing his whole audience as if they were one person.
|
||||
|
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
2:23 l818 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 “God regarded his faith as righteousness.” Abraham’s faith and righteousness were treated as if they were able to be counted as having value. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:24 yha5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 “actions and faith are what justify a person, and not only faith.” James speaks of works as if they were objects to obtain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:25 hir8 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 James says that what was true of Abraham was also true of Rahab. Both were justified by works.
|
||||
2:25 dcv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 James is using this rhetorical question to instruct his audience. Alternate translation: “it was what Rahab the prostitute did that justified her…another road.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:25 dcv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 James is using this rhetorical question to instruct his audience. Alternate translation: “it was what Rahab the prostitute did that justified her … another road.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:25 pn2f Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη 1 James expected his audience to know the Old Testament story about the woman Rahab.
|
||||
2:25 bx6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 James speaks of works as something to possess. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:25 af9u ἀγγέλους 1 people who bring news from another place
|
||||
|
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
4:2 v9m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 The words “fight” and “quarrel” mean basically the same thing. James uses them to emphasize how much the people argue among themselves. Alternate translation: “You constantly fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
4:3 nk57 κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε 1 Possible meanings are (1) “you ask with wrong motives” or “you ask with bad attitudes” or (2) “you are asking for wrong things” or “you are asking for bad things”
|
||||
4:4 efi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μοιχαλίδες! 1 James speaks of believers as being like wives who sleep with men other than their husbands. Alternate translation: “You are not being faithful to God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:4 wu5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν? 1 James uses this question to teach his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know…God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:4 wu5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν? 1 James uses this question to teach his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know … God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:4 b5ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 This phrase refers to identifying with or participating in the world’s value system and behavior. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:4 br36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here the world’s value system is spoken of as if it were a person that others could be friends with. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
4:4 jf1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 One who is friends with the world is an enemy of God. Here “friendship with the world” stands for being friends with the world, and “hostility against God” stands for being hostile against God. Alternate translation: “friends of the world are enemies of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
5:2 v241 ὁ πλοῦτος & τὰ ἱμάτια 1 These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people.
|
||||
5:3 am1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται, 1 Earthly riches do not last nor do they have any eternal value. James speaks of these events as if they had already happened. Alternate translation: “Your riches will rot, and your clothes will be eaten by moths. Your gold and silver will become tarnished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
5:3 wj9v χρυσὸς & ἄργυρος 1 These things are mentioned as examples of things that are valuable to wealthy people.
|
||||
5:3 q4pm κατίωται, & ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν 1 These phrases are used here to describe how gold and silver are ruined. Alternate translation: “are ruined…their ruined condition” or “are corroded…their corrosion”
|
||||
5:3 q4pm κατίωται, & ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν 1 These phrases are used here to describe how gold and silver are ruined. Alternate translation: “are ruined … their ruined condition” or “are corroded … their corrosion”
|
||||
5:3 e55t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 James wrote of their valuable things being ruined as if they were a person in a courtroom accusing the wicked of their crimes. Alternate translation: “and when God judges you, your ruined treasures will be like someone who accuses you in court. Their corrosion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] )
|
||||
5:3 i37x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ. 1 Here the corrosion is spoken of as if it were a fire that will burn up their owners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:3 w3aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν 1 Here “flesh” stands for the physical body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ front:intro exs3 0 # Introduction to James\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
5:16 mzk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως ἰαθῆτε 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God may heal you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:16 zk62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη. 1 Prayer is presented as if it were an object that was strong or powerful. Alternate translation: “When the person who obeys God prays, God will do great things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:17 vhw2 προσευχῇ προσηύξατο 1 “prayed eagerly” or “prayed passionately”
|
||||
5:17 i8wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τρεῖς & ἕξ 1 “3…6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
5:17 i8wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τρεῖς & ἕξ 1 “3 … 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
5:18 zwc9 ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν 1 “The heavens” probably refers to the sky, which is presented as the source of the rain. Alternate translation: “Rain fell from the sky”
|
||||
5:18 yi7m ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς 1 Here the earth is presented as the source of the crops.
|
||||
5:18 s76l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν καρπὸν 1 Here “fruit” stands for all the crops of the farmers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
64
tn_JDG.tsv
64
tn_JDG.tsv
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:2 ysi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the land where the Canaanites lived. Alternate translation: “the land of the Canaanites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:3 k7aq 0 “their fellow Israelites” or “their relatives”
|
||||
1:3 x2kz 0 The people of the tribes of Judah and Simeon were camped with the rest of the Israelite people in the valley of the Jordan River. The land given to Judah was in the hills above the valley. Some languages do not usually indicate whether people were going up or down. Alternate translation: “Come with us” or “Go with us”
|
||||
1:3 p8mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh assigned to us…that Yahweh assigned to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:3 p8mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh assigned to us … that Yahweh assigned to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:3 yz2b 0 “We will also go with you” or “In the same way, we will go with you”
|
||||
1:4 ku4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the men of Simeon attacked with the men of Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:4 n19d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “They killed about 10,000” or “They killed a large number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:15 n8di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implies that Caleb did give her the field when she asked him for it (verse 14). She is now asking for springs of water in addition to that field. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:16 x6ei 0 “of the father of Moses’ wife”
|
||||
1:16 fqe9 0 “father-in-law, who was one of the Ken people, went up”
|
||||
1:16 n6kh 0 “left the City of Palms…and went into the wilderness”
|
||||
1:16 n6kh 0 “left the City of Palms … and went into the wilderness”
|
||||
1:16 a29w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This is another name for the city of Jericho. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:16 u7t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city in Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:17 e48a 0 Here “brothers” means relatives who were in another tribe of Israel.
|
||||
|
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:2 syq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “voice” represents what Yahweh said. Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed my commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:2 w8ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is asked to cause the people of Israel to realize they have disobeyed Yahweh and will suffer because of it. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:3 lva5 0 The angel of Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
2:3 kdq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “So now I tell you that I will not…trap for you.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
2:3 kdq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “So now I tell you that I will not … trap for you.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
2:3 plg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The Canaanites troubling the Israelites is spoken of as if the Canaanites would be thorns in the side of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “cause you trouble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:3 y4wm 0 sharp pieces of wood up to 7 centimeters long that stick out from some plants
|
||||
2:3 b6w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The Israelites worshiping the Canaanite gods is spoken of as if the false gods were a hunter’s trap that catches an animal and causes it harm. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
3:24 z2qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a polite way to speak about a person having a bowel movement (defecating) or urinating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
3:25 d7zv 0 They waited until they became worried that something was wrong and it was their duty to open the doors to their king’s private room.
|
||||
3:25 e1jf 0 “took the key and opened the doors”
|
||||
3:26 r2ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events 0 This tells what happened before the servants opened the doors to the upper room and found the king dead. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, as the servants were still waiting outside of the upper room…Ehud escaped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
3:26 r2ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events 0 This tells what happened before the servants opened the doors to the upper room and found the king dead. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, as the servants were still waiting outside of the upper room … Ehud escaped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
3:26 x36q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:27 zet1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 This could be made clearer. Alternate translation: “When he arrived in Seirah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3:28 s9y4 0 Ehud speaks to the people of Israel in Ephraim.
|
||||
|
@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
5:8 v83h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This statement is probably an exaggeration about how few weapons the Israelites had. Alternate translation: “few weapons for battle remained in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
5:8 dl2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40,000 in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
5:9 u5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “heart” represents a person’s emotions. The phrase “My heart goes out to” is a way of saying that Deborah feels gratitude or appreciation. Alternate translation: “I appreciate the commanders of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:10 dt2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This contrast probably refers to rich people and poor people. Alternate translation: “you rich people who ride on white donkeys…you poor people who walk along the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
5:10 dt2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This contrast probably refers to rich people and poor people. Alternate translation: “you rich people who ride on white donkeys … you poor people who walk along the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
5:10 vf24 0 These rugs were probably used as saddles on the donkey’s back to make the rider more comfortable.
|
||||
5:11 v16w 0 The song of Deborah and Barak continues.
|
||||
5:11 v4bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “voices” represents the people singing. Alternate translation: “Listen to those” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -345,8 +345,8 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
5:17 hk9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Asher” represents the men who should have gone to fight in battle. Alternate translation: “The men of Asher remained” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:17 s37f 0 places at the seacoast with deeper water where ships were kept
|
||||
5:18 iq38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “Naphtali was a tribe who would also risk their lives to the point of death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
5:19 klr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The king of a people group is used to refer to himself and the army he commands. Alternate translation: “The kings and their armies came and fought…the kings of Canaan and their armies fought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
5:19 qh9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “us” is understood. Alternate translation: “they fought us…fought us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
5:19 klr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The king of a people group is used to refer to himself and the army he commands. Alternate translation: “The kings and their armies came and fought … the kings of Canaan and their armies fought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
5:19 qh9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “us” is understood. Alternate translation: “they fought us … fought us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
5:19 bwx4 0 Translate the names of these places as you did in [Judges 1:27](../01/27.md).
|
||||
5:19 jn5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “silver” represents any treasure in general. Alternate translation: “no silver or other treasures as plunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
5:19 lin6 0 things taken by force, usually in battle or by thieves
|
||||
|
@ -374,11 +374,11 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
5:27 ezv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “she killed him” or “he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:28 duq1 0 This is a frame in the window made of crossed wood.
|
||||
5:28 mw4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these questions mean the same thing. These two statements can be combined. Alternate translation: “Why is it taking Sisera so long to arrive home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
5:28 k2dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these represent Sisera. Alternate translation: “taken Sisera…Why has he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:28 k2dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these represent Sisera. Alternate translation: “taken Sisera … Why has he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:29 xa2n 0 A “princess” is the daughter of a king, but a “princess” can also mean female advisers to the king’s family. Alternate translation: “wisest ladies”
|
||||
5:29 mw32 0 “she said to herself the same thing”
|
||||
5:30 l98i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The women use a question to emphasize that they believe this is what certainly happened. Alternate translation: “They must have so much plunder that it is taking a long time to divide it. They have…plunder.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:30 cw6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The women use a question to emphasize that they believe this is what certainly happened. Alternate translation: “There must be a womb, two wombs for every man…of those who plunder.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:30 l98i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The women use a question to emphasize that they believe this is what certainly happened. Alternate translation: “They must have so much plunder that it is taking a long time to divide it. They have … plunder.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:30 cw6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The women use a question to emphasize that they believe this is what certainly happened. Alternate translation: “There must be a womb, two wombs for every man … of those who plunder.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:30 xgr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “womb” represents a woman. Sisera’s mother believes Sisera’s men have captured many women. Alternate translation: “Each soldier will receive a woman or two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
5:30 p9nz 0 “colored cloth” or “colored clothes”
|
||||
5:30 zp9h 0 having designs made of colored threads
|
||||
|
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:14 l2rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “77 officials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
8:15 buj3 0 See how you translated these names in [Judges 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
8:15 bnf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Gideon quotes the people of Succoth as using a question to mock him. Alternate translation: “You have not yet conquered Zebah and Zalmunna.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:16 ct8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Gideon” represents himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Gideon and his soldiers took…they punished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
8:16 ct8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Gideon” represents himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Gideon and his soldiers took … they punished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
8:16 vr3e 0 These are sharp, pointed pieces on vines or tree limbs that stick out and can cut people and animals. See how you translated this in [Judges 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
8:17 dbh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Gideon and his soldiers pulled. Alternate translation: “Gideon and his soldiers pulled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
8:17 jg81 0 Translate the name of this city as you did in [Judges 8:8](../08/08.md).
|
||||
|
@ -626,17 +626,17 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
9:8 x1ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 Here, to anoint with oil is a symbolic action that represents appointing a person to be king. Alternate translation: “to appoint a king to rule over all of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
9:8 ai6t 0 “Be our king”
|
||||
9:9 ns1k 0 Jotham continues telling the parable he begins in [Judges 9:7](../09/07.md), where the trees represent the Israelites.
|
||||
9:9 q6h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The olive tree is asking this question to refuse to be king. This question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will not give up my abundance…over the other trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:9 q6h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The olive tree is asking this question to refuse to be king. This question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will not give up my abundance … over the other trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:9 v5cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This word for “wealth” is a metonym for the olives that come from the tree. People ate olives as food and crushed them to make oil for lamps. Alternate translation: “oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:9 b42t 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “by which people honor both gods and other men”
|
||||
9:9 ctc8 0 It is possible to translate the same Hebrew word as “god,” “God,” or “gods,” so possible meanings here are (1) “gods” or (2) “God.”
|
||||
9:9 a9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 To sway is to move back and forth. Trees sway when the wind blows them. Here this is a metaphor for ruling over people. Jotham is also using irony, saying that the work of any ruler will be useless because the “trees,” the people, will not obey anyone who rules them. Alternate translation: “rule over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
9:11 df3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 Jotham continues describing the trees as doing things that humans do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
9:11 bi3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The fig tree is asking this question to refuse to be king. This question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will not give up my sweetness…over the other trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:11 bi3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The fig tree is asking this question to refuse to be king. This question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will not give up my sweetness … over the other trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:11 jkz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “sweetness” is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective that describes the fruit that grows on the tree. Alternate translation: “my good sweet fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
9:12 akj6 0 Jotham continues telling the parable he begins in [Judges 9:7](../09/07.md), where the trees represent the Israelites.
|
||||
9:12 m2h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 In this parable, Jotham describes the trees and the vine as doing things that humans do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
9:13 i2y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The vine is asking this question to refuse to be king. This question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will not give up my new wine…over the other trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:13 i2y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The vine is asking this question to refuse to be king. This question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will not give up my new wine … over the other trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:14 mp3a 0 Thorns are sharp spikes or spurs that hurt. This bush has many sharp spikes along its branches.
|
||||
9:15 ne2j 0 Jotham continues telling his parable, where trees represent various people groups, and makes the application.
|
||||
9:15 g1p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 In this parable, Jotham describes the thornbush and the trees as doing things that humans do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
9:43 l12e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “he” refers to Abimelech who represents himself and all of his soldiers. Alternate translation: “they attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
9:44 h6g9 0 “the groups of soldiers”
|
||||
9:44 a246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “other 2” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
9:45 e7uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Abimelech” represents himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Abimelech and his soldiers fought…They tore down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
9:45 e7uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Abimelech” represents himself and his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Abimelech and his soldiers fought … They tore down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
9:45 ch7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “city” represents the people. Alternate translation: “against the people of Shechem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:45 zi77 0 “demolished”
|
||||
9:45 t928 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “spread salt over the land.” Spreading salt over land keeps anything from growing there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -769,13 +769,13 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:8 q2ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “18 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
10:8 msz6 0 This means on the east side of the Jordan River.
|
||||
10:8 b5w4 0 “this region is also called Gilead”
|
||||
10:9 wq6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Judah” and “Benjamin” refer to the people belonging to those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribe of Judah…the people of the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:9 wq6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Judah” and “Benjamin” refer to the people belonging to those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribe of Judah … the people of the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:9 nt9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “house” refers to the people of the tribe of Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribe of Ephraim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:9 gl3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Israel” refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “so that the people of Israel suffered much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:10 lda9 0 This means the people of Israel desperately asked Yahweh for help.
|
||||
10:10 b8t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people no longer obeying and worshiping Yahweh is spoken of as if they left Yahweh and went somewhere else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:10 t38a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 The people are speaking to Yahweh and refer to him as “our God.” This can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “abandoned you, our God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
10:12 lf73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God is rebuking the people of Israel for their worship of other gods. The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Did I not deliver you” in verse 11 ends here. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am the one who delivered you…and also from the Sidonians.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:12 lf73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God is rebuking the people of Israel for their worship of other gods. The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Did I not deliver you” in verse 11 ends here. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am the one who delivered you … and also from the Sidonians.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:12 w39a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the people from the clan or family of Maon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
10:12 e4ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “power” represents the Amalekites and the Maonites. Alternate translation: “from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:13 p759 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people no longer obeying and worshiping Yahweh is spoken of as if they left Yahweh and went somewhere else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -838,11 +838,11 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
11:26 c2xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:26 h61t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jephthah is rebuking the king of the Ammonites with a rhetorical question. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you should have taken them back during that time.” or “now it is too late; you should have taken them back long ago.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:27 aei3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Jephthah is speaking to the Sihon. Here Jephthah speaks about the Israelites as though they were himself and of the Ammonites as if they were Sihon their king. Alternate translation: “The Israelites have not done wrong to your people, but your people are doing us wrong by attacking us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:27 n4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. To do someone wrong means to do something wrong to them. Alternate translation: “treated you wrongly…treating me wrongly” or “treated you unfairly…treating me unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:27 n4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. To do someone wrong means to do something wrong to them. Alternate translation: “treated you wrongly … treating me wrongly” or “treated you unfairly … treating me unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:29 p2lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom which means that the Spirit influenced Jephthah’s decisions. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of Yahweh took control of Jephthah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:29 dq1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Jephthah passed through these places enlisting men for his army to go to war with the people of Ammon. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “he gathered men for his army as he passed through Gilead and Manasseh…from Mizpah of Gilead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:29 dq1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Jephthah passed through these places enlisting men for his army to go to war with the people of Ammon. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “he gathered men for his army as he passed through Gilead and Manasseh … from Mizpah of Gilead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:31 kh4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom which means to give something as an offering. Alternate translation: “I will offer it to you” or “I will sacrifice it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
11:32 wr1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Since Jephthah was the leader of his army, he and his army are often spoken of as Jephthah himself. Alternate translation: “So Jephthah and his army passed through…Yahweh gave them victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:32 wr1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Since Jephthah was the leader of his army, he and his army are often spoken of as Jephthah himself. Alternate translation: “So Jephthah and his army passed through … Yahweh gave them victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:33 rt2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Since Jephthah was the leader of his army, he and his army are often spoken of as Jephthah himself (verse 32). Alternate translation: “they attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
11:33 dl1t 0 Translate the name of this city the same way you did in [Judges 11:26](../11/26.md).
|
||||
11:33 pfq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -859,9 +859,9 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
11:39 n4my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
11:40 s739 0 This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
|
||||
12:intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Shibboleth\nThis is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
12:1 mp3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Here the abstract noun “call” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men…of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:1 mp3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Here the abstract noun “call” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men … of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:1 ubq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:1 hh1l 0 or “traveled through…travel” or “journeyed through…journey”
|
||||
12:1 hh1l 0 or “traveled through … travel” or “journeyed through … journey”
|
||||
12:1 lt7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means to burn down a house with people inside it. Alternate translation: “We will burn your house down with you still in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:2 fsb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Ephraim. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
12:2 nxf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Jephthah uses the word “me” to refer to himself and all the people of Gilead. Alternate translation: “do not rescue us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
12:6 c2bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They killed forty-two thousand Ephraimites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:7 v8rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jephthah the Gileadite died and they buried him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:8 ha85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man from Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:9 d515 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “give away…in marriage” is an idiom which means that he allowed his daughters to get married. Alternate translation: “He had thirty daughters and arranged a marriage for each of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:9 d515 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “give away … in marriage” is an idiom which means that he allowed his daughters to get married. Alternate translation: “He had thirty daughters and arranged a marriage for each of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:9 r2m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “bring them in from the outside” means that he had women from other clans marry his sons. Alternate translation: “he arranged for thirty daughters of other men from outside of his clan to marry his sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:10 jbg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they buried him in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:11 k8nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
12:13 x9gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:13 z3n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:14 n7k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These men owned seventy donkeys, which they did ride. Here the word “rode” is used instead of “owned.” Alternate translation: “They owned seventy donkeys” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:14 ua8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40 sons…30 grandsons…70 donkeys (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:14 ua8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40 sons … 30 grandsons … 70 donkeys (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
12:15 wqm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Pirathon is the name of a place, someone who is from that place is called a Pirathonite. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Warning not to cut his hair\n\nThe angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
|
||||
13:1 acr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
15:16 dm4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This phrase describes how many people Samson killed. There were enough bodies to make large piles of bodies. Alternate translation: “I have made heaps of dead bodies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:17 ra2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. It’s name means “Jawbone Hill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:18 ta26 0 “needed water to drink”
|
||||
15:18 t3wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Possible meanings are (1) Samson is so thirsty he could literally die. Alternate translation: “But now I will die of thirst and my body will fall into…uncircumcised.” or (2) Samson exaggerates how thirsty he is by asking if he will die of thirst. Alternate translation: “But now will you allow me to become so weak from my thirst that I fall into…uncircumcised?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
15:18 t3wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Possible meanings are (1) Samson is so thirsty he could literally die. Alternate translation: “But now I will die of thirst and my body will fall into … uncircumcised.” or (2) Samson exaggerates how thirsty he is by asking if he will die of thirst. Alternate translation: “But now will you allow me to become so weak from my thirst that I fall into … uncircumcised?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
15:18 h9yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means to die because you have not drank enough and therefore, you do not have enough water in your body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:18 u4x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “fall into the hands” means to be captured. “Those who are uncircumcised” refers to the Philistines and with the word “uncircumcised” emphasizing that they do not worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “be captured by those godless Philistines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
15:19 c7pf 0 “opened a hole in the ground” or “opened the low place.” This refers to a low area of ground where Yahweh caused a spring of water to appear.
|
||||
|
@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
16:14 k9fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Samson pulled out the fabric from the loom when he pulled his hair away from the loom. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “pulled away his hair, taking with it the pin of the loom and the fabric in the loom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:14 lc6p 0 This is the wooden nail or peg used to fasten the fabric to the loom.
|
||||
16:15 zzt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Delilah asks this question to say that if Samson really loved her he would tell her his secrets. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “When you say ‘I love you,’ you are lying because you do not share your secrets with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:16 s5ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the author speaks of how Delilah tries to persuade Samson as if she were putting pressure on him to convince him to tell her what she wants to know. Alternate translation: “tried hard to persuade him…kept trying to persuade him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:16 s5ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the author speaks of how Delilah tries to persuade Samson as if she were putting pressure on him to convince him to tell her what she wants to know. Alternate translation: “tried hard to persuade him … kept trying to persuade him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:16 imn2 0 “by what she said to him”
|
||||
16:16 iqa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 The author used a hyperbole, an exaggeration, to emphasize how miserable Sampson felt. Alternate translation: “that he was completely miserable” or “that he was very unhappy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
16:17 c8q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 everything about the source of his strength. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “told her the source of his strength” or “told her the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
16:23 ekg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the author speak of Samson being under the rulers’ control as if he were something grasped tightly by their hands. Alternate translation: “put him under our control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:24 ums1 0 This refers to Samson. The word “destroyer” can be expressed with the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “the man who has destroyed our country”
|
||||
16:24 y4qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “us” refers to the Philistine people. Those who are talking are not counting themselves among the people whom Samson killed. Alternate translation: “who killed many of our people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
16:25 hiy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Since Samson was a prisoner, he would not be called directly, but rather the people were asking for the men in charge of the prison to bring him to them. Alternate translation: “Call for them to bring out Samson…They brought Samson” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:25 hiy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Since Samson was a prisoner, he would not be called directly, but rather the people were asking for the men in charge of the prison to bring him to them. Alternate translation: “Call for them to bring out Samson … They brought Samson” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:26 b8yg 0 “the young man” This was not a young child, but rather a youth.
|
||||
16:26 d2gs 0 “Allow me to touch the pillars which hold up the building”
|
||||
16:27 fx8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story while the writer tells background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
18:12 q4cf 0 Translate the name of this place the same as you did in [Judges 13:25](../13/25.md).
|
||||
18:12 f453 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means that something remains the same. It refers to the “present” time. Alternate translation: “and that is still its name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:14 l46p 0 Translate the name of this town the same as you did in [Judges 18:7](../18/07.md).
|
||||
18:14 g3gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The five men asked this question to suggest and encourage the men that they should steal the idols. This can be written as a statement, and the implied information may be given in a parenthetical phrase. Alternate translation: “these houses contain an ephod,…metal figure. (They were suggesting that the men steal these things.) Decide…will do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:14 g3gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The five men asked this question to suggest and encourage the men that they should steal the idols. This can be written as a statement, and the implied information may be given in a parenthetical phrase. Alternate translation: “these houses contain an ephod, … metal figure. (They were suggesting that the men steal these things.) Decide … will do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:14 g8xi 0 “in one of these house there is” or “among these houses is”
|
||||
18:15 cx88 0 “they turned”
|
||||
18:15 tf6m 0 The word “him” refers to the Levite.
|
||||
|
@ -1304,10 +1304,10 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
20:7 h9h3 0 This word is used to introduce the conclusion of the speech of the Levite.
|
||||
20:7 wp5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “advice” and “counsel” refer to the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “decide what we need to do about this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
20:8 s9g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This simile speaks of the group as acting as a single person. They all acted together in exactly the same way. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
20:8 s835 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two clauses say basically the same thing twice for emphasis. They can be combined. The words “none…go” and “none…return” emphasizes how the people will continue to stay there. They can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will all stay here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
20:8 s835 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two clauses say basically the same thing twice for emphasis. They can be combined. The words “none … go” and “none … return” emphasizes how the people will continue to stay there. They can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will all stay here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
20:9 xy7l 0 These words introduce the main portion of what the people say after the initial exclamation.
|
||||
20:9 l369 0 This involved tossing or rolling small marked stones to determine what God wants.
|
||||
20:10 wsa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “10 men out of 100…100 out of 1,000…1,000 out of 10,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:10 wsa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “10 men out of 100 … 100 out of 1,000 … 1,000 out of 10,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:10 mm9k 0 food and other things the people need
|
||||
20:11 wfs1 0 “came together to attack the city”
|
||||
20:13 m9f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “kill them” or “execute them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
20:44 jd79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “18,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:44 c8tw 0 “had fought bravely in the battle”
|
||||
20:45 akn8 0 “The remaining Benjamites turned and fled”
|
||||
20:45 e3cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5,000…2,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:45 e3cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5,000 … 2,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:45 y3ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
20:46 d674 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “25,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
20:47 h1ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “600” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ front:intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
21:9 qs2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers back to the earlier assembly at Mizpah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “none of the inhabitants of Jabesh Gilead had been present at Mizpah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:10 p52b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “12,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
21:10 qw5x 0 The next verse will add an exception to this general instruction.
|
||||
21:10 ajh8 0 “kill…with their swords”
|
||||
21:10 ajh8 0 “kill … with their swords”
|
||||
21:12 n2u2 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Judges 21:8](../21/08.md).
|
||||
21:12 ani7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “400 young women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
21:12 w47b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “who had not had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
|
294
tn_JER.tsv
294
tn_JER.tsv
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
1:16 wrh7 0 “I will pronounce sentence against the people of Judah”
|
||||
1:16 s442 0 Since the people had made the idols with their own hands, they should have known that the idols are not worthy of worship.
|
||||
1:17 k94h 0 Yahweh continues speaking to Jeremiah.
|
||||
1:17 qw4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “be shattered” represents being extremely afraid, and “shatter” represents causing Jeremiah to be extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “Do not be terrified…I will terrify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:17 qw4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “be shattered” represents being extremely afraid, and “shatter” represents causing Jeremiah to be extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “Do not be terrified … I will terrify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:18 q32g 0 “Pay attention!”
|
||||
1:18 k16n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being strong like these things represents being confident and unchanging in saying what God had told him to say. Alternate translation: “I have made you strong against the whole land like a fortified city, an iron pillar, and bronze walls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:18 l1sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These were the strongest materials known at that time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:5 p2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This represents choosing to be loyal to idols and worship them. Alternate translation: “they worshiped useless idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:5 ea5y 0 idols that people can use for nothing good. The translation should not make people think that there are some idols that are useful.
|
||||
2:6 qj82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that they should have said what follows. Alternate translation: “They should have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:6 bj3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question would have been used to show the people’s need of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “We need Yahweh. He is the one who brought us…Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:6 sb9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question would have been used to show the people’s need of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “We need Yahweh. He is the one who led us…lives.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:6 bj3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question would have been used to show the people’s need of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “We need Yahweh. He is the one who brought us … Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:6 sb9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question would have been used to show the people’s need of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “We need Yahweh. He is the one who led us … lives.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:6 xpu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A “land of drought” is a land that does not have enough water. Here “deep darkness” is a metaphor for danger. Alternate translation: “a dangerous land where there is not enough water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:7 e78y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “you sinned and made the land I gave you disgusting to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:7 z346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “defiled” represents making the land unacceptable to God. They did this by sinning against him there when they worshiped idols. Alternate translation: “by sinning, you made my land no good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:9 wb2t 0 “your future generations”
|
||||
2:10 m3dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Kittim was an island west of Israel. Today it is called Cyprus. It represented all the lands far to the west of Israel. Alternate translation: “go west across the ocean to Kittim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:10 r42k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Kedar is the name of a land far to the east of Israel. Alternate translation: “Send messengers far east to the land of Kedar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:11 g27j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to tell the people of Israel that other nations continue to worship their own gods. They do not change and worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You will see that no nation has ever exchanged gods…gods.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:11 g27j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to tell the people of Israel that other nations continue to worship their own gods. They do not change and worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You will see that no nation has ever exchanged gods … gods.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:11 y4gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here God speaks as though he were not speaking directly to his people. Alternate translation: “But you, my people, have exchanged me, your glorious God, for what cannot help you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:11 ad5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This expression refers to God himself, who is glorious. Alternate translation: “their glorious God” or “me, your glorious God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:11 i74r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here false gods are spoken of in terms of what they cannot do. Alternate translation: “for false gods, which cannot help” or “for gods who cannot help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:16 f67y 0 Some versions interpret the Hebrew text as “have cracked your skull.”
|
||||
2:17 rh64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to remind Israel that it is their own fault that their enemies attacked them. Alternate translation: “You caused this yourselves by abandoning Yahweh your God while he was leading you along the way.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:18 ksj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to remind his people that it does not do any good to ask Egypt and Assyria to help them. Alternate translation: “It does not help you to go to Egypt and drink from the waters of the Shihor River, or to go to Assyria and drink from the waters of the Euphrates River.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:18 qic3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These are a metaphor for asking the Egyptian and Assyrian armies to help them. Alternate translation: “why ask the Egyptians to help you…Why ask the Assyrians to help you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 qic3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These are a metaphor for asking the Egyptian and Assyrian armies to help them. Alternate translation: “why ask the Egyptians to help you … Why ask the Assyrians to help you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 b4bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a stream associated with Egypt. It may have been a branch of the Nile River. Some versions call it the Nile. Alternate translation: “the Shihor Stream” or “the Shihor River” or “the Nile River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:19 d7s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Both of these phrases mean that their punishment is the result of their wicked behavior. Alternate translation: “Because you have been wicked and unfaithful, I will punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:19 r6k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys 0 Here the word “bitter” describes “wicked.” Alternate translation: “it is bitterly wicked” or “it is extremely wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:21 ys3q 0 Here “pure seed” is the best seed that has not been mixed with seed that is not good. Alternate translation: “that grew from excellent seed”
|
||||
2:21 ht1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to rebuke his people for changing and becoming like a corrupt worthless vine. Alternate translation: “But you have changed yourself into a corrupt, worthless vine!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:22 d3qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:23 njn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to rebuke his people for saying that they have not worshiped the Baals. Alternate translation: “You lie when you say, ‘I…have not walked after the Baals.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:23 njn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to rebuke his people for saying that they have not worshiped the Baals. Alternate translation: “You lie when you say, ‘I … have not walked after the Baals.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:23 ga8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor for serving or worshiping. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:23 y5u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of Israel worshiping other gods as if they were like a female camel running in different directions looking for a male camel to mate with. Alternate translation: “You are like a swift female camel running back and forth looking for a male camel to mate with” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:23 uh3n 0 able to run quickly
|
||||
|
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:3 bza8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So I withheld the showers from you” or “So I prevented the rains from falling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:3 ry2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The arrogance showing on a person’s face is spoken of as if the face itself were arrogant. Alternate translation: “But the expression on your face shows that you arrogant, like the face of a prostitute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:5 gxd9 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you not” in verse 4 ends here.
|
||||
3:5 tm6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you not” in verse 4 ends here. God uses this question to rebuke his people for calling out to him and saying these things. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have just called out to me: ‘My father…youth! Will he…to the end?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:5 tm6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you not” in verse 4 ends here. God uses this question to rebuke his people for calling out to him and saying these things. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have just called out to me: ‘My father … youth! Will he … to the end?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:5 ks4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These questions express the people’s hope that God will not be angry with them forever. They can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “Surely he will not always be angry. Surely he will not always keep his wrath to the end.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:5 ad4m 0 “pay attention” or “listen”
|
||||
3:6 q6wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to draw Jeremiah’s attention to Israel’s faithlessness. It can be translated as a command or a statement. Alternate translation: “See how faithless Israel is to me.” or “You see how faithless Israel is to me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:13 cyd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 People would worship idols under trees. The word “every” is a generalization used to show that the people of Israel worshiped many gods under many different trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
3:13 n89f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
3:14 rfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of Israel belonging to him as if he were Israel’s husband. Alternate translation: “you belong to me as a wife belongs to her husband” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:15 khd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here God speaks of leaders as if they were shepherds and the people they led were sheep. Alternate translation: “I will give you leaders…they will lead you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:15 khd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here God speaks of leaders as if they were shepherds and the people they led were sheep. Alternate translation: “I will give you leaders … they will lead you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:15 jfu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” represents Yahweh’s desire or will. The phrase “after my heart” is an idiom that describes people who do God’s will. Alternate translation: “shepherds who do my will” or “shepherds who do what I want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:16 aah8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “you” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “bear fruit” is a metaphor for having many descendants. Alternate translation: “you will increase greatly in number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
3:16 dr84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:18 f85t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “Israel” or “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:18 ni8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of giving them the land to possess forever as if it were an inheritance. Alternate translation: “the land that I gave to your ancestors so that it would belong to their descendants forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:19 mwz9 0 the word “me” refers to Yahweh
|
||||
3:19 x77q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations 0 This is an exclamation that expresses God’s desire. Alternate translation: “I want so much to treat you as my son…nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
3:19 x77q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations 0 This is an exclamation that expresses God’s desire. Alternate translation: “I want so much to treat you as my son … nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
3:19 fll8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 God speaks of Israel as if Israel were his son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
3:19 h67j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of the land he wanted to give to Israel as if it were an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:20 p93d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 God speaks of Israel being unfaithful to him as if she were an unfaithful wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
4:8 q3kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 People would wear sackcloth to show that they were very sad. In this context it would be to show that they were very sorry for the bad things they had done. Alternate translation: “put on the clothes that show you are mourning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
4:8 j7pi 0 cry loudly
|
||||
4:8 pwd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Anger is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could turn away from people. Here “Yahweh’s anger has not turned away from us” means that Yahweh is still very angry with the people. Alternate translation: “For Yahweh is still very angry with us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:9 l39s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hearts” represent courage. Also “the hearts…will die” represents losing courage and being afraid. Alternate translation: “the king and his officials will stop being courageous” or “the king and his officials will be terrified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:9 l39s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hearts” represent courage. Also “the hearts … will die” represents losing courage and being afraid. Alternate translation: “the king and his officials will stop being courageous” or “the king and his officials will be terrified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:10 u3zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here enemies being ready to kill people is spoken of as if the sword was a person striking at people. Alternate translation: “our enemies are ready to slaughter us with their swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
4:11 eaf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:11 l2gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here a “burning wind” represents a fierce and merciless enemy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
4:21 k2xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses these questions to show his distress about seeing the battle flag and hearing the sound of the horn for such a long time. He wishes that the battle would end soon. It can be stated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Oh, how I wish that the battle would end, and the flag would be lowered, and the sound of the army’s horn would stop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:21 cy1e 0 “the battle flag”
|
||||
4:21 bdm1 0 Someone would blow the horn as a signal for battle.
|
||||
4:22 q9tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It can be stated clearly that Yahweh says this. This is probably his reply to Jeremiah, telling why the battle is still happening. Alternate translation: “Yahweh replied, ‘It is because of the foolishness of my people…do not know to do good.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:22 q9tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It can be stated clearly that Yahweh says this. This is probably his reply to Jeremiah, telling why the battle is still happening. Alternate translation: “Yahweh replied, ‘It is because of the foolishness of my people … do not know to do good.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:22 ci3d 0 “stupid people”
|
||||
4:23 lj51 0 Jeremiah describes a vision that God gave him about things that would happen later.
|
||||
4:23 r4yf 0 The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
4:30 dp7c 0 Yahweh speaks of the people of Judah as if they were a prostitute because they were unfaithful to him by worshiping other gods.
|
||||
4:30 n253 0 Yahweh continues speaking to Judah.
|
||||
4:30 cmv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to tell the people of Judah that there is nothing they can do to help themselves. Alternate translation: “Now that your enemies have devastated you, there is nothing you can do to find help. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:30 r96u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 God speaks of the people of Judah as if they were a prostitute making herself look beautiful in order to attract men to her. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Like a prostitute you dress in scarlet…good jewelry…eyes…with paint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:30 r96u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 God speaks of the people of Judah as if they were a prostitute making herself look beautiful in order to attract men to her. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Like a prostitute you dress in scarlet … good jewelry … eyes … with paint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:30 qfd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “scarlet” represents expensive, red clothing. Alternate translation: “you wear expensive red clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:30 r71v 0 “you put on gold jewelry”
|
||||
4:30 z4md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of the nations that Judah had depended on for wealth and business as if they were men who lusted after Judah. Those nations would reject Judah when they see God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -361,11 +361,11 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
5:7 mvg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Providing all they needed is spoken of as feeding them. Alternate translation: “I gave them everything they needed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:7 cc9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This may be a metaphor for being unfaithful to God and worshiping idols, but idol worship also included prostitution. Alternate translation: “they were unfaithful to me and went in large numbers to the houses of prostitutes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:7 vq87 0 “went in large groups to the houses of prostitutes” or “large groups of them went to the houses of prostitutes”
|
||||
5:8 m3wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Because the God speaks of them as if they were horses that wanted to mate with other horses. Alternate translation: “They were like horses in heat…neighed to his neighbor’s wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:8 m3wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Because the God speaks of them as if they were horses that wanted to mate with other horses. Alternate translation: “They were like horses in heat … neighed to his neighbor’s wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:8 yq1u 0 ready to mate
|
||||
5:8 u1ts 0 when animals breed to reproduce
|
||||
5:8 hgv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Male horses neigh loudly to female horses when they want to mate with them. Alternate translation: “Like horses who mate with more than one horse, these men wanted to sleep with other men’s wives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:9 i5z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the things that they are doing are so bad that he will no have mercy but will punish them. Alternate translation: “Because they do these things, I will punish them…I will certainly get revenge for myself against them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:9 i5z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the things that they are doing are so bad that he will no have mercy but will punish them. Alternate translation: “Because they do these things, I will punish them … I will certainly get revenge for myself against them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:9 l377 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
5:10 rwg3 0 Yahweh continues to speak. Here he speaks to the enemies of Israel.
|
||||
5:10 uh17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In verses 10-13 Yahweh speaks to Israel’s enemies. This can be made clear in the quotation. Alternate translation: “You enemies of Israel, go up onto her vineyards’ terraces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
5:18 hp6x 0 Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel and Jeremiah.
|
||||
5:18 fq65 0 “will not destroy”
|
||||
5:19 v6cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The phrase “these things” refers to sending armies to attack them. Alternate translation: “done all these things to harm us” or “sent foreign armies to attack us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:19 f6pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “served foreign gods” represents worshiping foreign gods. God would punish them for serving foreign gods by making them serve foreign people. Alternate translation: “Because you…worshiped foreign gods in your land, you will have to serve foreigners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:19 f6pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “served foreign gods” represents worshiping foreign gods. God would punish them for serving foreign gods by making them serve foreign people. Alternate translation: “Because you … worshiped foreign gods in your land, you will have to serve foreigners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:20 h8i5 0 Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
5:20 i1qw 0 “Tell this”
|
||||
5:20 x88v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Jacob’s descendants. Translate “house of Jacob” as in [Jeremiah 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
5:21 huc3 0 “who do not understand” or “who understand nothing”
|
||||
5:21 iqw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “cannot see” is a metonym for not understanding. Alternate translation: “you do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:21 h6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “cannot hear” represents not understanding. “Alternate translation: “you do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:22 y6ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people are extremely foolish because they do not fear Yahweh. Alternate translation: “It is foolish that you do not fear me…face!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:22 y6ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people are extremely foolish because they do not fear Yahweh. Alternate translation: “It is foolish that you do not fear me … face!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:22 u7l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The trembling would be because of fear, and being “before my face” represents being aware of who God is. Alternate translation: “or shake with fear because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:22 l6nf 0 “I placed the sand as the border for the sea”
|
||||
5:22 l23z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of the ocean not going past the border of sand as if the border were a law, and as if the ocean were a person who obeys the law. Alternate translation: “an everlasting limit that it cannot cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
5:31 lf6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 06 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Gods and battle\nIn the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
|
||||
6:1 h511 0 Yahweh is speaking.
|
||||
6:1 f21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe…by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem…so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:1 f21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe … by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem … so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:1 a8g6 0 This is who Yahweh was speaking to.
|
||||
6:1 h78h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 A trumpet is used as a warning that people will be attacked. Alternate translation: “Blow a trumpet in Tekoa to warn the people that they will be attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:1 v1e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a town about 18 kilometers south of Jerusalem. The name means “a horn for blowing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
6:7 x25i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Here “this city keeps producing wickedness” represents people in the city continuing to do wicked things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
6:7 q16a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I hear violence and disorder in her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:7 ky66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 These things being “before” God’s face represents him seeing them. Alternate translation: “I constantly see sickness and wounds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:8 ctm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here God speaks to the people of Jerusalem as if he were speaking to the city itself. Alternate translation: “Accept discipline, you people of Jerusalem…make your land into a ruin, an uninhabited land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:8 ctm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here God speaks to the people of Jerusalem as if he were speaking to the city itself. Alternate translation: “Accept discipline, you people of Jerusalem … make your land into a ruin, an uninhabited land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:8 nn5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Accept discipline” here is a metaphor for learning from discipline. Alternate translation: “Learn from your discipline” or “When I punish you, learn to do what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:8 vvn8 0 “a land that has no people living in it”
|
||||
6:9 sz1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the enemy attacking those who remain as if the enemy were to pick grapes that remain in a vineyard after others have harvested it. Alternate translation: “After destroying Israel, they will certainly come back to attack the people who are still alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -587,10 +587,10 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
7:8 d4gt 0 The word “you” in these verses refers to the people of Judah.
|
||||
7:8 znm8 0 Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah.
|
||||
7:8 s1dh 0 The word “Behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the information that follows.
|
||||
7:9 bi95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These questions expect a positive answer to make the point that God knows the sins they are committing. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You steal, kill, and commit adultery. You swear…and walk after other gods whom you have not known.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:9 bi95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These questions expect a positive answer to make the point that God knows the sins they are committing. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You steal, kill, and commit adultery. You swear … and walk after other gods whom you have not known.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:9 ikv4 0 “lie even in your oaths”
|
||||
7:9 ps9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here walking after is a metonym for following after with the intent to serve and obey. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:6](../07/06.md). Alternate translation: “serve other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:10 w19j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a positive answer to make the point that God knows the hypocrisy of their words and actions. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then you come and stand…so you can do all of these abominations.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:10 w19j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a positive answer to make the point that God knows the hypocrisy of their words and actions. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then you come and stand … so you can do all of these abominations.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:10 ras4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This is a metonym for Yahweh’s temple. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “house that belongs to me” or “temple where you worship me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:11 pb4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a positive answer to make the point that God knows what they think about Yahweh’s temple. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This house, which carries my name, is a den of bandits in your eyes!” or “You act as though you think this house, which is called by my name, should be a place where bandits can go to hide!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:11 kj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Yahweh’s temple is spoken of as if it was carrying the name of Yahweh. This has a similar meaning to “this house that is called by my name” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
7:31 ikn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a valley south of the city of Jerusalem, where people sacrificed to false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
7:31 iq5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “mind” refers to Yahweh’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “nor did I ever think about it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:32 dgv5 0 The word “see” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||||
7:32 pkn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” Alternate translation: “in the future…it” or “there will be a time…when it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:32 pkn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” Alternate translation: “in the future … it” or “there will be a time … when it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:32 t424 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
7:32 ums9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will no longer call it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:32 zbr4 0 “they will bury dead people”
|
||||
|
@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
9:8 ak19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of people’s tongues as if they were sharpened arrows because of how the people hurt others by what they say. Here their speech is represented by their “tongues.” Alternate translation: “Their words are like sharpened arrows that hurt other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:8 yi2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here people’s speech is represented by their “mouths.” Alternate translation: “They speak, saying that they want peace with their neighbors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:8 f4zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here a people’s desires are represented by their “hearts.” This speaks of them wanting to hurt their neighbors as if they were an animal crouching and waiting to attack its prey. Alternate translation: “but what they really want is to destroy their neighbors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:9 x1jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the things that they are doing are so bad that he will not have mercy and stop himself from punishing them. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “Because they do these things, I will punish them…I will certainly get revenge for myself against them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:9 x1jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the things that they are doing are so bad that he will not have mercy and stop himself from punishing them. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “Because they do these things, I will punish them … I will certainly get revenge for myself against them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:9 fm1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
9:10 p4rg 0 Yahweh continues speaking about the people of Judah. In verse 12, Jeremiah makes a comment.
|
||||
9:10 zfu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh is mourning for the land of Israel as if it were a person who died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
9:12 lun7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that only a very wise person will understand the things he has said. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Only people who are very wise can understand these things.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:12 dem8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that only the people he has spoken to can declare these things. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Only those who have been taught by Yahweh can explain these things to others.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:12 r7i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Yahweh’s speech is represented by his “mouth.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
9:12 ru4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that only a wise person could explain why the land has been destroyed. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Only a wise person could explain why the land has perished and been destroyed…pass through.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:12 ru4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that only a wise person could explain why the land has been destroyed. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Only a wise person could explain why the land has perished and been destroyed … pass through.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:12 x8mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Both “perished” and “been ruined” describe the land being ruined. Alternate translation: “is the land ruined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
9:13 nkx8 0 Yahweh continues speaking about the people of Judah.
|
||||
9:13 v98g 0 “These things will happen because”
|
||||
|
@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
10:20 plf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Jeremiah represents the whole tribe of Israel. Alternate translation: “Our enemies have taken our children away from us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:20 tc5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The children no longer existing is a metaphor for the parents never seeing them again. Alternate translation: “and it is like they no longer exist” or “and they will never return again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:20 n6v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Jeremiah speaks of them not having descendants to rebuild their city as if their city were a tent that needs to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “There is no one to rebuild our city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:21 x7r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the leaders of Israel are spoken of as if they were shepherds and the people of Israel are spoken of as if they were flocks of sheep. Alternate translation: “For the shepherds of our people are stupid…all the people of their flock have been scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:21 x7r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the leaders of Israel are spoken of as if they were shepherds and the people of Israel are spoken of as if they were flocks of sheep. Alternate translation: “For the shepherds of our people are stupid … all the people of their flock have been scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:21 zmx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and their enemies have scattered all their flock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:22 r6v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the marching enemy armies are spoken of as if they were an earthquake. The word “See!” is used here as an idiom to draw the listener’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Look! The enemy army is coming, they sound like a great earthquake as they are marching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
10:22 t67q 0 a type of fierce wild dog
|
||||
|
@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
12:7 v6xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hands” represents control. Alternate translation: “to be conquered by her enemies” or “over to the control of her enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:7 ra61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Yahweh refers to his people as a female by using a feminine pronoun. Alternate translation: “of their” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
12:8 n59e 0 This continues to speaks of Yahweh’s people as a lion. This speaks of the people showing they are against him as if they were roaring at him. Alternate translation: “it is like she roars at me to defy me”
|
||||
12:8 ik2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Yahweh refers to his people as a female by using feminine pronouns. Alternate translation: “they set themselves…with their…hate them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
12:8 ik2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Yahweh refers to his people as a female by using feminine pronouns. Alternate translation: “they set themselves … with their … hate them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
12:9 m995 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that his people are surrounded by their enemies. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “My prized possession has become a speckled bird and other birds of prey go against her all around.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:9 j8nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here Yahweh speaks of his people as his “prized possession.” Alternate translation: “Have not my people, who are my prized possession” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:9 rn3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Yahweh speaks of his people being in danger and surrounded by their enemies as if they were a speckled bird surrounded by birds of prey. Alternate translation: “become like a speckled bird, and her enemies are like birds of prey attacking her on all sides” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1059,12 +1059,12 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
13:9 a1zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here Judah and Jerusalem refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “of the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:10 j3d9 0 “to obey what I say”
|
||||
13:10 rn4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who are stubborn and only do the things they desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:11 z1xb 0 “sticks to…stick to me” or “stays close to…stay close to me”
|
||||
13:11 t4mp 0 “all the people of…all the people of”
|
||||
13:11 z1xb 0 “sticks to … stick to me” or “stays close to … stay close to me”
|
||||
13:11 t4mp 0 “all the people of … all the people of”
|
||||
13:11 uak7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Israel. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Israel” or “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:11 h7ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Judah, which included the descendants of Judah and Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Judah” or “the kingdom of Judah” or “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:11 b9j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
13:12 sbk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Every wineskin should be full of wine…every wineskin should be full of wine” or “Every wine jar should be full of wine…every wine jar should be full of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:12 sbk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Every wineskin should be full of wine … every wineskin should be full of wine” or “Every wine jar should be full of wine … every wine jar should be full of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:13 bv6t 0 This word is used here to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
13:13 g8y3 0 “cause all the people of this land to be drunk”
|
||||
13:13 e418 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the throne that the king of Judah sits on is represented as “David’s throne.” Alternate translation: “the kings who sit on Judah’s throne” or “the kings of the nation of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
14:14 t2xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “minds” are spoken of as if they were a place instead of the ability to think of ideas. Alternate translation: “that they think up themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:15 p8k9 0 Jeremiah has just been talking to Yahweh about the things the false prophets have been prophesying.
|
||||
14:15 kl3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This phrase refers to speaking with Yahweh’s power and authority or as his representative. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:14](../14/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:15 q47z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “there will be no war…perish by war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:15 q47z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “there will be no war … perish by war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:16 yx8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “famine and war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:16 ex5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. This means that whole families will die and people will throw their bodies into the streets instead of burying them. Alternate translation: “Then the people to whom they prophesied will die by famine and sword and people will throw their bodies into the streets of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:16 vjb4 0 This describes who is referred to by the word “them,” that is, everyone who died by famine and sword.
|
||||
|
@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
15:3 xfn3 0 Yahweh has just told them he will send some of them to death, some to die by the sword, some to die by famine, and some to be captives.
|
||||
15:3 b44y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “sword” refers to the enemy soldiers. Alternate translation: “the enemy soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:4 etb6 0 Here the word “them” refers to the people of Judah, not to the four groups listed in the previous verse.
|
||||
15:4 g2xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Manasseh was a very wicked king who did many evil things in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “because of the wicked things that Manasseh…did in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:4 g2xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Manasseh was a very wicked king who did many evil things in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “because of the wicked things that Manasseh … did in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:5 sb18 0 Yahweh has just told them he will assign them to four groups to kill them—the sword, dogs, birds, and beasts.
|
||||
15:5 lb4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one should mourn for Jerusalem. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one should have compassion on you, Jerusalem. No one should mourn for your destruction.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:5 wfj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “for you people who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
15:20 nx8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the people fighting with Jeremiah as if he were an army that they waged war against. Alternate translation: “they will fight against you” or “they will oppose you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:20 z1e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “save” and “rescue” mean the same thing and emphasize the safety that God promises. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
15:21 bet8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases have similar meanings and are used together to emphasize the safety that God provides. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
15:21 z99x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the wicked…the control of the tyrant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:21 z99x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the wicked … the control of the tyrant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:21 lwc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
15:21 mm5k 0 a ruler who demands absolute obedience and is not friendly for the people under his rule
|
||||
16:intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Coming punishment\n\nThe punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Israel restored\n\nGod will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
|
||||
|
@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
16:4 b995 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 The phrase “come to an end” is a mild way to say that they will die. The word “sword” represents an army whose soldiers fight with swords. The phrase represents dying in battle. Alternate translation: “they will die in battle or from famine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:5 irw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said, ‘Do” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me: ‘Do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:5 byl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “mourning” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “where people are mourning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
16:5 e7zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of no longer acting towards the people with peace, steadfast love, and mercy as if these were items that he has taken away from them. Alternate translation: “I will no longer act towards them with peace…or with steadfast love and mercy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:5 e7zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of no longer acting towards the people with peace, steadfast love, and mercy as if these were items that he has taken away from them. Alternate translation: “I will no longer act towards them with peace … or with steadfast love and mercy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:5 fg62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:6 ngj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This refers to all kinds of people and uses size to refer to how important they are. Alternate translation: “Both the important and the unimportant” or “Many people, regardless of how important they are, will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
16:6 k2n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will bury them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
17:6 wqm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The person who trusts in man instead of Yahweh will be like a plant that struggles to survive in an infertile land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
17:6 d8k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The phrase “barren land without inhabitants” describes and means basically the same thing as “wilderness.” Alternate translation: “the barren wilderness where no person lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
17:8 rs4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The person who trusts in Yahweh will always prosper, just like a tree does when it is planted by a river. It is not affected when there is no rain. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will be like a tree that someone has planted by water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:8 pf89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Yahweh speaks of a tree that draws its water from a stream being unaffected by heat and drought as if the tree were unafraid of these things. Alternate translation: “The heat will not affect it when it comes…No harm is caused to it in a year of drought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
17:8 pf89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Yahweh speaks of a tree that draws its water from a stream being unaffected by heat and drought as if the tree were unafraid of these things. Alternate translation: “The heat will not affect it when it comes … No harm is caused to it in a year of drought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
17:9 q56q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “heart” refers to the minds and thoughts of people. Alternate translation: “The human mind is more deceitful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:9 h5pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speaker uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one can understand the human heart. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one can understand it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:10 per1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hearts” represents the emotions. Alternate translation: “who tests the emotions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
17:13 e5ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor in which Yahweh speaks of people dying and being forgotten as if someone writes their names in the dust, and those names quickly disappear. Alternate translation: “will disappear like names that someone writes in the dust” or (2) the word “earth” is a metonym for the place of the dead. The phrase is a metaphor in which Yahweh speaks of people going to the place of the dead as if someone enrolled their names in the records of those who have died. Alternate translation: “will join those in the place of the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:13 vf2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jeremiah speaks of Yahweh being the source of life as if he were a fountain of living waters. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, who is like a fountain of living waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:13 pj3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jeremiah speaks of fresh, running water as if it were living water. Alternate translation: “the fountain of fresh, running water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:14 emc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you really will have healed me…you really will have rescued me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:14 emc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you really will have healed me … you really will have rescued me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:14 t5hz 0 Possible meanings are (1) “For you are the one whom I praise” or (2) “For you are the reason I sing praise.”
|
||||
17:15 c8ap 0 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
|
||||
17:15 kn8p 0 Here the word “me” refers to Jeremiah and the word “they” to his enemies.
|
||||
|
@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
19:2 r77q 0 This is the name of a valley south of the city of Jerusalem, where people sacrificed to false gods. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:31](../07/31.md).
|
||||
19:3 lse3 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
19:3 tn4j 0 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
19:3 wu9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “ears…will tingle” is an idiom that means everyone will be shocked by what they hear. Alternate translation: “it will shock everyone who hears of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:3 wu9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “ears … will tingle” is an idiom that means everyone will be shocked by what they hear. Alternate translation: “it will shock everyone who hears of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:3 w8jh 0 Possible meanings are (1) “will ring” or (2) “will quiver.”
|
||||
19:4 i11f 0 Here the word “they” refers to the people of Judah.
|
||||
19:4 h6hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “innocent blood” represents the murder of innocent people. Yahweh speaks of murdering many people as filling a place with blood. Alternate translation: “murdered many innocent people in this place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
19:6 n996 0 See how you translated the names of these places in [Jeremiah 7:31](../07/31.md).
|
||||
19:7 mk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “to fall by the sword” means to die in battle. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will enable their enemies to kill them with swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:7 l3wj 0 The word “them” refers to the people of Judah and Jerusalem.
|
||||
19:7 hl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. The idiom “fall…by the hand of” means to be killed by someone, with the word “hand” representing the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will enable those who want to kill them to kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:7 hl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. The idiom “fall … by the hand of” means to be killed by someone, with the word “hand” representing the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will enable those who want to kill them to kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:8 qfw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “hissing” refers to a sound that shows strong disapproval and can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “an object at which people hiss” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
19:9 x4ye 0 “I will make the people who live in Jerusalem eat”
|
||||
19:9 gu5g 0 “because of the siege”
|
||||
|
@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
20:16 ucg7 0 Here the word “him” refers to “that man.”
|
||||
20:17 j5v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jeremiah speaks of his dying while his mother was still pregnant with him as if his mother’s womb were his tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:17 z5dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jeremiah speaks of his pregnant mother never giving birth to the baby in her womb as if she had been pregnant forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:18 zc9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this rhetorical question to complain that there was no good reason for him to be born. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no reason for me to be born only to see troubles and agony…shame.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:18 zc9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this rhetorical question to complain that there was no good reason for him to be born. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no reason for me to be born only to see troubles and agony … shame.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:18 szf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “troubles” and “agony” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the amount and severity of suffering. Alternate translation: “to experience so much suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
20:18 fz2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “days” represents all the days of Jeremiah’s life. Alternate translation: “my life is filled with shame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
21:intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Jerusalem doomed\n\nGod will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
|
@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
21:1 ur9x 0 This is not the same Pashhur that was mentioned in [Jeremiah 20:1](../20/01.md).
|
||||
21:1 ad5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
21:1 zpe3 0 “Pashhur and Zephaniah said to Jeremiah”
|
||||
21:2 q4d4 0 This was a polite, but urgent request. Alternate translation: “Please speak to Yahweh for us…attacking us”
|
||||
21:2 q4d4 0 This was a polite, but urgent request. Alternate translation: “Please speak to Yahweh for us … attacking us”
|
||||
21:2 z5nz 0 “as he did in the past”
|
||||
21:2 s62n 0 “will make him go away”
|
||||
21:4 leg9 0 This tells the hearer to pay special attention to what follows.
|
||||
|
@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
21:13 a8zt 0 This alerts whoever is hearing to pay special attention to what follows. Alternate translation: “Pay attention”
|
||||
21:13 qie5 0 Possible meanings are (1) this may refer to Jerusalem, which was located above a valley, because “inhabitant” is singular and feminine, as is Jerusalem or (2) this is directed to another city or group of people. Most versions leave the original form rather than specifying the city.
|
||||
21:13 h96i 0 “I oppose” or “I am going to punish”
|
||||
21:13 dxt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These questions are used to state their confidence that they can resist attack. Alternate translation: “No one will attack us!…No one will enter our houses!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:13 dxt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These questions are used to state their confidence that they can resist attack. Alternate translation: “No one will attack us! … No one will enter our houses!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:14 uf3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The result of their evil deeds is spoken of as fruit which grew from those practices. Alternate translation: “I will punish you as you deserve because of the things you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:14 nf8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor for the columns of wood that supported the palace or (2) these are literal patches of brush. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Luxury and oppression\n\nBecause the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
|
||||
|
@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
22:3 y9er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “the power of the oppressor” or “the one who would harm him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:3 m38q 0 “Do not treat badly”
|
||||
22:3 z2z9 0 a child who does not have parents
|
||||
22:3 b6c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “pour out…blood” is associated with murder, and “blood” refers to the murdered people. Alternate translation: “Do not…murder innocent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:3 b6c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “pour out … blood” is associated with murder, and “blood” refers to the murdered people. Alternate translation: “Do not … murder innocent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:3 t9h8 0 Possible meanings are (1) Jerusalem or (2) the whole country of Judah. This does not imply that it is good to murder people in other places.
|
||||
22:4 f37x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The metonym “throne” refers to kingly authority like David had. Alternate translation: “kings, ruling like David before them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:4 vfy3 0 This refers to the gates to the courtyard of the palace.
|
||||
|
@ -1559,14 +1559,14 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
22:14 m567 0 These refer to King Jehoahaz (verse 11).
|
||||
22:14 ub8w 0 These characteristics all describe a very expensive house.
|
||||
22:15 ag7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to rebuke Jehoiakim for his expensive palace. Alternate translation: “Having a cedar palace does not make you a good king.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:15 b88r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Jehoiakim about the example of his father, King Josiah. Alternate translation: “Your father King Josiah enjoyed his life, yet did…righteousness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:15 b88r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Jehoiakim about the example of his father, King Josiah. Alternate translation: “Your father King Josiah enjoyed his life, yet did … righteousness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:15 y86v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These abstract nouns have similar meanings, are repeated for emphasis and can be stated as actions. Alternate translation: “act justly and fairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
22:16 nkx5 0 “Things went well for him”
|
||||
22:16 y4lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to rebuke Jehoiakim for not following the example of his father, King Josiah. Alternate translation: “This is what it means to know me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:16 rd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
22:17 tab3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “eyes” is a metonym for seeing and “heart” is a metonym for thinking. Alternate translation: “you never look for or think about anything except…crushing of others” or “you only look for and think about ways to cheat others and pour out innocent blood, and to oppress and crush others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:17 tab3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “eyes” is a metonym for seeing and “heart” is a metonym for thinking. Alternate translation: “you never look for or think about anything except … crushing of others” or “you only look for and think about ways to cheat others and pour out innocent blood, and to oppress and crush others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:17 u23t 0 This is getting money by cheating or by using unfair means.
|
||||
22:17 idh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “pouring out…blood” is associated with murder, and “blood” refers to the murdered people. Alternate translation: “murdering innocent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:17 idh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “pouring out … blood” is associated with murder, and “blood” refers to the murdered people. Alternate translation: “murdering innocent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
22:17 l1rn 0 “doing violence to others in order to get money”
|
||||
22:18 h7h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 In verse 18, Yahweh stops speaking directly to Jehoiakim and begins to speak to other people. Here “lament” refers to grieving at Jehoiakim’s death. Alternate translation: “They will not lament for Jehoiakim when he dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
22:18 n6j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh uses the word “Woe” several times for emphasis. He addresses the various people who would normally show great sadness when someone dies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
23:14 gu9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means they lived a life of deceit. Alternate translation: “live in dishonesty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:14 v93v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “hands” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “They strengthen those who do evil” or “They encourage people who do evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
23:14 hf5u 0 This can be state in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone continues in their sin”
|
||||
23:14 cc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Sodom and Gomorrah were cities that were so wicked that God destroyed them with fire from heaven. Alternate translation: “They all became as evil as Sodom…as wicked as Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
23:14 cc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Sodom and Gomorrah were cities that were so wicked that God destroyed them with fire from heaven. Alternate translation: “They all became as evil as Sodom … as wicked as Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
23:15 t5fw 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
23:15 cv5x 0 The word “look” here alerts the reader to pay attention to the important information that follows.
|
||||
23:15 ug5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Wormwood is a plant that is very bitter and unpleasant to eat. This phrase describes the punishment that Yahweh was going to bring about on the evil prophets. In the same way wormwood was bitter and the water was poisonous, so would Yaweh’s judgment be on the evil prophets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
23:22 kym3 0 In ancient times, God was thought to hold meetings with the angels in heaven. Yahweh is referring to this kind of meeting, which humans could not attend. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 23:18](../23/18.md).
|
||||
23:22 n2ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means they would stop doing these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:23 w171 0 Yahweh continues to deliver his message about the false prophets and priests that he began in [Jeremiah 23:9](../23/09.md) and completes in [Jeremiah 23:40](./40.md).
|
||||
23:23 dpw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to rebuke the priests and false prophets for thinking that he did not rule everywhere. Alternate translation: “I am not only a God who is here in Jerusalem…but I am everywhere!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:23 dpw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to rebuke the priests and false prophets for thinking that he did not rule everywhere. Alternate translation: “I am not only a God who is here in Jerusalem … but I am everywhere!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:23 ek7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
23:24 s2d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to rebuke the priests and false prophets for thinking that he did not see the evil that they were doing. Alternate translation: “No one can hide in a secret place so I cannot see him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:24 asa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is everywhere in heaven and on earth. Alternate translation: “I am everywhere, both in the heavens and on the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1687,11 +1687,11 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
23:25 ax5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 They meant that this dream was from God. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I had a dream from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
23:26 ud78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh asks this question to emphasize that this is something that should not continue. Alternate translation: “This should not continue, prophets declaring lies which they themselves have made up.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
23:26 acr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that the false prophets made up their prophesies. Alternate translation: “prophesy things that come only from their own minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
23:27 z1ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” refers to the whole being of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “forget me…forgot me” or “forget who I am…forgot who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:27 z1ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” refers to the whole being of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “forget me … forgot me” or “forget who I am … forgot who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:27 ph7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Baal’s name” refers to the god Baal. Alternate translation: “leading my people to worship Baal instead of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:28 uu8f 0 Yahweh continues to deliver his message about the false prophets and priests that he began in [Jeremiah 23:9](../23/09.md) and completes in [Jeremiah 23:40](./40.md).
|
||||
23:28 nf21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
23:29 cmi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to emphasize that his word is much more powerful than the words of mere men. In that way, his word is like fire or a hammer. Alternate translation: “My word is powerful like fire…and powerful like a hammer that shatters a rock into pieces.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
23:29 cmi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to emphasize that his word is much more powerful than the words of mere men. In that way, his word is like fire or a hammer. Alternate translation: “My word is powerful like fire … and powerful like a hammer that shatters a rock into pieces.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
23:30 s9jd 0 “I am opposed to”
|
||||
23:30 za3e 0 This implies that the false prophets are thieves. They are so evil that they take each other’s messages without permission rather than make up their own false messages.
|
||||
23:31 fj9k 0 Yahweh continues to deliver his message about the false prophets and priests that he began in [Jeremiah 23:9](../23/09.md) and completes in [Jeremiah 23:40](./40.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
24:1 gms2 0 people skilled at building things
|
||||
24:1 i6yi 0 people skilled at creating things out of metal
|
||||
24:2 yn27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could eat them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
24:3 wk1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could eat them…no one can eat them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
24:3 wk1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could eat them … no one can eat them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
24:4 th8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
24:5 bn7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “look on” is an idiom that means Yahweh will take care of them. Alternate translation: “I will take good care of the exiles of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
24:5 vt5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The good figs represent those Judean exiles sent to the land of Chaldea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -1755,8 +1755,8 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
25:7 t2s6 0 “so that I do harm to you”
|
||||
25:8 i8m8 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
25:9 rd1n 0 “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what i am about to tell you”
|
||||
25:9 kxv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom to “bring…against this land” means that they will attack the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “bring them to attack this land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:9 h39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “set…apart for destruction” means to destroy something completely. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:9 kxv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom to “bring … against this land” means that they will attack the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “bring them to attack this land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:9 h39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “set … apart for destruction” means to destroy something completely. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:9 h2cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “horror” may be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “I will turn them into something that horrifies people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
25:9 e1u4 0 The word “hissing” refers to a sound that shows strong disapproval and can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “an object at which people will hiss”
|
||||
25:10 nzy3 0 These are two large, round stones used to grind grain.
|
||||
|
@ -1768,11 +1768,11 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
25:14 tv7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of punishing the people of the nations for what they have done as if he were paying them back. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:14 l9f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The idiom “the works of their hands” refers to the actions of a person, with the word “hands” being a synecdoche that represents the person who does those actions. Alternate translation: “everything that they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
25:15 uqa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of his extreme anger as if it were wine that fills a cup. Alternate translation: “Take this cup of wine that represents my fury” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:15 nl26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “nations” represents the people of the nations. Yahweh speaks of people experiencing his fury as if they were to drink the wine that is in the cup. Alternate translation: “make all the people of the nations…drink the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:15 nl26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “nations” represents the people of the nations. Yahweh speaks of people experiencing his fury as if they were to drink the wine that is in the cup. Alternate translation: “make all the people of the nations … drink the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:16 y8ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of the people being terrified about his fury as if they were drunk from drinking the wine from the cup. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:16 ftn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “because of the wars that I am causing to happen among them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:17 ti8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This passage continues the metaphor of Yahweh’s extreme anger as wine that he causes the people of the nations to drink from a cup. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:17 h4ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “nations” represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “I made all the people of the nations…drink the wine from the cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:17 h4ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “nations” represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “I made all the people of the nations … drink the wine from the cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:18 a2nm 0 The adjective “terrifying” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “something that terrifies people”
|
||||
25:18 m6p4 0 The word “hissing” refers to a sound that shows strong disapproval. Both “hissing” and “cursing” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “an object at which people hiss and which they curse”
|
||||
25:18 jbw1 0 Possible meanings are that this phrase (1) refers to the time when the book of Jeremiah was written and some time after Jeremiah had proclaimed this prophecy or (2) means that the things about which Jeremiah prophesies here have already started to happen.
|
||||
|
@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
26:6 w3q2 0 “so that all the nations on earth can see me do it”
|
||||
26:7 id3z 0 the temple
|
||||
26:8 zr32 0 Possible meanings are (1) The people chose to believe the lie of false peace and did not want to be confronted with the truth, or (2) the people believed the other prophets proclaiming peace and saw Jeremiah as a false prophet who should be stoned for leading the people astray.
|
||||
26:9 sb1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rebuke can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have prophesied…inhabitant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:9 sb1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rebuke can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have prophesied … inhabitant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:10 kp6h 0 the name of the gate through which people went into the temple
|
||||
26:11 n24j 0 “you heard”
|
||||
26:12 m8sc 0 “the people who worship in Yahweh’s temple and those who live in the city of Jerusalem”
|
||||
|
@ -1849,9 +1849,9 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
26:18 t6dn 0 a person from the town or region of Moresheth
|
||||
26:18 az6u 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
26:18 pi1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “Zion” and “the hill of the temple” refer to the same place. When a farmer plows a field, he turns over all the dirt and uproots all the plants that are growing there. A thicket is so full of bushes that no one can use it for anything. These two metaphors cannot be literally true at the same time, but they emphasize that Yahweh will allow the invaders to completely destroy the temple area. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:19 qp3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speakers are trying to get the hearers to agree with what they are saying. Alternate translation: “You know very well that Hezekiah…did not put him to death.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:19 qp3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speakers are trying to get the hearers to agree with what they are saying. Alternate translation: “You know very well that Hezekiah … did not put him to death.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:19 pa6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The land is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “all the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:19 vxq8 0 The speakers are trying to get the hearers to agree with what they are saying. Alternate translation: “You know very well that he feared Yahweh and appeased the face of Yahweh so that Yahweh…them.”
|
||||
26:19 vxq8 0 The speakers are trying to get the hearers to agree with what they are saying. Alternate translation: “You know very well that he feared Yahweh and appeased the face of Yahweh so that Yahweh … them.”
|
||||
26:19 gxw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The face is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “cause Yahweh to be less angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
26:19 fc9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speakers are trying to get the hearers to agree with what they are saying. The word “lives” is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “If we kill Jeremiah, we will do greater evil against our own lives.” or “We do not want to do worse things to ourselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:20 vwh1 0 Jeremiah stops telling about his own life and begins telling about what happened to another prophet.
|
||||
|
@ -1861,18 +1861,18 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
26:22 pux5 0 This is the end of the story of Uriah.
|
||||
26:22 q88r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 men’s names (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:23 dgv1 0 dead body
|
||||
26:24 d2pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. Ahikam was not a soldier, so he probably was able to talk to people and change their minds. Alternate translation: “Ahikam…was able to help Jeremiah” or “Ahikam…was able to keep the people from harming Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:24 d2pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. Ahikam was not a soldier, so he probably was able to talk to people and change their minds. Alternate translation: “Ahikam … was able to help Jeremiah” or “Ahikam … was able to keep the people from harming Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:24 t71n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 men’s names (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
26:24 y6jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Ahikam did not allow the people to have the power to put Jeremiah to death” or “the people could not kill Jeremiah because Ahikam did not give them the power to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The nations should serve Babylon\n\nJeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land.
|
||||
27:2 w3cz 0 things that keep a person from moving freely
|
||||
27:3 ak1w 0 This seems to mean that Jeremiah was to send a set of fetters and yoke to each king listed. But some versions of the Bible translate this as “Then send out messages.”
|
||||
27:3 tkx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Have those kings’ ambassadors, who…Judah, take them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
27:3 tkx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Have those kings’ ambassadors, who … Judah, take them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
27:4 tqe7 0 Jeremiah was instructed to give a set of chains and yoke to each ambassador and a message for each king regarding the chains and yoke.
|
||||
27:4 ujr8 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
27:5 si5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “raised arm” refers to great power and intensifies the first phrase. Alternate translation: “by my very great power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
27:5 yla5 0 Another possible meaning is “I give it to anyone I want to.”
|
||||
27:6 p2p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises, and the word “lands” is a metonym for the people who live in those lands. Alternate translation: “I…am putting the people who live in all these lands under the power of Nebuchadnezzar…servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:6 p2p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises, and the word “lands” is a metonym for the people who live in those lands. Alternate translation: “I … am putting the people who live in all these lands under the power of Nebuchadnezzar … servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:7 j598 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit the nature of the time. Alternate translation: “the time for me to destroy his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:7 q3bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “him” refers to Nebuchadnezzar who represents the kingdom of Babylon. Alternate translation: “will defeat Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:8 p98j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being the king’s slave is spoken of as being an animal on to the shoulders of which the king puts a yoke so it can do heavy work. Alternate translation: “and whose people do not willingly become slaves of the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
27:12 d48x 0 Yahweh continues to speak through Jeremiah to the king of Judah.
|
||||
27:12 s392 0 Being the king’s slave is spoken of as being an animal onto the shoulders of which the king puts a yoke so it can do heavy work. See how similar words were translated in [Jeremiah 27:8](../27/08.md).
|
||||
27:12 gls2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 The word “your” refers to Zedekiah and the people of Judah and so is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
27:13 dl31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this question to warn the king that his actions will lead to his death. Alternate translation: “For if you do not do this, you will surely die…king.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:13 dl31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this question to warn the king that his actions will lead to his death. Alternate translation: “For if you do not do this, you will surely die … king.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:14 sgg7 0 Yahweh continues to speak through Jeremiah to the king and people of Judah.
|
||||
27:14 dre5 0 Yahweh is warning the people about all the false prophets that he did not send and that are lying to them.
|
||||
27:15 xb8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The phrase “in my name” represents speaking with Yahweh’s power and authority or as his representative. Here these prophets claim that they received their message from Yahweh, but that had not. The abstract noun “deceit” can be translated as the verb “deceiving.” Alternate translation: “they say they are speaking for me when they prophesy, but they are deceiving you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
27:17 sk8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to warn the people. Alternate translation: “You can keep this city from becoming a ruin if you do what Yahweh wants you to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:18 a925 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is a hypothetical situation that Yahweh knows is not true. Alternate translation: “If they were prophets, and if the word of Yahweh had truly come to them, they would beg” or “Because they are not prophets and the word of Yahweh has not truly come to them, they will not beg” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
27:18 p374 0 The phrase “word of Yahweh” refers to messages from God. Alternate translation: “if Yahweh has truly given them messages” or “if Yahweh truly spoke messages to them”
|
||||
27:18 tay8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking of himself in third person. Alternate translation: “my word…be me, Yahweh of hosts, not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
27:18 tay8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking of himself in third person. Alternate translation: “my word … be me, Yahweh of hosts, not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
27:18 ej1m 0 The word “house” has a range of possible meanings. In this case it refers to the royal palace where the king lived. Alternate translation: “the palace of the king of Judah”
|
||||
27:19 h1ve 0 Jeremiah continues to bring the message of Yahweh.
|
||||
27:19 sly4 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
29:26 x2p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
29:26 bf8u 0 a wooden frame that holds the feet, hands, or head of a person whom someone is punishing
|
||||
29:27 z9tj 0 This finishes the letter by Shemaiah that he sent out to the people in Jerusalem.
|
||||
29:27 p5f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Shemaiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the people of Jerusalem for not rebuking Jeremiah. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to rebuke Jeremiah of Anathoth…against you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:27 p5f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Shemaiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the people of Jerusalem for not rebuking Jeremiah. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to rebuke Jeremiah of Anathoth … against you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
29:28 v7fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit what it was that Jeremiah sent. Alternate translation: “he has sent a message to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
29:28 v3zf 0 See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 29:5](../29/05.md).
|
||||
29:29 vih2 0 “so that Jeremiah the prophet could hear him read it.” See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
30:intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God promises restoration\n\nDespite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\nThe author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
|
||||
30:1 f64q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
30:3 iwm1 0 “For listen carefully.” This phrase brings attention to what Yahweh is going to say next.
|
||||
30:3 s2us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time…when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:3 s2us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time … when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:3 db1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
30:3 xt2s 0 “I will cause things to go well for my people, Israel and Judah, again” or “I will cause my people, Israel and Judah, to live well again.” See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
|
||||
30:4 m5dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2010,15 +2010,15 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
30:7 uva8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name Jacob is a metonym for the man’s descendants. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the descendants of Jacob, but I will rescue them from it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:8 es78 0 Yahweh continues to speak to the Israelites.
|
||||
30:8 h8gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being a slave is spoken of as wearing a yoke like an animal and wearing chains like a prisoner. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:9 zlx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh continues speaking about the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “you will worship Yahweh your God…your king…over you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
30:9 zlx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh continues speaking about the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “you will worship Yahweh your God … your king … over you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
30:9 qp76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This is a metonym for one of David’s descendants. Alternate translation: “a man descended from their King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:10 j2kb 0 Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
|
||||
30:10 ff1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Jacob” and “Israel” are the two names of the ancestor of the Israelites, and these names are metonyms for the Israelites. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob…you Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:10 ff1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Jacob” and “Israel” are the two names of the ancestor of the Israelites, and these names are metonyms for the Israelites. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob … you Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:10 ldb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
30:10 gri4 0 “do not be discouraged”
|
||||
30:10 anv7 0 “Listen carefully while I tell you why: I am”
|
||||
30:10 t49p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “captivity” can be translated using the noun “captive.” Alternate translation: “from the place where they were captives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
30:10 zir5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Jacob’s name is a metonym for his descendants. Yahweh speaks to Jacob as if he were speaking to another person. You may need to make explicit to where Jacob will return. Alternate translation: “Jacob will return to his own land…he will be secure” or “The descendants of Jacob will return…they will be secure” or “You descendants of Jacob will return…you will be secure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
30:10 zir5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Jacob’s name is a metonym for his descendants. Yahweh speaks to Jacob as if he were speaking to another person. You may need to make explicit to where Jacob will return. Alternate translation: “Jacob will return to his own land … he will be secure” or “The descendants of Jacob will return … they will be secure” or “You descendants of Jacob will return … you will be secure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
30:10 f2gl 0 “safe”
|
||||
30:11 e618 0 “where I have sent you”
|
||||
30:11 zng1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 “But I will not completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
31:24 ycz6 0 people who take care of sheep and goats
|
||||
31:26 fc1y 0 “had refreshed me”
|
||||
31:27 nmn8 0 “Pay attention” or “Listen”
|
||||
31:27 hzy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will sow” or “there will be a time…when I will sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:27 hzy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will sow” or “there will be a time … when I will sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:27 u22q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
31:27 h4zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the people of Israel and the people of Judah. The house in turn is spoken of as if it were a field in which Yahweh would sow seed, and the people and the animals they raise for food, milk, and skins are spoken of as if they are that seed. Alternate translation: “I will cause the people of Israel and Judah to become many people with many animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:28 k8da 0 “looked for ways to uproot them”
|
||||
|
@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
31:30 uyf9 0 “For each man will die because of his own sins”
|
||||
31:30 pl7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs 0 Jeremiah restates the proverb so that it now means people will suffer as a consequence of their own behaviors. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
31:31 tl76 0 “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am going to tell you”
|
||||
31:31 kz1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will establish” or “there will be a time…when I will establish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:31 kz1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will establish” or “there will be a time … when I will establish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:31 wtb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
31:31 d1xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Israel. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Israel” or “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
31:31 q554 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Judah, which included the descendants of Judah and Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Judah” or “the kingdom of Judah” or “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
31:33 bkt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
31:33 bf4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that Yahweh’s law will become a part of them, rather than merely written on stone. Here “heart” represents “emotions” or “mind.” Alternate translation: “My law will be part of their thoughts and emotions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
31:34 qvg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This phrase refers to every person, from the least important to the most important. Alternate translation: “every single one of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
31:36 l19t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is a hypothetical situation that Yahweh never expects to truly happen. Alternate translation: “These permanent things will never vanish…and Israel’s descendants will never stop from forever being a nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
31:36 l19t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is a hypothetical situation that Yahweh never expects to truly happen. Alternate translation: “These permanent things will never vanish … and Israel’s descendants will never stop from forever being a nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
31:36 rfl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
31:37 z5ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is a hypothetical situation that Yahweh never expects to truly happen. Alternate translation: “The highest heavens can never be measured, and the earth’s foundation below can never be discovered, and I will never reject all of Israel’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
31:37 yx41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 These phrases refer to the whole of creation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2145,12 +2145,12 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
31:37 p28t 0 “deepest part.” The “foundation” is the part of a house on which every other part rests.
|
||||
31:37 l43y 0 throw away or refuse to take
|
||||
31:37 j9cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
31:38 s6ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…the city will be rebuilt” or “there will be a time…when the city will be rebuilt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:38 s6ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … the city will be rebuilt” or “there will be a time … when the city will be rebuilt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:38 nfv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
31:38 g1l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will rebuild the city for me” or “I will have them rebuild the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
31:38 nd1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
31:39 pz74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
31:40 bf2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They will set apart the whole valley…for me” or “I will have them make the whole valley…holy for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
31:40 bf2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They will set apart the whole valley … for me” or “I will have them make the whole valley … holy for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
31:40 z7hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
31:40 j8yq 0 “made holy”
|
||||
31:40 gu9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The city is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone could pull out of the ground or a building that someone could break down. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow anyone to pull up or overthrow the city again” or “No one will tear the city down or destroy it again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
32:44 tg5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
33:intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Covenant faithfulness\nDespite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
|
||||
33:1 zhp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
|
||||
33:1 rj9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was…guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was…guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:1 rj9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was … guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was … guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:1 wa3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
33:1 k2z4 0 “he was still a prisoner in”
|
||||
33:1 fe41 0 This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
33:5 lp8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “wrath” and “fury” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his wrath. Alternate translation: “in my extreme wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
33:5 czm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Yahweh is represented by his “face.” This phrase shows Yahweh’s displeasure with the city. Alternate translation: “I have turned away from you” or “I am no longer concerned with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
33:7 z3sl 0 “I will cause things to go well for Judah and Israel again” or “I will cause Judah and Israel to live well again.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
|
||||
33:9 l5i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The city is a metonym for the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this city…do for the people who live there…give to the people who live there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:9 l5i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The city is a metonym for the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this city … do for the people who live there … give to the people who live there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:9 t8ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “song” is a metonym for the object about which people will sing the song. Alternate translation: “something about which all the people groups of the earth will sing songs of praise and honor to me, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:9 l75s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys 0 The hendiadys “fear and tremble” can be translated by a single verb. Alternate translation: “they will tremble with fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
33:9 i3fz 0 Another possible meaning is “awe.”
|
||||
|
@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
33:12 aqm5 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
33:13 w446 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the practice of a shepherd counting and inspecting his sheep as the sheep walked under his hand. Alternate translation: “shepherds will again count their sheep as the sheep walk by” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
33:14 z61y 0 “Listen carefully”
|
||||
33:14 rc5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “Days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “In the future…I will do” or “There will be a time…when I will do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:14 rc5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “Days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “In the future … I will do” or “There will be a time … when I will do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:14 jj5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
33:14 ed3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Israel. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Israel” or “the kingdom of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:14 r2n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Judah, which included the descendants of Judah and Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “Judah” or “the kingdom of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
33:15 y4wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The phrase “in that time” means the same thing as, and intensifies the phrase “In those days.” Alternate translation: “In those very days” or “At that very time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
33:15 hd8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a descendant of David as if he were a branch off of a tree trunk. Alternate translation: “I will cause a righteous man to come from and bring glory to the line of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:15 c2sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 the nation of Israel (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:16 yng7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These towns’ names are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah…the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:16 yng7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These towns’ names are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah … the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:16 sr7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will save Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:16 q5ei 0 “the people of Judah will be safe from their enemies”
|
||||
33:16 x44h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of Jerusalem as if the town were a woman. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what they will call her” or “this is what I will call the town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2303,21 +2303,21 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
33:19 j1gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
33:20 s39s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking of himself here. Alternate translation: “I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
33:20 f1mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 These words begin a hypothetical statement that describe a situation that will never occur. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
33:21 u6sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If you can break my covenant…times,” in verse 20 ends here. No one can change day and night, and no one can change God’s covenant with David. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot break my covenant…times, so you know that you will never be able to break my covenant with David my servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
33:21 u6sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If you can break my covenant … times,” in verse 20 ends here. No one can change day and night, and no one can change God’s covenant with David. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot break my covenant … times, so you know that you will never be able to break my covenant with David my servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
33:21 x13t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The throne is a metonym for the king who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule the kingdom I have given to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:22 xip8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 No one can count the stars in the sky or the sand on the seashore, and no one will be able to count the descendants of David and Levi who serve Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
33:23 ufu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:23 liq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
33:24 wv8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh wants Jeremiah to think deeply about what the people have said. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have noticed what this people are really saying when they said, ‘The…them.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
33:24 wv8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh wants Jeremiah to think deeply about what the people have said. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have noticed what this people are really saying when they said, ‘The … them.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
33:24 k7ki 0 “What they are really saying is that my people are worthless and that my people will never again be a nation.”
|
||||
33:24 yua9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Sight is a metonym for thinking. Alternate translation: “they no longer think of my people as a nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:25 j74f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is the beginning of a hypothetical statement that describes a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
33:26 x6zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
33:26 w9mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant…so I will never reject…and I will bring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
33:26 w9mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant … so I will never reject … and I will bring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
33:26 z156 0 “I will cause things to go well for them again” or “I will cause them to live well again” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
|
||||
33:26 e4m9 0 Translate as “have compassion on” is translated in ([Jeremiah 30:18](../30/18.md)).
|
||||
34:intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n### Law of Moses\nAccording to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Actions with cultural meaning\n\nWhen the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
34:1 z8xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar…her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar…her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:1 z8xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:1 d4fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name in this chapter. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
34:1 p1vd 0 “fighting”
|
||||
34:1 qc7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to all the towns around Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2340,13 +2340,13 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
34:13 b8wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. “place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
34:14 x834 0 “each of you must free any fellow Hebrews who sold themselves to you and have been your slaves”
|
||||
34:14 jnm6 0 “You must let them be free from serving you”
|
||||
34:14 gs8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 To incline the ear, to lean the head toward the speaker so as to hear better, is a metonym for paying attention to what the speaker is saying. Alternate translation: “did not…pay attention to what I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:14 gs8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 To incline the ear, to lean the head toward the speaker so as to hear better, is a metonym for paying attention to what the speaker is saying. Alternate translation: “did not … pay attention to what I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:15 ryr7 0 Here the word “now” is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
34:15 re32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. Alternate translation: “what I consider to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:15 x4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the house that belongs to me” or “the building in which they worship me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:16 r5d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 A person’s name is a metonym for what people think of him. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what was right and did evil things that have made people think that I am evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
34:17 n7sg 0 “Listen!” or “Pay attention to the important thing I am going to tell you!”
|
||||
34:17 b72s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 Jeremiah uses irony to say that the “freedom” the people will enjoy will actually be suffering. Alternate translation: “I will proclaim misery to you…misery from the sword, the plague, and famine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
34:17 b72s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 Jeremiah uses irony to say that the “freedom” the people will enjoy will actually be suffering. Alternate translation: “I will proclaim misery to you … misery from the sword, the plague, and famine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
34:17 h19u 0 “proclaim that you are free”
|
||||
34:17 n2mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
34:17 vx6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This is a metonym for soldiers who carry swords. Alternate translation: “enemy soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
34:21 wl9t 0 “come to fight”
|
||||
34:22 ug2t 0 bring the Babylonian armies
|
||||
35:intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Rechabites\n\nThe actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges.
|
||||
35:1 pt2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah in the days…of Judah. He said,” or “In the days…of Judah, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
35:1 pt2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah in the days … of Judah. He said,” or “In the days … of Judah, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
35:1 x1f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
35:2 t4d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
35:2 dr1g 0 the temple
|
||||
|
@ -2399,9 +2399,9 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
36:3 vkj1 0 “to cause to happen to them”
|
||||
36:3 yk1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person’s lifestyle as if it were a “way” or path along which the person walks. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 18:11](../18/11.md). Alternate translation: “his wicked way of living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:3 s9uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “iniquity” and “sin” are metonyms for the persons who commit iniquity and sin. Alternate translation: “forgive them for their iniquity and their sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:4 ff7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I called…at my dictation…to me…I gave…I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
36:4 ff7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I called … at my dictation … to me … I gave … I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
36:4 d5mh 0 “while Jeremiah was speaking, Baruch wrote in a scroll all of Yahweh’s words that Yahweh had spoken to Jeremiah”
|
||||
36:5 l4t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I called…at my dictation…to me…I gave…I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
36:5 l4t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I called … at my dictation … to me … I gave … I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
36:6 j3tt 0 “read out loud from the scroll” or “proclaim from the scroll”
|
||||
36:6 e6rd 0 “must read out loud” or “must proclaim”
|
||||
36:6 y6ch 0 “so that the people in Yahweh’s house can hear them.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
36:7 kqx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of a person’s lifestyle as if it were a “way” or path along which the person walks. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 18:11](../18/11.md). Alternate translation: “his wicked way of living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:7 p71z 0 “the anger and rage”
|
||||
36:9 tvk8 0 See how you translated this phrase in [Jeremiah 36:1](../36/01.md).
|
||||
36:9 fa5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. “after Jehoiakim…had been king of Judah for more than four years, during the ninth month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
36:9 fa5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. “after Jehoiakim … had been king of Judah for more than four years, during the ninth month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
36:9 mf4x 0 See how you translated this phrase in [Jeremiah 25:1](../25/01.md).
|
||||
36:9 ywy2 0 “told everyone that they were going to fast”
|
||||
36:10 v96d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -2472,12 +2472,12 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
36:26 vne7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
36:26 uyd9 0 “a relative of the king”
|
||||
36:26 d67a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
36:27 h7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “The word of Yahweh came” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah after…dictation. He said,” or “After…dictation, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:27 h7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “The word of Yahweh came” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah after … dictation. He said,” or “After … dictation, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
36:27 i9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
36:27 ksc8 0 See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 36:4](../36/04.md).
|
||||
36:28 x9ye 0 “Take another scroll for yourself again”
|
||||
36:28 m6mh 0 “the first scroll”
|
||||
36:29 bf3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jehoiakim uses this question to emphasize that Jeremiah should not have written that the king of Babylon would come and attack. Alternate translation: “You should not have written…beast in it!” or “You were wrong to write…beast in it’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:29 bf3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jehoiakim uses this question to emphasize that Jeremiah should not have written that the king of Babylon would come and attack. Alternate translation: “You should not have written … beast in it!” or “You were wrong to write … beast in it’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
36:29 ngk4 0 “and he will destroy”
|
||||
36:30 pl99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for ruling as king. See how you translated “sits on the throne of David” in [Jeremiah 29:16](../29/16.md). Alternate translation: “will ever rule the Israelites as David did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
36:30 d7yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will throw your dead body outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2528,10 +2528,10 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
37:17 h6f8 0 “brought Jeremiah”
|
||||
37:17 x17c 0 the palace of King Zedekiah
|
||||
37:17 s43j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for the power or control that the hand exercises. This can be translated in active form. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 32:4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “I will certainly put you under the control of the king of Babylon” or “I will certainly allow the king of Babylon to do whatever he wants with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
37:18 lu1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this question to emphasize that he has not done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “I have not done anything wrong to you…prison.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:18 lu1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this question to emphasize that he has not done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “I have not done anything wrong to you … prison.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:18 hq9m 0 the people of the kingdom of Judah
|
||||
37:18 a64h 0 “have put”
|
||||
37:19 utn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this question to emphasize that the other prophets were lying but that he had done nothing wrong because he had told the truth. Alternate translation: “Your prophets who prophesied…against this land were obviously wrong, but now it is clear that I was telling you the truth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
37:19 utn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this question to emphasize that the other prophets were lying but that he had done nothing wrong because he had told the truth. Alternate translation: “Your prophets who prophesied … against this land were obviously wrong, but now it is clear that I was telling you the truth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
37:19 tq67 0 The word “your” refers to King Zedekiah and the other people of the kingdom of Judah.
|
||||
37:19 gp83 0 “will not attack you or attack this land”
|
||||
37:20 a8fv 0 “Hear me plead for mercy and do as I ask.” See how you translated “their pleas for mercy will come before Yahweh” in [Jeremiah 36:7](../36/07.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2550,7 +2550,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
38:4 lzh8 0 “for Jeremiah is not working to help this people be safe, but he is working for bad things to happen to this people”
|
||||
38:5 xr6q 0 “Listen carefully”
|
||||
38:5 a92p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand has. Alternate translation: “you are able do whatever you want with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
38:6 z9f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 They literally “lowered Jeremiah down on ropes,” but the word “threw” is an exaggeration to say that they treated him roughly. Your language may have another way of saying this. Alternate translation: “they…roughly pushed him into the cistern” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
38:6 z9f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 They literally “lowered Jeremiah down on ropes,” but the word “threw” is an exaggeration to say that they treated him roughly. Your language may have another way of saying this. Alternate translation: “they … roughly pushed him into the cistern” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
38:6 b4bv 0 a deep hole in the ground where people collect and store rain water
|
||||
38:6 rb8h 0 This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
|
||||
38:6 y2m2 0 This tells how “they threw him into the cistern.”
|
||||
|
@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
38:13 xs87 0 This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
|
||||
38:15 vvt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses this question to express his belief that the king will kill him if he answers truthfully. Alternate translation: “If I tell you the truth, you will certainly kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:16 cjp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “as surely as Yahweh, the one who made us, is alive.” This is a way of making a solemn promise. The king says it to emphasize that what he is about to say next is true. See how you translated “As Yahweh lives” in [Jeremiah 4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “I solemnly swear by Yahweh, the one who made us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
38:16 yv2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” refers to the men’s control or power. Alternate translation: “I will not…allow those men to capture you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
38:16 yv2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” refers to the men’s control or power. Alternate translation: “I will not … allow those men to capture you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
38:16 q87t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This phrase represents wanting or trying to kill someone. See how this phrase is translated in [Jeremiah 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “trying to kill you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
38:17 p9k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name of the people group is metonym for the people of that group. Alternate translation: “God of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
38:17 kku6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Babylonian army will not burn this city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
38:20 x9uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 “The Chaldeans will not give you over to the Judeans.” Here “you” refers to Zedekiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
38:21 b1pi 0 Here the word “this” refers to what Jeremiah will say next.
|
||||
38:22 a91b 0 Jeremiah continues speaking with King Zedekiah.
|
||||
38:22 z6cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The reader should understand that the officials will take these women as slaves. Alternate translation: “Soldiers will bring all the women who are left…out to the officials of the king of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
38:22 z6cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The reader should understand that the officials will take these women as slaves. Alternate translation: “Soldiers will bring all the women who are left … out to the officials of the king of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
38:22 ndr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Your friends have deceived you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
38:22 jgf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The king is now helpless. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
38:23 dti7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The reader should understand that the officials will take these people as slaves. Alternate translation: “Soldiers will bring your wives and children out to the Chaldeans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
39:14 uw8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit which people the speaker is speaking of. Alternate translation: “among the people who remained in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
39:15 sbp1 0 This story happened before the events in the first part of the chapter.
|
||||
39:15 rz5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This word is used here to mark a return to the story line, as the narrator tells what Yahweh had said to Jeremiah after Nebuchadnezzar gave the orders about Jeremiah ([Jeremiah 39:12-14](./12.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
39:15 qm3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah while he was…guard. He said,” or “while Jeremiah was…guard, Yahweh spoke this message to him:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
39:15 qm3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah while he was … guard. He said,” or “while Jeremiah was … guard, Yahweh spoke this message to him:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
39:15 g5jx 0 This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
|
||||
39:16 g2jt 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 38:7](../38/07.md).
|
||||
39:16 c57h 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
40:10 n6bm 0 “fruit that becomes ripe during the summer”
|
||||
40:10 rd9k 0 “you have taken over.” “Occupy” here is a military term. Gedaliah was talking to soldiers ([Jeremiah 40:7](../40/07.md)) who may have conquered or otherwise taken control of cities.
|
||||
40:11 pe3x 0 “remnant of the people of Judah”
|
||||
40:11 d4gs 0 “had put…in charge of them”
|
||||
40:11 d4gs 0 “had put … in charge of them”
|
||||
40:11 gn3r 0 See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 39:14](../39/14.md).
|
||||
40:11 c3ya 0 “over the people of Judah”
|
||||
40:12 zs8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “where the Babylonians had driven them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
41:10 y6nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 39:9](../39/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
41:10 rk3e 0 “traveled towards the land of the Ammonites”
|
||||
41:11 j1v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Ishmael” represents himself and all of his men. Alternate translation: “Ishmael and his men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
41:12 pak6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Ishmael” represents himself and all of his men. Alternate translation: “Ishmael and his men…found them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
41:12 pak6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Ishmael” represents himself and all of his men. Alternate translation: “Ishmael and his men … found them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
41:13 a4a1 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
41:13 efz7 0 Here “people” refers to those whom Ishmael and his men had captured.
|
||||
41:14 tjt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “Ishmael” represents himself and all of his men. Alternate translation: “whom Ishmael and his men had captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -2782,7 +2782,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
43:11 iqj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Babylonians will take everyone captive whom I have decided must go into captivity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
43:11 prf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents battle. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will die in battle whom I have decided will die in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
43:12 fy3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “I” refers to Yahweh. This represents Yahweh sending the Babylonian army to light a fire. Alternate translation: “Then I will cause the Babylonian army to light a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
43:12 yqt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here Nebuchadnezzar represents his army. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar’s army will…They will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
43:12 yqt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here Nebuchadnezzar represents his army. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar’s army will … They will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
43:12 nms7 0 “burn the Egyptian idols or take them”
|
||||
43:12 e3qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Taking or destroying everything in Egypt is compared to how a shepherd carefully cleans off his clothes. Alternate translation: “He will take or destroy everything valuable in Egypt just as a shepherd is careful to get every insect off of his clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
43:13 pyt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a city. The name means “city of the sun.” In this city was a temple where they worshiped a sun god. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -2804,11 +2804,11 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
44:6 if3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh becoming angry and punishing the people of Judah is spoken of as his fury and wrath were a fire. Alternate translation: “my fury and wrath were like a fire” or “my punishment was like a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:6 j69q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “ruins” and “devastations” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize the complete devastation of Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they became completely devastated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
44:6 bb1y 0 This refers to the current time at which Yahweh was speaking this message.
|
||||
44:7 gez9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to rebuke the people for doing things that cause him to punish them. Alternate translation: “You are doing…yourselves. You are causing…and babies.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:7 gez9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to rebuke the people for doing things that cause him to punish them. Alternate translation: “You are doing … yourselves. You are causing … and babies.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:7 mnr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “wickedness” can be stated as “wicked.” Alternate translation: “Why are you doing these wicked things that harm yourselves?” or “You are doing wicked things that cause terrible things to happen to you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
44:7 n4fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being separated from the people of Judah is spoken of as if the people are cut off from Judah the way a person may cut off a branch from a vine or cut off a piece of cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Why are you causing me to remove you from the people of Judah…and babies?” or “You are causing me to remove you from the people of Judah…and babies.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
44:7 n4fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being separated from the people of Judah is spoken of as if the people are cut off from Judah the way a person may cut off a branch from a vine or cut off a piece of cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Why are you causing me to remove you from the people of Judah … and babies?” or “You are causing me to remove you from the people of Judah … and babies.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
44:8 prs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “wickedness” represents actions that are “wicked.” Here “hand” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “You have offended me with the wicked things you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
44:8 bqw9 0 “The result of going to Egypt is that…and that”
|
||||
44:8 bqw9 0 “The result of going to Egypt is that … and that”
|
||||
44:8 d96k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will cause me to destroy you” or “you will destroy yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
44:8 qgd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “nations” represent the people. Alternate translation: “all the people of all the nations of the earth will curse you and hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
44:9 zk7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh rebukes the people for not thinking about the wicked behavior of their ancestors and how Yahweh punished them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Think about what happened to your ancestors and the kings of Judah and their wives when they did wicked things.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2835,9 +2835,9 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
44:17 u8y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then we will have plenty of food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
44:18 ux4h 0 The remnant of the people living in Egypt continue to speak. Beginning in 44:19, the women address Jeremiah.
|
||||
44:18 hs8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents enemies carrying weapons. Alternate translation: “enemy soldiers were killing some of us and some of us were dying of hunger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
44:19 dne8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The women were claiming to be innocent because their husband approved of what they were doing. Alternate translation: “our husbands knew what we were doing…to her.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:19 dne8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The women were claiming to be innocent because their husband approved of what they were doing. Alternate translation: “our husbands knew what we were doing … to her.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:19 ec3w 0 These were probably small cakes shaped like stars or the crescent moon.
|
||||
44:21 qc2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses a question to scold the people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh certainly knew about…of the land.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:21 qc2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses a question to scold the people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh certainly knew about … of the land.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:21 ir8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these phrases mean the same thing. They emphasize that Yahweh knows that the people were worshiping false gods. Alternate translation: “Yes, Yahweh knows what you were doing, and he does not forget” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
44:22 a6w5 0 “was no longer able to tolerate it”
|
||||
44:22 t1fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “abominations” can be stated as “things he hated.” Alternate translation: “because you did things that he hated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -2891,9 +2891,9 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
46:6 gr1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that no one, not even the strongest and fastest, can escape. The nominal adjective “the swift” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “even the swiftest soldier cannot escape” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
46:6 bv4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both statements mean the same thing. Being and dying in battle is spoken of as if the soldiers stumble and fall. Alternate translation: “The Egyptian soldiers suffer defeat and die in the north by the Euphrates River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
46:7 qv9y 0 Jeremiah continues quoting Yahweh’s declaration to the nation of Egypt.
|
||||
46:7 j7fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to draw attention to what he is about to say concerning Egypt. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at who rises like the Nile…the rivers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
46:7 j7fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to draw attention to what he is about to say concerning Egypt. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at who rises like the Nile … the rivers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
46:8 n8ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The Nile river floods its banks once a year, covering the surrounding area with water. Yahweh compares the kingdom of Egypt to the Nile because the Egyptian people think they are mighty enough to destroy cities in all the lands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
46:8 udt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Egypt” represents all the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “The Egyptians rise…The Egyptians say…We will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:8 udt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Egypt” represents all the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “The Egyptians rise … The Egyptians say … We will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:9 ew5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “horses” and “chariots” represent the soldiers who use horses and chariots in battle. The leaders of Egypt are ordering their soldiers to start the battle. Alternate translation: “Go up to battle, you soldiers on horses. Fight furiously, you soldiers in chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:9 a538 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This command can be addressed directly to the soldiers. What they were to go out for can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You soldiers from Cush and Put, who are skillful with your shields, go out to battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
46:9 fz8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are biblical names for the countries of Ethiopia and Libya. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
46:21 h8zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of a day as if it travels and arrives in a location. Alternate translation: “they will experience disaster on that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
46:22 pc27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The inability of the Egyptians to do anything to stop their enemy is spoken of as if they were snakes that can only hiss and crawl away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
46:22 z1yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The enemies coming with the weapons to destroy the Egyptians is spoken of as if they were woodcutters with axes preparing to cut down a tree. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
46:23 q15l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This continues speaking of the enemy army attacking the Egyptians as if the army were woodcutters cutting down trees. Alternate translation: “The enemy army will kill many Egyptians like woodcutters cutting down a forest…even though there are very many trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
46:23 q15l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This continues speaking of the enemy army attacking the Egyptians as if the army were woodcutters cutting down trees. Alternate translation: “The enemy army will kill many Egyptians like woodcutters cutting down a forest … even though there are very many trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
46:23 p42g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
46:23 gvh6 0 This is a type of insect that travels in very large groups and can cause great destruction by eating crops.
|
||||
46:23 dl76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to count them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
46:25 v4iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Amon” is the king of the Egyptian gods. “Thebes” is the capital of the northern part of Egypt, and here it represents the people of Thebes. Alternate translation: “Amon, god of Thebes” or “Amon, god of the people of Thebes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:25 au2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Egypt” represents the people. Alternate translation: “all the people of Egypt and the gods they worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:26 pq89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. The phrase “seeking their lives” is an idiom that mean to want to kill someone. Alternate translation: “I will allow those who are wanting to kill them to defeat them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
46:26 n18z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. “Nebuchadnezzar…his servants” names specifically “the ones seeking their lives.” Alternate translation: “that is, I will allow Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon and his servants to defeat the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:26 n18z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power or control. “Nebuchadnezzar … his servants” names specifically “the ones seeking their lives.” Alternate translation: “that is, I will allow Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon and his servants to defeat the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:26 zb51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then after this, people will live in Egypt again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
46:27 cfi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. Here “Jacob” and “Israel” represent the people of Israel. Yahweh is emphasizing that the people should not be afraid. Alternate translation: “people of Israel, my servants, do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
46:27 n8yh 0 “from the land where they are captives”
|
||||
|
@ -2971,8 +2971,8 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
47:6 cid1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The people of the Philistines use this question to express their deep frustration about the devastation caused by their enemies. This may be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Please be silent!” or “Please, Yahweh, stop striking us with your sword!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
47:6 r4br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 A sword makes a noise as it slashes back and forth. Asking the sword to be silent means to ask it to stop slashing and killing. Alternate translation: “you rest” or “you stop slashing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
47:6 hg5n 0 This is the case used to protect the blade of a sword.
|
||||
47:7 x3p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Jeremiah is speaking. He continues speaking of the sword of Yahweh as if it were a person who could rest. Yahweh punishing the Philistines by sending the army of the north is spoken of as if Yahweh were striking the people with a sword. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot rest…along the sea.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
47:7 w3uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses a question to mean that the sword cannot stop since Yahweh has commanded it to continue killing. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot stop, for Yahweh has commanded it. He has ordered…the sea.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
47:7 x3p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Jeremiah is speaking. He continues speaking of the sword of Yahweh as if it were a person who could rest. Yahweh punishing the Philistines by sending the army of the north is spoken of as if Yahweh were striking the people with a sword. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot rest … along the sea.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
47:7 w3uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Jeremiah uses a question to mean that the sword cannot stop since Yahweh has commanded it to continue killing. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot stop, for Yahweh has commanded it. He has ordered … the sea.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
48:intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.\n\nJeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Obeying Yahweh\n\nMoab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
48:1 r24j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
48:1 kuu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Moab” represents the people. Alternate translation: “To the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -3005,12 +3005,12 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
48:9 jd6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Helping the people is spoken of as if they would put wings on the people so that could fly away. Alternate translation: “Help the people of Moab to escape as if you were giving them wings to fly away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:9 eq9z 0 The translation of the original language is uncertain. Some Bibles translate this as “Set up a tombstone for Moab, for the enemy will certainly destroy it.” Other Bibles translate it as “Put salt on the cities of Moab, for the enemy will completely destroy it.” Enemies through salt on ruins to keep thing from ever growing there again.
|
||||
48:10 c5zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “blood” represents a person’s life. And “shedding blood” is an idiom that means to kill. Alternate translation: “from killing people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
48:11 lvs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Yahweh speaks of Moab as if it were a man. Here it represents the people of Moab. All occurrences of “he” and “his” can be stated as “they,” “their,” or “them.” Alternate translation: “Even from their earliest times, the people of Moab have felt secure…They are…their wine…They have never gone…they tastes…their flavor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
48:11 lvs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Yahweh speaks of Moab as if it were a man. Here it represents the people of Moab. All occurrences of “he” and “his” can be stated as “they,” “their,” or “them.” Alternate translation: “Even from their earliest times, the people of Moab have felt secure … They are … their wine … They have never gone … they tastes … their flavor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
48:11 tpx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 For wine to taste good, it has to be left undisturbed for a long time and not poured from one pot to another. Yahweh compares the people of Moab, who are prosperous because no one has ever conquered them and taken them as captives, to wine that is undisturbed and has a good flavor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
48:12 mt13 0 “Listen carefully because there will be a time”
|
||||
48:12 p3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
48:12 z48t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The enemy army defeating the people of Moab and taking them as captives is spoken of as if the people of Moab are wine and someone will come and pour them out and break the wine jars. Alternate translation: “I will send an army that will destroy them as if they were pouring out wine and breaking the jars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:12 nky7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Yahweh speaks of Moab as if it were a man. Here it represents the people of Moab. All occurrences of “he,” “his,” and “him” in 48:11-12 can be stated as “they,” “their,” or “them.” Alternate translation: “send them…tip them over…their pots…their jars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
48:12 nky7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here Yahweh speaks of Moab as if it were a man. Here it represents the people of Moab. All occurrences of “he,” “his,” and “him” in 48:11-12 can be stated as “they,” “their,” or “them.” Alternate translation: “send them … tip them over … their pots … their jars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
48:13 le7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Moab” represents the people. Alternate translation: “Then the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:13 biu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Chemosh is the chief god of the Moabites. See how you translated this name in [Jeremiah 48:7](../48/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
48:13 qrf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -3030,18 +3030,18 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
48:20 zk9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Moab” represents the people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people are disgraced, for the enemy army has destroyed Moab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
48:20 lmj3 0 “Cry loudly in pain and anger”
|
||||
48:20 zl7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the enemy army has devastated Moab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
48:21 m1zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh punishing the people of the hill country and cities of Moab is spoken of as if punishment were something that could travel and arrive in a place. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish the people of the hill country, of Holon…Mephaath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
48:21 m1zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh punishing the people of the hill country and cities of Moab is spoken of as if punishment were something that could travel and arrive in a place. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish the people of the hill country, of Holon … Mephaath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
48:21 wa5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are cities in Moab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
48:24 z44v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 a city in Moab (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
48:25 y4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these statements mean the same thing. Here “horn” and “arm” represent power. To have these hacked off or broken means to lose one’s power. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moab has become weak; the people are not able to fight anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
48:25 b8p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
48:26 r5qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative 0 Yahweh is speaking. The command “Make him drunk” indicates what Yahweh will cause to happen. Here “him” and “he” refers to Moab which represents the people of Moab. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, will cause the people of Moab to be drunk, for they acted proudly against me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:26 v6it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here people experiencing Yahweh’s punishment is spoken of as if they were drunk on wine, acting foolishly so that people laugh at them. Alternate translation: “I will cause you to be like a drunk person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:26 lx5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues speaking of the people of Moab as if they were a drunk person. Alternate translation: “Now the people of Moab will be like a person who wallows in his vomit…an object of ridicule (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:26 lx5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues speaking of the people of Moab as if they were a drunk person. Alternate translation: “Now the people of Moab will be like a person who wallows in his vomit … an object of ridicule (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:26 ln6t 0 “so that people will laugh at him”
|
||||
48:27 hq3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to remind the people of Moab how they treated the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “For you used to mock and laugh at the people of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
48:27 j56c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel…Were they found…at them…about them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:27 ft2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people of Moab for treating the people of Israel with shame though they did nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “Although they were not thieves, you still shook your head…about him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
48:27 j56c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel … Were they found … at them … about them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:27 ft2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people of Moab for treating the people of Israel with shame though they did nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “Although they were not thieves, you still shook your head … about him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
48:27 s168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This is a symbolic action that shows feeling of scorn or disgust towards someone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
48:28 e2f5 0 A cliff is a steep side of a mountain.
|
||||
48:28 ag7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This simile emphasizes the people should leave their cities and live in the rocky cliffs to hide from their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -3050,14 +3050,14 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
48:29 c6m3 0 All of these words have similar meanings. They are used together to emphasize the extreme pride of the people of Moab.
|
||||
48:29 qa3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “his conceit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:30 sx8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns 0 The word “myself” is used to emphasize that Yahweh was the one who knew about Moab’s defiant speech. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
48:30 wf2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “his” refers to Moab which represents the people of Moab. Alternate translation: “their defiant speech…like their deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:30 wf2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “his” refers to Moab which represents the people of Moab. Alternate translation: “their defiant speech … like their deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:30 s8fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “speech” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “that he has spoken pridefully” or “that he has spoken arrogant words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
48:31 jtn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these statements mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “I will cry loudly for the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
48:31 cdx5 0 Possible meanings are (1) “I” refers to Jeremiah or (2) “I” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
48:31 x2jk 0 a sad and loud cry that a person makes when he is in pain or deep sorrow
|
||||
48:31 be4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of the old capital city of Moab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
48:32 xbx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of two towns in Moab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
48:32 xk3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The town of Sibmah had many vineyards. Here, Yahweh speaks to the people of Sibmah as if there were a grapevine. Alternate translation: “people of Sibmah, who are like a grapevine with branches that passed…your wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:32 xk3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The town of Sibmah had many vineyards. Here, Yahweh speaks to the people of Sibmah as if there were a grapevine. Alternate translation: “people of Sibmah, who are like a grapevine with branches that passed … your wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:32 z5h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues speaking of the people of Sibmah as if they were a grapevine. Alternate translation: “The destroyers have attacked you and have taken the fruit from your vineyards and your wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
48:32 lk5n 0 “The enemy army has”
|
||||
48:33 kv8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “celebration” and “rejoicing” can be stated as verbs. The phrase “have been taken away” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Moab will no longer celebrate and rejoice because of their fruit trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
49:1 rj3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to express that the people of Israel should be living in Gad rather than those who worship Molech. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are plenty of Israelites to inherit the land of Israel. The people who worship the false idol, Molech, should not live in Gad.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:1 t5qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Molech” represents the people who worship Molech. Alternate translation: “Why do the people who worship Molech” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
49:2 lb84 0 This adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look and listen”
|
||||
49:2 b61d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will” or “there will be a time…when I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:2 b61d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will” or “there will be a time … when I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:2 i8qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
49:2 jfb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh causing an army to attack is spoken of as if he would sound the signal for the battle to start. Alternate translation: “when I will cause the enemy army to sound the signal for battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:2 cl24 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the enemy army will burn their villages”
|
||||
|
@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
49:3 kfc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for your enemies will devastate Ai” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
49:3 bf53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) “daughters” represent the women who live in Rabbah. Alternate translation: “women of Rabbah” or (2) all the people in general are spoken of as if they are the daughters of Rabbah. Alternate translation: “people of Rabbah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:3 z6g9 0 “for your enemies will take your god Molech captive.” This means the enemies will take the idol that represents Molech back to their land.
|
||||
49:4 p3m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to scold the people for bragging about the large amount of fruit that grows in their valleys. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not be proud of your valleys…daughter.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:4 p3m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to scold the people for bragging about the large amount of fruit that grows in their valleys. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not be proud of your valleys … daughter.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:4 ve6p 0 Some versions of the Bible read, “Why do you brag about your strength, your strength which is ebbing away”
|
||||
49:4 a3g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here, the people of Ammon are spoken of as if they were a daughter. Alternate translation: “faithless people” or “rebellious people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:4 yq5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The Ammonites use this question to state that they do not believe anyone can defeat them. It can be reworded as an indirect statement. Alternate translation: “falsely think that no one can defeat you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -3135,16 +3135,16 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
49:7 gu21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to scold the people. This question may be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Their advice is no longer wise.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:8 mu6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 The is the name of a city in Edom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
49:8 b1f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Esau” represents the people of Edom. The Edomites were descendants of Esau. Alternate translation: “I will cause the people of Edom to experience disaster when I punish them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
49:8 wxg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking to the people of Edom. This can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “on you…I punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
49:8 wxg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking to the people of Edom. This can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “on you … I punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
49:9 jea8 0 Yahweh continues speaking about what will happen to Edom.
|
||||
49:9 rj8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to cause the people to think about how grape harvesters leave some grapes behind. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If grape harvesters…they would certainly leave some grapes behind.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:9 j7jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to cause the people to think about how thieves only take what they want. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If thieves…they would only take as much as they wanted.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:9 rj8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to cause the people to think about how grape harvesters leave some grapes behind. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If grape harvesters … they would certainly leave some grapes behind.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:9 j7jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to cause the people to think about how thieves only take what they want. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If thieves … they would only take as much as they wanted.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:10 fyc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh causing an enemy army to come and take everything is spoken of as if Yahweh stripped all the clothes off of Esau. Alternate translation: “But I have sent an army to take everything away from Esau” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:10 sn3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Esau” represents the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “the people of Edom…their hiding…they will not…hide themselves…Their children…they are gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
49:10 sn3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Esau” represents the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “the people of Edom … their hiding … they will not … hide themselves … Their children … they are gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
49:10 i22l 0 “I have made known to the enemy soldiers where the people of Edom hide”
|
||||
49:12 z547 0 Yahweh continues speaking about what will happen to Edom.
|
||||
49:12 l9lp 0 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
49:12 auj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the cup” is a metonym that represents the contents in the cup that the people must drink. The people experiencing Yahweh’s punishment is spoken of as if Yahweh’s punishment were liquid in a cup and the people must drink it. Alternate translation: “must certainly experience my punishment…for you will certainly experience my punishment” or “I will certainly still punish…for I will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:12 auj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the cup” is a metonym that represents the contents in the cup that the people must drink. The people experiencing Yahweh’s punishment is spoken of as if Yahweh’s punishment were liquid in a cup and the people must drink it. Alternate translation: “must certainly experience my punishment … for you will certainly experience my punishment” or “I will certainly still punish … for I will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:12 h58s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize the people of Edom have sinned and will certainly be punished. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you must be aware that you will personally experience my punishment for your sins.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:12 fb4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 The words “you” and “yourself” refer to Edom, which represents the people of Edom. The word “yourself” is used to draw attention to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “you yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
49:13 g6tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -3154,7 +3154,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
49:14 ly1e 0 Jeremiah is now speaking to the people of Edom.
|
||||
49:14 h7yn 0 The word “I” refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
49:14 vb6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has sent out a messenger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
49:14 z9ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is understood “Gather together” is the beginning of the messenger’s message. Alternate translation: “to tell the nations, ‘Gather together…for battle.’” or “to the nations, and he will tell them, ‘Gather together…for battle.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
49:14 z9ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is understood “Gather together” is the beginning of the messenger’s message. Alternate translation: “to tell the nations, ‘Gather together … for battle.’” or “to the nations, and he will tell them, ‘Gather together … for battle.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
49:14 uw6a 0 The word “her” refers to Edom.
|
||||
49:15 pdt6 0 The word “I” refers to Yahweh. Here “you” refers to the nation of Edom.
|
||||
49:15 g33b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here “small” represents having the least political importance. Alternate translation: “made you least important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -3194,7 +3194,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
49:23 ecb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are cities in Syria. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
49:23 tpi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person being afraid is spoken of as if the person were melting. Alternate translation: “They are very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:23 pe7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The water of the sea is always moving and is never still. This is compared to the people who cannot rest because they are so anxious about the bad news they heard. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
49:24 tg9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Damascus” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “The people of Damascus have become very weak. They turn…seizes them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
49:24 tg9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Damascus” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “The people of Damascus have become very weak. They turn … seizes them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
49:24 ik2u 0 The abstract noun “terror” can be stated as the verb “terrified.” Alternate translation: “Damascus is terrified” or “The people of Damascus are terrified”
|
||||
49:24 b8u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “distress” and “pain.” The people are compared to a woman giving birth to emphasize their pain and fear. Alternate translation: “The people are afraid and suffering like a woman giving birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
49:25 u3wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to express that the people should have left the city. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This famous city once caused me to rejoice, but now the people should leave it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -3300,8 +3300,8 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
50:14 m55f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Jeremiah speaks of the people who live in the city of Babylon as if they were the city itself, and he speaks of the city as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “shoot at the people in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
50:14 a1ig 0 This emphasizes that they should shoot all their arrows. Alternate translation: “Shoot every one of your arrows at her”
|
||||
50:14 x188 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Jeremiah speaks of the people who live in the city of Babylon as if they were the city itself, and he speaks of the city as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the people of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:15 smz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Jeremiah speaks of the people who live in the city of Babylon as if they were the city itself, and he speaks of the city as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “The people of Babylon have surrendered…they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:15 ke5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Jeremiah speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the towers of the city…the walls of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
50:15 smz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Jeremiah speaks of the people who live in the city of Babylon as if they were the city itself, and he speaks of the city as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “The people of Babylon have surrendered … they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:15 ke5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Jeremiah speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the towers of the city … the walls of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
50:15 pwd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the nations have torn down her walls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
50:16 xev6 0 Yahweh continues to tell the other nations to attack Babylon.
|
||||
50:16 jvv6 0 These people collectively represent all the farmers and harvesters of Babylon.
|
||||
|
@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
50:18 wg6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land of Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Babylonian people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:19 xb8l 0 Yahweh continues speaking to Jeremiah about Israel.
|
||||
50:19 wz33 0 The word “I” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
50:19 gp73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers collectively to all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel to their homeland…they will be satisfied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:19 gp73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers collectively to all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel to their homeland … they will be satisfied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:19 tl27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Israel is spoken of as if they were sheep that eat grass. Alternate translation: “they will eat food that grows in Carmel and Bashan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
50:20 aqy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that future time. See how you translated this in as [Jeremiah 33:15](../33/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
50:20 pw89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two lines mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that Yahweh will completely forgive the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -3337,7 +3337,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
50:23 vq6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The army of Babylon is spoken of as if it were a hammer. The destruction of this army is spoken of as if the hammer was to be cut up and destroyed. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “The mighty army of Babylon that conquered all the nations is like a hammer that will be broken into pieces and destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
50:23 gzv9 0 Babylon was a nation like the other nations, but it will become a complete ruin, totally destroyed.
|
||||
50:24 kl72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The destruction of Babylon is spoken of as if Yahweh had caught them in a trap like an animal. Alternate translation: “I set a trap and caught you in it as a hunter catches an animal” or “You people of Babylon, I have set a trap for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
50:24 hn79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have captured you…I found you and captured you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
50:24 hn79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have captured you … I found you and captured you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
50:25 v2ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh’s anger that causes him to send enemies against Babylon is spoken of as if Yahweh had an armory and weapons. To open an armory is a metonym for preparing for battle. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has prepared for war and is sending the nations to attack Babylon in his anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:25 qd2z 0 this is a building or room where weapons of war are stored
|
||||
50:26 ek5x 0 Yahweh speaks to the enemies of Babylon. Alternate translation: “You enemies of Babylon, attack her from far away”
|
||||
|
@ -3379,7 +3379,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
50:34 bc96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “in order that the people who live in Israel might live in peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:34 d2c4 0 These two terms represent opposite ideas and bring a strong contrast to how Yahweh will treat Israel and Babylon.
|
||||
50:34 m3i6 0 “give peace”
|
||||
50:35 ayk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “War will soon happen to…and to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:35 ayk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “War will soon happen to … and to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:35 ai3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
50:36 u7pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “War will soon happen to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
50:36 v1iv 0 “Their actions are foolish, and everyone will see that they are fools”
|
||||
|
@ -3433,7 +3433,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
51:1 mgs4 0 This draws attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention”
|
||||
51:1 az5v 0 Possible meanings are (1) “a wind that destroys” or (2) “the spirit of a destroyer.” This would mean that Yahweh would cause or inspire the enemy army to go and attack Babylon.
|
||||
51:1 br1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is code name for Chaldea, a region of Babylonia. It is not clear why Jeremiah uses this name here, so you may want to translate as “Chaldea” or “Babylonia.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
51:2 bdq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “her,” a metaphor that refers to Babylon as if it were a woman, is also a metonym for the people who live in Babylon. Alternate translation: “separate the people who live there from each other, send them in different directions, and make their land empty…foreigners will attack the people of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:2 bdq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “her,” a metaphor that refers to Babylon as if it were a woman, is also a metonym for the people who live in Babylon. Alternate translation: “separate the people who live there from each other, send them in different directions, and make their land empty … foreigners will attack the people of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:2 w4jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “day of” is a Hebrew idiom for “when.” Alternate translation: “when I destroy Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
51:3 yl8g 0 Yahweh wants the attack to be so sudden that the archers have no time to prepare for battle.
|
||||
51:4 u6a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the attackers kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -3449,7 +3449,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
51:8 rer2 0 to make a long, loud cry that shows that the person is sad
|
||||
51:8 l2ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “perhaps Yahweh can heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:9 v18i 0 Yahweh used Babylon to punish Judah and the nation. It is either the people of Judah or the people of the nations who are speaking the words in this quotation.
|
||||
51:9 cl11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name of the city is a metonym for the people who live there, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon…they are not healed…leave them…their guilt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:9 cl11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The name of the city is a metonym for the people who live there, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon … they are not healed … leave them … their guilt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:9 xi9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “we have not been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:9 r4vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Guilt is spoken of as if it were an object that could be made into a pile. The words “to the heavens” and “to the clouds” are an exaggeration for something that is very high. Alternate translation: “For Babylon is so very guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
51:10 sgl7 0 Yahweh had punished the Israelites for their sins, but now has let them return to him.
|
||||
|
@ -3484,7 +3484,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
51:25 gfh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. See how “I will attack the inhabitants of the land with my hand” is translated in [Jeremiah 6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I will use my strength to attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:25 pu56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh stops speaking of Babylon as a mountain and speaks of it as a building that he is breaking down and throwing away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:25 f3es 0 A cliff is the steep side of a mountain or hill.
|
||||
51:25 tb96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of Babylon as no longer being the great “mountain of destruction” but now a mountain that he has destroyed. Alternate translation: “I will…make you a pile of useless rocks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:25 tb96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of Babylon as no longer being the great “mountain of destruction” but now a mountain that he has destroyed. Alternate translation: “I will … make you a pile of useless rocks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:25 b8fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
51:26 pw6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “devastation” can be translated as a verb “devastate.” Alternate translation: “I will devastate you and no one will ever rebuild you” or “I will turn you into an empty place where no one will ever live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
51:27 rw7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Lifting a banner and blowing a trumpet are both ways of calling people to attack. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -3530,7 +3530,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
51:38 e66g 0 a sound animals make to frighten other animals
|
||||
51:39 t613 0 As a soldier is happy when he defeats a strong enemy. Another possible meaning is “are very drunk” .
|
||||
51:40 y454 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Lambs and goats do not know before it happens that people are going to slaughter them, and the Babylonians will not know before it happens that Yahweh is going to destroy them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
51:41 mjn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The word “how” here shows that something that people thought was impossible has happened. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We never thought that enemies could capture Babylon, but they have captured her…We never thought that Babylon could become a ruined place, but it has become a ruined place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:41 mjn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The word “how” here shows that something that people thought was impossible has happened. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We never thought that enemies could capture Babylon, but they have captured her … We never thought that Babylon could become a ruined place, but it has become a ruined place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:41 epv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “praise” is a metonym for the thing that people praised, and the word “earth” is a metonym for the people living on the earth. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “enemies have seized Babylon, the nation that everyone on earth praised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:42 jlw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Babylon’s enemies have overcome her. “Waves” represent many people groups overcoming Babylon. The words “sea” and “water” often represent the nations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:42 xv1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Its roaring waves have covered her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -3541,38 +3541,38 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
51:46 e7mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when you hear the news that is in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:46 y5k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The ruler is a metonym for the nations under his control. Alternate translation: “Nations will fight against other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:47 hlg9 0 “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what i am about to tell you”
|
||||
51:47 hh7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will punish” or “there will be a time…when I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:47 hh7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will punish” or “there will be a time … when I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:47 x6k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Removing the idols of Babylon is spoken of as if Yahweh would punish the idols. Alternate translation: “I will remove the carved idols of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:47 m3al rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon…their land…their slaughtered ones…their midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:48 r764 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “over the Babylonians…come for them…the Babylonians have made…their land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:47 m3al rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon … their land … their slaughtered ones … their midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:48 r764 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “over the Babylonians … come for them … the Babylonians have made … their land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:48 a7da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Heaven and earth are viewed as if they were people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
51:48 ry4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
51:49 y6sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon…their land…their slaughtered ones…their midst…over the Babylonians…come for them…the Babylonians have made…their land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:49 y6sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon … their land … their slaughtered ones … their midst … over the Babylonians … come for them … the Babylonians have made … their land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:49 mh52 0 “those whom the Babylonians’ enemies have killed in the land”
|
||||
51:50 rnu2 0 Jeremiah speaks to the Israelite people in verse 50.
|
||||
51:50 v78z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The sword is a metonym for war, in which soldiers use swords. Alternate translation: “You who have survived the war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:50 esb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrases “Call…to mind” and “come to mind” are idioms that mean to think about or remember. Alternate translation: “Though you are far away, think about Yahweh; think about Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
51:50 esb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrases “Call … to mind” and “come to mind” are idioms that mean to think about or remember. Alternate translation: “Though you are far away, think about Yahweh; think about Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
51:51 l188 0 words that one person uses to offend another
|
||||
51:51 u8ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The speakers’ reaction to people expressing disapproval of them is spoken of as if it were a cover placed over the speakers’ faces. Alternate translation: “our faces show that we are hurt because others disapprove of us” or “we cover our faces in shame because others disapprove of us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:52 gq6f 0 “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what i am about to tell you”
|
||||
51:52 t1lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will punish” or “there will be a time…when I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:52 t1lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will punish” or “there will be a time … when I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:52 ipn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
51:52 h25y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Removing or destroying idols is spoken of as if Yahweh would punish the idols. Alternate translation: “I will destroy her carved idols” or “I will remove her carved idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:52 c2dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their carved idols…their land…the Babylonians…their highest fortresses…to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:52 c2dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their carved idols … their land … the Babylonians … their highest fortresses … to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:52 z6xh 0 to cry out because of pain or sadness
|
||||
51:53 i44x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their highest fortresses…to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:53 t773 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is a hypothetical situation that Yahweh does not expect to happen. Alternate translation: “Babylon will not go up…or fortify…destroyers will surely come from me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
51:53 i44x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their highest fortresses … to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:53 t773 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is a hypothetical situation that Yahweh does not expect to happen. Alternate translation: “Babylon will not go up … or fortify … destroyers will surely come from me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
51:54 j9es rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The same thought is expressed in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
51:55 i691 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “destroying the people of Babylon…their loud voices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:55 rb5t 0 “The enemies of the people of Babylon…the noise of the enemies”
|
||||
51:55 i691 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “destroying the people of Babylon … their loud voices” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:55 rb5t 0 “The enemies of the people of Babylon … the noise of the enemies”
|
||||
51:55 hs3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The waves of the ocean and of flooding rivers make a loud sound, and the enemies will make a very loud sound as they come. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
51:56 bdd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “against the people of Babylon—yes, against Babylon!—and their warriors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:56 sx3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This phrase can be changed to have an active verb. Alternate translation: “her enemies have captured her warriors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:57 n6e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their princes, their sages, their officials, and their soldiers…their high gates…their aid…for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:57 n6e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Babylon are spoken of as if they were the city itself, and the city is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their princes, their sages, their officials, and their soldiers … their high gates … their aid … for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:57 gc1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 They will be dead. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 51:39](../51/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
51:58 qv76 0 Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
51:58 nvh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The invaders willl completely demolish the thick walls of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:58 v2lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The city of Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their high gates…their aid…for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:58 v2lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The city of Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “their high gates … their aid … for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:58 ci1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will burn her high gates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:58 pt5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will burn up everything that the nations try to do for her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
51:59 x35d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
52:15 g3nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
52:16 knn1 0 “the poorest people who lived on the land”
|
||||
52:17 zsh6 0 This is a basin of water used in the worship of Yahweh.
|
||||
52:21 spa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit was about 46 centimeters long. Alternate translation: “18 cubits…12 cubits” or “about 8.3 meters…about 5.5 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
52:21 spa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit was about 46 centimeters long. Alternate translation: “18 cubits … 12 cubits” or “about 8.3 meters … about 5.5 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
52:21 b7ll 0 The pillars had empty space inside them.
|
||||
52:22 l1cn 0 This is the top part of each pillar.
|
||||
52:22 f2ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance 0 A cubit was about 46 centimeters long. Alternate translation: “5 cubits” or “about 2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
@ -3629,7 +3629,7 @@ front:intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
52:29 st9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “teight hundred and thirty-two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
52:30 kwp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
52:30 v4cr 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 39:9](../39/09.md).
|
||||
52:30 yu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “seven hundred and forty-five…four thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
52:30 yu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “seven hundred and forty-five … four thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
52:31 n2d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 after Jehoiachin had been an exile for more than 36 years (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
52:31 rb62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fifth day is near the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
52:31 d6ug 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
26
tn_JHN.tsv
26
tn_JHN.tsv
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
1:16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 This word refers to God’s grace that has no end.
|
||||
1:16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 “blessing after blessing”
|
||||
1:18 h5cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1:19 e1dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 The word “Jews” here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:19 e1dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 The word “Jews” here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 The phrase “he did not deny” says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
1:21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?”
|
||||
1:22 t8ib 0 John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
|
||||
|
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
2:19 mp6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words “destroy” and “raise” using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 “cause it to stand”
|
||||
2:20 g6jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
2:20 rn6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα & ἓξ ἔτεσιν & τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:20 rn6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα & ἓξ ἔτεσιν & τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 “46 years … 3 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:20 xbx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 Here “believe” means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
2:22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md).
|
||||
|
@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
4:9 xdw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:9 px8w οὐ & συνχρῶνται 1 “do not associate with”
|
||||
4:10 zub5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:12 di9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ 1 This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob…cattle!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:12 di9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ 1 This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob … cattle!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 “our ancestor Jacob”
|
||||
4:12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 “drank water that came from it”
|
||||
4:13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 “will need to drink water again”
|
||||
|
@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
4:25 u8nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 The words “explain everything” imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
|
||||
4:27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||||
4:27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’”
|
||||
4:27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What … want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why … her?’”
|
||||
4:29 hb5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
4:29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
4:31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 “While the woman was going into town”
|
||||
|
@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
4:45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here the festival is the Passover.
|
||||
4:46 ffm3 οὖν 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
4:46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
4:48 u73r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 “Unless…not believe” here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
4:48 u73r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 “Unless … not believe” here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
4:50 uwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν & τῷ λόγῳ 1 Here “word” is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:51 a5gw ἤδη 1 This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||||
4:53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 The reflexive pronoun “himself” is used here to emphasize the word “he.” If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
|
@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
5:43 rtb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
5:43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 welcome as a friend
|
||||
5:43 p7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 The word “name” is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:44 e999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise…God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:44 e999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise … God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 This means to trust in Jesus.
|
||||
5:45 kk5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 “Moses” here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 “your confidence” or “your trust”
|
||||
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
7:10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||||
7:10 rw5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
7:11 i6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 Here the word “Jews”is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:12 c27a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here “leads…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:12 c27a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here “leads … astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
|
||||
7:13 n8bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:14 yut8 0 Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
|
||||
|
@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
7:49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
|
||||
7:49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!”
|
||||
7:50 u5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
7:51 ia3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man…what he does!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:51 ia3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man … what he does!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:51 y8df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
7:52 pt91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ 1 The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:52 k6pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
9:29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 “We are sure that God has spoken to Moses”
|
||||
9:29 vv43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτον & οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:30 i3gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν & οὐκ ἀκούει & τούτου ἀκούει 1 “does not answer the prayers of sinners…God answers his prayers”
|
||||
9:31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν & οὐκ ἀκούει & τούτου ἀκούει 1 “does not answer the prayers of sinners … God answers his prayers”
|
||||
9:32 e89t 0 The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
9:32 b2xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:33 tt5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
12:38 k15e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:38 gx5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:38 dh6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:40 z323 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν & νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hardened their hearts” is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:40 z323 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν & νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hardened their hearts” is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn … truly understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:40 h99a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:42 hdh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν & τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
|
||||
|
@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
14:9 l3s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
14:9 x1uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:10 v2jb 0 Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
|
||||
14:10 hc1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:10 hc1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe … in me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:10 e4se rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
14:10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
|
||||
14:10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 Here “you” is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
|
@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
16:17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Possible meanings are (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
|
||||
16:17 sz1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
16:19 j7dv 0 Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
16:19 j7wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:19 j7wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, … see me.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
16:20 p9x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:20 p6v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
20:23 mw5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:24 x8jz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δίδυμος 1 This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
20:25 n8vc ἔλεγον & αὐτῷ οἱ & μαθηταί 1 The word “him” refers to Thomas.
|
||||
20:25 i7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see…his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
20:25 i7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see … his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
20:25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ & εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 The word “his” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
20:26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 The word “his” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
20:26 r3iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
130
tn_JOB.tsv
130
tn_JOB.tsv
|
@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
1:3 x4bu 0 “the richest”
|
||||
1:3 csw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The refers to places that were east of Canaan. Alternate translation: “all the people who live in lands that were east of Canaan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:4 i4lf 0 The word “day” perhaps refers to the day when they celebrated the son’s birth. But it at least refers to the idea that the sons each took a turn in holding a feast. Alternate translation: “On each son’s birthday, the son would give” or “Each son in turn would give”
|
||||
1:4 ey91 0 “he habitually gave…They habitually sent and called for “
|
||||
1:4 ey91 0 “he habitually gave … They habitually sent and called for “
|
||||
1:4 x3v2 0 The word “them” refers to the seven sons and the three daughters but does not include Job.
|
||||
1:5 ik8z 0 “he habitually gave…They habitually sent and called for…Job habitually sent…he habitually consecrated…He habitually rose early in the morning and offered…he habitually said”
|
||||
1:5 ik8z 0 “he habitually gave … They habitually sent and called for … Job habitually sent … he habitually consecrated … He habitually rose early in the morning and offered … he habitually said”
|
||||
1:5 s2c6 0 “When the feast was over” or “After the feast”
|
||||
1:5 w9xc 0 “Job habitually sent someone to call them to come to him”
|
||||
1:5 k14m 0 Here “consecrate” means to ask God to take away any ritual impurities that Job’s children might have brought upon themselves as they happily feasted together. Job did this by making sacrifices to God for them.
|
||||
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
3:20 zq45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Here Job is wondering why people must stay alive and suffer. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God gives life to a person who is suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:20 naz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here light represents life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:20 q28e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 “why does God give life to a miserable person?” Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God gives life to a person who is very unhappy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:21 hbh3 0 This is the end of the question that Job begins asking with the words “Why is life given…bitter in soul” (verse 20).
|
||||
3:21 hbh3 0 This is the end of the question that Job begins asking with the words “Why is life given … bitter in soul” (verse 20).
|
||||
3:21 mg33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here death is spoken of as if it were an object coming toward someone. Alternate translation: “to a person who no longer wants to be alive, but is still alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:21 lgj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person hoping to die is spoken of as if he were digging for buried treasure. Alternate translation: “to a person who wants to stop living more than he wants to look for hidden riches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:22 p5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Here Job uses a question to make a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God allows a person to keep living when the person would be very happy to be buried in the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
6:11 b1ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job poses these questions to emphasize that he has no reason to continue living. These questions have the same meaning. They may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “I do not have enough strength to go on living; I have no reason to prolong my life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:12 vp49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The writer uses parallel rhetorical questions in each of these verses to emphasize Job’s lack of strength to endure suffering. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:12 n69y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job describes the weakness of his body by saying that he is not as strong as rocks and bronze to emphasize his lack of strength. These rhetorical questions may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “I am not as strong as the rocks. My flesh is not as strong as metal.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:13 lg48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this rhetorical question to emphasize his lack of wisdom and his weakness. This question can be written as a statement. Also, the phrase “no help in myself” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “It is true that I have no strength left…me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:13 lg48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this rhetorical question to emphasize his lack of wisdom and his weakness. This question can be written as a statement. Also, the phrase “no help in myself” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “It is true that I have no strength left … me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:13 h5wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 “my success has been taken from me.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my wisdom is gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:14 e6e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A friend should be faithful to the person who feels he is about to faint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:14 s4yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of a person who feels hopeless and is overwhelmed by his troubles as if he were about to physically faint. Alternate translation: “who feels hopeless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -334,8 +334,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
6:21 gk7t 0 Job uses this phrase to introduce the main part of what he is saying.
|
||||
6:21 wa4z 0 “you friends have not helped me at all”
|
||||
6:21 zr7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that they see the trouble Job has and are afraid of being in the same situation. Alternate translation: “you are afraid that God might do similar things to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:23 vq26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These words are the last of a series of rhetorical questions that begins in verse 22. Job uses these questions to emphasize that he has not asked his friends to give him anything or to help him. “I never said to you, ‘Give…me’ or, ‘Offer…wealth’ or, ‘Save…hand’ or, ‘Ransom…oppressors’.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:23 x1gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “having my adversary control me…having my oppressors control me” or “my adversary’s power…my oppressors’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:23 vq26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These words are the last of a series of rhetorical questions that begins in verse 22. Job uses these questions to emphasize that he has not asked his friends to give him anything or to help him. “I never said to you, ‘Give … me’ or, ‘Offer … wealth’ or, ‘Save … hand’ or, ‘Ransom … oppressors’.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:23 x1gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “having my adversary control me … having my oppressors control me” or “my adversary’s power … my oppressors’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:23 z65f 0 “Rescue me”
|
||||
6:24 t8mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 These verbs “teach” and “make” are second person plural and are spoken to his friends. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:24 jg8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will be silent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
7:7 bw35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “my eye” represents Job’s whole person and his ability to see or experience things. Alternate translation: “I will never again experience good things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:8 sj61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The writer continues to use parallelism in each of these verses, conveying a single idea using two different statements to emphasize Job’s thought that, after death, neither God nor the people he knew will see him again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
7:8 f5vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Many versions of the Bible translate this as “The eye which sees me will see me no more.” The words “of God” were added to this phrase because they are implied by the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:8 p6u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here God is represented by his “eye” to emphasize what he looks at. Alternate translation: “God who watches me…God will look for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:8 p6u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here God is represented by his “eye” to emphasize what he looks at. Alternate translation: “God who watches me … God will look for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:9 q76u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Job is describing death as being like the clouds that disappear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
7:9 m6z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “As a cloud fades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:9 g4h1 0 “he who dies will not return”
|
||||
|
@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
7:12 qy6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job poses this question to express his anger at God. In comparing himself to the sea or a sea monster, Job suggests that God regards him as a hideous creature. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am not the sea or a sea monster that needs a guard to watch it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:13 kme8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The writer continues to use parallelism in the first two verses, conveying a single idea using two different statements to emphasize Job’s intense suffering. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
7:13 v7e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “bed” and “couch” are metonyms for “sleep.” In lying down to sleep, Job would hope to be comforted. The metonyms also have human attributes; they have the ability to comfort and ease a person. Alternate translation: “My bed, my couch, will be like someone who can comfort me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
7:13 d3uy 0 These phrases refer to the same thing. Alternate translation: “My bed…my bed”
|
||||
7:13 d3uy 0 These phrases refer to the same thing. Alternate translation: “My bed … my bed”
|
||||
7:14 pf6s 0 “you” here refers to God
|
||||
7:15 et7t 0 killing a person by squeezing the throat and stopping the breathing
|
||||
7:15 nee4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here Job uses the word “bones” to refer to his body. Alternate translation: “This body of mine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
7:16 yp5g 0 “my days are pointless” or “the days of my life are empty”
|
||||
7:17 awx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job asks a rhetorical question to say that he does not understand why God should pay attention to people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:17 w1ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the mind represents thoughts and attention. To “set your mind on” means to give attention to. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:18 s64b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This is the end of the rhetorical question that Job begins asking with the words “What is man that” in verse 17. The question can be translated as a statement. “Tell me what man is that…mind on him, that you should observe…every moment.” or “I do not understand what man is that…mind on him, that you should observe…every moment.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:18 s64b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This is the end of the rhetorical question that Job begins asking with the words “What is man that” in verse 17. The question can be translated as a statement. “Tell me what man is that … mind on him, that you should observe … every moment.” or “I do not understand what man is that … mind on him, that you should observe … every moment.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:18 cdq5 0 “carefully examine him”
|
||||
7:19 eb8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Here Job conveys a single idea using two different rhetorical questions to emphasize his wish that God would stop watching him. Alternate translation: “Look away from me! Leave me alone long enough for me to swallow my own saliva!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:19 ts1s 0 liquid produced in people’s mouths that keeps the mouth moist and helps to swallow food
|
||||
|
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
8:1 y8y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
8:2 gg55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Bildad speaks of Job’s words as if they are as empty and insubstantial as the wind. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “The words of your mouth are as insignificant as a mighty wind.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:3 x959 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Here “God” and “the Almighty” both refer to Yahweh. These questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “God does not pervert justice; the Almighty does not pervert righteousness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:3 p2fp 0 “approve of and do what is not just?…approve of and do what is not righteous?”
|
||||
8:3 p2fp 0 “approve of and do what is not just? … approve of and do what is not righteous?”
|
||||
8:4 icy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents the power or results of sin. Bildad implies that God killed Job’s children because of their sin. Alternate translation: “for God caused the consequences of your children’s sins to kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:5 lpy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 Bildad is saying what would have happened if Job had correctly spoken to God, but Bildad does not believe that Job really did this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
8:5 q7cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases both refer to Job asking God for help or pleading with God for mercy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
@ -634,12 +634,12 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
11:6 qjk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Demanding from Job represents punishing Job. Alternate translation: “God is punishing you less than you deserve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:7 tvp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two parallel questions are asking the same thing. The writer uses the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You cannot understand God by searching for him, and you will never completely understand the Almighty!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:8 n8yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to understanding God. Alternate translation: “To understand God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:8 jhq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The impossibility of understanding God is spoken of as if it were impossible to go to these extremely far away places. Alternate translation: “is as inaccessible as the highest places in heaven…is more inaccessible than the deepest places in Sheol” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
11:8 jhq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The impossibility of understanding God is spoken of as if it were impossible to go to these extremely far away places. Alternate translation: “is as inaccessible as the highest places in heaven … is more inaccessible than the deepest places in Sheol” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
11:8 y9sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Zophar uses this question to show that a person cannot do anything to understand God fully. Alternate translation: “you cannot do anything.” or “you cannot understand him fully.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:8 hb95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Zophar uses this question to show that a person cannot do anything to know God fully. Alternate translation: “you cannot know God fully.” or “you cannot know all there is to know.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:9 i9xz 0 Possible meanings are that this refers to (1) God’s greatness or (2) the greatness of God’s wisdom.
|
||||
11:9 z6cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God’s greatness or wisdom is spoken of as if it could be measured in distance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:10 y4fx 0 “If God…shuts anyone up in prison”
|
||||
11:10 y4fx 0 “If God … shuts anyone up in prison”
|
||||
11:10 d1jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “judgment” can be translated with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “if God calls anyone to go to him so that God might judge him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
11:10 f915 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question emphasizes that no one can stop God. Alternate translation: “no one can stop him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:11 gdx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This emphasizes that God does notice sin. Alternate translation: “he surely notices it!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
12:8 g5xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony 0 Job is saying that the beasts, the birds, the earth, and the fish understand God better than Job’s friends do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
12:8 k4ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative 0 The command in the first part of the sentence functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “Or if you were to speak to the earth, it would teach you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
12:8 bjf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The command “Ask the fish of the sea” is understood from the previous sentences. It functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “and if you were to ask the fish of the sea, they would declare to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
12:9 hu2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question emphasizes the point that all the animals know that Yahweh has done this. This question can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “Every animal among all these knows…this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:9 hu2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question emphasizes the point that all the animals know that Yahweh has done this. This question can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “Every animal among all these knows … this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:9 tht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh’s hand represents his power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has done this by his power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:10 tx1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh’s hand represents his control or power. Alternate translation: “God controls the life of every living thing and gives breath to all mankind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:10 s1sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “breath” represents life or the ability to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
14:18 n4gl 0 Job continues speaking to God.
|
||||
14:18 hga3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 “Come to nothing” here is an idiom meaning be completely destroyed. This phrase expands on the word “fall” and emphasizes complete destruction. Alternate translation: “mountains completely fall apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
14:18 h2q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “rocks tumble down from their place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:19 nc2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 If it is easier in your language, you can put this phrase at the beginning of verse 18 and adjust the text accordingly. Alternate translation: “You destroy the hope of man, just like…dust of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
14:19 nc2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 If it is easier in your language, you can put this phrase at the beginning of verse 18 and adjust the text accordingly. Alternate translation: “You destroy the hope of man, just like … dust of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
14:19 dj8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Destroying hope represents causing the things people hope for not to happen. Alternate translation: “You prevent the hope of man from happening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:19 usl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “hopes” can be expressed with the verb “hope.” Alternate translation: “the things that man hopes for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
14:20 lnf7 0 Job continues speaking to God.
|
||||
|
@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
17:12 m8i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the people claiming that night is day as if they actually changed night into day. Alternate translation: “claim it is daytime when it is night” or “say the opposite of what is true, just as night is the opposite of day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:12 fif1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the mockers claim that it is light when it is close to dark. Alternate translation: “they claim that light is near to darkness” or “they claim that when it is becoming dark, that it is getting light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:13 iy1d 0 Job continues to speak.
|
||||
17:13 pj8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The instances of “if” here have the meaning of “since”; Job is speaking as if all these things were true. “Since the only home…and since I have spread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
17:13 pj8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The instances of “if” here have the meaning of “since”; Job is speaking as if all these things were true. “Since the only home … and since I have spread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
17:13 h88c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Job speaks of being prepared to die as having laid his bed in the darkness. Alternate translation: “have prepared myself to go and sleep among the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:13 kx3d 0 “have made my bed”
|
||||
17:14 m7hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 The word “if” here has the meaning of “since”; Job is speaking as if this were true. “since I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
17:14 e6lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Job speaks of the closeness he will soon have with the worms in his grave by comparing it to the closeness a man has with his mother and sisters. Alternate translation: “You are as close to me as my mother or my sister” or “You will be as close to me as a mother or sister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:15 zb7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The implicit answer is “nowhere,” because he has no hope. This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have no hope.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:15 g6bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to emphasize that no one expects him to have any hope. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can see any hope for me.” or “No one expects me to have any more hope.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:16 h77p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The implicit answer is “no.” This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Hope will not go down with me…dust.” or “I will no longer hope when I go down…dust.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:16 h77p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The implicit answer is “no.” This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Hope will not go down with me … dust.” or “I will no longer hope when I go down … dust.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:16 yx83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Sheol does not really have gates, but it is a metaphor for Job entering Sheol. Alternate translation: “when I go into Sheol” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:16 ajw5 0 “when I and the things that I hope for” or “when I and my hopes.” The word “we” refers to Job and his hope.
|
||||
17:16 z16e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die and are buried” or “go to the grave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1052,10 +1052,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
18:8 fl11 0 cords or ropes that people weave together to create a mesh. People used nets to catch animals.
|
||||
18:8 wa1n 0 a pit that has branches and leaves over it so that an animal will walk onto the branches and leaves and fall into the pit
|
||||
18:9 p9gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Bildad continues to speak and uses three parallel images to describe how suddenly the wicked person will experience disaster. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
18:9 t6fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These four phrases speak of the wicked man experiencing disaster as if he were caught in a trap. Alternate translation: “It will be as though a trap will take him…a snare will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:9 t6fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These four phrases speak of the wicked man experiencing disaster as if he were caught in a trap. Alternate translation: “It will be as though a trap will take him … a snare will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:9 jr8g 0 People used this kind of trap to catch birds. The trap snapped shut and held on to the foot of the bird.
|
||||
18:9 dnn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the “heel” refers to the whole foot. Alternate translation: “will take hold of his foot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
18:10 u5yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These four phrases speak of the wicked man experiencing disaster as if he were caught in a trap. Alternate translation: “It will be as though a noose is…and a trap for him in the way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:10 u5yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These four phrases speak of the wicked man experiencing disaster as if he were caught in a trap. Alternate translation: “It will be as though a noose is … and a trap for him in the way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:10 q4wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has hidden a noose on the ground in order to catch him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:10 xp42 0 a rope with a loop that grabs hold of an animal’s leg when the animal steps in the middle of the loop
|
||||
18:10 f193 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The understood verbal phrase “is hidden” may be supplied. Alternate translation: “a trap is hidden on the path to catch him” or “someone will hide a trap to catch him in the way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
19:20 ud4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that he is barely surviving, that he almost does not survive. Alternate translation: “I am barely alive” or “I hardly survive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
19:21 ux63 0 “Have compassion on me”
|
||||
19:21 tbg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “touched me” is a metonym for “hit me.” And, “hand” represents God’s power. Causing Job to suffer is spoken of as if Yahweh were physically hitting him with his hand. Alternate translation: “because God has afflicted me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:22 g28h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to complain about how his friends are treating him. Alternate translation: “Do not persecute me…God does!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:22 g28h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to complain about how his friends are treating him. Alternate translation: “Do not persecute me … God does!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:22 c296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to complain about how his friends are treating him. Alternate translation: “You have consumed my flesh enough!” or “Stop consuming my flesh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:22 y17f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Job speaks of his friends speaking so cruelly to him as if they were wild beasts eating up another animal. Alternate translation: “Stop violently slandering me.” or “Stop attacking me with your words.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:23 gs1m 0 Job continues to speak to his three friends.
|
||||
|
@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
20:4 sb6w 0 Zophar continues speaking with Job.
|
||||
20:4 um5p 0 Zophar begins a rhetorical question to cause Job to think deeply about what he will now say.
|
||||
20:5 cr4t 0 Zophar finishes the rhetorical question he began in verse 4.
|
||||
20:5 nhc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Zophar uses a rhetorical question to cause Job to think deeply about what he will now say. This can be translated as a statement. “Surely you know…man on earth; the triumph…for a moment.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:5 nhc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Zophar uses a rhetorical question to cause Job to think deeply about what he will now say. This can be translated as a statement. “Surely you know … man on earth; the triumph … for a moment.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
20:5 ubq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “triumph” can be expressed with the verbs “triumph” or “celebrate.” Alternate translation: “the wicked man triumphs only a short time” or “the wicked person celebrates for only a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
20:5 u62f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “joy” can be expressed with the verb “rejoice” or the adjective “happy.” The word “moment” is an exaggeration to emphasize that the time is very short. Alternate translation: “a godless man rejoices for only a moment” or “the godless man is happy for only a very short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
20:6 tc5t 0 Zophar continues speaking to Job.
|
||||
|
@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
20:7 x122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 If people are embarrassed about the word feces, translators may refer to something else that disappears completely. Alternate translation: “will disappear permanently like dust that the wind blows away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
20:8 vvz8 0 Zophar continues speaking to Job.
|
||||
20:8 sfs4 0 “The wicked person will”
|
||||
20:8 rep3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Here “fly away” and “be chased away” represent disappearing. They may also imply being forgotten, since dreams and visions disappear when people forget them. Alternate translation: “He will disappear like a dream…he will be forgotten like a vision of the night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
20:8 rep3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Here “fly away” and “be chased away” represent disappearing. They may also imply being forgotten, since dreams and visions disappear when people forget them. Alternate translation: “He will disappear like a dream … he will be forgotten like a vision of the night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
20:8 byk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will find him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
20:9 xu8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The eye represents a person. Alternate translation: “Anyone who saw him” or “The people who saw him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
20:9 x7cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The phrase “his place” represents those who live in his place. Alternate translation: “the people who live in his place” or “his family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
20:10 v5ee 0 “The wicked person’s children”
|
||||
20:10 lji7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hands” refers to the wicked man’s children. When he dies, his children will have to return everything that he took from others. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:11 re6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The word “bones” represents his body. Being “full of youthful strength” represents being strong like a young person. Alternate translation: “His body is strong like a young person’s body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:11 je7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “it” refers to his youthful strength. The metonym “lie down…in the dust” represents dying. The strength dying is a metaphor for disappearing. Alternate translation: “but his youthful strength will die with him” or “but his youthful strength will disappear when he dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:11 je7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “it” refers to his youthful strength. The metonym “lie down … in the dust” represents dying. The strength dying is a metaphor for disappearing. Alternate translation: “but his youthful strength will die with him” or “but his youthful strength will disappear when he dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:12 tar1 0 Zophar continues speaking to Job.
|
||||
20:12 w36z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “wickedness is sweet” represents a person enjoying doing wicked things. Alternate translation: “Although doing wicked things is pleasurable like tasting sweet food in the mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:12 nj4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Zophar speaks of wickedness as if it were sweet food that a person puts under his tongue so it will stay in his mouth and he can taste it for a long time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
20:21 e2vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives 0 This can be reworded with only one of the negatives. Alternate translation: “He devoured everything, and there is nothing left” or “There is nothing left because he devoured everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
20:21 zi35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “devour” represents taking things for himself. Alternate translation: “There is nothing left that he did not take for himself” or “He took everything for himself, and there is nothing left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:22 k3n2 0 “he will suddenly experience trouble”
|
||||
20:22 tq3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power, and “hand…will come against him” represents people attacking him. The abstract noun “poverty” can be expressed with the adjective “poor.” Alternate translation: “everyone who is in poverty will attack him” or “everyone who is poor will attack him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
20:22 tq3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents power, and “hand … will come against him” represents people attacking him. The abstract noun “poverty” can be expressed with the adjective “poor.” Alternate translation: “everyone who is in poverty will attack him” or “everyone who is poor will attack him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
20:23 d3ga 0 Zophar continues speaking to Job.
|
||||
20:23 d4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “fill his stomach” is a metonym meaning eat a lot. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:23 kha9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The “fierceness of his wrath” represents God’s anger and punishment. Throwing the punishment on him represents punishing him severely. Alternate translation: “God will be angry and throw down his punishment on him” or “God will be angry and punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1280,16 +1280,16 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
21:15 k5g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The wicked people use these questions to mock God. Alternate translation: “We do not believe that this Almighty God is worthy of our worship. He can do nothing for us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:16 ke4m 0 Job continues speaking to his friends.
|
||||
21:16 t984 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hands” refers to their power or control. Job uses this question to challenge his friends. Alternate translation: “Look, these wicked people claim that they make themselves prosper!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:17 d4mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to emphasize that it seems to him that God does not punish the wicked very often. Alternate translation: “It is not often…their calamity comes upon them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:17 d4mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to emphasize that it seems to him that God does not punish the wicked very often. Alternate translation: “It is not often … their calamity comes upon them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:17 c9nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Job compares extinguishing the lamp to a person dying. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God causes them to die suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:17 g7cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Job compares the life of the wicked to a lamp that is burning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:17 bmg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this second question to emphasize that it seems to him that God does not punish the wicked very often. Alternate translation: “It is not often…in his anger.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:18 lhr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this third question to emphasize that it seems to him that God does not punish the wicked very often. Alternate translation: “It is not often…the storm carries away.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:17 bmg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this second question to emphasize that it seems to him that God does not punish the wicked very often. Alternate translation: “It is not often … in his anger.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:18 lhr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this third question to emphasize that it seems to him that God does not punish the wicked very often. Alternate translation: “It is not often … the storm carries away.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:18 a6g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The death of the wicked is spoken of as if they were worthless less chaff and stubble that blows away. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God takes them away like the wind blows away the chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:19 sac1 0 Job continues speaking to his friends.
|
||||
21:19 gwj5 0 These words are added by most versions in order to make it clear that the Job is quoting his friends in the next statement.
|
||||
21:19 ev9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Guilt is spoken of as something that can be stored for later use. Here “to pay” refers to punishment for sin. Alternate translation: “God keeps a record of a person’s sins, then he punishes the person’s children for his wicked deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:19 iyl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Job now begins to state his own opinion. It may be helpful to state this explicitly using an indirect quotation. “But I say that he should pay it himself,…know his guilt’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:19 iyl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Job now begins to state his own opinion. It may be helpful to state this explicitly using an indirect quotation. “But I say that he should pay it himself, … know his guilt’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:20 j2ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “eyes” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “Let him see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
21:20 wq4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the wrath of God is spoken of as if it were a drink that a person can taste, and tasting is a metonym for experiencing the drink. Job wants the wicked person to experience God’s punishment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:21 vtu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to show that punishing the evil man’s children is not effective. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For the wicked man does not care what happens to his family after he has died!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1314,8 +1314,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
21:29 czd4 0 Job continues speaking to his friends.
|
||||
21:29 asa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses these questions to rebuke his friends for not learning from people who travel. Alternate translation: “You should listen to those who have traveled to distant places.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:30 q7hn 0 Job finishes asking a rhetorical question that begins with the words “Do you not know” in verse 29.
|
||||
21:30 x25q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses these questions to rebuke his friends for not learning from people who travel. “Those who have traveled to distant places will tell you…from the day of wrath.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:30 wy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God keeps the wicked man from the day of calamity…God leads him away from the day of wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:30 x25q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses these questions to rebuke his friends for not learning from people who travel. “Those who have traveled to distant places will tell you … from the day of wrath.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:30 wy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God keeps the wicked man from the day of calamity … God leads him away from the day of wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:31 ri98 0 Job continues speaking to his friends.
|
||||
21:31 b6yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to contradict his friends’ belief that the wicked are always judged. Alternate translation: “No one condemns the wicked man to his face.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:31 wlf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means no one will go directly to the wicked person and condemn him personally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
22:9 u5gg 0 “You made widows go away with nothing”
|
||||
22:9 kyr7 0 women whose husbands have died
|
||||
22:9 pdd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “arms” refer to power. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you even oppressed orphans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
22:10 wdg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These are metaphors for trouble and danger. Alternate translation: “you are always in danger…you become afraid for no reason” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:10 wdg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These are metaphors for trouble and danger. Alternate translation: “you are always in danger … you become afraid for no reason” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:11 kz5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Each of these metaphors means troubles and dangers are all around Job because of his sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:11 a6pa 0 “a flood”
|
||||
22:12 n1zi 0 Eliphaz continues speaking to Job.
|
||||
|
@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
23:7 lx63 0 This refers to the place where God is.
|
||||
23:7 aw1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my judge would acquit me forever” or “God, who is my judge, would say that I am innocent once and for all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
23:8 tfb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 Job continues speaking. He begins using a merism to say that he has looked everywhere. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
23:9 ja9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This is the end of the merism that begins with the words “eastward…westward” in verse 8. By mentioning these four directions, Job emphasizes that he has looked everywhere. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
23:9 ja9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 This is the end of the merism that begins with the words “eastward … westward” in verse 8. By mentioning these four directions, Job emphasizes that he has looked everywhere. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
23:9 br9j 0 Job speaks of God as if he is a person who hides.
|
||||
23:10 x7cb 0 Job continues speaking.
|
||||
23:10 lq4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Job’s actions are spoken of as if he is walking on a path. Alternate translation: “God knows what I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1537,10 +1537,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
27:2 tp23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Job’s “life” being bitter represents Job feeling resentful toward God. Alternate translation: “has caused me to become resentful” or “has made me feel angry because of the unfair way he has treated me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:3 m4bm 0 This refers to the duration of the rest of his life. Alternate translation: “during the whole time that my life is yet in me” or “as long as my life is yet in me”
|
||||
27:3 ny28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “life” can be expressed with the adjective “alive” or the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “as long as I am still alive” or “while I still live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:3 xg5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Breath…in my nostrils” represents being able to breathe. “Breath from God” represents God making him able to breathe. Alternate translation: “God enables me to breathe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:3 xg5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “Breath … in my nostrils” represents being able to breathe. “Breath from God” represents God making him able to breathe. Alternate translation: “God enables me to breathe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:3 krx8 0 “nose”
|
||||
27:4 xct5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases have basically the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that he will not speak in such ways. The phrases “My lips” and “my tongue” represent Job himself. Alternate translation: “I will not speak wickedness or deceit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
27:4 vg54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “wickedness” and “deceit” can be expressed with “wickedly” and “deceitfully.” Alternate translation: “speak wickedly…speak deceitfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:4 vg54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “wickedness” and “deceit” can be expressed with “wickedly” and “deceitfully.” Alternate translation: “speak wickedly … speak deceitfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:5 tp64 0 “I will never agree with you and say that you three are right”
|
||||
27:5 n6mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 The word “you” here is plural. It refers to Job’s friends. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
27:5 uy2n 0 “I will never say that I am not innocent” or “I will always say that I am innocent”
|
||||
|
@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
27:7 qkh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 How he wants his enemy to be like a wicked person can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Let my enemy be punished like a wicked man” or “Let God punish my enemy as he punishes wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:7 yjq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 How he wants this person to be like an unrighteous man can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “let him who rises up against me be punished like an unrighteous man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:7 cin4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “rises up against me” is a metaphor meaning “opposes me.” The whole phrase refers to Job’s adversary. Alternate translation: “him who opposes me” or “my adversary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:8 m193 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to say that such a man has no hope. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: “There is no hope for the godless when God…takes away his soul.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:8 m193 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to say that such a man has no hope. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: “There is no hope for the godless when God … takes away his soul.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:8 ucr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases have the same meaning. Alternate translation: “when God cuts him off and takes away his life” or “when God causes him to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
27:8 d94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor meaning “kills him” or “causes him to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:8 twt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor meaning “kills him” or “makes him stop living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
29:9 v8ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 They did this to show that they would not speak. This was a sign of their respect for Job. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
29:10 u1bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The noblemen hushed their voices” or “The noblemen stopped speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:10 nm6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This represents them having so much respect for Job that they had nothing to say. Alternate translation: “they felt that they were unable to speak” or “they had nothing to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
29:11 n94l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The ears represent those who heard him, and the eyes represent those who saw him. Alternate translation: “after they heard what I told them…after they saw me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
29:11 n94l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The ears represent those who heard him, and the eyes represent those who saw him. Alternate translation: “after they heard what I told them … after they saw me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
29:11 t3tu 0 “they would witness approvingly of me”
|
||||
29:12 ui1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 Here “the one who was poor” refers to any poor person. Alternate translation: “I used to rescue poor people who cried out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
29:13 qs27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Someone’s blessing coming on another represents that person blessing another. Alternate translation: “He who was about to perish would bless me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
30:intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.\n\nIn this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
|
||||
30:1 ghr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This shows how much he despised those fathers. They were not even good enough to be with his dogs. Alternate translation: “whose fathers I despised and would not have allowed to work beside the dogs of my flock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
30:1 bw8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The dogs’ relationship to the flock can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the dogs that guarded my flock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
30:2 dkd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to mock the weakness of those men. Alternate translation: “The strength of their fathers’ hands could not have helped me…perished.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:2 dkd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses this question to mock the weakness of those men. Alternate translation: “The strength of their fathers’ hands could not have helped me … perished.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:2 n58x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Their strength perishing is a metaphor that represents no longer being strong but weak. The phrase “mature age” refers to them being old. Alternate translation: “men who had become old and had no strength” or “men who had become old and weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:3 b5gi 0 The word “They” refers to the fathers of the young mockers.
|
||||
30:3 i6mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “poverty” can be expressed with the word “poor.” The abstract noun “hunger” can be expressed with the words “hungry” or “starving.” Alternate translation: “They were very thin because they were poor and starving” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
30:4 dz4r 0 Job continues to talk about the fathers of the mockers.
|
||||
30:4 lbt6 0 These are plants that people would eat only if they could find nothing better.
|
||||
30:4 c9mn 0 Possible meanings are (1) the people ate the roots of the broom tree or (2) the people warmed themselves by burning the roots of broom trees.
|
||||
30:5 k9yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were driven out” means “were forced to leave.” These phrases can be reordered and stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people shouted after them as…a thief and forced them to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:5 k9yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were driven out” means “were forced to leave.” These phrases can be reordered and stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people shouted after them as … a thief and forced them to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:5 lwr2 0 “shouted at them as though they were thieves”
|
||||
30:7 f7j8 0 Job continues to talk about the fathers of the mockers.
|
||||
30:7 kkv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Job speaks of the men crying out in hunger as if they were wild donkeys making a loud noise. Alternate translation: “cried out like wild donkeys because they were hungry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
30:16 yd79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Job speaks of his continuous suffering as if the days of suffering have grabbed hold of him. Alternate translation: “I suffer many days, and the suffering does not end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
30:17 s5h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Job speaks of the pain in his bones as if his bones were being pierced. Alternate translation: “my bones ache terribly” or “I have sharp pain in my bones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:17 q849 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Job speaks of his constant pain as if it were alive and biting him and refuses to rest. Alternate translation: “the pains that cause me to suffer do not stop” or “I am in constant pain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
30:18 x296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Job speaks of God using his force as if God’s force were actually doing something. Here “God’s…force” stands for “God.” Alternate translation: “God has seized my clothing by his great force” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:18 x296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Job speaks of God using his force as if God’s force were actually doing something. Here “God’s … force” stands for “God.” Alternate translation: “God has seized my clothing by his great force” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
30:18 wpi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The image of God’s force seizing Job is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) it represents Job’s pain. Alternate translation: “My pain feels like God has grabbed my clothing tightly” or (2) it represents God’s causing Job’s many problems. Alternate translation: “It is as though by his great force God has grabbed me by my clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:18 tm94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The image of God’s force wrapping around Job is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) it represents Job’s pain. Alternate translation: “he wraps the collar of my tunic tightly around me” or (2) it represents God’s causing Job’s many problems. Alternate translation: “It is as though he grabs me by the collar of my tunic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:19 aa4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Job says that God has humiliated him. Alternate translation: “It is as though he has thrown me in the mud” or “He has humiliated me, like a person thrown in the mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
30:24 ly2e 0 Job continues speaking to God.
|
||||
30:24 s7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses these questions to justify himself for crying out to God for help. Alternate translation: “Everyone reaches out with his hand to beg for help when he falls. Everyone who is in trouble calls out for help.” or “I have fallen, and so God should not think I am doing wrong when I beg for his help. I am in trouble, so of course I call out for help!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:24 giv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Some versions interpret these questions as Job complaining that God has reached out with his hand to harm Job when Job was in trouble and crying out for help. Alternate translation: “Surely no one would reach out with his hand against someone who falls and calls out for help.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:25 k5gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses these questions to remind God of how Job had done good to others. A: “You know that I wept…trouble, and I grieved…man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:25 k5gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job uses these questions to remind God of how Job had done good to others. A: “You know that I wept … trouble, and I grieved … man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:26 dxl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Looking for good represents hoping for good things, and evil coming represents evil things happening. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:26 n1jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “light” represents God’s blessing and favor and “darkness” represents trouble and suffering. Alternate translation: “I waited for the light of God’s blessing, but instead I experienced the darkness of suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:27 r36u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Job speaks of his heart as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “I am troubled in my heart and the feeling does not end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
31:32 h895 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “opened my doors to the traveler” represents welcoming the traveler into his home. Alternate translation: “I have always welcomed the traveler into my home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
31:32 p6kk 0 This phrase is not in the original language or in other versions of the Bible. It was added here to help preserve the meaning of Job’s statement in this long sentence.
|
||||
31:33 w9u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 Job continues describing situations in which he would deserve God’s punishment, but he knows they are not true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
31:33 sb1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “have hidden my sins” represents trying to keep people from knowing that he had sinned. Alternate translation: “If…I have tried to keep my sins a secret” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:33 sb1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “have hidden my sins” represents trying to keep people from knowing that he had sinned. Alternate translation: “If … I have tried to keep my sins a secret” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:33 jav4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This represents trying to keep people from knowing that he is guilty. Alternate translation: “by hiding the evidence of my guilt inside my tunic” or “like one who hides the evidence of his guilt inside his tunic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
31:34 b8ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 This would be the reason for hiding his sins. These mean the same thing. They emphasize that a person may hide his sin because he fears what other people may think about him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
31:34 ia4h 0 This phrase is not in the original language or in other versions of the Bible. It was added here to help preserve the meaning of Job’s statement in this long sentence.
|
||||
|
@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
33:17 qd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of God keeping someone from doing something as if he were physically pulling him away from harm. Alternate translation: “in order to keep him from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:18 t4um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these statements mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “God saves people from the grave and from death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
33:18 d93m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The place where people go when they die is referred to here as “the pit.” Alternate translation: “the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
33:18 bd6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “man from dying and…he keeps him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:18 bd6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “man from dying and … he keeps him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
33:18 lgc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “death” represents the place where people go when they die, that is, sheol. Alternate translation: “from going to sheol” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
33:19 bk1d 0 Elihu continues speaking to Job.
|
||||
33:19 pgn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God also punishes a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
34:37 fm5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
34:37 g7nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
35:intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nAccording to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\nElihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Ironic situation\nElihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
35:2 s9jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
35:2 s9jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right … ‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just … ‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
35:2 yh9l 0 “Do you think it is right for you to say”
|
||||
35:2 g7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
35:2 l3t8 0 Possible meanings are (1) Job is claiming to be innocent before God or (2) Job is claiming that he, rather than God, is right.
|
||||
|
@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
35:10 f89r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Elihu speaks of God enabling people to have hope in troubling circumstances as if he were giving to them songs which they can sing during the night. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
35:12 gme8 0 Elihu continues speaking.
|
||||
35:12 xj4y 0 “the oppressed people cry out”
|
||||
35:14 di2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations 0 Since God will not hear the prayers of prideful, evil men, it is even less likely that he will hear Job, who is complaining against him. Alternate translation: “So he certainly will not answer you…that you are waiting for him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
35:14 di2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations 0 Since God will not hear the prayers of prideful, evil men, it is even less likely that he will hear Job, who is complaining against him. Alternate translation: “So he certainly will not answer you … that you are waiting for him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
35:14 njy6 0 “you have presented your case to him”
|
||||
35:14 c513 0 “you are waiting for him to respond”
|
||||
35:15 r6hq 0 Elihu continues speaking.
|
||||
|
@ -2158,10 +2158,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
37:16 w6jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elihu asks this question to emphasize that Job does not know these things. Alternate translation: “You do not understand the floating of the clouds, the marvelous deeds of God, who is perfect in knowledge.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:16 z95q 0 “how the clouds float”
|
||||
37:16 s2ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “or do you understand the marvelous deeds of God” or “and you do not understand the marvelous deeds of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
37:17 a6f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elihu asks this question to emphasize that Job does not know these things. Alternate translation: “You do not understand how your garments become hot…from the south.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:17 a6f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elihu asks this question to emphasize that Job does not know these things. Alternate translation: “You do not understand how your garments become hot … from the south.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:17 hy96 0 “how you become hot in your clothes” or “how you sweat in your clothes”
|
||||
37:17 r98k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In Israel, hot winds blow in across the desert from the south and cause hot temperatures. Alternate translation: “because of the hot, dry wind blowing in from the south” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
37:18 zlb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elihu asks this question to emphasize that Job cannot do this. Alternate translation: “You cannot spread out the sky…a mirror of cast metal.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:18 zlb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Elihu asks this question to emphasize that Job cannot do this. Alternate translation: “You cannot spread out the sky … a mirror of cast metal.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
37:18 c2kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 In biblical days, mirrors were made of metal. Elihu speaks of the sky giving no rain as if it were as hard as solid metal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
37:18 ww4s 0 This refers to metal that is melted, poured into a mold, and then hardens as it cools.
|
||||
37:19 s7ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Elihu, Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar, but not to Job. Elihu uses this phrase sarcastically. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:6 i5wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be stated in active form. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “On what did I set its foundations?” or “Tell me on what its foundations were laid.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
38:6 p5tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me who laid its cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:7 r55l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:7 g3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6. This can be translated as a statement. “Tell me who laid its cornerstone when the morning stars…the sons of God shouted for joy.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:7 g3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6. This can be translated as a statement. “Tell me who laid its cornerstone when the morning stars … the sons of God shouted for joy.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:7 ql8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The morning stars are spoken of as singing like people sing. Possible meanings are: (1) the “morning stars” are the same as the “sons of God” in the next line or (2) “the morning stars” refer to stars in the sky. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
38:7 z79e 0 “the bright stars that shine in the morning”
|
||||
38:7 j365 0 This refers to angels, heavenly beings. See how you translated this in [Job 1:6](../01/06.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2204,11 +2204,11 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:7 uc38 0 “because they were full of joy”
|
||||
38:8 nk5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses another question to emphasize that he created the earth and Job did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:8 h82c 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
38:8 i6wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell me who shut up the sea…of the womb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:8 i6wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell me who shut up the sea … of the womb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:8 x8t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh compares the way that he prevented the sea from covering all of the earth to holding it back with doors. Alternate translation: “prevented the water from flooding over the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
38:8 txy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Yahweh compares his creation of the sea to childbirth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
38:9 un26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This is the end of the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who shut up” in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:9 fhm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell me who shut up…when I made clouds…and thick darkness its swaddling bands.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:9 fhm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell me who shut up … when I made clouds … and thick darkness its swaddling bands.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:9 n9tt 0 “as clothes for the sea”
|
||||
38:9 zkz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “darkness” can be translated as the adjective “dark.” Alternate translation: “made dark clouds its swaddling bands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
38:9 s1lf 0 long pieces of cloth that people use to wrap a baby in after it is born
|
||||
|
@ -2221,12 +2221,12 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:11 iy3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 “to the power of your waves.” The waves are spoken of as if they could have pride. The abstract noun “pride” can be translated as the adjective “proud.” Alternate translation: “to your proud waves” or “to your powerful waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
38:12 c1ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that he created the light of day and Job did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:12 b56i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job. He begins to ask a rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:12 hi2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a negative answer. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have never…shaken the wicked out of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:12 hi2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question expects a negative answer. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have never … shaken the wicked out of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:12 i57a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Yahweh describes the morning as being able to receive orders and know things like a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
38:12 gc16 0 “caused the dawn to know where it belongs”
|
||||
38:12 q9wm 0 the daylight that appears in the morning sky before the sun rises
|
||||
38:13 zak3 0 This is the end of the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you given” in verse 12.
|
||||
38:13 l3k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This is the end of the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you given” in verse 12. This question expects a negative answer. It can be translated as a statement. “You have never given…so that it might take hold…shaken the wicked out of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:13 l3k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This is the end of the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you given” in verse 12. This question expects a negative answer. It can be translated as a statement. “You have never given … so that it might take hold … shaken the wicked out of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:13 s9db rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The light of dawn is spoken of as if it seizes the horizons of the earth. Alternate translation: “grasp the ends of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
38:13 m62q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The daylight is pictured as causing wicked people to leave like shaking something to remove unwanted things. Alternate translation: “shake wicked people out of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
38:14 m9rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 At nighttime, people cannot see clearly, but in the morning the light reveals the distinct shape of everything, just like a seal creates distinct images in clay. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:22 sj2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Snow and hail are pictured as being stored by Yahweh to do his will. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
38:22 q2qv 0 balls of ice (usually small) that sometimes fall down from the sky during a storm
|
||||
38:23 hve3 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you entered” in verse 22 ends here.
|
||||
38:23 vl8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you entered” in verse 22 ends here. “You have never entered the storehouses for the snow, and you have never seen the storehouses for the hail, these things that I have kept…and war.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:23 vl8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Have you entered” in verse 22 ends here. “You have never entered the storehouses for the snow, and you have never seen the storehouses for the hail, these things that I have kept … and war.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:23 fv91 0 The words “these things” refer to the snow and the hail (verse 22).
|
||||
38:24 ctg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What is the path to where I distribute the lightning bolts or to where I scatter the winds from the east over the earth?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
38:24 auw5 0 “the winds are blown”
|
||||
|
@ -2273,7 +2273,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:26 g934 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases have nearly the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
38:26 na1j 0 “where there are no people”
|
||||
38:27 b6m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who has created” in verse 25 ends here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:27 lf5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who has created” in verse 25 ends here. This can be translated as a statement. “I am the one who has created…of rain, and I am the one who has made…to satisfy…sprout with grass.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:27 lf5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who has created” in verse 25 ends here. This can be translated as a statement. “I am the one who has created … of rain, and I am the one who has made … to satisfy … sprout with grass.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:27 d9vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The implied information is that it is the rain that meets the needs of the land to grow grass. Alternate translation: “so that the rain can satisfy the needs of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
38:27 q9sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys 0 “ruined and wasted.” These two words have nearly the same meaning and emphasize the ruined and empty nature of these regions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
38:27 v1hz 0 “the new grass” or “the fresh grass.” This is grass that is just starting to grow.
|
||||
|
@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:31 p1ai 0 These are the names of constellations. See how you translated them in [Job 9:9](../09/09.md).
|
||||
38:31 wb4a 0 “loosen the cords that hold Orion”
|
||||
38:32 n1r3 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
38:32 ys38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You cannot lead the constellations…proper times. You cannot guide…children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:32 ys38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You cannot lead the constellations … proper times. You cannot guide … children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:32 lrw6 0 groups of stars that seem like they form a particular shape in the sky
|
||||
38:32 qx9k 0 “so that they appear at the right time”
|
||||
38:32 x8g2 0 This is the name of a constellation. Translate as in [Job 9:9](../09/09.md).
|
||||
|
@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:33 y4fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You do not know the regulations of the sky? You could not set in place the sky’s rule over the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:34 i5q7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses two questions to emphasize to Job that he rules the rain clouds and lightning and Job does not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:34 mq7j 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
38:34 tca5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You cannot raise…may cover you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:34 tca5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You cannot raise … may cover you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:34 yh4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “abundance” can be translated as the adjective “abundant.” Alternate translation: “an abundant amount of rainwater” or “a flood of waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
38:35 na4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You cannot send out you, ‘Here we are!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:35 z4cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The lightning bolts are spoken of as servants saying they are ready to follow commands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:37 pv86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 A rhetorical question begins here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:37 qju4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am the one who can pour out the water skins of the sky.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:37 w7u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These are skins that people sew together so that they can hold water. Yahweh refers to the thick clouds as “waters skins” because they hold much water just like water skins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
38:38 hj6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who can pour out” in verse 37 ends here. “Only I can pour out…when the dust runs…tightly together.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:38 hj6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who can pour out” in verse 37 ends here. “Only I can pour out … when the dust runs … tightly together.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:38 qh39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The rain makes the loose dry dirt stick together like one piece of dirt. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the rain molds the dirt into a hard mass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
38:38 njw9 0 “the lumps of soil stick together”
|
||||
38:39 s331 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that he knows how to feed the lions and Job does not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2326,13 +2326,13 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
38:39 n1pj 0 hunger
|
||||
38:39 j1aw 0 “of young lions.” These are young lions that are old enough to hunt for themselves.
|
||||
38:40 awl8 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Can you hunt” in verse 39 ends here.
|
||||
38:40 yb24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Can you hunt” in verse 39 ends here. This can be translated as a statement. “You know that you cannot hunt down…when they are crouching…to lie in wait.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:40 yb24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Can you hunt” in verse 39 ends here. This can be translated as a statement. “You know that you cannot hunt down … when they are crouching … to lie in wait.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:40 hu7v 0 A “den” is a lair or shelter where lions live.
|
||||
38:40 g23n 0 “hiding in a thicket.” Lions hide in thick vegetation when hunting their prey.
|
||||
38:40 fx6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The implied information is that the lions are hiding and waiting for their prey to come near. Alternate translation: “to lie waiting for a victim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
38:41 t9jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that he provides food for the ravens and Job does not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:41 u1rq 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
38:41 sxy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me who provides victims…for lack of food.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:41 sxy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me who provides victims … for lack of food.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
38:41 f3g8 0 “provides food.” This refers to animals that ravens look for and can eat.
|
||||
38:41 hc2b 0 large birds with shiny black feathers that feed on dead animals
|
||||
38:41 y9ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The implied information is that the ravens are crying out for food. Alternate translation: “cry to God for help” or “cry out for God to give them food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
39:intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s greatness\nYahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\nYahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
|
||||
39:1 b1wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses four questions to emphasize that he is greater than Job because Yahweh takes care of the wild mountain goats and deer and Job does not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:1 sw6i 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
39:1 m8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when…bear their young!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:1 m8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when … bear their young!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:1 d7nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not able to watch to make sure everything goes well when the deer give birth to their fawns!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:1 j6ic 0 “give birth to their fawns”
|
||||
39:2 phe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You cannot count the months that they are pregnant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
39:5 mg7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am the one who untied the bonds of the swift donkey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:5 pp7e 0 ropes, chains, or straps that hold an animal and keep it from running away
|
||||
39:6 dku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who has untied” in verse 5 ends here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:6 z26m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who has untied” in verse 5 ends here. This can be translated as a statement. “I am the one who has untied…whose home I have made in the Arabah, his house in the salt land.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:6 z26m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who has untied” in verse 5 ends here. This can be translated as a statement. “I am the one who has untied … whose home I have made in the Arabah, his house in the salt land.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:6 qyi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Yahweh describes the donkey as though he were a person that had a house. “I gave him the Arabah as a place to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
39:6 hfq8 0 the land around the Salt Sea that has a lot of salt in it
|
||||
39:7 b9s6 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
|
@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
39:11 zx9v 0 The word “him” refers to the “wild ox.”
|
||||
39:11 cgj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You will not be able to make him do your work for you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:11 f3u1 0 “have him do your hard work for you”
|
||||
39:12 ht1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These two clauses basically mean the same thing. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You will not be able to depend on him…grain for your threshing floor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
39:12 ht1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These two clauses basically mean the same thing. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You will not be able to depend on him … grain for your threshing floor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
39:13 g5i9 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
39:13 xrh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that Job cannot explain why ostriches behave the way they do. Alternate translation: “You do not know whether the pinions and plumage of the ostrich represent love when they wave their wings proudly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:13 c9hc 0 a very large bird that can run very fast but cannot fly
|
||||
|
@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
39:17 jm95 0 “made her forget wisdom” or “not given her wisdom”
|
||||
39:17 c8hu 0 See how you translated this in [Job 11:6](../11/06.md).
|
||||
39:18 bd6w 0 This verse is in contrast to her weakness in caring for her chicks. Alternate translation: “However, when she runs”
|
||||
39:18 y8sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that she laughs because she is faster than the horse. Alternate translation: “she laughs…its rider because she can run faster than the horse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
39:18 y8sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that she laughs because she is faster than the horse. Alternate translation: “she laughs … its rider because she can run faster than the horse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
39:19 j9tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses three questions to emphasize that Job is not like Yahweh because Job cannot control the wild horse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:19 ma5j 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
39:19 jg2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have never given the horse his strength.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
39:25 nry6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the horse hears these things. Alternate translation: “he hears the thunderous shouts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
39:25 i8r5 0 “the battle cries.” People have special shouts that they use in war to show their great strength and bravery and to scare the enemy.
|
||||
39:26 i2wf 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
39:26 e41g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to prove that Job is not as great as Yahweh. The implicit answer to this question is “no.” Alternate translation: “It is not by your wisdom…for the south.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:26 e41g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this question to prove that Job is not as great as Yahweh. The implicit answer to this question is “no.” Alternate translation: “It is not by your wisdom … for the south.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
39:26 rx7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the stretching out of his wings refers to flying. Alternate translation: “flies to the south” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
39:26 ckg8 0 In the biblical geography, birds fly south during the winter in order to live in warmer climates.
|
||||
39:27 bv18 0 Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
|
||||
|
@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
41:1 f9dw 0 pull out of the water
|
||||
41:1 li7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “can you” are understood from the previous question. They can be repeated here. God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Or can you tie up his jaws with a cord?” or “And you know that you cannot tie up his jaws with a cord.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:1 t8j2 0 Leviathan’s jaws
|
||||
41:2 y88e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot put a rope into Leviathan’s nose…with a hook.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:2 y88e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot put a rope into Leviathan’s nose … with a hook.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:3 f3f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that he will not make pleas to you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:3 sz4n 0 Leviathan
|
||||
41:3 d9dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that he will not speak soft words to you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -2520,14 +2520,14 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n
|
|||
41:10 jk4f 0 Yahweh continues to rebuke Job by asking him rhetorical questions. He uses rhetorical questions to remind Job that Yahweh is much more powerful than both Leviathan and Job.
|
||||
41:10 wj5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 It would be easier to stir up Leviathan than to stand before Yahweh. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that no person is so fierce that he dare stir Leviathan up, you should certainly know that no one can stand before me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:11 s27e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that no one has first given anything to me, so there is no one whom I need to repay.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:12 pqy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 This can be translated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I will certainly speak about…and about…and about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
41:12 pqy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 This can be translated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I will certainly speak about … and about … and about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
41:12 c6dk 0 These are three things about which God will not keep silent.
|
||||
41:12 x2pd 0 The word “his” refers to Leviathan.
|
||||
41:13 ppr4 0 Yahweh continues to rebuke Job by asking him rhetorical questions.
|
||||
41:13 fp4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can strip off his outer clothing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:13 xw7s 0 Leviathan’s
|
||||
41:13 r6zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “armor” is a metaphor for the hard scales or hide on his back. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can penetrate his very thick hide.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:14 e1dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can pry his jaws apart…terror.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:14 e1dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can pry his jaws apart … terror.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
41:15 wa6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “shields” is a metaphor for Leviathan’s hide. Both shields and Leviathan’s hide protect well and deflect arrows and other weapons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
41:15 s54h 0 This means the “shields” are very close to one another and nothing can get between them.
|
||||
41:16 jl62 0 One row of shields is so near to another ([Job 41:15](../41/15.md)).
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ front:intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
2:13 d1sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְקִרְע֤וּ לְבַבְכֶם֙ וְאַל־בִּגְדֵיכֶ֔ם 1 The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Tearing one’s clothes is an outward act of shame or repentance. Alternate translation: “Change your way of thinking; do not just tear your garments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:13 wfp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְרַב־חֶ֔סֶד 1 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “always faithful to his covenant” or “always loves faithfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:13 e3gw וְנִחָ֖ם עַל 1 stop
|
||||
2:14 a2av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion יָשׁ֣וּב וְנִחָ֑ם וְהִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָיו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָנֶ֔סֶךְ לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם 1 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps Yahweh will turn from his anger…God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:14 a2av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion יָשׁ֣וּב וְנִחָ֑ם וְהִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָיו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָנֶ֔סֶךְ לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם 1 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps Yahweh will turn from his anger … God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:14 xys3 וְהִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָיו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָנֶ֔סֶךְ 1 “leave behind him a blessing—that is, a grain offering and a drink offering.” The blessing is that plenty of grain and grapes will ripen, and so the people will be able to offer grain and drink offerings.
|
||||
2:16 jzj1 מֵחֻפָּתָֽהּ 1 rooms, usually in the parents’ houses, where brides would wait for their wedding ceremonies
|
||||
2:17 fek9 וְאַל־תִּתֵּ֨ן נַחֲלָתְךָ֤ לְחֶרְפָּה֙ 1 “do not allow your inheritance to become people whom the other nations regard as worthless”
|
||||
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ front:intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
2:21 g3z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe אַל־תִּֽירְאִ֖י אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Joel speaks to the people of the land as if he were speaking to the land itself. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people of the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
2:22 n9lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe אַל־תִּֽירְאוּ֙ בַּהֲמ֣וֹת שָׂדַ֔י 1 Joel speaks to people who own livestock as if he were speaking to the animals themselves. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people who own livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
2:22 t5ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָשְׁא֖וּ נְא֣וֹת מִדְבָּ֑ר 1 The pastures are a metonym for the plants that grow in the pastures. Alternate translation: “plants good for food will sprout in the pastures in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:23 xlq6 נָתַ֥ן & וַיּ֣וֹרֶד לָכֶ֗ם גֶּ֛שֶׁם 1 “he will…cause much rain to fall so that you will live well”
|
||||
2:23 xlq6 נָתַ֥ן & וַיּ֣וֹרֶד לָכֶ֗ם גֶּ֛שֶׁם 1 “he will … cause much rain to fall so that you will live well”
|
||||
2:23 vnx8 מוֹרֶ֥ה וּמַלְק֖וֹשׁ 1 the first rains of the rainy season in early December and the last rains in April and May
|
||||
2:24 gw97 0 Yahweh begins a long speech to the Israelites.
|
||||
2:24 p8u1 הַיְקָבִ֖ים 1 large containers for liquids
|
||||
|
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ front:intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
2:25 e81a הָֽאַרְבֶּ֔ה הַיֶּ֖לֶק וְהֶחָסִ֣יל וְהַגָּזָ֑ם 1 These are, respectively, an adult locust that can fly, a locust too large to fly easily, a locust with wings too young to fly, and a newborn locust that has not yet developed wings. Use names that would be understood in your language. See how you translated this in [Joel 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
2:26 qw24 0 Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
|
||||
2:26 jy17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְהִלַּלְתֶּ֗ם אֶת־שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 The name is a metonym for the person, specifically his reputation. Alternate translation: “praise Yahweh” or “praise Yahweh because everyone knows he is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:26 x2qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֥ה עִמָּכֶ֖ם לְהַפְלִ֑יא 1 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to show that he will certainly do as he has said. Alternate translation: “my name…because I have done wonders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:26 x2qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֥ה עִמָּכֶ֖ם לְהַפְלִ֑יא 1 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to show that he will certainly do as he has said. Alternate translation: “my name … because I have done wonders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:28 h1ph 0 Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
|
||||
2:28 p6xw וְהָיָ֣ה אַֽחֲרֵי־כֵ֗ן אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ 1 “This is what I will do after that: I”
|
||||
2:28 mc8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ אֶת־רוּחִי֙ עַל־כָּל־בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 Yahweh speaks of the Spirit as if he were speaking of water. AT” “I will give my Spirit generously to all flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ front:intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\
|
|||
3:2 idt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עַמִּ֨י וְנַחֲלָתִ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These two phrases emphasize how Yahweh views Israel as his own precious people. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel, who are my inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
3:3 z4y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיִּתְּנ֤וּ הַיֶּ֨לֶד֙ בַּזּוֹנָ֔ה וְהַיַּלְדָּ֛ה מָכְר֥וּ בַיַּ֖יִן וַיִּשְׁתּֽוּ 1 These are examples of the kinds of things they did and do not indicate what they did to two particular children. Alternate translation: “and did things like trading a boy for a prostitute and selling a girl for wine, so they could drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:4 k66w 0 Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
|
||||
3:4 qj6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ֠גַם מָה־אַתֶּ֥ם לִי֙ צֹ֣ר וְצִיד֔וֹן וְכֹ֖ל גְּלִיל֣וֹת פְּלָ֑שֶׁת 1 Yahweh is encouraging the people of Judah, who can hear him, by scolding the people of Tyre, Sidon, and Philistia, who cannot hear him, as if they can. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. These words can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have no right to be angry at me…Philistia.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:4 qj6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ֠גַם מָה־אַתֶּ֥ם לִי֙ צֹ֣ר וְצִיד֔וֹן וְכֹ֖ל גְּלִיל֣וֹת פְּלָ֑שֶׁת 1 Yahweh is encouraging the people of Judah, who can hear him, by scolding the people of Tyre, Sidon, and Philistia, who cannot hear him, as if they can. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. These words can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have no right to be angry at me … Philistia.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:4 xaa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַגְּמ֗וּל אַתֶּם֙ מְשַׁלְּמִ֣ים עָלָ֔י 1 “Will you get revenge on me?” God uses this question to make the people think about what they are doing. Alternate translation: “You think you can get revenge on me, but you cannot.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:4 ns7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche קַ֣ל מְהֵרָ֔ה אָשִׁ֥יב גְּמֻלְכֶ֖ם בְּרֹאשְׁכֶֽם 1 Here the word “head” refers to the person. Yahweh will make them suffer the pain they wanted him to suffer. Alternate translation: “I will cause you to suffer the retribution that you tried to put on me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:4 wdm3 גְּמֻלְכֶ֖ם 1 “revenge” or “payback”
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
|||
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||||
front:intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Jonah\n\n1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)\n * Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)\n * Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)\n * Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)\n2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)\n * Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)\n * Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)\n * Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)\n * Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)\n * Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)\n\n### What is the Book of Jonah about?\n\nJonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\nYahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.\n\nJonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?\n\nJonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.\n\nJonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the nation of Assyria?\n\nDuring the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.\n\nAssyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.\n\n### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?\n\nSome scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
front:intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Jonah\n\n1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)\n * Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)\n * Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)\n * Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)\n2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)\n * Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)\n * Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)\n * Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)\n * Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)\n * Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)\n\n### What is the Book of Jonah about?\n\nJonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\nYahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.\n\nJonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?\n\nJonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.\n\nJonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the nation of Assyria?\n\nDuring the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.\n\nAssyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.\n\n### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?\n\nSome scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
1:intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Miracle\n\nIn verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Situational irony\n\nThere is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Sea\n\nPeople in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nEven though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:1 jdr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
1:1 ll6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ front:intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:8 fac9 חַסְדָּ֖ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ 1 Here, **covenant faithfulness** could refer to (1) the faithfulness of God or (2) the faithfulness of the people. Therefore, it could mean (1) “are rejecting you, who would be faithful to them” or (2) “are abandoning their commitment to you”
|
||||
2:9 q3yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַאֲנִ֗י 1 This expression shows that there is a contrast between the people Jonah had just spoken about and himself. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “but I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2:9 nfd2 בְּק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ֔ךְ 1 This phrase probably means that Jonah would thank God while he offered a sacrifice to him. It is not clear whether Jonah planned to thank God by singing or shouting joyfully.
|
||||
2:9 jdrh יְשׁוּעָ֖תָה לַיהוָֽה 1 This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress …” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc).
|
||||
2:9 jdrh יְשׁוּעָ֖תָה לַיהוָֽה 1 This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress … ” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc).
|
||||
2:9 r4j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָה לַיהוָֽה 1 This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:10 dz3j אֶל־הַיַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 “upon the ground” or “onto the shore”
|
||||
3:intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Animals\n\nAccording to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Size of Nineveh\n\nWhen the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.\n\n### God repenting or relenting\n\nThe last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.\n\nYahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
|
||||
|
|
|
32
tn_JOS.tsv
32
tn_JOS.tsv
|
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:18 rel4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗יךָ וְלֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛יךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1:18 lbc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:18 zez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶאֱמָֽץ 1 Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Rahab’s faith\n\nRahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
|
||||
2:intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Rahab’s faith\n\nRahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “ … melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
|
||||
2:1 ig8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נ֠וּן 1 This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:1 w886 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַשִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
|
||||
|
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
5:1 el1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
5:1 q8mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם 1 Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:1 a2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:3 m1u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיַּעַשׂ־ל֥וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַיָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י 1 There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives…they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:3 m1u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיַּעַשׂ־ל֥וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַיָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י 1 There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives … they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:3 jin6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גִּבְעַ֖ת הָעֲרָלֽוֹת 1 This is a place name which commemorates Israel rededicating themselves to Yahweh. It means “the hill of the foreskins.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
5:4 i17c 0 The reason all the males of Israel had to be circumcised is explained.
|
||||
5:4 uz5p אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַמִּלְחָמָ֗ה 1 the men who were old enough to be soldiers
|
||||
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
6:8 ayf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽאֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם 1 It can be stated clearly that there were people carrying the ark. Alternate translation: “The priests who were carrying the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:10 ls5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְלֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְכֶ֔ם וְלֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִפִּיכֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 Sound leaving someone’s mouth refers to that person’s speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:10 tw9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events וְאֶת־הָעָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
6:13 k64v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וְשִׁבְעָ֣ה הַכֹּהֲנִ֡ים & שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 “7 priests…7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
6:13 k64v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וְשִׁבְעָ֣ה הַכֹּהֲנִ֡ים & שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 “7 priests … 7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
6:13 ai87 וְתָקְע֖וּ בַּשּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 This means that they blew into their trumpets, causing them to make loud noises, multiple times. Alternate translation: “continually sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets continually”
|
||||
6:14 j232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּיּ֤וֹם הַשֵּׁנִי֙ 1 the next day (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
6:14 r4j1 כֹּ֥ה עָשׂ֖וּ 1 Israel marched around Jericho once every day.
|
||||
|
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:13 j7b9 0 The Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
|
||||
8:13 s1lu אֶת־כָּל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
|
||||
8:13 nq1b עֲקֵב֖וֹ 1 those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
|
||||
8:15 a83i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַיִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ & לִפְנֵיהֶ֑ם 1 “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:15 a83i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַיִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ & לִפְנֵיהֶ֑ם 1 “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:15 w933 לִפְנֵיהֶ֑ם 1 the army of Ai
|
||||
8:15 bri5 וַיָּנֻ֖סוּ 1 The army of Israel fled.
|
||||
8:16 dr3a וַֽיִּרְדְּפוּ֙ 1 These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
|
||||
|
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:30 xev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּהַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
8:35 ym6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִכֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
8:35 kdu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s mistake\n\nIsrael was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
9:intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s mistake\n\nIsrael was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
9:1 g4h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַיַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
9:2 uj94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:4 r5yb בְּעָרְמָ֔ה 1 a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
|
||||
|
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
11:6 lgk2 אֶת־סוּסֵיהֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
|
||||
11:7 sm9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵר֖וֹם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:8 cw9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיִּתְּנֵ֨ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּיַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:8 n4ub וַיַּכּוּם֒ & וַיַּכֻּ֕ם 1 “attacked them…attacked them”
|
||||
11:8 n4ub וַיַּכּוּם֒ & וַיַּכֻּ֕ם 1 “attacked them … attacked them”
|
||||
11:8 m9b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
11:9 q7dn עִקֵּ֔ר 1 This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
|
||||
11:10 pbp8 מַלְכָּ֖הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶחָ֑רֶב 1 “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
|
||||
|
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
12:23 a6eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְנָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר & גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:24 kv8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:24 aeg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְאֶחָֽד 1 “31 in all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Division of the land\n\nThere was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.\n\n### Driving out the people\n\nWhile Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
13:intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Division of the land\n\nThere was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.\n\n### Driving out the people\n\nWhile Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
13:2 s51z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָאָ֖רֶץ הַנִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:3 q1nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַשִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:3 a3iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
13:13 hu1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גְּשׁ֤וּר וּמַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:13 xw7d עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
|
||||
13:14 zs6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:14 v9zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה & ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ 1 The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh…are what they will have for their provision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:14 v9zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה & ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ 1 The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:14 br61 אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh”
|
||||
13:14 lz8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֨י 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:16 f1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָֽא 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
15:4 nzh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַצְמ֗וֹנָה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:4 d1b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:5 xrg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִקְצֵ֖ה הַיַּרְדֵּֽן 1 The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:5 bl5c וּגְב֞וּל 1 “border…was”
|
||||
15:5 bl5c וּגְב֞וּל 1 “border … was”
|
||||
15:6 lbt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה & לְבֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:6 eqi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:7 n7k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִרָה֮ מֵעֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒ & הַגִּלְגָּ֗ל & לְמַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים & מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
16:3 id59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן & גָּ֑זֶר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:4 u6fy בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְאֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
|
||||
16:4 r4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיִּנְחֲל֥וּ 1 The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:5 f2i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory…that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:5 f2i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:5 m6lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:6 vg46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַֽמִּכְמְתָת֙ & תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה & יָנֽוֹחָה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
16:7 uyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִיָּנ֖וֹחָה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְנַעֲרָ֑תָה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
17:1 j2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְמָכִיר֩ 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
17:1 zuz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַֽיְהִי־ל֖וֹ הַגִּלְעָ֥ד וְהַבָּשָֽׁן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:2 al47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר & חֵ֗לֶק & אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ & שֶׁ֔כֶם & חֵ֖פֶר & שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
17:2 us2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ֠יְהִי 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land…and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:2 us2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ֠יְהִי 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:3 u2e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְלִצְלָפְחָד֩ & חֵ֨פֶ 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
17:3 k5z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַחְלָ֣ה וְנֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְתִרְצָֽה 1 These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
17:4 x2q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
17:10 fj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּבְיִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִמִּזְרָֽח 1 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
17:11 s1sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן & וְיִבְלְעָ֨ם & דֹ֣אר & עֵֽין־דֹּר֙ & תַעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ & הַנָּֽפֶת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
17:14 b4j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:14 sk37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְחֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽאֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥נִי יְהוָֽה 1 The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one…Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:14 sk37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְחֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽאֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥נִי יְהוָֽה 1 The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
17:14 ju22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְחֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:14 dg92 וְחֶ֣בֶל 1 part
|
||||
17:14 p7z5 עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 “many people”
|
||||
|
@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
18:intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:1 fkg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events וְהָאָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִפְנֵיהֶֽם 1 They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
18:2 ynk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם 1 The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:3 bia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָכֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off…has given you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:3 bia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָכֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:4 p7hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְיִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָאָ֛רֶץ 1 The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
18:4 zry7 וְיִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛הּ לְפִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם 1 This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
|
||||
18:4 lh9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם 1 The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
19:48 cx9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:49 jzi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִיהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּתוֹכָֽם 1 The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:50 ac8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
19:51 cs47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַנְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities…assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:51 cs47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַנְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
20:intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nIf a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
|
||||
20:2 qhs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּשְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
|
||||
|
@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
22:20 kyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָכָ֣ן & זֶ֗רַח 1 names of men (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
22:20 v3qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּחֵ֔רֶם 1 These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:22 x5pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם־בְּמֶ֤רֶד וְאִם־בְּמַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽיהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖נוּ הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
22:23 sku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לִבְנ֥וֹת לָ֨נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָשׁ֖וּב מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְאִם־לְהַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜יו עוֹלָ֣ה וּמִנְחָ֗ה וְאִם־לַעֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
22:23 sku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לִבְנ֥וֹת לָ֨נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָשׁ֖וּב מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְאִם־לְהַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜יו עוֹלָ֣ה וּמִנְחָ֗ה וְאִם־לַעֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
22:24 cei9 0 The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
|
||||
22:24 xpn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵיכֶ֤ם לְבָנֵ֨ינוּ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּכֶ֕ם וְלַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
22:24 qr6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־לָּכֶ֕ם וְלַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
22:33 pn48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַיִּיטַ֣ב הַדָּבָ֗ר בְּעֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
22:33 h5hk לְשַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 “destroy everything in the land”
|
||||
22:34 xf56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔ינוּ 1 The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
23:intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)\n\n“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
23:intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)\n\n“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
23:2 vyz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּיָּמִֽים 1 This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
23:4 t22f הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
|
||||
23:4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַשָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
|
||||
|
|
|
20
tn_LAM.tsv
20
tn_LAM.tsv
|
@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ front:intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
1:1 p68i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This speaks of Jerusalem as being without protection, as if it were a vulnerable widow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:1 jn93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of Jerusalem being honored as if it were a princess. Alternate translation: “She was like a princess among the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:1 k944 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 “forced to become a slave.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but she is now a slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:2 hy2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The author describes Jerusalem as having emotions like a human being. The city also stands for her inhabitants. Alternate translation: “Those who live in her weep and wail…and their tears cover their cheeks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:2 hy2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The author describes Jerusalem as having emotions like a human being. The city also stands for her inhabitants. Alternate translation: “Those who live in her weep and wail … and their tears cover their cheeks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:2 vm69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The word “wails” refers to the sounds that a person makes when they “weep” loudly. Alternate translation: “weeps loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1:2 xf4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the people groups that had been faithful to Jerusalem betraying Jerusalem, as if the people groups were Jerusalem’s lovers and friends. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:3 wtj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 In these verses, Jerusalem and Judah are spoken of as if they were women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:3 jc3t 0 “After suffering poverty and affliction”
|
||||
1:3 d5d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here Judah refers to its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah have gone into exile” or “the people of Judah have been taken into a foreign land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:3 yb38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here the kingdom of Judah is described as a woman. “She” also stands for the citizens of Judah. Alternate translation: “Her people live…they find” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:3 yb38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here the kingdom of Judah is described as a woman. “She” also stands for the citizens of Judah. Alternate translation: “Her people live … they find” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:3 ti2f 0 “does not find rest” or “is always afraid”
|
||||
1:3 w248 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This speaks of the people of Judah being captured by their enemies as if they were a woman who was captured by those pursuing her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:3 can4 0 “Everyone who was chasing her managed to capture her” or “Everyone who was hunting for her found her”
|
||||
|
@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ front:intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
2:12 e2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This speaks of the children fainting from hunger and thirst in the same way that a wounded man faints. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2:12 m2n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the children dying as if their lives were a liquid that was being poured out. Alternate translation: “they slowly die in the arms of their mothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:13 rk8s 0 The author begins to address Jerusalem.
|
||||
2:13 ez4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author uses this rhetorical question to express that he does not know what to say to help Jerusalem. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that I can say…Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:13 ez4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author uses this rhetorical question to express that he does not know what to say to help Jerusalem. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that I can say … Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:13 r825 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 These are poetic names for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. “Zion” is another name for Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:13 yt6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author uses this rhetorical question to express that he does not know how to give comfort to Jerusalem. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to which I can compare you…Zion.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:13 yt6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author uses this rhetorical question to express that he does not know how to give comfort to Jerusalem. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to which I can compare you … Zion.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:13 xm7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This speaks of Jerusalem’s great suffering as if it were as terrible as the sea is great. Alternate translation: “Your suffering is as terrible as the sea is large” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2:13 cfe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 “Who can restore you?” The author uses this rhetorical question to express that there is no one who can restore Jerusalem to the way it was before. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can heal you.” or “No one can restore you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:14 rg7i 0 “They did not tell you about your sins to restore your fortunes.” The word “fortune” refers to a person’s wealth and prosperity.
|
||||
2:14 p4y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “utterances” can be expressed with the verb “spoke.” Alternate translation: “they spoke things to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:15 na4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 These actions are used to mock and insult others. Alternate translation: “mock you by clapping their hands…hiss and shake their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2:15 na4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 These actions are used to mock and insult others. Alternate translation: “mock you by clapping their hands … hiss and shake their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2:15 s9nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:15 cxb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to express sarcasm. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This city that they called ‘The Perfection of Beauty,’ ‘The Joy for All of Earth,’ is not so beautiful or joyful anymore!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:15 rkz8 0 “Perfectly Beautiful”
|
||||
|
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ front:intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
2:19 ihn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This was an action often performed while praying. Alternate translation: “Lift up your hands to him in prayer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2:19 xm86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means for them to request that the Lord save their children. Alternate translation: “to save the lives of your children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:19 mt5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 The word “every” here is an exaggeration for “many.” Alternate translation: “where the streets come together” or “by the roads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2:20 tx1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is asked to emphasize that it is not right for women to eat their children. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Woman should not eat their own children…for!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:20 tx1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is asked to emphasize that it is not right for women to eat their children. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Woman should not eat their own children … for!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:20 si6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of children having come from their mother as if they were fruit that came from her womb. Alternate translation: “their children that they have given birth to” or “their own children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:20 iy1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is used to emphasize that the prophets and priests should not be killed. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “The prophets and priests should not be slaughtered in the sanctuary of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:20 e8bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Should our enemies slaughter priests and prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -315,9 +315,9 @@ front:intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
3:58 rq8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The author speaks of God keeping him from being killed by his enemies as if God had defended him in court as a lawyer defends someone, and kept him from being killed. Alternate translation: “you saved my life from my enemies. It is as though you defended me in court” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:58 x4xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “defended my case” represents arguing for him. Alternate translation: “you argued my case for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:59 z61e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here God is no longer pictured as a lawyer, but as the judge. It can be stated clearly that he wanted God to judge in his favor. Alternate translation: “make a decision about me, and show my enemies that I am right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:61 k1lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “scorn” can be expressed with the verbs “taunt” or “mock.” It can be stated clearly that the plans were to harm him. Alternate translation: “You heard how they have taunted me…and all they plan to do to me” or “You have heard them mock me…and plan ways to harm me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:61 k1lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “scorn” can be expressed with the verbs “taunt” or “mock.” It can be stated clearly that the plans were to harm him. Alternate translation: “You heard how they have taunted me … and all they plan to do to me” or “You have heard them mock me … and plan ways to harm me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:62 x6km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The author speaks of his enemies accusing him all day as if their accusations were soldiers that come to attack him all day. Alternate translation: “My enemies speak against me and accuse me through the whole day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:62 u23i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the lips represent what his enemies say. Alternate translation: “The words…of my enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:62 u23i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the lips represent what his enemies say. Alternate translation: “The words … of my enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:63 ti38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism 0 These two actions together represent everything the people do. Alternate translation: “everything they do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
3:64 h9mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “Pay back to them” represents punishing them. What they have done can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Punish them, Yahweh, according to what they have done” or “Yahweh, they have made me suffer, so please make them suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:65 x92m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ front:intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
5:2 iwh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The idea of things being turned over to others can be expressed with an active form. Since it is also understood in the second part of the sentence, those words can be repeated there. Alternate translation: “You have turned our inheritance over to strangers; you have turned our houses over to strangers” or “You have allowed strangers to take possession of our inheritance; you have allowed foreigners to take possession of our houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
5:3 ijy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people of Jerusalem have no one to protect them because the men have either died in battle or have gone into exile. This speaks of the people not having their fathers and husbands present as if they had actually become orphans and widows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
5:3 alg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases have the same meaning and emphasize that the people no longer have their fathers. Alternate translation: “orphans who have no fathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
5:4 b28p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that their enemies are making them pay money to have the water and wood that they once used for free. Alternate translation: “We have to pay silver to our enemies in order to drink our own water…our own wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:4 b28p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that their enemies are making them pay money to have the water and wood that they once used for free. Alternate translation: “We have to pay silver to our enemies in order to drink our own water … our own wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:4 it5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies sell us our own wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:5 a9sx 0 “Our enemies who are chasing after us.” This refers to the Babylonian army.
|
||||
5:5 nf7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of being able to rest as if “rest” were an object that could be found. Alternate translation: “we are unable to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ front:intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations\n## Part 1: General Introdu
|
|||
5:9 uiq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here robbers with swords are represented by their “swords.” Alternate translation: “because there are robbers in the wilderness who kill others with swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:10 r3jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This speaks of the peoples’ bodies being hot and feverish as if their skin was as hot as an oven. The people have fever because of their hunger. Alternate translation: “Our skin has become hot like an oven, and we have a very high fever because we are extremely hungry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
5:11 z35x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases have similar meaning and emphasize that the women are being violated. The words “are raped” are understood in the second part of this sentence and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “Women are raped in Zion, and virgins are raped in the cities of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
5:11 y3me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Our enemies have raped the women…and the virgins” or “Our enemies have violated the women…and the virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:11 y3me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Our enemies have raped the women … and the virgins” or “Our enemies have violated the women … and the virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:12 zb12 0 Possible meanings are (1) the word “their” refers to their enemies. Alternate translation: “With their own hands, they hung princes” or (2) they tied each prince’s hands together with one end of a rope and tied the other end so the prince’s feet could not touch the ground.
|
||||
5:12 g7iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they have shown no honor to the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:13 f7ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They force young men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
46
tn_LEV.tsv
46
tn_LEV.tsv
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:2 yiq7 0 “When any one of you” or “When any of you”
|
||||
1:2 s38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 Here Yahweh begins speaking to Moses. The words that begin “from the tent of meeting, saying,” can be translated without the quotation within the quotation. “from the tent of meeting and told Moses to say this to the people of Israel: ‘When any man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
1:3 u1kc 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do so that their sacrifices will be acceptable to Yahweh.
|
||||
1:3 aps3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here “his” and “he” refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh. It can be translated in the second person as it is in [Leviticus 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “If your offering…you must offer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1:3 aps3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here “his” and “he” refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh. It can be translated in the second person as it is in [Leviticus 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “If your offering … you must offer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1:3 wp8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that Yahweh will accept it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:4 n7j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself through the animal to Yahweh, so that God will forgive the person’s sins when they kill the animal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
1:4 el3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “then Yahweh will accept it in his place and forgive his sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
3:8 grd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that before they sprinkle the blood, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:9 r8p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:9 e5hx 0 This is the stomach and intestines.
|
||||
3:10 v2hz 0 The words “he will remove all of this” can be placed at the beginning of the sentence in verse 9. “He will remove the fat, the entire fat tail…the inner parts, and the two kidneys…with the kidneys”
|
||||
3:10 v2hz 0 The words “he will remove all of this” can be placed at the beginning of the sentence in verse 9. “He will remove the fat, the entire fat tail … the inner parts, and the two kidneys … with the kidneys”
|
||||
3:10 qp7h 0 A new sentence can start here. Alternate translation: “He must remove the kidneys”
|
||||
3:10 l368 0 This is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone.
|
||||
3:10 vg1i 0 This is the curved or rounded part of the liver. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver”
|
||||
|
@ -124,10 +124,10 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
4:7 gm5k 0 “at the bottom of the altar”
|
||||
4:8 rd3l 0 “The priest will cut away”
|
||||
4:8 c7cy 0 This is the stomach and intestines.
|
||||
4:9 y647 0 The words “he will cut away all this” can be placed before the words “the fat that covers” in verse 8. “He will cut away the fat that covers the inner parts, all the fat that is attached to the inner parts, the two kidneys…with the kidneys”
|
||||
4:9 y647 0 The words “he will cut away all this” can be placed before the words “the fat that covers” in verse 8. “He will cut away the fat that covers the inner parts, all the fat that is attached to the inner parts, the two kidneys … with the kidneys”
|
||||
4:9 vd6f 0 This is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone.
|
||||
4:9 r448 0 This is the curved or rounded part of the liver. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver”
|
||||
4:11 fr9j 0 You may want to begin this sentence with words that tell your reader that the sentence is very long. “As for the skin of the bull…and its dung”
|
||||
4:11 fr9j 0 You may want to begin this sentence with words that tell your reader that the sentence is very long. “As for the skin of the bull … and its dung”
|
||||
4:12 v3t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A place being ritually pure and suitable to use for serving God is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:12 p91b 0 Here “they” refers to the priests, and “me” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
4:13 p23b 0 “does not know”
|
||||
|
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
7:7 hyn1 0 “The law is the same for both of them”
|
||||
7:7 waf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “atonement” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “to the priest who offers the sacrifice to atone for someone’s sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:8 f82t 0 the coat or skin of a herd animal
|
||||
7:9 yc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that someone bakes in an oven…that someone cooks in a frying pan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:9 yc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that someone bakes in an oven … that someone cooks in a frying pan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:9 q9rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 This was probably a hollow object made of clay. A fire was lit under the oven, and the heat would bake the dough inside of the oven. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
7:9 e3bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 This is a metal plate with rounded edges. The dough was placed in the pan and cooked over a fire. See how you translated “pan” in [Leviticus 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
7:9 q4xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 This is a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The plate was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. See how you translated “flat iron pan” in [Leviticus 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
7:13 t3ll 0 This refers to a thick bread.
|
||||
7:15 w5qb 0 “The person who offers”
|
||||
7:15 h75f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “thanks” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of thanking Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:16 wgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must eat the meat…he may eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:16 wgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must eat the meat … he may eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:17 m4fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 Third is the ordinal number for three. Alternate translation: “after two days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
7:17 ykv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the person must burn it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:18 r23u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone eats the meat of his peace offering sacrifice on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -390,9 +390,9 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
9:1 ksc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 The word “eighth” is the ordinal number for eight. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
9:2 exi1 0 “to Yahweh” or “in the presence of Yahweh”
|
||||
9:3 x3yx 0 Moses continues speaking to Aaron.
|
||||
9:3 jx2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 Moses continues speaking to Aaron. This is the beginning of a direct quote within a direct quote. You can change this into an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “You must tell the people of Israel to take a male goat…burnt offering” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
9:3 jx2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 Moses continues speaking to Aaron. This is the beginning of a direct quote within a direct quote. You can change this into an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “You must tell the people of Israel to take a male goat … burnt offering” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
9:3 ah79 0 “twelve months of age”
|
||||
9:4 j1tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 Moses continues speaking to Aaron. If you have begun an indirect quotation in verse 8, continue it here. “and to take an ox…will appear to them” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
9:4 j1tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 Moses continues speaking to Aaron. If you have begun an indirect quotation in verse 8, continue it here. “and to take an ox … will appear to them” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
9:4 gz2r 0 “to sacrifice to Yahweh”
|
||||
9:6 m2gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
9:6 p7cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “glory” represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “so that he may show you the glory of his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
10:2 by34 0 “came out from Yahweh”
|
||||
10:2 f9fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The fire completely burning the men up is spoken of as if the fire devoured or completely used them up. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:2 c893 0 “they died in the presence of Yahweh”
|
||||
10:3 pl7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness…who come near him, and that he will be glorified…people.” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
10:3 pl7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes 0 This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness … who come near him, and that he will be glorified … people.” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
10:3 c9g1 0 The phrase “those who come near me” refers to the priests that serve Yahweh. “I will show those that come near to serve me that I am holy” or “Those who come near to serve me must treat me as holy”
|
||||
10:3 py8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This second part of Yahweh’s statement still concerns the priest, who are the ones who come near to Yahweh. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must glorify me before all the people” or “They must honor me in the presence of all the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:4 qzy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
10:15 e8hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Translate this so it is understood that the portion belongs to Aaron and his sons. Alternate translation: “This portion will always be for you and your sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:16 n88w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests had burned it all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:16 ssj2 0 See how you translated these names in [Leviticus 10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
10:17 y3wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to rebuke Eleazar and Ithamar. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have eaten…before him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:17 y3wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses a question to rebuke Eleazar and Ithamar. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have eaten … before him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:17 rz8i 0 “since the sin offering is most holy”
|
||||
10:17 d4e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Causing Yahweh to forgive the people of Israel is spoken of as if iniquity were an object that Yahweh takes from the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:17 m77r 0 “in his presence”
|
||||
|
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
11:46 kcj2 0 Yahweh finishes telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat.
|
||||
11:47 db9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “for which you must distinguish between” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:47 x81a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:47 e7h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may eat…that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:47 e7h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may eat … that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Menstruation\n\nA woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
|
||||
12:2 wr5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:2 tuc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
14:13 i44q 0 This phrase clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb.
|
||||
14:14 pnv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:15 zyb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
14:16 f3cv 0 “sprinkle some of the oil…in Yahweh’s presence.” There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on.
|
||||
14:16 f3cv 0 “sprinkle some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence.” There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on.
|
||||
14:17 l7kz 0 “the rest of the oil that is in his hand”
|
||||
14:17 c24c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the person whom he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:18 vmy1 0 “in Yahweh’s presence”
|
||||
|
@ -699,13 +699,13 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
14:20 jn3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:21 n7vg 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease.
|
||||
14:21 c76j 0 “does not have enough money to buy”
|
||||
14:21 azv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priest will wave…for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:21 azv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priest will wave … for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:21 hwj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 One-tenth of an ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
14:21 aj8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
14:24 u8i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume 0 One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
14:25 g7wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:26 cf5d 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease.
|
||||
14:27 lk7b 0 “sprinkle…some of the oil…in Yahweh’s presence.” There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on.
|
||||
14:27 lk7b 0 “sprinkle … some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence.” There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on.
|
||||
14:28 n3d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:30 hg23 0 “The priest must offer”
|
||||
14:31 ap91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
16:6 pz6c 0 “the sin offering for himself”
|
||||
16:8 x47b 0 “the goat that is sent away.” Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness.
|
||||
16:9 zfb1 0 “which the lot designated”
|
||||
16:10 w2u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat…alive before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:10 w2u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:11 ry4v 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses what Aaron must do on the Day of Atonement.
|
||||
16:11 gla3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
16:12 qg8f 0 a container for fire and incense, used by the priests
|
||||
|
@ -908,9 +908,9 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
18:26 le34 0 “any of these disgusting things”
|
||||
18:27 jm4d 0 This refers to “these detestable things.”
|
||||
18:28 swd7 0 “Therefore be careful to obey me”
|
||||
18:28 a2rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land were a person who vomited the people out. See how you translated this metaphor in [Leviticus 18:25](../18/25.md). Alternate translation: “so that I do forcibly remove you from the land…as I forcibly removed the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
18:28 a2rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land were a person who vomited the people out. See how you translated this metaphor in [Leviticus 18:25](../18/25.md). Alternate translation: “so that I do forcibly remove you from the land … as I forcibly removed the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
18:29 va51 0 Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must not do.
|
||||
18:29 kls3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the persons…may no longer live among their people” or “you must separate the persons…from their people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:29 kls3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the persons … may no longer live among their people” or “you must separate the persons … from their people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:30 cz9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:30 k2fr 0 Here “them” refers to the detestable customs.
|
||||
19:intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Obeying Yahweh\n\nBeing holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
|
||||
|
@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
19:6 en6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must burn it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:7 prl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “If you eat any of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:7 x3pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:8 z5l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person’s guilt is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. Here the word “guilt” represents the punishment for that guilt. Alternate translation: “everyone…is responsible for his own guilt” or “Yahweh will punish everyone…for his sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:8 z5l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person’s guilt is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. Here the word “guilt” represents the punishment for that guilt. Alternate translation: “everyone … is responsible for his own guilt” or “Yahweh will punish everyone … for his sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:8 hb89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. This can be translated in active form. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:9 qum7 0 “When you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields”
|
||||
19:9 nrx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
26:6 s3gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “sword” represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “no armies will attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:7 xxd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Here “falling” represents dying, and “the sword” represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “you will kill them in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:8 nd6t 0 This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies.
|
||||
26:8 hvk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5…100…10,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:8 hvk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5 … 100 … 10,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
26:9 p7zz 0 “I will show you favor” or “I will bless you”
|
||||
26:9 fq7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
26:9 l7q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “cause you to have many children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
26:27 gbl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Walking represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “to oppose me” or “to fight against me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:28 y7le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Walking represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “I will oppose you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:28 l1fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “seven more times” is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:30 i3eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy…cut down…throw your corpses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:30 i3eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy … cut down … throw your corpses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:30 fnw5 0 “your dead bodies”
|
||||
26:30 hay8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of idols not being alive as if they had been alive and then died. Alternate translation: “your lifeless idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:31 d1nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Because God would send armies to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
27:2 ds9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:2 w962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. AT “use the following values as your gift to the Lord in place of the person” or “give the Lord the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:3 dj1b 0 “The amount to pay” or “You must pay”
|
||||
27:3 ju46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “20…60…50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:3 ju46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “20 … 60 … 50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:3 hy8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “five hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
27:3 fr3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “Use the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “When you weigh the silver, use the weight that is used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
27:4 mcw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “three hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
@ -1349,10 +1349,10 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
27:5 y1cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
27:5 z1uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “one hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
27:6 r5vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “fifty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
27:6 rw4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5…3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:6 rw4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “5 … 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:6 r13l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “thirty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
27:7 cry4 0 “sixty years old and older”
|
||||
27:7 xmg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “60…15…10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:7 xmg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “60 … 15 … 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
27:7 n5vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifteen pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
27:7 wau8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
27:8 ucc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. AT “he must present to the priest the person he is giving” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
132
tn_LUK.tsv
132
tn_LUK.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ front:intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
3:10 v6qw 0 Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel.
|
||||
3:10 n4ch 0 “all the tithes”
|
||||
3:10 dmr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “house” stands for the temple. Alternate translation: “my temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:10 wcp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the command “test me” stands for something that the people can do and should do: “if you test me.” This can be divided into two sentences also. Alternate translation: “And if you test me…I will open up the windows of heaven” or “And you should test me…If you do, I will open up the windows of heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:10 wcp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the command “test me” stands for something that the people can do and should do: “if you test me.” This can be divided into two sentences also. Alternate translation: “And if you test me … I will open up the windows of heaven” or “And you should test me … If you do, I will open up the windows of heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:12 mfq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here to be called blessed stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “All the nations will know that you have been blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:12 bvs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This expression stands for the people in all the nations. Alternate translation: “The people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:12 rm7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Here “delight” stands for the condition in which the inhabitants of a land take delight in their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
150
tn_MAT.tsv
150
tn_MAT.tsv
|
@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
1:1 vpg1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
|
||||
1:1 tka3 υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ 1 Sometimes the phrase “son of David” is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
|
||||
1:2 ejp6 Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ 1 “Abraham became the father of Isaac” or “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.
|
||||
1:2 mxm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Ἰσαὰκ & ἐγέννησεν & Ἰακὼβ & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father…Jacob was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:2 mxm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Ἰσαὰκ & ἐγέννησεν & Ἰακὼβ & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father … Jacob was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:3 g8y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Φαρὲς & Ζάρα & Ἑσρώμ & Ἀράμ 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:3 t7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Φαρὲς & ἐγέννησεν & Ἑσρὼμ & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Perez was the father…Hezron was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:4 fe3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Ἀμιναδὰβ & ἐγέννησεν & Ναασσὼν & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Amminadab was the father…Nahshon was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:3 t7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Φαρὲς & ἐγέννησεν & Ἑσρὼμ & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Perez was the father … Hezron was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:4 fe3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Ἀμιναδὰβ & ἐγέννησεν & Ναασσὼν & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Amminadab was the father … Nahshon was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:5 yr52 Σαλμὼν & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ 1 “Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz’s mother was Rahab” or “Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz”
|
||||
1:5 lj86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Βόες & ἐγέννησεν & Ἰωβὴδ & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father…Obed was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:5 lj86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Βόες & ἐγέννησεν & Ἰωβὴδ & ἐγέννησεν 1 Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father … Obed was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:5 q5bd Βόες & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 1 “Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
|
||||
1:6 r84m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Δαυεὶδ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 Here the word “was” is understood. “David was the father of Solomon, and Solomon’s mother was Uriah’s wife” or “David and the wife of Uriah were the parents of Solomon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:6 bp35 τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 “the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died.
|
||||
|
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
2:4 ne4v 0 In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.
|
||||
2:5 w68n ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 “In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
|
||||
2:5 z2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:6 kmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe σύ Βηθλέεμ & οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Also, “are not the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem,…your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2:6 kmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe σύ Βηθλέεμ & οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Also, “are not the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem, … your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2:6 tg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah speaks of this ruler as a shepherd. This means he will lead and care for the people. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel as a shepherd leads his sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:7 b487 Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους 1 This means that Herod talked to the learned men without other people knowing.
|
||||
2:7 tax3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
4:14 tj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:15 egx6 γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 These territories describe the same area.
|
||||
4:15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
4:16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali…where many Gentiles live, the people who sat”
|
||||
4:16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali … where many Gentiles live, the people who sat”
|
||||
4:16 h2xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 Here “darkness” is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And “light” is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:16 nn1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here “those who sat in the region and shadow of death” is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:17 dku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase “the kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -281,13 +281,13 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
5:18 n77j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα 1 The phrase “all things” refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν & λύσῃ 1 “whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
|
||||
5:19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 “any of these commandments, even the least important one”
|
||||
5:19 dv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν & διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone…teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:19 dv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν & διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone … teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:19 bg2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος & ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:19 u5kp ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ 1 “obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
|
||||
5:19 nk9n μέγας 1 most important
|
||||
5:20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
5:20 vsc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν 1 These are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
5:20 l3lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed…Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
5:20 l3lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
5:21 x5vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
5:21 us5a 0 Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
|
||||
5:21 t6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
6:14 ns3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:14 z79a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
6:14 v7ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
6:15 pi3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἀνθρώποις & τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you…when you trespass against God” or “when they do things that harm you…when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
6:15 pi3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἀνθρώποις & τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you … when you trespass against God” or “when they do things that harm you … when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
6:16 j7xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:16 q19r 0 Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
|
||||
6:16 xv6b ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
|
||||
|
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
6:30 z5lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως 1 Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:30 uf36 χόρτον 1 If your language has a word that includes “grass” and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
|
||||
6:30 m23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:30 cd8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you…faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:30 cd8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you … faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:30 ic18 ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 “you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
|
||||
6:31 jps3 οὖν 1 “Because of all of this”
|
||||
6:31 pd6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τί περιβαλώμεθα 1 In this sentence, “clothes” is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: “What possessions will we have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -487,13 +487,13 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
7:2 mt3d ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 Possible meanings are (1) this is the amount of punishment given or (2) this is the standard used for judgment.
|
||||
7:2 wgh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:3 hzb4 0 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
|
||||
7:3 em5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος & τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look…brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look…brother’s eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:3 em5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος & τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look … brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look … brother’s eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:3 ctb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:3 r9jf κάρφος 1 “speck” or “splinter” or “bit of dust.” Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes.
|
||||
7:3 d2qc τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 All occurrences of “brother” in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
|
||||
7:3 q1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν 1 This is a metaphor for a person’s most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person’s less important faults. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
7:3 cgc6 δοκὸν 1 the largest part of a tree that someone has cut down
|
||||
7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς & τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say…your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς & τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say … your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:6 av85 0 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural.
|
||||
7:6 arm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς κυσίν & τῶν χοίρων 1 Jews considered these animals dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:6 xy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 These are similar to round, valuable stones or beads. They are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -506,13 +506,13 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
7:7 cs5b ζητεῖτε 1 look for someone, in this case God
|
||||
7:7 rt8g κρούετε 1 To knock on a door was a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for doors to be opened. Alternate translation: “Tell God you want him to open the door”
|
||||
7:7 zxs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will open it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:9 mq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος & μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you…a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:9 mq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος & μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you … a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:9 n5s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
7:9 cq8h λίθον 1 This noun should be translated literally.
|
||||
7:10 ht1m ἰχθὺν & ὄφι 1 These nouns should be translated literally.
|
||||
7:10 y9q5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus asks another question to teach the people. It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
7:11 h3k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
7:11 pk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει & αὐτόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give…him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:11 pk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει & αὐτόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give … him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:11 z8zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
7:12 wr93 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 “whatever way you want others to act toward you”
|
||||
7:12 b1x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here “law” and “prophets” refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
7:15 s91c προσέχετε ἀπὸ 1 “Be on guard against”
|
||||
7:15 lj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:16 pul5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 This metaphor refers to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:16 nve4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν & ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: “People do not gather…thistles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:16 nve4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν & ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: “People do not gather … thistles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:17 a9tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ 1 Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to good prophets who produce good works or words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:17 f5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ & σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:19 aeg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Jesus continues to use fruit trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. Here, he only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
7:21 rq5h ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 “whoever does what my Father in heaven desires”
|
||||
7:21 c6yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
7:22 mp6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Jesus said “that day” knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:22 m9py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐπροφητεύσαμεν & δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν & δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied…we drove out demons…we did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:22 m9py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐπροφητεύσαμεν & δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν & δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied … we drove out demons … we did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:22 t5j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἐπροφητεύσαμεν 1 This “we” does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
7:22 hg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 Possible meanings are (1) “by your authority” or “by your power” or (2) “because we were doing what you wanted us to do” or (3) “because we asked you for the power to do it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 “miracles”
|
||||
|
@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
8:25 b2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive σῶσον & ἀπολλύμεθα 1 If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
8:25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 “we are going to die”
|
||||
8:26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 “to the disciples”
|
||||
8:26 g8p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid…faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of…faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:26 g8p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid … faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of … faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:26 r5ve ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 “you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
8:27 u2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 “Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?” This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:27 k5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
9:15 u8er ἀπαρθῇ 1 Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
|
||||
9:16 v4a1 0 Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
|
||||
9:16 yf98 οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 “No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “People do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”
|
||||
9:16 bk47 ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ & τοῦ ἱματίου 1 “old clothing…the clothing””
|
||||
9:16 bk47 ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ & τοῦ ἱματίου 1 “old clothing … the clothing””
|
||||
9:16 x752 αἴρει & τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
|
||||
9:16 rem6 τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ 1 “the piece of new cloth.” This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
|
||||
9:16 t71t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
9:31 y4b2 διεφήμισαν 1 “told many people what had happened to them”
|
||||
9:32 tya1 0 This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
|
||||
9:32 v9tr ἰδοὺ 1 The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
9:32 kr24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought a mute man…to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:32 kr24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought a mute man … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:32 sh32 κωφὸν 1 not able to talk
|
||||
9:32 n6fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζόμενον 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom a demon had possessed” or “whom a demon was controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:33 d6zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had forced the demon out” or “After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
9:35 z6ya 0 Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
|
||||
9:35 xpp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md) about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
9:35 x9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
9:35 ehx5 πόλεις & κώμας 1 “large villages…small villages” or “large towns…small towns”
|
||||
9:35 ehx5 πόλεις & κώμας 1 “large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
|
||||
9:35 uz5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
9:35 e7at πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 “every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
9:36 t47i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “The people did not have a leader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
10:10 m97h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Here “food” refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “what he needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:11 dk1r 0 Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
|
||||
10:11 b7ig εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 “Whenever you enter a city or village” or “When you go into any city or village”
|
||||
10:11 p4ln πόλιν & κώμην 1 “large village…small village” or “large town…small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
10:11 p4ln πόλιν & κώμην 1 “large village … small village” or “large town … small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
10:11 r7kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
10:11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
10:11 a41d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -921,29 +921,29 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
10:30 nb7b ἠριθμημέναι 1 “counted”
|
||||
10:31 n2tz πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 “God values you more than many sparrows”
|
||||
10:32 jtw9 0 Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
10:32 ntt9 πᾶς & ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ & κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 “whoever confesses me…I will also confess before my Father” or “if anyone confesses me…I will also confess him before my Father”
|
||||
10:32 ntt9 πᾶς & ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ & κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 “whoever confesses me … I will also confess before my Father” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him before my Father”
|
||||
10:32 yj44 ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 “tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
|
||||
10:32 j4dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven that that person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
10:32 kdd2 τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 “my heavenly Father”
|
||||
10:32 n1nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
10:33 sx8g ὅστις & ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με & ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 “whoever denies me…I will also deny before my Father” or “if anyone denies me…I will also deny him before my Father”
|
||||
10:33 sx8g ὅστις & ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με & ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 “whoever denies me … I will also deny before my Father” or “if anyone denies me … I will also deny him before my Father”
|
||||
10:33 d15s ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 “denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
|
||||
10:33 cnu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in heaven that this person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
10:34 bx73 0 Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
10:34 rrp3 μὴ νομίσητε 1 “Do not suppose” or “You must not think”
|
||||
10:34 l5ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:34 jq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μάχαιραν 1 This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:35 xx5m διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ 1 “to cause…to fight against”
|
||||
10:35 xx5m διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ 1 “to cause … to fight against”
|
||||
10:35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 “a son against his father”
|
||||
10:36 lhc2 καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 “A person’s enemies” or “A person’s worst enemies”
|
||||
10:36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 “members of his own family”
|
||||
10:37 ju1k 0 Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
10:37 x1xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ φιλῶν & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 Here “he” means any person in general. Alternate translation: “Those who love…are not worthy” or “If you love…you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
10:37 x1xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ φιλῶν & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 Here “he” means any person in general. Alternate translation: “Those who love … are not worthy” or “If you love … you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
10:37 az6t ὁ φιλῶν 1 The word for “love” here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “cares for” or “is devoted to” or “is fond of”
|
||||
10:37 fb3p μου ἄξιος 1 “deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”
|
||||
10:38 ye95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου 1 “carry his cross and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:38 ai2r λαμβάνει 1 “take up” or “pick up and carry”
|
||||
10:39 u4jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας & εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives…will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life…you will find it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
10:39 u4jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας & εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives … will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life … you will find it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
10:39 jwf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ εὑρὼν 1 This is a metaphor for “keeps” or “saves.” Alternate translation: “tries to keep” or “tries to save” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:39 pbf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will not have true life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:39 i3x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: “who denies himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -984,10 +984,10 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
11:5 g3k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am preaching good news to the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:5 l443 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοὶ 1 This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
11:7 g2q8 0 Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
11:7 ysq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the desert to see a reed…wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:7 ysq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the desert to see a reed … wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:7 pc6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 Possible meanings are (1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:7 w269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man…clothing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:8 n5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man … clothing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:8 y24r ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον 1 “wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of clothing.
|
||||
11:8 tmb9 ἰδοὺ 1 This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||||
11:8 v9k2 τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων 1 “kings’ palaces”
|
||||
|
@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
11:18 kd4q λέγουσιν 1 All occurrences of “they” refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
|
||||
11:19 iwk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
11:19 gs6z ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
|
||||
11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης & ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard…sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being…sinners.” If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard…sinners.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
11:19 x4ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης & ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard … sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being … sinners.” If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard … sinners.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
11:19 d6gu ἄνθρωπος, φάγος 1 “he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
|
||||
11:19 pv4n οἰνοπότης 1 “a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
11:19 vwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
11:25 f57a 0 In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
|
||||
11:25 h5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
11:25 u9cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 “Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase “heaven and earth” is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
11:25 p1gl ἔκρυψας ταῦτα & καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 It is not clear what is meant by “these things.” If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths…and revealed them”
|
||||
11:25 p1gl ἔκρυψας ταῦτα & καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 It is not clear what is meant by “these things.” If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths … and revealed them”
|
||||
11:25 lk8f ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ 1 “you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” This verb is the opposite of “revealed.”
|
||||
11:25 qw5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
11:25 las9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really wise. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
@ -1103,13 +1103,13 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
12:2 nh12 ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου 1 “Look, your disciples.” The Pharisees use this word to draw attention to what the disciples are doing.
|
||||
12:3 mzn1 0 Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
|
||||
12:3 et11 αὐτοῖς 1 “to the Pharisees”
|
||||
12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε & μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. Alternate translation: “I know you have read about…with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:3 d712 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε & μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. Alternate translation: “I know you have read about … with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:4 blm5 τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
|
||||
12:4 ue7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This is sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:4 c6a8 τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 “the men who were with David”
|
||||
12:4 lkx9 εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 “but, according to the law, only the priest could eat it”
|
||||
12:5 tjh3 0 Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι & ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that…but are guiltless.” or “You should know that the law teaches that…but are guiltless.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:5 f79q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι & ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that … but are guiltless.” or “You should know that the law teaches that … but are guiltless.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:5 dqe9 τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 “do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
|
||||
12:5 i6y9 ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν 1 “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
|
||||
12:6 ji7a λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
12:10 gdj6 εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? 1 “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbath”
|
||||
12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 They did not just want to accuse Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:11 g98l 0 Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
|
||||
12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν & οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep…would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν & οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep … would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:12 s2tu πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 The phrase “how much more” adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep”
|
||||
12:12 a9ld ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 “those who do good on the Sabbath are obeying the law”
|
||||
12:13 be8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
12:28 r5dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 “then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:28 f1wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
12:29 t4vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν & τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 1 Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν & ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter…without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter…he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:29 w54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν & ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter … without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter … he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:29 jb6x ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 “without taking control of the strong man first”
|
||||
12:29 u6vu τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 “The he can steal” or “Then he will be able to steal”
|
||||
12:30 ivp9 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 “who does not support me” or “who does not work with me”
|
||||
|
@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
12:32 lw5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 Here “this world” and “that which is to come” refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:33 d73d 0 Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
12:33 bi8z ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Possible meanings are (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad.
|
||||
12:33 kl16 καλὸν & σαπρὸν 1 “healthy…diseased”
|
||||
12:33 kl16 καλὸν & σαπρὸν 1 “healthy … diseased”
|
||||
12:33 kz12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 “Fruit” here is a metaphor for what a person does. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” or “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:34 r1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:34 pl4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you γεννήματα & λαλεῖν & ὄντες 1 These are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -1220,12 +1220,12 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
12:36 era6 λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
12:36 t2pj οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ 1 “God will ask people about” or “people will have to explain to God”
|
||||
12:36 f1wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 Here “word” refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:37 qw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you…God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:37 qw5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:38 x4le 0 In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
12:38 mec3 0 The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
12:38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 “we want”
|
||||
12:38 ikg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:39 d8b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ & δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:39 d8b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ & δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me … given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
12:39 a5di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ & μοιχαλὶς 1 Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:39 c6hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||||
|
@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
13:7 vt8z ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 “choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.
|
||||
13:8 iwv2 ἐδίδου καρπόν 1 “grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
|
||||
13:8 e91e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced one hundred times as much crop, some seeds produced sixty times as much crop, and some seeds produced thirty times as much crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:8 ph2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα 1 “100…60…30” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:8 ph2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα 1 “100 … 60 … 30” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:9 q2e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:9 gkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
13:10 p8yc 0 Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
|
@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
15:15 shg6 ἡμῖν 1 “to us disciples”
|
||||
15:16 xr78 0 Jesus explains the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
15:16 al9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word “you” is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε & εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you understand…into the latrine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε & εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you understand … into the latrine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
15:17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 “goes into the stomach”
|
||||
15:17 s9z6 ἀφεδρῶνα 1 This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
|
||||
15:18 e7mu 0 Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
15:30 c8td χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those who could not talk, and those whose arms or legs did not function”
|
||||
15:30 yf7i ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “The crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
|
||||
15:31 pi52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:31 be52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς 1 These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the crippled persons…the lame persons…the blind persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
15:31 be52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς 1 These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the crippled persons … the lame persons … the blind persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
15:32 z28i 0 This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
|
||||
15:32 efc2 νήστεις & μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 “without eating because they might faint on the way”
|
||||
15:33 uhi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the crowd. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere nearby that we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
16:intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yeast\n\nJesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background information\n\nMatthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../../mat/16/25.md)).
|
||||
16:1 t249 0 This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
16:1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
|
||||
16:4 jl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ & δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:4 jl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ & δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me … given to you” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:4 fhx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:4 d9eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σημεῖον & οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||||
|
@ -1654,10 +1654,10 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
16:8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 “You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have little faith in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
16:8 zz4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε & ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 k8lk 0 Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
16:9 h5bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε & ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember…you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 h5bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε & ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember … you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 ux51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν πεντακισχιλίων 1 “5,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
16:10 b11x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 “4,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους & ἐλάβετε? 1 “Do you also not remember the seven loaves…you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves…you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους & ἐλάβετε? 1 “Do you also not remember the seven loaves … you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves … you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:11 f42k 0 Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:11 i7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here “yeast” represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1697,11 +1697,11 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
16:25 y9kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:25 ie7t ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
|
||||
16:25 xz98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος & τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a person…his life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:26 eqe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος & τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a person … his life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:26 q7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 The words “the whole world” are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
16:26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 “but he loses his life”
|
||||
16:26 eck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:27 iyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ & τότε ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man…my Father…Then I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:27 iyu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ & τότε ἀποδώσει 1 Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man … my Father … Then I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:27 ie16 μέλλει & ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 “will come, having the same glory as his Father”
|
||||
16:27 k4q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 “and the angels will be with him.” If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
16:27 vk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
@ -1779,19 +1779,19 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
18:1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 “Who is the most important” or “Who among us will be the most important”
|
||||
18:1 pp31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:3 qb44 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
18:3 fs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε & τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change…children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
18:3 fs1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε & τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change … children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
18:3 ewj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:3 ch9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “enter God’s kingdom” or “belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:4 ta7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
18:4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
|
||||
18:4 gf8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:5 dz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here “my name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:5 ik3r καὶ ὃς ἐὰν & ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone…in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “When someone…in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
|
||||
18:5 ik3r καὶ ὃς ἐὰν & ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone … in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “When someone … in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
|
||||
18:6 ghp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:6 w3uz μύλος 1 This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone”
|
||||
18:7 cl5i 0 Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.
|
||||
18:7 ees6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here “world” refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:7 y7vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων & ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 Here “stumbling” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin…things come that cause people to sin…any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:7 y7vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων & ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 Here “stumbling” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … things come that cause people to sin … any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:8 vad7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
18:8 gqi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου & σε 1 All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 “into eternal life”
|
||||
|
@ -1810,8 +1810,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
18:12 xhq2 0 Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God’s care for people.
|
||||
18:12 idl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:12 dm8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 This word is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:12 cv92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν & ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 “100…99” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:12 t5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς & τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave…astray.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:12 cv92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατὸν & ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 “100 … 99” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:12 t5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς & τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave … astray.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:13 j5d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό & τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις 1 This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
18:13 at4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
18:14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
|
||||
|
@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
18:18 bu6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “release” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:18 l7na λέγω ὑμῖν 1 This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
18:19 cal4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται & αὐτοῖς 1 These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you…you”
|
||||
18:19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται & αὐτοῖς 1 These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you … you”
|
||||
18:19 gs8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
18:20 kv9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 “meet”
|
||||
|
@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
18:23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 “his servants to pay him what they owed”
|
||||
18:24 d6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:24 w3nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 “10,000 talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
18:25 nmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι & καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man…and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:25 nmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι & καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man … and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:26 thl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν & προσεκύνει 1 This shows that the servant approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
18:26 cx5z προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 “before the king”
|
||||
18:27 j5vp σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 “he felt compassion for the servant”
|
||||
|
@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
18:32 pfc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
18:32 txr7 τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 “Then the king called the first servant”
|
||||
18:32 wgs1 παρεκάλεσάς με 1 “you begged me”
|
||||
18:33 jw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι & σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: “You should have…you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:33 jw37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι & σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: “You should have … you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
18:34 l7ks 0 This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
18:34 mkm7 0 Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
18:34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 “The king”
|
||||
|
@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
19:3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
|
||||
19:4 ncb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς? 1 Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
19:5 n8zn 0 In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
|
||||
19:5 q71w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου & εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you know that God also said that for this reason…flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
19:5 q71w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου & εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you know that God also said that for this reason … flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
19:5 phz3 ἕνεκα τούτου 1 This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
|
||||
19:5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 “stay close to his wife” or “live with his wife”
|
||||
19:5 m83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
19:12 m1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:12 g4bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 Possible meanings are (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:12 r78n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
19:12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 “accept this teaching…accept it”
|
||||
19:12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 “accept this teaching … accept it”
|
||||
19:13 wjb5 0 Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
19:13 wu52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
19:14 t6cm ἄφετε 1 allow
|
||||
|
@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
21:15 c6k8 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||||
21:15 r3bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 It is implied that they were angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
21:16 zx4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:16 luy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε & αἶνον? 1 Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures…praise.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:16 luy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε & αἶνον? 1 Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures … praise.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:16 qa9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 The phrase “out of the mouths” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
21:17 kag5 καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς 1 “Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
|
||||
21:18 l3bi 0 Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
|
||||
|
@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
21:42 z9tm 0 Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
|
||||
21:42 x8zh 0 Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
|
||||
21:42 kk7e λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make “them” specific, use the same audience as you did in [Matthew 21:41](../21/41.md).
|
||||
21:42 me7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε & ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read…eyes.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:42 me7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε & ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read … eyes.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
21:42 mcm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
21:42 uid2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
21:42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 “The Lord has caused this great change”
|
||||
|
@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
22:24 u7dm τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Here “his” refers to the dead man.
|
||||
22:25 kjf5 0 The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
|
||||
22:25 ag5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 “The oldest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
22:26 r6bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 “the next oldest…the next oldest…the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother…that brother’s oldest younger brother…the youngest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
22:26 r6bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
22:27 t7md ὕστερον & πάντων 1 “After every brother had died”
|
||||
22:28 wbd1 οὖν 1 Here the Sadducees shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
|
||||
22:28 s743 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 “when dead people come back to life”
|
||||
|
@ -2175,10 +2175,10 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
22:30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν 1 “people will not marry”
|
||||
22:30 qkv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
22:31 nx66 0 Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
|
||||
22:31 b9sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε & τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read…God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:31 b9sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε & τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read … God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:31 ljj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
22:32 zb7a 0 Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.
|
||||
22:32 qcq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς & Ἰακώβ? 1 This is the end of the question that begins with the words “have you not read” in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what…Jacob.’” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:32 qcq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς & Ἰακώβ? 1 This is the end of the question that begins with the words “have you not read” in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what … Jacob.’” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:32 t7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
22:34 jnd7 0 A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
|
||||
22:35 ud5r νομικὸς 1 “an expert in the law.” This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
|
||||
|
@ -2208,8 +2208,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
23:intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hypocrites\n\nJesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Name calling\n\nIn most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
|
||||
23:1 skq4 0 This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
23:2 dnu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 Here “seat” represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν & ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 “all the things…do them and observe them” or “everything…do it and observe it”
|
||||
23:4 xce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 Here “bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders” is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And “will not move a finger” is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν & ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
|
||||
23:4 xce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 Here “bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders” is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And “will not move a finger” is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:5 nw4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
23:5 ln6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
23:5 gcv7 φυλακτήρια 1 small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
|
||||
|
@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
23:13 ts6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Jesus speaks of the kingdom of heaven as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” Also, since the words “kingdom of heaven,” which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:13 aw49 0 Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
|
||||
23:13 i9dq οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν 1 “How terrible it will be for you!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
23:13 j4sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven…you do not enter it…neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king…you do not accept him as king…and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:13 j4sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven … you do not enter it … neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king … you do not accept him as king … and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:15 e4a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
23:15 iyl7 ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 “to make one person accept your religion”
|
||||
23:15 bq91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 Here “son of” is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
23:20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
|
||||
23:21 m21b τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 God the Father
|
||||
23:22 ejw9 τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 God the Father
|
||||
23:23 lg3r οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! 1 “How terrible it will be for you…hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
23:23 lg3r οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! 1 “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
23:23 n94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
23:23 hga6 ἀφήκατε 1 “you have not obeyed”
|
||||
23:23 c8bb τὰ βαρύτερα 1 “the more important matters”
|
||||
|
@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
23:24 l7fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
23:24 sn3z οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα 1 This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.
|
||||
23:24 whk2 κώνωπα 1 a small flying insect
|
||||
23:25 ns27 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! 1 “How terrible it will be for you…hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
23:25 ns27 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! 1 “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
23:25 ru45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
23:25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
|
||||
23:26 lb5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ! 1 The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
23:34 an97 0 Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
|
||||
23:34 rq8c ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς 1 Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
|
||||
23:35 l7ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase “upon you will come” is an idiom that means to receive punishment. To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that has been shed on the earth” represents righteous people who have been killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:35 b3a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος & ἕως τοῦ αἵματος 1 Here the word “blood” represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder…to the murder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:35 b3a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος & ἕως τοῦ αἵματος 1 Here the word “blood” represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
23:35 z95g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Ἂβελ & Ζαχαρίου 1 Abel was the first righteous victim of murder, and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
23:35 cbq9 Ζαχαρίου 1 This Zechariah was not the father of John the Baptist.
|
||||
23:35 s11l ὃν ἐφονεύσατε 1 Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually killed Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
|
||||
|
@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
24:9 uw1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here “nations” is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:9 u2bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here “name” refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:11 mi2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 “Rise” here is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
24:11 tjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
24:11 tjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 Here “lead … astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
24:12 w4af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 The abstract noun “lawlessness” can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
24:12 bu9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
24:13 v3ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
24:43 lg7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
24:44 gd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
24:45 jua3 0 Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.
|
||||
24:45 f92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν & ἐν καιρῷ? 1 Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his master…time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his master…time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
24:45 f92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν & ἐν καιρῷ? 1 Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his master … time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his master … time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
24:45 lf8d τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 “give the people in the master’s home their food”
|
||||
24:47 lin7 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
24:48 ek9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs 0 Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
25:14 vhw1 παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 “put them in charge of his wealth”
|
||||
25:14 fmb3 τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 “his property”
|
||||
25:15 i81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 “five talents of gold.” Avoid translating this into modern money. A “talent” of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
25:15 vyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο & ἕν 1 The word “talents” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another he gave two talents of gold…gave one talent of gold” or “to another he gave two bags of gold…gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:15 vyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο & ἕν 1 The word “talents” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another he gave two talents of gold … gave one talent of gold” or “to another he gave two bags of gold … gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:15 d87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:16 qkr2 ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
|
||||
25:17 m2l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
25:32 ndf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here “nations” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:32 nk18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
25:33 pbq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:34 t8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς & δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King,…my right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:34 t8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς & δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:34 ze81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:34 h2k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
25:34 b57r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
26:51 vm6s καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
26:52 tj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 The word “sword” is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:52 w357 μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 “sword will die by means of the sword” or “sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
|
||||
26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι & ἀγγέλων 1 Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could call…angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι & ἀγγέλων 1 Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could call … angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:53 eb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you δοκεῖς 1 Here “you” is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
26:53 g3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
26:59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Here “they” refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
26:59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 “might have a reason to execute him”
|
||||
26:60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 “two men came forward” or “two witnesses came forward”
|
||||
26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι & διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy…days.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι & διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy … days.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
26:61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 “This man Jesus said”
|
||||
26:61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
|
||||
26:62 v6j9 τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
|
||||
|
@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
27:43 uw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ & Υἱός 1 This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
27:44 e26y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:45 e7z4 δὲ 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
27:45 s2l7 ἀπὸ & ἕκτης ὥρας & ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 “from about noon…for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday…until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
27:45 s2l7 ἀπὸ & ἕκτης ὥρας & ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
27:45 pi8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 The word “darkness” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
|
||||
27:46 xub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
27:64 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κέλευσον & ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:64 hbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
27:64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 “his disciples may come and steal his body”
|
||||
27:64 t78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “his disciples may…tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
27:64 t78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “his disciples may … tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
27:64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
27:64 u5tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
27:65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
|
||||
|
@ -2812,7 +2812,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n## Part 1: Genera
|
|||
28:11 mu4l αὐτῶν 1 Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
|
||||
28:11 rnr3 ἰδού 1 This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
28:12 ht82 συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες 1 “decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.
|
||||
28:13 kn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & ἐλθόντες & ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came…while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
28:13 kn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & ἐλθόντες & ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
28:14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
|
||||
28:14 u13q τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 “Pilate” ([Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md))
|
||||
28:14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
36
tn_MIC.tsv
36
tn_MIC.tsv
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
1:2 ya6p 0 Micah 1:2-7 is about God’s judgment on Samaria.
|
||||
1:2 x9l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 This begins Micah’s prophecy. Micah speaks to the people of Samaria as if all the people of the earth and even the earth itself were able to hear him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
1:3 i37k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Micah speaks as if Yahweh were a mighty soldier coming down from heaven and beginning to march on top of the mountains. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:3 gq79 0 “he will…march”
|
||||
1:3 gq79 0 “he will … march”
|
||||
1:3 c6u6 0 “the high mountains”
|
||||
1:4 dgb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Micah speaks as if Yahweh were a hot, solid object that melted the earth as it moved. Alternate translation: “He will crush the mountains and the valleys as he marches over them; he will destroy them, and they will completely disappear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:5 rgh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “because the people of Israel have sinned against me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
1:5 rj3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “high place” is a synecdoche for the entire system of idol worship. “Judah” is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “Where do the people of Judah go to worship idols?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:5 rjt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Jerusalem” is a metonym for the evil activities that take place there. Micah uses a question to emphasize that the people know what the truth is. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that it is Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:6 m3rh 0 Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
1:6 wu3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of Samaria as if the city were a woman. Alternate translation: “Samaria…its stones…the foundations of the buildings in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:6 wu3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of Samaria as if the city were a woman. Alternate translation: “Samaria … its stones … the foundations of the buildings in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:6 mrm3 0 Here “her” refers to the city of Samaria.
|
||||
1:7 eu6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of Samaria as if the city were a woman. Alternate translation: “the carved figures in the city…the gifts that people gave to the temple in the city…the idols in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:7 eu6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of Samaria as if the city were a woman. Alternate translation: “the carved figures in the city … the gifts that people gave to the temple in the city … the idols in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:7 n921 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will break all her carved figures to pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:7 a2ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will burn with fire all the gifts that she received” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:7 nci4 0 “people gave her”
|
||||
|
@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
2:6 iph5 0 “the people of Israel say”
|
||||
2:6 nl1s 0 “The prophets must not prophesy”
|
||||
2:6 dqe6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Reproach is spoken of as if it were a robber chasing a person. It can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “we will not allow you to reproach us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:7 d2pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah is scolding the Israelites by using this question. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you do not need to ask…‘Is the Spirit…his deeds?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:7 d2pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah is scolding the Israelites by using this question. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you do not need to ask … ‘Is the Spirit … his deeds?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:7 cd55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Jacob’s descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:7 hr6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) the people really do not know if they are seeing Yahweh act. Alternate translation: “asked…‘Is the Spirit of Yahweh angry? Are these really his deeds?’” or (2) the people do not believe that Yahweh is really punishing them. These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “said…‘The Spirit of Yahweh is not really angry. These are not really his deeds.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:7 hr6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Possible meanings are (1) the people really do not know if they are seeing Yahweh act. Alternate translation: “asked … ‘Is the Spirit of Yahweh angry? Are these really his deeds?’” or (2) the people do not believe that Yahweh is really punishing them. These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “said … ‘The Spirit of Yahweh is not really angry. These are not really his deeds.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:7 dhy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah uses a question to teach the people. It can bee translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “My message does good to those who walk uprightly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:8 nby2 0 This refers to either (1) Micah’s people or (2) Yahweh’s people.
|
||||
2:8 h252 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) the wicked rich people are literally stealing robes from the poor or (2) creditors are keeping the outer garments of the poor who come to borrow money and give the garment as assurance they will repay. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
4:4 sv2r 0 Micah continues describing the “last days” when people learn and obey Yahweh’s law.
|
||||
4:4 h22j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. If grapevines or fig trees are unknown you can translate this more generally. Alternate translation: “they will sit peacefully in their own gardens and fields” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:4 j4rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The mouth is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh of hosts has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:5 iek8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Walking on a path is a metaphor for living one’s life. Walking in the name of someone is a metaphor for worshiping and obeying. Alternate translation: “the peoples…worship and obey their god…we will worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:5 iek8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Walking on a path is a metaphor for living one’s life. Walking in the name of someone is a metaphor for worshiping and obeying. Alternate translation: “the peoples … worship and obey their god … we will worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:6 c9uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to those who cannot walk well. Being lame is a synecdoche for having any form of disability. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:6 ri25 0 “gather those whom I drove out of Jerusalem”
|
||||
4:7 b2he rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The words “I will turn” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. The phrase “the ones driven away” can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “I will turn the ones I drove away into a strong nation” or “I will make the ones I forcefully sent away into a strong nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
4:8 c64g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Micah speaks to the people of Jerusalem by speaking to the temple mount as if it could hear him. You may need to make explicit that Micah is giving his message to the people. Alternate translation: “As for the temple mount, the place from which Yahweh watches over you, his sheep, the place that Jerusalem’s people are most proud of—its former dominion will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
4:8 y9gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people of Jerusalem protecting the other people in surrounding areas is spoken of as if they were a shepherd in a watchtower watching over his flock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:8 p2dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people who live in a place are spoken of as if the place is a mother and they are the daughter. Alternate translation: “people who live in Zion…people who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:8 p2dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people who live in a place are spoken of as if the place is a mother and they are the daughter. Alternate translation: “people who live in Zion … people who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:8 tc2d 0 Some modern versions understand this Hebrew word to mean “fortress” or “stronghold” here.
|
||||
4:8 ccs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “dominion” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “you will rule over the nations as you did before” or “I will make you rule over the nations as you did before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
4:9 g6px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah is mocking the people, trying to make them think about why God is dealing with them in this way. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at how you are shouting loudly.” or “Think carefully about why you are shouting loudly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
5:4 kkz1 0 the people of Israel will remain
|
||||
5:4 yry5 0 “live in safety”
|
||||
5:4 jkd7 0 All people from every nation will give honor to Israel’s ruler.
|
||||
5:5 m8sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “shepherds” is a metonym for “rulers,” another way of saying “leaders over men.” The phrase “seven…and eight” is an idiom for “more than enough.” Alternate translation: “enough, even more than enough, rulers” or “more than enough shepherds and leaders over men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:5 m8sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “shepherds” is a metonym for “rulers,” another way of saying “leaders over men.” The phrase “seven … and eight” is an idiom for “more than enough.” Alternate translation: “enough, even more than enough, rulers” or “more than enough shepherds and leaders over men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:6 t2fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The sword is a metonym for killing in war. Here the Israelites ruling over the Assyrians is spoken of ironically as if they were killing sheep instead of herding them. The land of Assyria is a metonym for the people who live there. The entrances to cities were where official business took place. Alternate translation: “They will make war against the people of Assyria, and they will rule the cities of the land of Nimrod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:6 upk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “they will shepherd” are understood from the beginning of the sentence. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and they will shepherd the land of Nimrod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
5:6 p1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is another name for the land of Assyria. Nimrod was a hunter and early ruler. Translators may add this footnote: “The name ‘Nimrod’ means ‘rebellion.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -220,22 +220,22 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
6:4 y7re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Yahweh speaks to the people as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and all the commands are masculine singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:4 s8wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A house is a metaphor for a place in which one lives for a long time. The abstract noun “bondage” can be translated as “to be slaves.” Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves for a long time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:5 q1ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Yahweh speaks to the people as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and all the commands are masculine singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
6:5 ddx5 0 “the plans Balak…made to harm you
|
||||
6:5 q2uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Possible meanings are (1) Balaam obeyed Balak by coming when Balak called him, Alternate translation: “how Balaam…did what Balak asked him to do” or (2) Balaam explained to Balak why Balaam had blessed the Israelites instead of cursing them as Balak had commanded. Alternate translation: “what Balaam told Balak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:5 ddx5 0 “the plans Balak … made to harm you
|
||||
6:5 q2uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Possible meanings are (1) Balaam obeyed Balak by coming when Balak called him, Alternate translation: “how Balaam … did what Balak asked him to do” or (2) Balaam explained to Balak why Balaam had blessed the Israelites instead of cursing them as Balak had commanded. Alternate translation: “what Balaam told Balak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:5 mpf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of Balaam’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
6:5 rmf6 0 This is the name of a place in Moab.
|
||||
6:5 w4n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh refers to himself by his own name. Alternate translation: “so that you may remember the righteous things that I, Yahweh, have done for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
6:6 n2hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah speaks as if he were a person who truly wanted to know what God expects him to do. Possible meanings are (1) he asks questions and then in verse 8 answers the questions he has asked or (2) he is using questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I know that I do no need to bring to Yahweh…God, or come…old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:7 yc7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah continues to speaks as if he were a person who truly wanted to know what God expects him to do. Possible meanings are (1) he asks questions and then in verse 8 answers the questions he has asked or (2) he is using questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I know that Yahweh will not be pleased…oil or if I give…sin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:7 mxx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 “rams in groups of 1,000…10,000 rivers of oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
6:6 n2hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah speaks as if he were a person who truly wanted to know what God expects him to do. Possible meanings are (1) he asks questions and then in verse 8 answers the questions he has asked or (2) he is using questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I know that I do no need to bring to Yahweh … God, or come … old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:7 yc7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah continues to speaks as if he were a person who truly wanted to know what God expects him to do. Possible meanings are (1) he asks questions and then in verse 8 answers the questions he has asked or (2) he is using questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I know that Yahweh will not be pleased … oil or if I give … sin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:7 mxx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 “rams in groups of 1,000 … 10,000 rivers of oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
6:8 y8pq 0 “Yahweh has told you”
|
||||
6:8 xd8t 0 Many versions read, “good. And what does Yahweh require from you? He wants you to act…God.” or “good. And what does Yahweh require from you but to act…God?”
|
||||
6:8 xd8t 0 Many versions read, “good. And what does Yahweh require from you? He wants you to act … God.” or “good. And what does Yahweh require from you but to act … God?”
|
||||
6:8 qii1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “kindness” can be translated using the adjective “kind.” Alternate translation: “love being kind to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
6:9 jf56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Wisdom is spoken of as a person and is a metonym for the wise person. The word “name” here is a metonym for the person himself, what people think of him, and his authority. Alternate translation: “and the wise person will fear you” or “and the wise person will acknowledge that you are good and will obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
6:9 mll1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “rod” refers to the enemy army with which Yahweh, who “has put it in place,” will discipline his people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:10 va73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Dishonest wealth is a metonym for wealth that people have gained by acting dishonestly. The words “the wicked” refer to wicked people. Houses are a synecdoche for everything a person possesses. Alternate translation: “Wicked people have acted dishonestly to gain wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
6:10 s6dk 0 incorrect weights that people use with scales to increase their wealth by deceiving those with whom they trade
|
||||
6:11 j82a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I certainly will not consider a person innocent…weights.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:11 j82a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I certainly will not consider a person innocent … weights.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:11 h4pk 0 weights with which sellers deceive buyers
|
||||
6:12 ig8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Rich men are spoken of as if they were containers, and people treating each other violently is spoken of as if it were a liquid that could be put into a container. Alternate translation: “The rich men act violently toward everyone” or “The rich men act violently all the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:12 j5fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The tongue is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Everything they say is a lie” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
7:intro kf61 0 # Micah 07 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Last days\nThis chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])\n\n### Prophet\nThe prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
|
||||
7:1 wf5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Micah speaks of looking for faithful people but being unable to find any as if he were a person looking for food after the harvesters have taken it all. The idea of a person wanting to gather fruit can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I have become like someone looking for fruit after the gathering of summer fruit, like a gleaner after the grapes have been gleaned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
7:1 jz29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Micah speaks of faithful, upright people as if they were fruit that is good to eat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:2 x5ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 These are exaggerations. Alternate translation: “I feel as though faithful people have disappeared…land and there is no upright person…I feel as though they all lie in wait…blood, and each one hunts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
7:2 x5ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 These are exaggerations. Alternate translation: “I feel as though faithful people have disappeared … land and there is no upright person … I feel as though they all lie in wait … blood, and each one hunts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
7:2 qea8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Blood is a metaphor for the death of innocent people. Alternate translation: “to kill innocent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:3 ew8e 0 Micah continues speaking about the people of Israel.
|
||||
7:3 m27f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “The people are very good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ front:intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
7:16 n9vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Nothing anyone says will have any effect on them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
7:17 e21s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 Snakes slither on the ground where dust gets on them, and here the people are being compared to snakes, though it is probably an exaggeration that they will lick the dust. Possible meanings are that these people (1) will literally lie on the ground in shame or (2) will be so ashamed and humbled that it will be as if they were lying on the ground. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
7:17 zg31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people are spoken of as if they were animals, because animals live in “dens.” Alternate translation: “their homes” or “their hiding places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:18 g3i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah is emphasizing that there is no God like Yahweh. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that there is no God like you, who takes…inheritance.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:18 g3i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Micah is emphasizing that there is no God like Yahweh. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that there is no God like you, who takes … inheritance.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:18 kr7v 0 “those of his chosen people who have survived his punishment”
|
||||
7:18 a8d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here the words “his” and “he” can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “you…of the remnant of your inheritance, who do not keep your anger forever, because you delight in your covenant faithfulness?” or “you…of the remnant of your inheritance? You do not keep your anger forever, because you delights in your covenant faithfulness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
7:18 a8d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here the words “his” and “he” can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “you … of the remnant of your inheritance, who do not keep your anger forever, because you delight in your covenant faithfulness?” or “you … of the remnant of your inheritance? You do not keep your anger forever, because you delights in your covenant faithfulness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
7:18 f1lp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “he delights in being faithful to his covenant” or “he delights in being faithful to his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
7:18 ups5 0 ignores
|
||||
7:18 mcd3 0 “does not stay angry”
|
||||
|
|
|
62
tn_MRK.tsv
62
tn_MRK.tsv
|
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
1:24 m8gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 Here the word “him” refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
1:26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
1:27 lqm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion συνζητεῖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντας, τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! & ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ! 1 The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: “they said to each other, ‘This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority!…and they obey him!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:27 lqm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion συνζητεῖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντας, τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! & ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ! 1 The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: “they said to each other, ‘This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! … and they obey him!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει 1 The word “He” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
1:29 ybs7 0 After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon’s mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||||
1:30 ng3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 The word “Now” introduces Simon’s mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
2:17 ca8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 Jesus expects his hearers to understand he came for those who want help. Alternate translation: “I came for people who understand they are sinful, not for people who believe they are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2:17 ca4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 The words “I came to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:18 zkz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
2:18 f1ds οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες & οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting…the disciples of the Pharisees”
|
||||
2:18 f1ds οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες & οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting … the disciples of the Pharisees”
|
||||
2:18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 “Some men.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, the possible meanings are (1) these men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees or (2) these men were among John’s disciples.
|
||||
2:18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 “came and said to Jesus”
|
||||
2:19 eke3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 0 Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
2:25 dd1z 0 Jesus begins to scold the Pharisees by asking them a question.
|
||||
2:25 g1xw λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 “Jesus said to the Pharisees”
|
||||
2:25 d236 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ & οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to remind the scribes and Pharisees of something David did on the Sabbath. The question is very long, so it can be divided into two sentences. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:25 g8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ & αὐτὸς 1 This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did…him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:25 g8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ & αὐτὸς 1 This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did … him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:25 r14d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέγνωτε τί & Δαυεὶδ 1 Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. This can be translated showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “read in the scriptures what David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:26 x3bb 0 Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 25.
|
||||
2:26 zmd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ & τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God…to those who were with him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:26 zmd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ & τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God … to those who were with him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:26 al82 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν 1 The word “he” refers to David.
|
||||
2:26 y57j τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 This refers to the twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times.
|
||||
2:27 i374 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
3:8 gra8 ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν 1 “came to where Jesus was”
|
||||
3:9 q65h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events 0 Verse 9 tells what Jesus asked his disciples to do because of the large crowd of people around him. Verse 10 tells why such a large crowd was around Jesus. The information in these verses can be reordered to present the events in the order they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
3:9 zu5e εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον & μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 As the large crowd was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was just that there were so many people.
|
||||
3:10 e86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε & ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone…to touch him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
3:10 e86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε & ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone … to touch him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
3:10 ei4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν 1 The word “many” refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: “For he healed many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3:10 ge71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:11 g1r5 αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν 1 “saw Jesus”
|
||||
|
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
3:31 h5zr ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 “They sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them”
|
||||
3:32 wms6 ζητοῦσίν σε 1 “are asking for you”
|
||||
3:33 qe8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:35 dr45 ὃς & ἂν ποιήσῃ & οὗτος & ἐστίν 1 “those who do…they are”
|
||||
3:35 dr45 ὃς & ἂν ποιήσῃ & οὗτος & ἐστίν 1 “those who do … they are”
|
||||
3:35 yr9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:intro f5ua 0 # Mark 04 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
|
||||
4:1 a6pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
@ -233,22 +233,22 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
4:3 vqh3 ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ & ὁ σπείρων 1 “Pay attention! A farmer”
|
||||
4:3 dr34 σπεῖραι 1 All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “his seeds”
|
||||
4:4 si37 ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 “As he threw seed over the soil.” In different cultures people sow seeds differently. In this parable the seeds were sown by throwing the seeds over the land that was prepared for growing.
|
||||
4:4 s95n ὃ μὲν & κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “some seeds…devoured them”
|
||||
4:5 w853 ἄλλο & οὐκ εἶχεν & ἐξανέτειλεν & τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “Other seeds…they did not have…they sprang…they did not have”
|
||||
4:4 s95n ὃ μὲν & κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “some seeds … devoured them”
|
||||
4:5 w853 ἄλλο & οὐκ εἶχεν & ἐξανέτειλεν & τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “Other seeds … they did not have … they sprang … they did not have”
|
||||
4:5 px9w ἐξανέτειλεν 1 “the seed that landed on the rocky soil began to grow quickly”
|
||||
4:5 le2a γῆν 1 This refers to the loose dirt on the ground in which you can plant seeds.
|
||||
4:6 ee49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 This refers to the young plants. This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the young plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:6 hht3 διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη 1 “because the young plants had no roots, they dried up”
|
||||
4:7 bw62 ἄλλο & συνέπνιξαν αὐτό & οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “Other seeds…choked them…they did not produce”
|
||||
4:7 bw62 ἄλλο & συνέπνιξαν αὐτό & οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “Other seeds … choked them … they did not produce”
|
||||
4:8 v3sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore thirty times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced sixty times as much grain, and some produced a hundred times as much grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
4:8 u327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τριάκοντα & ἑξήκοντα & ἑκατόν 1 “30…60…100.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:8 u327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τριάκοντα & ἑξήκοντα & ἑκατόν 1 “30 … 60 … 100.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:9 p2us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to listen, listen” or “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:9 qxy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὃς ἔχει & ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
4:10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 This does not mean that Jesus was completely alone; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
|
||||
4:11 t9ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῖν & δέδοται 1 This can be stated in active form. “God has given you” or “I have given you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:11 q2az ἐκείνοις & τοῖς ἔξω 1 “but to those who are not among you.” This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus’ other close followers.
|
||||
4:11 daw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται 1 It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: “I have spoken everything in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
4:12 aj7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέποντες & ἀκούοντες 1 It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing…when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:12 aj7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέποντες & ἀκούοντες 1 It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing … when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:12 p4fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:12 p9yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 “turn to God.” Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “they would repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:13 xc29 0 Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||||
|
@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
4:21 zzw7 καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 “Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||||
4:21 nn7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:22 y5kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ & ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
4:22 kc6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν & οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον 1 “there is nothing that is hidden…there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
4:22 kc6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν & οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον 1 “there is nothing that is hidden … there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
4:23 k1a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:23 izg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εἴ τις & ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
4:24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 “Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||||
4:24 zis1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is talking about a literal measure and giving generously to others or (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
4:24 c4xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:25 i24l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ & καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more…from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him…God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:25 i24l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ & καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him … God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:26 n1mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
4:26 r5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως & ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer who sows his seed. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who sows his seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
4:27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: “He sleeps each night and gets up each day” or “He sleeps each night and gets up the next day”
|
||||
|
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
6:20 fj95 εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον 1 “Herod knew that John was a righteous”
|
||||
6:20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 “Listening to John”
|
||||
6:21 xi2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
6:21 m54q δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ & τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Here the word “he” refers to Herod and is a metonym for his servant whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “he had a dinner made for his officials…of Galilee” or “he invited his officials…of Galilee to eat and celebrate with him”
|
||||
6:21 m54q δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ & τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Here the word “he” refers to Herod and is a metonym for his servant whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “he had a dinner made for his officials … of Galilee” or “he invited his officials … of Galilee to eat and celebrate with him”
|
||||
6:21 h5x9 δεῖπνον 1 a formal meal or banquet
|
||||
6:22 a1d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 The word “herself” is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
6:22 nir8 εἰσελθούσης 1 “came into the room”
|
||||
|
@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
7:36 eb2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅσον & αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
7:36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 “the more widely” or “the more”
|
||||
7:37 iy76 ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 “were utterly amazed” or “were exceedingly astonished” or “were astonished beyond all measure”
|
||||
7:37 dh17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς & ἀλάλους 1 These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people…mute people” or “people who cannot hear…people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:37 dh17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς & ἀλάλους 1 These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:intro ry56 0 # Mark 08 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bread\nWhen Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.\n\nYeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Adulterous generation”\n\nWhen Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
|
||||
8:1 sgv6 0 A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
|
||||
8:1 rmd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
8:22 c92c 0 When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
|
||||
8:22 mul4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
8:22 mx9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:23 t5ud πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ & ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 “When Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes…Jesus asked the man”
|
||||
8:23 t5ud πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ & ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 “When Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes … Jesus asked the man”
|
||||
8:24 jcv8 ἀναβλέψας 1 “The man looked up”
|
||||
8:24 r6tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 The man sees men walking around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to trees. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
8:25 png5 εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν 1 “Then Jesus again”
|
||||
|
@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
8:27 e4l3 0 Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
|
||||
8:28 bh7h οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες 1 “They answered him, saying,”
|
||||
8:28 ac8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν 1 The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:28 nn1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι & ἄλλοι 1 The word “others” refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “Other people say you are…other people say you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
8:28 nn1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι & ἄλλοι 1 The word “others” refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “Other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
8:29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 “Jesus asked his disciples”
|
||||
8:30 fk1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Also, this can also be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” or “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
8:31 d4dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
9:34 sq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἐσιώπων 1 They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: “they were silent because they were ashamed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:34 gdg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 Here “the greatest” refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:35 jzl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 Here the words “first” and “last” are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being “first” and of being the “least important” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:35 t526 πάντων 1 “of all people…of all people”
|
||||
9:35 t526 πάντων 1 “of all people … of all people”
|
||||
9:36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 “among them.” The word “their” refers to the crowd.
|
||||
9:36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ 1 This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
|
||||
9:37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 “a child like this”
|
||||
|
@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
10:1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 “was his custom” or “he usually did”
|
||||
10:3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς? 1 Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: “What did Moses command your ancestors about this”
|
||||
10:4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
10:5 djt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς & ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘It was because…this law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
10:5 djt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς & ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘It was because … this law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
10:5 jzb2 πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words “your” and “you.” Alternate translation: “because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law”
|
||||
10:5 m73x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. The phrase “hard hearts” is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:6 m6lj ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 “God made people”
|
||||
|
@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
10:14 yi5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
10:14 qj7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
10:14 je6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God includes people who are like them” or “because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται & παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 “if anyone will not recieve…child, he will definitely not enter it”
|
||||
10:15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται & παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 “if anyone will not recieve … child, he will definitely not enter it”
|
||||
10:15 a1e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as a child would” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
10:15 h8pt μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 “will not accept God as their king”
|
||||
10:15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 The word “it” refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||||
|
@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
10:30 v8nr ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 “in the future world” or “in the future
|
||||
10:31 ym7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Here the words “first” and “last” are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:31 xcj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 The phrase “the last” refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
10:32 zc62 ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ & ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 “Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road…and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
|
||||
10:32 zc62 ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ & ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 “Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road … and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
|
||||
10:32 hq7y οἱ & ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 “those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
10:33 pv4w ἰδοὺ 1 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
10:33 s1hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
12:3 c321 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κενόν 1 This means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “without any grapes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:4 f3f4 ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 “the owner of the vineyard sent to the vine growers”
|
||||
12:4 w1ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀκεῖνον ἐκεφαλίωσαν 1 This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:5 l1yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλον & πολλοὺς ἄλλους 1 These phrases refer to other servants. Alternate translation: “yet another servant…many other servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:5 l1yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλον & πολλοὺς ἄλλους 1 These phrases refer to other servants. Alternate translation: “yet another servant … many other servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:6 z5hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 It is implied that this is the owner’s son. Alternate translation: “his beloved son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:7 m63e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ κληρονόμος 1 This is the owner’s heir, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: “the owner’s heir” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:7 s5dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ κληρονομία 1 The tenants are referring to the vineyard as “the inheritance.” Alternate translation: “this vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -1022,13 +1022,13 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
12:20 wz27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
12:20 pj71 ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first brother
|
||||
12:20 af1t ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 “the first married a woman.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
|
||||
12:21 d61g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος 1 These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother…the third brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:21 d61g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος 1 These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:21 na6s ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 “the second married her.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
|
||||
12:21 l1ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 It may be helpful to explain what “likewise” means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:22 wjq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “The seven brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:22 l3dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἑπτὰ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα 1 Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:23 w4wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή 1 The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:24 zp2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε & τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because…power of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:24 zp2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε & τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because … power of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
12:24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
|
||||
12:24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 “how powerful God is”
|
||||
12:25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ & ἀναστῶσιν 1 Here the word “they” refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
|
@ -1095,11 +1095,11 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
13:3 e913 0 In answer to the disciples’ questions about the temple’s destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
|
||||
13:3 izt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ & Πέτρος 1 It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: “After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 when they were alone
|
||||
13:4 uf37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ἔσται & μέλλῃ & συντελεῖσθαι 1 This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “these things happen to the buildings of the temple…are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:4 uf37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ἔσται & μέλλῃ & συντελεῖσθαι 1 This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “these things happen to the buildings of the temple … are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
13:4 lw1n ὅταν & ταῦτα & πάντα 1 “that all these things”
|
||||
13:5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 “to his disciples”
|
||||
13:5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 Here “lead … astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:6 z63u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Possible meanings are (1) “claiming my authority” or (2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:6 l7f9 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 “I am the Christ”
|
||||
13:7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 “hear of wars and reports about wars.” Possible meanings are (1) “hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away” or (2) “hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start”
|
||||
|
@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
13:11 uy91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “give you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:11 a9b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
13:12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 “One brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “Brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
|
||||
13:12 g3jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 This refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “People…their siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
13:12 g3jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 This refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “People … their siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
13:12 b9ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” or “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:12 r66s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 This means that children will oppose their parents and betray them. Alternate translation: “Children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:12 si65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
14:56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
|
||||
14:57 pr71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: “accused him by speaking false testimony against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:58 f82e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 “We heard Jesus say.” The word “we” refers to the people who brought false testimony against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
14:58 e94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 Here “hands” refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men…without man’s help” or “built by men…without man’s help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:58 e94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 Here “hands” refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … without man’s help” or “built by men … without man’s help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:58 k1vs διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 “within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
|
||||
14:58 hm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλον & οἰκοδομήσω 1 The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “will build another temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
14:59 x6hk οὐδὲ & ἴση ἦν 1 “contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
|
||||
|
@ -1400,11 +1400,11 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
15:39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died”
|
||||
15:39 nqv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
15:40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 “watched from far away”
|
||||
15:40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 “who was the mother of James…and of Joses.” This can be written without the parentheses.
|
||||
15:40 zc9b ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 “who was the mother of James … and of Joses.” This can be written without the parentheses.
|
||||
15:40 p9xk Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 “the younger James.” This man was referred to as “the younger” probably to distinguish him from another man named James.
|
||||
15:40 izn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:40 tw5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
15:41 j15z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ & αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him…with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
15:41 j15z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ & αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him … with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
15:41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
15:42 lxm5 0 Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb.
|
||||
15:42 ug97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὀψίας γενομένης 1 Here evening is spoken of as if it were something that is able to “come” from one place to another. Alternate translation: “it had become evening” or “it was evening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n## Part 1: General I
|
|||
15:44 z3gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 Pilate heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked the centurion if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so he called the centurion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body”
|
||||
15:46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md).
|
||||
15:46 eb9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν & καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “He and others took him down…Then they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:46 eb9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν & καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “He and others took him down … Then they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:46 g9hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
15:46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 “a huge flat stone in front of”
|
||||
15:47 m782 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ front:intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
2:10 dib5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Nahum speaks of the people losing courage as if their hearts melt like wax. Alternate translation: “Everyone loses courage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:10 haf9 0 This describes a physical response to great fear. The people’s legs shake so badly that their knees knock together and they are unable to walk or run.
|
||||
2:11 as2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 In these verses, Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were a group of lions, and of the city Nineveh as if it were their den. The metaphor speaks of the way in which the Assyrians would conquer other people and take their possessions as their own as if they were lions hunting prey and bringing the dead animals back to their den. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:11 n3ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Nahum uses this rhetorical question to mock Nineveh, which has been destroyed. Alternate translation: “The lions’ den is nowhere to be found…afraid of nothing.” or “Look at what has become of the lions’ den…afraid of nothing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:11 n3ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Nahum uses this rhetorical question to mock Nineveh, which has been destroyed. Alternate translation: “The lions’ den is nowhere to be found … afraid of nothing.” or “Look at what has become of the lions’ den … afraid of nothing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:12 f91d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “he choked victims.” This is probably a reference to the way that lions usually kill their prey, by biting its throat. Alternate translation: “he killed his victims” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:12 f3cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases are saying the same thing in different ways. The verb may be supplied for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “filled his cave with victims, and filled his dens with torn carcasses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:13 hg33 0 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
|
||||
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ front:intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n
|
|||
3:7 wgg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The people ask this rhetorical question to emphasize the negative answer. Alternate translation: “no one will weep for her.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:7 ysl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that there will be no one who will be able to comfort Nineveh. Alternate translation: “There will be no one to comfort you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:8 v76u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Nahum speaks to the people of Nineveh as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:8 ii6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Nahum asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the negative answer that it anticipates. Alternate translation: “you are not better than Thebes…itself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:8 ii6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Nahum asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the negative answer that it anticipates. Alternate translation: “you are not better than Thebes … itself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:8 c7qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This was the former capital of Egypt, which the Assyrians had conquered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3:8 w92b 0 “that was situated by the Nile River”
|
||||
3:8 a2y2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These two phrases share similar meanings. The words “ocean” and “sea” both refer to the Nile River, which ran near the city. Nahum speaks of the Nile as if it were the wall that protected the city. Alternate translation: “which had the Nile river as its defenses, as some cities have a wall for theirs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
|
14
tn_NEH.tsv
14
tn_NEH.tsv
|
@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:13 b27k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן וְחָטָ֑אתִי 1 It is not entirely clear why Nehemiah says it would have been a sin for him to hide in the temple since it was a time-honored tradition in Israel to allow people to seek sanctuary there. Perhaps the explanation is that Nehemiah knew God had sent him to Judah on a special mission to help and protect the Jewish community there. And so, if he had abandoned that mission to save his life, he would have been disobeying God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were hoping they could make me sin by abandoning my responsibilities and hiding in the temple.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:13 ji1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְהָיָ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְשֵׁ֣ם רָ֔ע לְמַ֖עַן יְחָֽרְפֽוּנִי 1 Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. If he hid in the temple to save his own life, Nehemiah would get a bad reputation as a coward who was concerned only for himself. Alternate translation: “this would give me a bad reputation, and they could say bad things about me to everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:13 c1j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֖עַן 1 This term expresses that the clause that comes after is the goal for the clause that comes before. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
6:14 c1j7 אֱלֹהַ֛י 1 As in [4:4](../04/04.md) and [6:9](../06/09.md), Nehemiah records here what he prayed at the time of the events he is describing. You can indicate this by introducing these words as a prayer and presenting the prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So I prayed, ‘My God …’”
|
||||
6:14 c1j7 אֱלֹהַ֛י 1 As in [4:4](../04/04.md) and [6:9](../06/09.md), Nehemiah records here what he prayed at the time of the events he is describing. You can indicate this by introducing these words as a prayer and presenting the prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So I prayed, ‘My God … ’”
|
||||
6:14 nau4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom זָכְרָ֧ה & לְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה וּלְסַנְבַלַּ֖ט כְּמַעֲשָׂ֣יו אֵ֑לֶּה 1 **His** refers to both Sanballat and Tobiah. In this context, “remember” means to think about someone and consider what action you should take in their regard. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten about Tobiah and Sanballat. Alternate translation: “treat Tobiah and Sanballat the way they deserve for what they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:14 c1j9 וְגַ֨ם לְנוֹעַדְיָ֤ה הַנְּבִיאָה֙ וּלְיֶ֣תֶר הַנְּבִיאִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָי֖וּ מְיָֽרְאִ֥ים אוֹתִֽי 1 Alternate translation: “Do the same for the female prophet Noadiah and all the other prophets who are trying to make me afraid”
|
||||
6:14 g3ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְנוֹעַדְיָ֤ה 1 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:10 e1j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְשִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְאֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔וֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Share some of your meal with those who have not prepared anything for themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:10 e1j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְאֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔וֹ 1 This may actually refer to the poor and indicate that they would not be able to afford rich food and drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “share some of your meal with the poor, who cannot afford rich food and drink.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:10 e1j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. As in [8:9](../08/09.md), together they mean, “This is a special day for worshiping our Lord.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases like that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
8:10 e1j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the quotation because it gives the reason for the resulting actions that are described in the rest of the quotation. You could also connect this phrase to the ones that would then follow with a word like “so,” to show the connection. Alternate translation: “Today is a holy day set apart to worship our Lord. So …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
8:10 e1j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the quotation because it gives the reason for the resulting actions that are described in the rest of the quotation. You could also connect this phrase to the ones that would then follow with a word like “so,” to show the connection. Alternate translation: “Today is a holy day set apart to worship our Lord. So … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
8:10 ach1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְאַל־תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this same idea with an active form, and you can say what is causing the action. Alternate translation: “You have recognized that you have not obeyed the Law of Moses, but do not let that make you sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:10 e1j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם 1 The implication is that if a person is truly sorry for disobeying, Yahweh does not want that person to fear punishment or to grieve for the way they have offended. Instead, Yahweh wants them to be encouraged that they can live in a new way and to be happy about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh wants you to be happy and encouraged about living in a new way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:10 sni7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֶדְוַ֥ת & מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **joy** and **strength** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “happy … encouraged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -992,14 +992,14 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
8:12 e1l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּלְשַׁלַּ֣ח מָנ֔וֹת 1 The implication is that they sent these portions to the poor, who would not have been able to afford rich food and drink, as described in [8:10](../08/10.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing with the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:12 z1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 The abstract noun **rejoicing** can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “and to rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
8:12 e1l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֤י הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם 1 The implication is that the leaders helped the people recognize that being able to understand Yahweh’s law should be a source of joy and encouragement to them. They should not be sad or discouraged because they had disobeyed in the past, because now they would know how to obey. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because now that they were able to understand God’s law, they would be able to obey it in the future” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:12 e1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they would be able to obey God’s law in the future because now they were able to understand it. So …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
8:12 e1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they would be able to obey God’s law in the future because now they were able to understand it. So … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
8:12 e1l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they understood God’s law when Ezra and the Levites explained it to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:13 uj5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשֵּׁנִ֡י 1 Alternate translations: “On day 2” or “On the next day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
8:13 e1m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נֶאֶסְפוּ֩ & אֶל 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered to meet with” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:13 e1m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת לְכָל־הָעָ֗ם 1 As in [7:70](../07/70.md), this seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some clan leaders from throughout Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
8:13 e1m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֨י 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:13 e1m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish עֶזְרָ֖א הַסֹּפֵ֑ר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a scribe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
8:13 e1m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse, since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better. So …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
8:13 e1m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse, since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better. So … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
8:13 e1n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 The implication is that while the people realized this, they also realized it would not be practical for large crowds to gather in Jerusalem every day so that all the people could receive Ezra’s teaching at once. Instead, they asked the family and religious leaders in Judah to meet with Ezra and learn from him so that they could then pass the teachings along. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better, so they asked their family and religious leaders to meet with Ezra and learn more things from him that they could then pass along.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:14 e1n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽיִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **Found** does not mean that these leaders were looking for something, but that they learned this as they were studying with Ezra. Alternate translation: “they learned that in the Law, Yahweh had commanded through Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:14 e1n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽיִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Because it was already the seventh month, it seems likely that Ezra showed this passage to the leaders intentionally because it was something they could and should obey immediately. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Ezra showed them something that Yahweh had commanded through Moses that they could do right away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:23 d2rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְעַד־יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “through the time when Johanan was the high priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
12:23 i1e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן 1 **Johanan** is the name of a man. The context indicates that he was a Jewish high priest, and so he seems to be the same man who is called “Jonathan” in verse 11. If you think it would make things clearer for your readers, you could use the same name both here and in verse 11, either “Johanan” or “Jonathan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:23 i1f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 **Eliashib** is the name of a man. Verse [12:10](../12/10.md) shows that Johanan/Jonathan was not actually his son, but his grandson. So **son** here figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “the grandson of Eliashib” or “the descendant of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:24 kx4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠לְוִיִּם & לְהַלֵּ֣ל לְהוֹד֔וֹת 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean “The Levite leaders who directed the choir that sang songs of praise and thanksgiving were …” You could say something like that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:24 kx4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠לְוִיִּם & לְהַלֵּ֣ל לְהוֹד֔וֹת 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean “The Levite leaders who directed the choir that sang songs of praise and thanksgiving were … ” You could say something like that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
12:24 d373 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְרָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠לְוִיִּם 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Levites” or “the Levite leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:24 i1f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֨ה שֵֽׁרֵבְיָ֜ה 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:24 e1ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְיֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־קַדְמִיאֵל֙ 1 Jeshua is the name of a man, and Kadmiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:29 lnm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמִבֵּית֙ הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל וּמִשְּׂד֥וֹת גֶּ֖בַע וְעַזְמָ֑וֶת 1 The places listed in this verse are northeast of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they also came from three places northeast of Jerusalem, the town of Beth-Gilgal and the rural areas around the towns of Geba and Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:29 j1d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּמִבֵּית֙ הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל 1 This is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Beth-Gilgal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:29 j1d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּמִשְּׂד֥וֹת גֶּ֖בַע וְעַזְמָ֑וֶת 1 Geba and Azmaveth are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the rural areas around the towns of Geba and Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:29 j1e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י חֲצֵרִ֗ים בָּנ֤וּ לָהֶם֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רֲרִ֔ים סְבִיב֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence at the start of [12:28](../12/28.md), since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of [12:28](../12/28.md) and [12:29](../12/29.md). You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “The singers were living in towns they had built all around Jerusalem. So …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
12:29 j1e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י חֲצֵרִ֗ים בָּנ֤וּ לָהֶם֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רֲרִ֔ים סְבִיב֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence at the start of [12:28](../12/28.md), since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of [12:28](../12/28.md) and [12:29](../12/29.md). You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “The singers were living in towns they had built all around Jerusalem. So … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
12:30 j1e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיִּֽטַּהֲר֔וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֑ם וַֽיְטַהֲרוּ֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם וְאֶת־הַשְּׁעָרִ֖ים וְאֶֽת־הַחוֹמָֽה 1 This sentence draws a contrast between the joyful celebration that is about to begin in this part of the story and the solemn ceremony that the priests and Levites performed beforehand. You could begin the sentence with a phrase such as “but first” to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “But first the priests and Levites performed a ceremony to make themselves clean, and they did the same thing for the people, the gates, and the wall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
12:30 j1e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיִּֽטַּהֲר֔וּ 1 Nehemiah expects his readers to know specifically how the priests and Levites did this, but the details are no longer certain. They may have sprinkled themselves, the people, the gates, and the walls with water or with blood, or they may have offered sacrifices. But while the details are uncertain, the purpose of the ceremony is clear. It was to show that the Israelites wanted this place and everyone in it to be acceptable to God. So while it might be best not to suggest how the priests and Levites performed this ceremony, since that is unknown, you could say explicitly what the purpose was if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And they performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be clean and acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:31 j1e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאַעֲלֶה֙ 1 In this context, the conjunction **and** indicates that the events the story will now describe came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then.** (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
|
@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:44 bnw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַיִּפָּקְד֣וּ & אֲנָשִׁ֜ים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. In the context of this episode, saying “we” would indicate Nehemiah and his fellow leaders. (“We” would not include the addressee, if your language makes that distinction.) Alternate translation: “we appointed six Levites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:44 j1l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַתְּרוּמוֹת֮ לָרֵאשִׁ֣ית וְלַמַּֽעַשְׂרוֹת֒ לִכְנ֨וֹס בָּהֶ֜ם לִשְׂדֵ֤י הֶעָרִים֙ 1 In their covenant, these were the things the people promised to provide in order to support the priests and the Levites. (See [10:36–39](../10/36.md).) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they could collect the offerings, firstfruits, and tithes that the Israelites would bring in from the fields around their cities, as they had promised to do in their covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:44 j1m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מְנָא֣וֹת הַתּוֹרָ֔ה לַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְלַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 The abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the law commanded the Israelites to give to the temple to support the priests and Levites. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “these were the things that the law commanded the Israelites to give from their harvests to support the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:44 g347 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־הַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְעַל־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם הָעֹמְדִֽים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could place this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. You could also show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah were very happy that the priests and the Levites were once again serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. So …” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
12:44 g347 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־הַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְעַל־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם הָעֹמְדִֽים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could place this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. You could also show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah were very happy that the priests and the Levites were once again serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. So … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
12:44 j1m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׂמְחַ֣ת & עַל־הַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְעַל־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 In this context, **over** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates **for** or **because of.** Alternate translation: “were very happy that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:44 g9pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָעֹמְדִֽים 1 **Standing** means figuratively that the priests and the Levites were serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. This meaning can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:45 lm4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽיִּשְׁמְר֞וּ 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verse described. Specifically, the temple personnel were able to perform their duties regularly because the people had organized regular support for them. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
90
tn_NUM.tsv
90
tn_NUM.tsv
|
@ -23,29 +23,29 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:20 n9s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they counted all the names” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:20 m8sv 0 “who was able to go to war”
|
||||
1:21 v8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “forty-six thousand five hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:22 yd37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:22 yd37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:23 g5ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “fifty-nine thousand three hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:24 p8et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:24 p8et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:25 au8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:26 dm5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:26 dm5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:27 wa5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “seventy-four thousand six hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:28 mv7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:28 mv7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:29 nv2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “fifty-four thousand four hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:30 d4ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:30 d4ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:31 x4v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “fifty-seven thousand four hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:32 wc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:32 wc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:33 vfi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “forty thousand five hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:34 xem1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:34 xem1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:35 p275 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “thirty-two thousand two hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:36 qk2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:36 qk2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:37 z1k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “thirty-five thousand four hundred men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:38 gkt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:38 gkt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:39 iuf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “They counted sixty-two thousand seven hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:40 ehj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:40 ehj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:41 az93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “They counted forty-one thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:42 mlr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man…clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:42 mlr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:43 nv44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “They counted fifty-three thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:45 zf3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “So they counted all the men of Israel…in each of their families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:45 zf3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “So they counted all the men of Israel … in each of their families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:46 v79v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1:47 rv7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron did not count the men who were descended from Levi” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:47 nym2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 In some languages this is a passive verb. If needed, this can be written differently. Alternate translation: “who were from the tribe of Levi” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
1:50 z9k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It was their job to carry the tabernacle when they traveled. Alternate translation: “When you travel, the Levites must carry the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:50 dd55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means that they were to set up their tents around the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “set up their tents around it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:51 p4ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When it is time to set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:51 cju9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Any stranger…must die” or “You must kill any stranger who comes near the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:51 cju9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Any stranger … must die” or “You must kill any stranger who comes near the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:52 gre3 0 a large flag
|
||||
1:52 qn3w 0 “his military division”
|
||||
1:53 yl7f 0 The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
|
||||
|
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:7 zmt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:7 a457 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
2:8 fgs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “57,400 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:9 p866 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “All the number…is one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Judah. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Judah is 186,400” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:9 p866 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “All the number … is one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Judah. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Judah is 186,400” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:9 e32j 0 This refers to the three tribes that camp east of the tent of meeting: the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.
|
||||
2:9 za2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:10 c4fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:14 udg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:14 uxf8 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
2:15 cd9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “45,650 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:16 sz9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “The number of all the men…is one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Reuben. Alternate translation: “The number of all the men camped under the standard of Reuben, according to their divisions, is 151,450” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:16 sz9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “The number of all the men … is one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Reuben. Alternate translation: “The number of all the men camped under the standard of Reuben, according to their divisions, is 151,450” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:16 ti9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:17 a2em 0 This means that the tent of meeting must be carried by the Levites in the middle of the tribes as they travel.
|
||||
2:17 b2zi 0 “They” refers to the twelve tribes.
|
||||
|
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:22 v4w1 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
2:23 w7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “Thirty-five thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “35,400 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:24 b3xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:24 ft3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “All those numbered…one hundred and eight thousand one hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Ephraim. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Ephraim is 108,100” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:24 ft3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “All those numbered … one hundred and eight thousand one hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Ephraim. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Ephraim is 108,100” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:24 jd35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:25 rxq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:25 c897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The this refers to the divisions of Dan, Asher, and Naphthali that are under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “the divisions that camp under the standard of Dan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:29 g9h9 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
2:30 n9ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “fifty-three thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “53,400 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:31 wj9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2:31 m5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “All those numbered…one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Dan is 157,600” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:31 m5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “All those numbered … one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Dan is 157,600” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:32 ifg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted them all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:32 zjs1 0 Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
2:32 a1g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
4:8 dai4 0 Here the word “them” refers to “the dishes, spoons, bowls, and jars” (verse 7).
|
||||
4:8 yzq6 0 “red cloth”
|
||||
4:8 y76r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The poles were inserted into rings on the corners of the table so that the poles could be used to carry the table. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “insert poles into the rings at the corners of the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:10 h8fk 0 “They must cover…with fine leather”
|
||||
4:10 h8fk 0 “They must cover … with fine leather”
|
||||
4:10 uv7g 0 “they must place all of these things on a frame for carrying them”
|
||||
4:11 tyb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The poles were inserted into rings on the sides of the altar so theys could be used to carry it. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “insert the carrying poles into the rings one the sides of the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:12 ek74 0 a wooden rectangle made with poles used to carry things
|
||||
|
@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
4:29 zg2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers only to men. Alternate translation: “the male descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:29 f12h 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
|
||||
4:29 kma1 0 “list them”
|
||||
4:30 pv9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “30 years old…50 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:30 pv9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “30 years old … 50 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:30 kr6z 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
4:31 xm2u 0 “This” refers to what Yahweh says next.
|
||||
4:31 zb83 0 These are all parts of the framing of the tabernacle. See how you translated all of these parts in [Numbers 3:36-37](../03/36.md).
|
||||
|
@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
4:33 a955 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
4:34 yf2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The refers to men. Alternate translation: “the male descendants of the Kohathites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:34 jm3i 0 This refers to the descendants of Kohath. See how you translated this in [Numbers 3:27](../03/27.md).
|
||||
4:35 s6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “30 years old…50 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:35 s6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “30 years old … 50 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
4:35 pv9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:35 kav4 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
4:36 w7px rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “two thousand seven hundred and fifty men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
5:13 g1e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
5:13 zj57 0 the woman who turns away and sins against her husband ([Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md))
|
||||
5:13 wj6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the act of adultery. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the act of adultery” or “sleeping with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:14 w516 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife has defiled herself…his wife has not defiled herself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:14 w516 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife has defiled herself … his wife has not defiled herself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:14 tk8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. His “jealously” is spoken of as if it were a person who spoke to him. Alternate translation: “the husband might feel jealous and become suspicious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
5:14 b5q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. The idea of the spirit “coming on him” means that he began to have these jealous feelings. Alternate translation: “a man might feel jealous for no reason” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:15 n2k7 0 Moses begins to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
|
||||
|
@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
6:15 msp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The word “their” refers to the other offerings that the Nazirite man was told to bring. Often grain offerings and drink offerings were required to accompany other types of sacrifices. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “together with the grain offering and drink offering that Yahweh required to accompany the other offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
6:16 f2x5 0 “He” refers to the priest and “his” refers to the man who took a vow.
|
||||
6:17 ge1q 0 “as the fellowship offering”
|
||||
6:17 d7zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “The priest must present also…the drink offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
6:17 d7zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “The priest must present also … the drink offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
6:18 x9jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun may be written as a verb. Alternate translation: “indicating his dedication” or “indicating how he has separated himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
6:19 h5f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This means that he had boiled the ram’s shoulder. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the shoulder of the ram that he boiled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:19 ia1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun can be expressed with the verb “separated.” Alternate translation: “indicating dedication” or “indicating that he has dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -561,10 +561,10 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
7:85 dg3s 0 “All the silver vessels together weighed”
|
||||
7:85 y3m8 0 This refers to all of the offerings that were made of silver, both the platters and the bowls.
|
||||
7:86 c3sw 0 “All the gold dishes together weighed”
|
||||
7:86 ww9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 “Each of the 12 gold dishes…weighed 10 shekels.” If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes…weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “Each of the 12 gold dishes…weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
7:86 ww9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 10 shekels.” If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
7:86 pb2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “one hundred and twenty shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
7:87 vdl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “12.” This number may be written with a numeral instead of with a word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
7:88 xp2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “24…60.” These numbers may be written with numerals instead of with words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
7:88 xp2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “24 … 60.” These numbers may be written with numerals instead of with words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
7:88 jy6x 0 “that were one year old”
|
||||
7:88 uul3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after Moses had anointed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
7:89 y6f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “his voice” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he heard Yahweh speaking to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
8:16 wn5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. “To open the womb” means to give birth for the first time. Here this refers to the first male child to which a mother gives birth. Alternate translation: “child who is the firstborn son of his mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:17 f6xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a polite way of referring to when a person kills someone. Alternate translation: “I killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
8:17 a23t 0 Here “them” refers to “the firstborn from among the people of Israel.”
|
||||
8:18 c4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The idea of “taking” is understood from the first part of the sentence and can be repeated in the second. Alternate translation: “I have taken the Levites…instead taking all of the firstborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
8:18 c4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The idea of “taking” is understood from the first part of the sentence and can be repeated in the second. Alternate translation: “I have taken the Levites … instead taking all of the firstborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
8:19 s2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh appointing the Levites to help Aaron and his sons is spoken of as if they were a gift that Yahweh were giving to Aaron and his sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:19 f88s 0 Here “them” refers to the Levites.
|
||||
8:19 av6b 0 Here “they” refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
|
@ -610,8 +610,8 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
9:1 zi29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
9:1 w91f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
9:1 ku29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
9:2 c6gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The word “fixed” means “previously set.” This means that this is when the observe it every year. Alternate translation: “Let the people…at the time of year they currently observe it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:3 vk82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This is the set time of year that they celebrate the Passover. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “On the fourteenth day…and observe it, for this is the time you do celebrate it every year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:2 c6gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The word “fixed” means “previously set.” This means that this is when the observe it every year. Alternate translation: “Let the people … at the time of year they currently observe it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:3 vk82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This is the set time of year that they celebrate the Passover. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “On the fourteenth day … and observe it, for this is the time you do celebrate it every year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:3 an5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 0 “day 14” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
9:3 bb9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize that they needed to obey the commands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
9:3 p35m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the phrase “keep it” is an idiom which means to observe it. Alternate translation: “You must observe it” or “You must celebrate it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
9:6 fh1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:6 uhc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
9:7 g6ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that they had touched a dead man’s body. You can make the full meaning of this statement clear. Alternate translation: “because we have touched the body of a dead man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:7 uun2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The men ask this question in order to complain that they are not allowed to participate in celebrating the Passover. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is not fair that you keep us away from offering the sacrifice…among the people of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:7 uun2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The men ask this question in order to complain that they are not allowed to participate in celebrating the Passover. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is not fair that you keep us away from offering the sacrifice … among the people of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:7 w1xe 0 set or predetermined
|
||||
9:10 t4tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:10 z9zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to someone touching a dead body. Alternate translation: “because you have touched a dead body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
10:6 bv3w 0 “They” refers to the priests and the word “their” refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
10:7 cga9 0 “To gather the community together”
|
||||
10:8 ias7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 “be a rule for you.” Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
10:9 em5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Yahweh is speaking to Moses and uses the word “you,” but he is actually referring the people of Israel going to war. Alternate translation: “When the people of Israel to war…oppresses Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:9 em5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Yahweh is speaking to Moses and uses the word “you,” but he is actually referring the people of Israel going to war. Alternate translation: “When the people of Israel to war … oppresses Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:9 mze9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here Yahweh again speaks to Moses using the word “you” but actually wants Moses to have the priests blow the trumpets. Alternate translation: “then you must command the priests to sound an alarm with the trumpets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:9 unu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This phrase “call to mind” means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
10:10 k3j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The noun “celebration” can be expressed with the verb “celebrate.” Alternate translation: “when you celebrate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -726,9 +726,9 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
11:11 qg3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses used these questions to complain about the way God was treating him. They can be expressed as statements. Moses speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “You should not treat me, your servant, so badly. You should not be angry with me!” or “I, your servant, have done nothing wrong for you to treat me so badly!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
11:11 jll4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses complains and speaks of leading the people and providing for them as if he were carrying a heavy load. Alternate translation: “You make me responsible for all these people, but it’s too hard for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:12 hah2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses used this question to remind God that Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I am not the father of all these people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:12 iw91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses wants God to remember that God told him to take care of the Israelites even though Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I have not given them birth, so you have no right to say to me, ‘Carry…baby’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:12 iw91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses wants God to remember that God told him to take care of the Israelites even though Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I have not given them birth, so you have no right to say to me, ‘Carry … baby’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:12 p2qz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 To take care of the Israelites is spoken of as if it were to carry a helpless newborn baby. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:12 b2i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not expect me to carry them…to give them!” or “I am not able to carry them…to give them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:12 b2i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not expect me to carry them … to give them!” or “I am not able to carry them … to give them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:13 pr1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses used this question to complain that it was impossible for him to give meat to all the people. Alternate translation: “I cannot possibly find enough meat to give to all these people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
11:14 is35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Moses speaks of leading and providing for the people as if he were carrying them. Alternate translation: “I cannot provide for all these people alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:14 x4d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “This responsibility is too difficult for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
13:32 e74q 0 Here “they” refers to all of the men who examined the land including Caleb and Joshua.
|
||||
13:32 i1fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The men speak of the land, or the people of the land, being very dangerous as if the land ate up people. Alternate translation: “a very dangerous land” or “a land where the people will kill us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:33 zz8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
13:33 ckl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion…in their opinion” or “In our own judgement…in their judgement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:33 ckl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion … in their opinion” or “In our own judgement … in their judgement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
13:33 s8xm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
14:intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n### Rhetorical Questions\nThe author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
14:3 r8f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
14:9 yk5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Joshua and Caleb speak of destroying their enemies as easily as if they were eating bread. Alternate translation: “We will destroy them as easily as we can eat food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
14:9 en4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove their protection from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:9 z1a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “protection” can be stated as “protect.” Alternate translation: “Anyone that might protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
14:11 g9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to show that he was angry and had lost patience with the people. They can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “This people has despised me for too long. They have failed to trust me for too long, despite all the signs…them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:11 g9t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses these questions to show that he was angry and had lost patience with the people. They can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “This people has despised me for too long. They have failed to trust me for too long, despite all the signs … them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:12 fg73 0 “reject them from being my people.” This may imply that he would destroy them, and some versions translate it that way.
|
||||
14:12 i52q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “your” is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
14:14 ugy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) Moses speaks of God showing himself to his people as if God had allowed them to actually see his face. Alternate translation: “they have seen you” or (2) Moses speaks of the intimate relationship between him and God as if Moses could see God’s face when God spoke to him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you speak directly to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -933,11 +933,11 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
16:7 ch73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:7 mzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will set apart that man for himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
16:7 d9vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This represents doing more than one should. Alternate translation: “You have done more than you should” or “You assume to have more authority than you should” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
16:9 e9pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses this question to rebuke Korah and the men with him. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You behave as though it is a small thing for you…to serve them!” or “You should not consider it a small thing…to serve them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 e9pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses this question to rebuke Korah and the men with him. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You behave as though it is a small thing for you … to serve them!” or “You should not consider it a small thing … to serve them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:9 b5rz 0 “not enough for you” or “unimportant to you”
|
||||
16:10 l58j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Wanting to have the priesthood is spoken of as if they were looking for it. Alternate translation: “you want to have the priesthood too” or “you want to be priests also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
16:11 lf5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses uses this question to show them that when they complain about what Aaron does, they are really complaining against Yahweh, because Aaron was doing what Yahweh told him to do. Alternate translation: “You are not really complaining about Aaron, but about Yahweh, whom Aaron obeys!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:13 mx6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Dathan and Abiram use this question to rebuke Moses. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You behave as though it was a small thing for you to bring us…and kill us in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:13 mx6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Dathan and Abiram use this question to rebuke Moses. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You behave as though it was a small thing for you to bring us … and kill us in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
16:13 pgv9 0 “not enough” or “unimportant”
|
||||
16:13 gs63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Numbers 14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:13 v8lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 The people exaggerate because they will hold Moses responsible if any of them die. Alternate translation: “to have us die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
18:15 a5y8 0 Instead of sacrificing their firstborn sons, people had to pay the priests for their sons.
|
||||
18:16 w52g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people must buy them back when they become one month old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:16 vr57 0 Most likely this refers only to firstborn humans that must be bought back and not to firstborn unclean animals.
|
||||
18:16 xet4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver…each of which equals ten grams” or “fifty grams of silver, using the standard weights that are used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
18:16 xet4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver … each of which equals ten grams” or “fifty grams of silver, using the standard weights that are used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
18:16 t62u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 A shekel is a unit of weight. What was weighed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “five shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:16 r9ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight 0 There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed twenty gerahs, which was about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
18:17 r3d6 0 God continues speaking to Aaron.
|
||||
|
@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
20:17 p7ra 0 The messengers continue speaking to the king of Edom.
|
||||
20:17 udz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “turn aside” represents leaving the road. Alternate translation: “We will not leave the road in any direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:17 mcu3 0 This is the main road that connects Damascus in the north to the Gulf of Aqabah in the south.
|
||||
20:18 dk9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses, who represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass…to attack them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
20:18 dk9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses, who represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass … to attack them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
20:18 cw7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the sword represents the king’s army. Alternate translation: “I will send my army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:19 y3fv 0 This phrase refers to the Israelite messengers.
|
||||
20:19 fp34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that they would simply travel through the area by walking. They would not come in chariots to attack the people of Edom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1567,8 +1567,8 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
29:3 c9pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence. “Two tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour mixed with oil” or “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
29:4 chq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction 0 The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence. “One-tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters of fine flour mixed with oil” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
29:5 b36k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
29:6 p8f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 “in month 7…day 1 of each month.” The word “month” refers to a month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
29:6 frt3 0 “of each month--the special burnt offering…with it.” This is the offering that is made on the first day of each month.
|
||||
29:6 p8f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths 0 “in month 7 … day 1 of each month.” The word “month” refers to a month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
29:6 frt3 0 “of each month--the special burnt offering … with it.” This is the offering that is made on the first day of each month.
|
||||
29:6 h1cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession 0 This refers to the offerings the priests were to give every day. The grain offering and drink offering were to be offered with the regular burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the regular burnt offering, with the grain offering and drink offerings that accompany it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
29:6 nh25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will obey Yahweh’s decree” or “you will obey what Yahweh had decreed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
29:6 kle9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “an offering you burnt on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
30:7 s8e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 You may need to specify that he says nothing to her about her vow. Alternate translation: “says nothing to her about her vow” or “does not tell her to have Yahweh release her from the vow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
30:7 nh9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Moses speaks of how a woman has committed herself to fulfilling a promise as if her promise were a physical object that she had bound to her body. Alternate translation: “that she has committed herself to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:7 vj3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and that she will be required to fulfill them. Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4] (./04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
30:8 n9fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “the vow that she has made…that is, the rash talk of her lips.” These two phrases refer to the same thing. The second phrase describes the vow that the woman made. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
30:8 n9fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “the vow that she has made … that is, the rash talk of her lips.” These two phrases refer to the same thing. The second phrase describes the vow that the woman made. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
30:8 j925 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The phrase “the rash talk” refers to the rash promise that she made. Here “her lips” means the woman herself. She is referred to as “her lips” because lips are related to what she says. Alternate translation: “the rash things she has said” or “her rash promise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
30:8 pen9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Moses speaks of how a woman has committed herself to fulfilling a promise as if her promise were a physical object that she had bound to her body. Alternate translation: “that she has committed herself to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:8 dgy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here Moses speaks about Yahweh forgiving the woman for not fulfilling her vow as if he were releasing her from something that bound her. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive her” or “Yahweh will forgive her for not fulfilling her vow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
32:5 q5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “give this land to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:5 gd1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 They wanted the land on the east side of the Jordan River instead of crossing over to the west side and claiming land there. Alternate translation: “Do not make us cross over the Jordan to take possession of land on that side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
32:6 sua3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses asks this question to rebuke the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you to settle down in this land while your brothers go to war.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:7 c23x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses asks this question to correct the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “Do not discourage the hearts…the land that Yahweh has given them.” or “Your actions would discourage the hearts…the land that Yahweh has given them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:7 c23x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Moses asks this question to correct the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “Do not discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” or “Your actions would discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
32:7 yrl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hearts” represents the people themselves and refers to the seat of their emotions. Alternate translation: “discourage the people of Israel from going” or “cause the people of Israel to not want to go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
32:8 v1cy 0 Moses continues speaking to the people of Reuben and Gad.
|
||||
32:9 ge3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
32:12 dt3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
32:13 n7kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh becoming angry is spoken of as if his anger was a fire that begins to burn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:13 qr9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
32:13 mca3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he destroyed all the generation…sight” or “all the generation…sight had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:13 mca3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he destroyed all the generation … sight” or “all the generation … sight had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
32:13 z1be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Being in someone’s sight means to be in front of that person where he can see. Alternate translation: “who had done evil before Yahweh” or “who had done evil in Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
32:14 j6ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people of Reuben and Gad acting like their ancestors did is spoken of as if they were standing in the place where their ancestors did. Alternate translation: “you have begun to act just like your ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:14 t3rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people causing Yahweh to become angrier is spoken of as if his anger was a fire and the people are adding more fuel to that fire. Alternate translation: “to cause Yahweh to be even more angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
32:32 v4jp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You can make it clear that they will cross the Jordan. Alternate translation: “We will cross over the Jordan ready to fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
32:32 zxx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The land that the people were to receive as a permanent possession is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they were to obtain. Alternate translation: “the portion of land that we will possess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:32 p5vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom refers to ownership. Alternate translation: “will be ours” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
32:33 d9qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 These are names of kings who ruled two separate kingdoms. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Sihon…and the kingdom of Og” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
32:33 d9qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 These are names of kings who ruled two separate kingdoms. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Sihon … and the kingdom of Og” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
32:34 x51u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
32:35 h5rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
32:36 q92b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
33:6 y8bu 0 “on the border of the wilderness”
|
||||
33:8 bu1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Moses lists the places the Israelites went after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
33:8 j48d 0 This refers to when Yahweh divided the Red Sea so that the Israelites could escape from the Egyptian army.
|
||||
33:9 ii9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “12 springs…70 palm trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
33:9 ii9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “12 springs … 70 palm trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
33:11 x491 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Moses lists the places the Israelites went after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
33:14 f1vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where the people could not find water to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
33:15 u8kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Moses lists the places the Israelites went after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
35:30 e5vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “according to the testimony of witnesses” or “as witnesses testify to the murder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
35:30 y1ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 The testimony of one witness is not enough to execute a person for murder. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But the word of only one witness is not enough for you to execute a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
35:31 th5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
35:32 pv6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implied that the man would have left the city of refuge and returned home. Alternate translation: “You must not…allow him to leave the city of refuge and return home to live on his own property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
35:32 pv6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This implied that the man would have left the city of refuge and returned home. Alternate translation: “You must not … allow him to leave the city of refuge and return home to live on his own property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
35:32 a9qa 0 “by accepting a ransom”
|
||||
35:33 gzd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Making the land unacceptable to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically polluting the land. Alternate translation: “Do not make the land where you live unacceptable to me in this way, because blood from murder makes the land unacceptable to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
35:33 df8z 0 This means by disobeying the laws concerning a person who kills someone.
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ front:intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:7 rc1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽוֹ 1 There are four possibilities for the meaning of this phrase. (1) Yahweh could be saying this as an aside in order to express his evaluation of the people of Edom. If this would be confusing in your language, you can continue the address to Edom in the second person, as in the UST. (2) the former allies could be saying this about Edom. Alternate translation: “Then they will say to you, ‘you are not as clever as you thought you were’” (3) It could be referring to the trap just mentioned. Alternate translation: “and there is no perception of it” (4) It could be referring to the shocking situation of Edom being betrayed by its allies. Alternate translation: “There is no understanding of this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
|
||||
1:7 jd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽוֹ 1 You could translate the abstract noun “understanding” with a verb. Alternate translation: “He does not understand anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:7 jd19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בּֽוֹ 1 Here, **him** probably refers to Edom, which represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “in the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:8 i4rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲל֛וֹא בַּיּ֥וֹם הַה֖וּא & וְהַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽאֱד֔וֹם 1 This is a rhetorical question. Yahweh uses the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “On that day…I will certainly destroy the wise men from Edom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:8 i4rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲל֛וֹא בַּיּ֥וֹם הַה֖וּא & וְהַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽאֱד֔וֹם 1 This is a rhetorical question. Yahweh uses the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “On that day … I will certainly destroy the wise men from Edom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:8 jd21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽאֱד֔וֹם 1 The original audience would have known that Edom was famous for its wisdom. So this means that even their famous wisdom cannot save them from Yahweh’s destruction. If it would be clearer, you could indicate this information as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:8 i6ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּתְבוּנָ֖ה מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 This is the second part of the rhetorical question. You could also start a new sentence here. Yahweh continues the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “and I will certainly destroy their understanding” or “On that day I will certainly remove understanding from the mountain of Esau” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:8 mupa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּתְבוּנָ֖ה מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 In this poetic style, the reader is expected to use the words **will I not on that day destroy** from the first rhetorical question in order to understand this second one. If that is not clear in your language, you can repeat those words here. Alternate translation: “and will I not on that day destroy understanding from the mountain of Esau?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ front:intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:9 jd31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֛ישׁ 1 Here, **a man** is an idiom that means “each person.” Alternate translation: “all you people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:9 jd35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 As in v. 8, Yahweh is referring to the whole territory by the name of this one part of it. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “from the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1:9 jd37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִקָּֽטֶל 1 The abstract noun **slaughter** intensifies the idea of being **cut off** or killed. If you would not use an abstract noun like this in your language, you could use an adverb instead. Alternate translation: “violently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:9 hsy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִקָּֽטֶל 1 Some Bible translations put this phrase with verse 10, rather than with verse 9. If you choose to do that, verse 9 would end, “…from the mountain of Esau.” Verse 10 would begin, “Because of slaughter, because of violence…”\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:9 hsy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִקָּֽטֶל 1 Some Bible translations put this phrase with verse 10, rather than with verse 9. If you choose to do that, verse 9 would end, “ … from the mountain of Esau.” Verse 10 would begin, “Because of slaughter, because of violence … ”\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:10 jd39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אָחִ֥יךָ 1 The term **brother** is being used here to refer to members of a related people group. Use the term that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your relatives who are the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:10 ui6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 Here the name **Jacob** refers to the people of Judah, who were his descendants. All the people are being portrayed as if they were a single person, their ancestor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:10 jd41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תְּכַסְּךָ֣ בוּשָׁ֑ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a verb to translate the abstract noun **shame**. Alternate translation: “you will be dishonored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ front:intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
1:10 m6fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου & Ὀνήσιμον 1 “my son Onesimus.” Paul speaks of the way he is friends with Onesimus as if it were the way a father and his son love each other. Onesimus was not Paul’s actual son, but he received spiritual life when Paul taught him about Jesus, and Paul loved him. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son Onesimus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:10 dj9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ὀνήσιμον 1 The name “Onesimus” means “profitable” or “useful.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:10 mui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃν ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 Here “fathered” is a metaphor that means Paul converted Onesimus to Christ. Alternate translation: “who became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ and he received new life while I was in my chains” or “who became like a son to me while I was in my chains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:10 nx1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “while I was in prison…while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:10 nx1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “while I was in prison … while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:12 t1kp ὃν ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
|
||||
1:12 h9qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. The phrase “who is my very heart” is a metaphor for loving someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: “whom I love dearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:13 t4xl ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ 1 “so that, since you cannot be here, he might help me” or “so that he could help me in your place”
|
||||
|
|
|
66
tn_PRO.tsv
66
tn_PRO.tsv
|
@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
2:19 n7tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This means to go into her house to sleep with her, as one would with a prostitute. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2:19 zg4r 0 Possible meanings are (1) “they will not return to the land of the living” or (2) “they will never live a happy life again.”
|
||||
2:20 ts71 0 The writer tells the result of getting understanding and discretion.
|
||||
2:20 fiw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person’s conduct is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “you will live in the way…follow the example” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:20 fiw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person’s conduct is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “you will live in the way … follow the example” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:22 r5sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:22 w94m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked…those who are faithless” or “wicked people…faithless people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:22 w94m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:22 cmv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\nOccasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.\n\n### Wisdom is feminine\n\nYou may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
|
||||
3:1 p6r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:18 le9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of wisdom as if it were a tree that bears life-giving fruit and of a person who benefits from wisdom as if that person ate of the fruit. Alternate translation: “Wisdom is like a tree that sustains the life of those who eat of its fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:18 l7hn 0 “a tree that gives life” or “a tree whose fruit sustains life”
|
||||
3:18 ka8x 0 “those who hold on to its fruit”
|
||||
3:19 c1nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh creating the earth and the heavens as if he were laying the foundation of a building. Alternate translation: “Yahweh created the earth…made the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:19 c1nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh creating the earth and the heavens as if he were laying the foundation of a building. Alternate translation: “Yahweh created the earth … made the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:20 ulw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In ancient thought, water existed under the earth. This phrase refers to Yahweh causing that water to come out of the earth and make the oceans and rivers exist. Alternate translation: “he caused the rivers to flow” or “he caused the oceans to exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:20 b6d2 0 water that forms on the ground at night
|
||||
3:21 xa9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of not forgetting something as if it were always being able to see it. Alternate translation: “do not forget them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
3:27 yl8a 0 “Do not withhold good things” or “Do not withhold good actions”
|
||||
3:27 sqz5 0 “when you are able to help”
|
||||
3:28 e1qg 0 “when you have the money with you now.” The meaning here is that the person has the money to help today, but tells his neighbor to come back tomorrow.
|
||||
3:31 pae7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that he is not to choose to imitate the actions of the violent person. Alternate translation: “Do not…choose to imitate any of his ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:31 pae7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that he is not to choose to imitate the actions of the violent person. Alternate translation: “Do not … choose to imitate any of his ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:32 eu7k 0 “Yahweh detests the devious person”
|
||||
3:32 n8ed 0 the person who is dishonest or deceitful
|
||||
3:32 uy1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Yahweh shares his thoughts with the those who do right as with a close, trusted friend. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is a close friend to the upright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
5:14 he4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and refer to the person’s community that has gathered together either (1) to worship God or (2) to judge him for his offense. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
5:15 f76j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The writer speaks of a man sleeping only with his wife as if he drank water only from his own cistern or well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:15 t8av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of fresh or flowing water as if the water were running. Alternate translation: “fresh water” or “flowing water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:16 pe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that his son should not do these things. Alternate translation: “Your springs should not…your streams of water should not flow in the public squares.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:16 pe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that his son should not do these things. Alternate translation: “Your springs should not … your streams of water should not flow in the public squares.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:16 u3ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Here the words “springs” and “streams of water” are likely euphemisms for male reproductive fluids. Possible meanings for these metaphorical phrases are (1) sleeping with women other than one’s wife is spoken of as if it were allowing one’s water to flow in the public streets or (2) having children with women other than one’s wife is spoken of as if it were allowing one’s water to flow in the public streets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:16 ss2w 0 Open areas in a city or town where two or more streets meet. A common place for people to meet each other and talk.
|
||||
5:17 f7ge 0 The word “them” refers to the “springs” and “streams of water” and what they stand for.
|
||||
|
@ -307,12 +307,12 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
6:3 zn5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is a figure of speech using the term “hand” to mean “harm.” Alternate translation: “your neighbor can bring harm to you if he wants to” or “your neighbor has power over you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:3 mzx9 0 “friend”
|
||||
6:4 be5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “Do not let your eyes sleep; do not let your eyelids slumber.” These two phrases mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize how important it is not to be lazy. It is also stated negatively for even more emphasis. Alternate translation: “Stay awake, and do what you can” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
6:4 n831 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This is a figure of speech using parts of your face to mean your whole body. Alternate translation: “yourself…yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
6:4 n831 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This is a figure of speech using parts of your face to mean your whole body. Alternate translation: “yourself … yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
6:5 xjb3 0 “Escape from your neighbor like a gazelle that flees from a hunter”
|
||||
6:5 lcv3 0 This is a big, lean animal that eats grass and that people often hunt for meat. It is famous for running away quickly.
|
||||
6:5 ffv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hand of the hunter refers to the hunter’s control. Alternate translation: “from the control of the hunter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:5 fn1g 0 “and escape like a bird that flies away from a bird-hunter”
|
||||
6:6 il7a 0 “Study…think about” or “carefully observe…ponder”
|
||||
6:6 il7a 0 “Study … think about” or “carefully observe … ponder”
|
||||
6:6 xh1r 0 An ant is a small insect that lives underground or in a self-built hill. They usually live in groups of thousands, and they can lift things that are much bigger than they are.
|
||||
6:6 uze2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This is a figure of speech using the “ways” of an ant to refer to the behavior of the ant. Alternate translation: “consider how the ant behaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:7 tmb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These three words mean basically the same thing and are used to emphasized that no one has formal authority over an individual ant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
6:22 r61q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These three phrases are used together to emphasize that the lessons are valuable all the time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:22 hw2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The repetition of these phrases is to show that the lessons are valuable for all sorts of things. It also speaks of those lessons as if they were people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
6:23 u5p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These three phrases mean basically the same thing, and together they show the various types of lessons a father and a mother teach. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:23 s8lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 All three of these mean basically the same thing and are repeated to emphasize the fact that the lessons make life better and easier. Alternate translation: “as useful as a lamp…as helpful as light in the darkness…as necessary to follow as the way of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:23 s8lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 All three of these mean basically the same thing and are repeated to emphasize the fact that the lessons make life better and easier. Alternate translation: “as useful as a lamp … as helpful as light in the darkness … as necessary to follow as the way of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
6:23 n5j2 0 “the way that leads to life” or “the way of living that God approves of”
|
||||
6:24 p7az rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Here the word “it” refers to the lessons taught by the father and mother in [Proverbs 6:20](../06/20.md). Alternate translation: “It saves you from” or “It protects you from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
6:24 sjp3 0 These two words mean basically the same thing. See how you translated the word “adulteress” in [Proverbs 5:3](../05/03.md).
|
||||
|
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
9:3 ugn5 0 Young women or girls who are in the service of a respectable, adult woman, such as Wisdom.
|
||||
9:3 n6ha 0 “she proclaims” or “she summons” Alternate translation: “she loudly recites her invitation”
|
||||
9:3 x798 0 The invitation is shouted from the highest points so that it will be best heard by all the people.
|
||||
9:4 h6sj 0 These two phrases describe the same group of people, those who need more wisdom in their lives. Here the question is addressed to all such people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is naive, let…anyone lacking good sense”
|
||||
9:4 h6sj 0 These two phrases describe the same group of people, those who need more wisdom in their lives. Here the question is addressed to all such people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is naive, let … anyone lacking good sense”
|
||||
9:4 dj7m 0 “is inexperienced or immature”
|
||||
9:4 s4da 0 “leave his path and come into my house”
|
||||
9:5 h6ck 0 These verses continue the message of Wisdom.
|
||||
|
@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
9:7 m22a 0 “receives harsh treatment”
|
||||
9:7 g88g 0 “whoever corrects”
|
||||
9:8 fpc4 0 “Do not correct”
|
||||
9:9 c8r2 0 These two commands actually represent conditional statements. Alternate translation: “If you give to a wise person, he…if you teach a righteous person, he”
|
||||
9:9 c8r2 0 These two commands actually represent conditional statements. Alternate translation: “If you give to a wise person, he … if you teach a righteous person, he”
|
||||
9:9 y95j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases basically say the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
9:9 n1f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to giving instruction to a wise person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
9:10 s7rg 0 These verses finish the message of Wisdom.
|
||||
|
@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
14:1 r3rp 0 “builds up her house” or “makes her house better”
|
||||
14:1 tv3l 0 Possible meanings are (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family.
|
||||
14:1 l2y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:2 qgn4 0 “The person who…the person who”
|
||||
14:2 qgn4 0 “The person who … the person who”
|
||||
14:2 qnc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “Walks” represents the conduct of life. Alternate translation: “conducts his life in a just and honest way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:2 we9s 0 “grossly disrespects him” or “shows that he hates him”
|
||||
14:2 c17i 0 The word “his” refers to the dishonest man and “him” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
14:19 b4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction 0 This means to bend over to humbly express respect and submission toward someone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
14:19 e892 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “gates” represents an entrance to meet with another. This means the wicked will have to wait for the righteous person and beg to enter his presence. Alternate translation: “to meet with the righteous person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
14:20 h5ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone hates the poor person even his own neighbors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:21 fy3m 0 “The person…the person”
|
||||
14:21 fy3m 0 “The person … the person”
|
||||
14:21 d4gp 0 “poor people”
|
||||
14:22 m1cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The assumed answer to this question is “yes.” Alternate translation: “Those who plot evil will go astray.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:22 ie8f 0 “who make evil plans” or “who make plans to do evil things”
|
||||
|
@ -823,9 +823,9 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
14:29 n61r 0 a person who is quick to become angry
|
||||
14:30 lqn3 0 “A peaceful mindset” or “An attitude that is at peace”
|
||||
14:30 l819 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “rots” represents the decay of a person and “bones” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “causes a person to be unhealthy in body and spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:31 k67r 0 “The person who…the person who”
|
||||
14:31 k67r 0 “The person who … the person who”
|
||||
14:31 b6nz 0 This means to express a desire that bad things will happen to someone.
|
||||
14:31 xhv2 0 “a poor person…a needy person”
|
||||
14:31 xhv2 0 “a poor person … a needy person”
|
||||
14:31 k2td 0 “is kind to” or “helps”
|
||||
14:32 t8gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “evil actions push over” or “evil actions destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:33 axk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “heart” represents the feelings, attitudes and motivations of a person. Alternate translation: “Wisdom is in the attitude” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
15:17 x4f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to a calf that has been fed a lot of food so that it will become fat. Here it represents a delicious meal or a feast. Alternate translation: “a luxurious meal” or “a feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:17 vw92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “hatred” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “where people hate one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
15:18 p4ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Causing people to argue more is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening arguments. The abstract noun “arguments” can be stated as “argue.” Alternate translation: “causes people to argue more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
15:19 awv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of a person’s life as if it were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “The life of the sluggard…the life of the upright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:19 awv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of a person’s life as if it were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “The life of the sluggard … the life of the upright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:19 gy92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The writer compares the lifestyle of the sluggard with trying to walk through a hedge of thorns. Both cause the person to suffer pain. Alternate translation: “The life of the sluggard is like a person trying to walk through a hedge of thorns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
15:19 zqz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of the blessings that upright people experience in life as if they were walking on a smooth road. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
15:19 c95z 0 This is a road that is wide, flat, and without obstacles or potholes.
|
||||
|
@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
17:9 nk6k 0 an action or word that has hurt him
|
||||
17:9 r2e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to bringing up a past situation in which a friend was hurt or offended. Alternate translation: “who repeats a past offense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:9 s8p6 0 “causes people to stop being close friends” or “causes close friends to stop liking each other”
|
||||
17:10 dra2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This compares how a rebuke effects a man of understanding to how a beating effects a fool. This speaks of the effect on these people as if it could be measured by the depth that it goes into them. Alternate translation: “A rebuke has more effect on a person…than a hundred blows have on a fool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:10 dra2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This compares how a rebuke effects a man of understanding to how a beating effects a fool. This speaks of the effect on these people as if it could be measured by the depth that it goes into them. Alternate translation: “A rebuke has more effect on a person … than a hundred blows have on a fool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:10 fs5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 “a person who has good judgment.” The word “understand” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “a person who understands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
17:10 hy6y 0 “a beating of a hundred blows goes”
|
||||
17:11 rz73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “rebellion” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “seeks to rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1015,10 +1015,10 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
17:24 r7ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to a fool by his eyes to emphasize what he is focusing on. Alternate translation: “the fool is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
17:24 qef2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of a fool’s impossible dreams as if they were the ends of the earth to emphasize that they are unrealistic. Alternate translation: “strive for things that are as far from him as the ends of the earth” or “focus on impossible things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:25 cn74 0 This speaks of a son causing his father grief as if the son himself were “grief.” Alternate translation: “A foolish son brings grief to his father”
|
||||
17:25 mw1t 0 This speaks of a son causing his mother bitterness as if the son himself were “bitterness.” Alternate translation: “A foolish son…and brings bitterness to the woman”
|
||||
17:25 mw1t 0 This speaks of a son causing his mother bitterness as if the son himself were “bitterness.” Alternate translation: “A foolish son … and brings bitterness to the woman”
|
||||
17:25 t9yj 0 “who gave birth to him”
|
||||
17:25 lm5j 0 emotional pain, sorrow
|
||||
17:26 lw6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 These statements can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: “it is always wrong…and it is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
17:26 lw6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 These statements can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: “it is always wrong … and it is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
17:26 wfd1 0 Another possible meaning is “the innocent person,” anyone whom others have accused of a crime that he did not commit.
|
||||
17:26 s7mg 0 whip severely
|
||||
17:26 dj91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “integrity” can be expressed with the adjective “honest.” Alternate translation: “who are honest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
18:2 yp8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The contents of a person’s heart refers to the person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “what he thinks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:3 fw1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here “contempt,” “shame,” and “reproach” are spoken of as if they are people who accompany a wicked man. Possible meanings are (1) people show contempt towards the wicked man and cause him to feel shame and reproach. Alternate translation: “people feel contempt for him along with shame and reproach” or (2) the wicked man shows contempt for others and causes them to feel shame and reproach. Alternate translation: “he shows his contempt for other people and causes them to feel shame and reproach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
18:3 ps5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two words have similar meaning and are used together to emphasize the “shame” felt by either the wicked man or other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
18:4 izv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two lines are parallel and it is implied that the man in the first line is a wise man. Alternate translation: “The words of a wise man’s mouth are deep waters;…the fountain of wisdom is a flowing stream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:4 izv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two lines are parallel and it is implied that the man in the first line is a wise man. Alternate translation: “The words of a wise man’s mouth are deep waters; … the fountain of wisdom is a flowing stream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:4 nv82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of a wise man’s words being profound as if they were profound and as deep as deep waters. Alternate translation: “The words of a man’s mouth are as profound as deep waters” or “The words of a man’s mouth are deep and profound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:4 mk4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the man is referred to by his mouth to emphasize what he says. Alternate translation: “of a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
18:4 mn87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the source of wisdom being plentiful as if it were a gushing spring. The gushing of the spring is spoken of as if it were a flowing stream. Alternate translation: “the source of wisdom is as plentiful as the water of a gushing spring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
18:6 w2xd 0 “cause”
|
||||
18:6 zxu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the fool saying things that cause people to want to beat him as if he were inviting them to beat him. Alternate translation: “his mouth makes people want to beat him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:6 z4ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here what the fool says is referred to as his “mouth.” Alternate translation: “what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:7 iwj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these phrases refer to what a fool says. Alternate translation: “What a fool says…by what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:7 iwj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Both of these phrases refer to what a fool says. Alternate translation: “What a fool says … by what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:7 v6hu 0 “will ruin him”
|
||||
18:7 e4r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of the man causing problems and trouble for himself as if he were trapping himself like a man traps an animal. Alternate translation: “he will cause problems for himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:8 iu3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This speaks of the words of a gossip being desirable to listen to as if they were delicious food to eat. Alternate translation: “The words of a gossip are desirable to listen to” or (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
18:20 r4ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This speaks of the good things that a person says as if they were fruit that is harvested. Alternate translation: “his wise speech” or “his good words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:20 x66t 0 “he is pleased”
|
||||
18:21 flt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “The tongue can lead to life of death” or “What people say can lead to life or death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:21 n65f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “tongue” refers to speech. Alternate translation: “by what people say…love speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:21 n65f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the “tongue” refers to speech. Alternate translation: “by what people say … love speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
18:21 l141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This speaks of a person receiving the consequence for what he says as if the consequences were fruit that he receives. Alternate translation: “will receive its consequences” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:24 wg3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many friends--they will bring him to ruin” or “many friends--his friends will destroy him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:24 zc7f 0 “is more faithful than” or “stays more loyal than”
|
||||
|
@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
22:5 dku9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “perverse people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
22:5 f1ap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A person doing what he needs to do so he can live a long time is spoken of as if that person were keeping thieves away from a physical object. Alternate translation: “people who want to live a long time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:6 je4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 How a person lives is spoken of as if it were a path on which he walks. Alternate translation: “how he should live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:7 dk14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit what it is that is borrowed or lent. Alternate translation: “borrows money…lends money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:7 dk14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 You may need to make explicit what it is that is borrowed or lent. Alternate translation: “borrows money … lends money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:8 l36j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of a ruler or other powerful person treating those less powerful unjustly as if he were planting seeds that will give birth to plants that bring trouble. Alternate translation: “If a person treats those less powerful than he is unjustly, they will cause him trouble later on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:8 htf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “rod” is a metonym for power over other people. Possible meanings are (1) the unjust ruler will lose the power that he had that allowed him to treat other people unjustly or (2) when the people respond to the injustice he had done by harming him, he will have no power to stop them. Alternate translation: “he will no longer have the power that he had used to harm people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:8 yu9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “rod” is a metonym for power over other people. The unjust man was harming innocent people as if he were very angry with them. Alternate translation: “the rod he had used as if he were punishing people” or “the power he used to harm others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
22:19 wr39 0 “today. Yes, I am teaching you,” The speaker is emphasizing that it is the hearer, not someone else whom he is teaching, and he is teaching the hearer because the hearer needs to learn. If it is awkward in your language to emphasize in this way, you can emphasize in another way or the words “even to you” can be left untranslated.
|
||||
22:20 bb5s 0 These verses continue and end the introduction that began in [Proverbs 22:17](./17.md).
|
||||
22:20 q77c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 Some translations read, “excellent sayings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
22:21 q8xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These words end the rhetorical question that began with the words “Have I not written” in Proverbs 22:20. It can be translated as a statement. “You need to know that I have written…to teach you…who sent you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:21 q8xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 These words end the rhetorical question that began with the words “Have I not written” in Proverbs 22:20. It can be translated as a statement. “You need to know that I have written … to teach you … who sent you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
22:21 l5jf 0 This implies that the hearer is or will be one whom others send to gain and bring back information.
|
||||
22:22 y27s 0 These verses begin the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
|
||||
22:22 aq5t 0 If your language has a way of showing that this is the way one person would speak strongly to another, different from a general rule that people are supposed to obey, you should use it here.
|
||||
|
@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
23:13 qfa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “instruction” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not neglect to instruct a child” or “Do not refuse to instruct a child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
23:13 r8dq 0 refuse to give something that one knows another person needs
|
||||
23:14 jx2r 0 piece of wood
|
||||
23:14 e27r 0 “You are the one who must beat him…and save his soul.” No one else will do it. The hearer is responsible to save the child’s soul from Sheol, and the way to save him is to beat him.
|
||||
23:14 e27r 0 “You are the one who must beat him … and save his soul.” No one else will do it. The hearer is responsible to save the child’s soul from Sheol, and the way to save him is to beat him.
|
||||
23:14 z89f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 If the hearer beats his children with the rod, they will not die young because they have done foolish or evil things. The word “soul” is a metonym for the person. Sheol is the world of the dead; going to the world of the dead is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “you will keep him from the world of the dead” or “you will keep him from dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
23:15 h5yu 0 These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
|
||||
23:16 sij3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 “Your lips” means the whole person. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
24:11 n8k2 0 Another possible meaning is “dragged away.”
|
||||
24:11 ru95 0 walking unsteadily and almost falling. This word would also describe the way a person walks when he is being dragged away.
|
||||
24:11 kl46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “slaughter” can be translated as a verb. The writer speaks as if those who take them away think of them as no better than animals. If your language has a word for killing animals that would fit here, you might want to use it. Alternate translation: “where people will kill them as they would kill animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
24:12 k5el 0 The writer is answering something that the reader may wrongly be thinking. Alternate translation: “You may say, ‘Behold,…this,’ but does”
|
||||
24:12 k5el 0 The writer is answering something that the reader may wrongly be thinking. Alternate translation: “You may say, ‘Behold, … this,’ but does”
|
||||
24:12 akd7 0 “Listen to us! We” or “But we” or “We have done nothing wrong, because we”
|
||||
24:12 yi61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer assumes the readers know the answer and asks this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the one who weighs the heart understands what you are saying.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
24:12 cx5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 The writer expects the reader to know that “the one” is Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -1516,8 +1516,8 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
24:22 ub7e 0 these words refer to Yahweh and the king
|
||||
24:23 jq5s 0 This sentence starts a new collection of proverbs.
|
||||
24:23 ci6n 0 a situation that is brought before a judge in which someone is accused of breaking the law
|
||||
24:24 lma6 0 The word “nations” is a metonym for the people who live in the nations. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will curse whoever says to the wicked person,…, and the people of other nations will hate him”
|
||||
24:24 rfb9 0 Possible meanings are (1) people should never call any wicked person a righteous person or (2) no one should say of a person guilty of a crime that he is innocent. Alternate translation: “a person guilty of a crime…innocent”
|
||||
24:24 lma6 0 The word “nations” is a metonym for the people who live in the nations. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will curse whoever says to the wicked person, … , and the people of other nations will hate him”
|
||||
24:24 rfb9 0 Possible meanings are (1) people should never call any wicked person a righteous person or (2) no one should say of a person guilty of a crime that he is innocent. Alternate translation: “a person guilty of a crime … innocent”
|
||||
24:25 xwv5 0 “will be very happy”
|
||||
24:25 ufh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Gifts are spoken of as if they were people who could move by themselves. The abstract noun “goodness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “people will give them good gifts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
24:25 uy7d 0 “good things” or “blessings”
|
||||
|
@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
25:13 sxk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Snow only fell on the tops of mountains, and the harvest took place in hot weather, so this is probably a metaphor for cool, fresh water from a clean stream. If your language has no word for snow, consider “cool, fresh, clean water.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:13 v57a 0 white flakes of ice that fall from the sky like rain
|
||||
25:13 z9pn 0 This means he makes his masters, who are weak and tired, to be strong and rested again.
|
||||
25:14 hbd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Most translations translate this metaphor as a simile and change the order of the phrases. Rain was important to the Israelites because only small amounts of it fell, so a cloud without rain was useless and brought disappointment to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The one who boasts…not give is like clouds and wind without rain” or “The one who boasts…not give is useless and a disappointment, like clouds and wind without rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
25:14 hbd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Most translations translate this metaphor as a simile and change the order of the phrases. Rain was important to the Israelites because only small amounts of it fell, so a cloud without rain was useless and brought disappointment to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The one who boasts … not give is like clouds and wind without rain” or “The one who boasts … not give is useless and a disappointment, like clouds and wind without rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
25:15 v2wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone who is patient can persuade a ruler” or “Someone who is patient can speak to a ruler and change his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:15 eed7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “tongue” is a metonym for the words the person speaks using the tongue. The word “bone” is a metaphor for strong opposition. Alternate translation: “gentle speech can overcome strong opposition” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:16 dc7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Verse 16 states a general principle, and verse 17 gives one specific example. The idea of eating too much honey and then vomiting it up is a metaphor for taking too much of any good thing and regretting it later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
27:intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
27:1 f85w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:1 t368 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:2 cyj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you…and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself…and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
27:2 cyj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you … and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself … and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
27:2 jhl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. The words can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “let a stranger praise you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
27:3 snl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The difficulty of being patient with a fool who provokes you is spoken of as if that difficulty were heavy. Alternate translation: “the provocation of a fool is harder to tolerate than either of them” or “It is harder to be patient when a fool provokes you than it is to be patient while carrying them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:3 hs8d 0 “the trouble caused by a fool.” “Provocation” means actions or words that cause anger or irritation.
|
||||
|
@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
28:5 t38q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “justice” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “do not understand what is just” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
28:5 k5mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Those who want to know Yahweh and please him are spoken of as if they are literally seeking to find Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:5 ru6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The implied information is that those who seek Yahweh understand all about justice. Alternate translation: “completely understand what is just” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:6 q4ty 0 “It is better to be a poor person…than it is to be a rich person”
|
||||
28:6 q4ty 0 “It is better to be a poor person … than it is to be a rich person”
|
||||
28:6 pfi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This represents a person living a life of integrity. The abstract noun “integrity” can be expressed as an adverb. Alternate translation: “walks honestly” or “lives honestly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
28:6 jdf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Rich people who are dishonest are spoken of as if they walk on crooked or twisted paths. Alternate translation: “who is not honest in what he does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:7 b5pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 To “keep the law” means to do what God’s law requires. Alternate translation: “He who obeys God’s law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
28:9 ztw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 “even his prayer is offensive to God.” This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God detests even his prayer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:9 a3bi 0 See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
|
||||
28:10 hgy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor for leading upright people in an evil direction. Alternate translation: “Whoever causes the upright to go in an evil direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:10 pv8z 0 “If anyone misleads…evil way, he will fall”
|
||||
28:10 pv8z 0 “If anyone misleads … evil way, he will fall”
|
||||
28:10 m6rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to upright persons in general. Alternate translation: “upright persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
28:10 tw7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “will fall into the trap that he has dug.” This is a metaphor for ending up in the same bad place as others had been led toward. Alternate translation: “will end up in the same evil place toward which he guided other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:10 yg55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to blameless persons in general. Alternate translation: “blameless persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
30:2 n4d9 0 “Certainly” or “There is no doubt that”
|
||||
30:2 ij38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “understanding” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “I do not understand anything the way human beings are supposed to understand them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
30:3 ln5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “knowledge” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “nor do I really know anything about the Holy One” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
30:4 kw1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks these questions to get the reader thinking about how much greater Yahweh is than people. Alternate translation: “No person has ever…down. No person has ever…hands. No person has ever…cloak. No person has ever…earth.” or “Who has…down? Who has…hands? Who has…cloak? Who has…earth? No one has ever done any of these things.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:4 kw1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks these questions to get the reader thinking about how much greater Yahweh is than people. Alternate translation: “No person has ever … down. No person has ever … hands. No person has ever … cloak. No person has ever … earth.” or “Who has … down? Who has … hands? Who has … cloak? Who has … earth? No one has ever done any of these things.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
30:4 eb1b 0 where God lives
|
||||
30:4 bz7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of the wind as if it were something that a person could catch and hold in his hand. Alternate translation: “has caught the wind in his hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
30:4 g4i7 0 the way his hands are shaped when he is scooping up, for example, water or sand. “his cupped hands”
|
||||
|
@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n## Part 1: General Introductio
|
|||
30:10 rz4a 0 speak falsely about another person with the desire to harm him
|
||||
30:10 ycc9 0 “the servant will curse”
|
||||
30:10 u5fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will hold you guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
30:11 sz6e 0 “a generation of people who curse…and do not bless”
|
||||
30:11 sz6e 0 “a generation of people who curse … and do not bless”
|
||||
30:11 z4bb 0 type or class or group
|
||||
30:12 h8cq 0 “a generation of people that are”
|
||||
30:12 dp6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “considers themselves pure” or “believes they are pure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
148
tn_PSA.tsv
148
tn_PSA.tsv
|
@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:1 gz4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The “advice of the wicked” is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. Alternate translation: “who does not follow the advice of the wicked” or “who does not do what wicked people advise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:1 uqr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here the word “pathway” represents the way people live. The word “stand” is in parallel with “walk.” Alternate translation: “imitate the behavior of sinful people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:1 nk2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Sitting with people who mock God represents joining people who mock God. Alternate translation: “or join those who mock God” or “or mock God with others who mock him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:2 izu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “delight” is an abstract noun that can be stated as a verb. A person who can “delight…in the law” is happy because the law is good and because one is obeying it. Alternate translation: “what makes him truly happy is the law of Yahweh” or “what makes him truly happy is to know that he is obeying the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:2 izu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “delight” is an abstract noun that can be stated as a verb. A person who can “delight … in the law” is happy because the law is good and because one is obeying it. Alternate translation: “what makes him truly happy is the law of Yahweh” or “what makes him truly happy is to know that he is obeying the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:2 ns4k 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
1:3 t59m 0 This passage introduces an elaborate image in which a righteous person is thought of in terms of a flourishing tree.
|
||||
1:3 d83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 In the Bible, people are often spoken of as trees. People who delight in Yahweh’s law can do all God wants them to do just as a tree that is planted by water produces good fruit. Alternate translation: “He will be prosperous like a tree…fruit in its season” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:3 d83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 In the Bible, people are often spoken of as trees. People who delight in Yahweh’s law can do all God wants them to do just as a tree that is planted by water produces good fruit. Alternate translation: “He will be prosperous like a tree … fruit in its season” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:3 wir5 0 A tree that is planted by a stream can get enough water to be healthy.
|
||||
1:3 tag1 0 Healthy trees produce good fruit at the right time.
|
||||
1:3 xf3j 0 If a tree gets enough water, its leaves do not dry out and die.
|
||||
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:1 hd4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This represents either the leaders or the people of the nations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:1 jxy7 0 These are probably plots against God and his people.
|
||||
2:2 ag3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two clauses have similar meanings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:2 pt5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These phrases mean the same thing, implying that the leaders stand together in order to fight against Yahweh and his Messiah. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “gather to fight…plan together to revolt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:2 pt5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These phrases mean the same thing, implying that the leaders stand together in order to fight against Yahweh and his Messiah. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “gather to fight … plan together to revolt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:3 xw9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people of other nations speak of Yahweh and the Messiah’s rule over them as if it were shackles and chains. Alternate translation: “We should free ourselves from their control; we should not let them rule over us any longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:4 e8l8 0 These phrases refer to Yahweh. Yahweh is often called “the Lord” but the words for “Yahweh” and “the Lord” are different.
|
||||
2:4 t9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here sitting represents ruling. What he sits on can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “rules in the heavens” or “sits on his throne in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:4 k9i2 0 Both of these phrases refer to people in general.
|
||||
8:5 sr48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Glory and honor are spoken of as if they were crowns. The words “glory” and “honor” are similar in meaning. Alternate translation: “have given them glory and honor” or “have caused them to be like kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
8:6 x6z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two clauses express similar meanings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
8:6 rc4e 0 “you make them…under their feet.” The words “him” and “his” here refer to people.
|
||||
8:6 rc4e 0 “you make them … under their feet.” The words “him” and “his” here refer to people.
|
||||
8:6 xti1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The hands represent what God has done. Alternate translation: “the things that you made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:6 py2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Having authority to rule others or control things is spoken of as having them under one’s feet. This means God gave people authority over all that he created. Alternate translation: “you have given him authority over all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:9 y339 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations 0 With this exclamation, David shows his joy and awe about how great God is. Alternate translation: “your name is wonderfully magnificent in all the earth” or “people in all the earth know how magnificent you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
|
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:11 xd2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Paying attention to what someone does is spoken of as looking at it. Alternate translation: “he will not bother to pay attention” or “he will not care” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:12 l9k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Starting to do something is spoken of as getting up. Alternate translation: “Do something” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:12 k3kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here lifting the hand to hit someone represents punishing him. Alternate translation: “Hit him hard” or “Punish the wicked person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:13 w9gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speaker uses this question to show that he is very sad that wicked people do these things. Alternate translation: “Wicked people are always rejecting God and saying…‘You will not hold me accountable.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:13 w9gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speaker uses this question to show that he is very sad that wicked people do these things. Alternate translation: “Wicked people are always rejecting God and saying … ‘You will not hold me accountable.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:13 tfq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 “You will not require me to tell you why I do what I do.” Holding someone accountable here represents punishing him. Alternate translation: “You will not punish me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:15 v9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “arm” represents power. Alternate translation: “Destroy the power of the wicked and evil man” or “Make the wicked and evil man weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:15 z4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These words have the same meaning. You can use one word to express both concepts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:16 zc2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. “Yahweh forces the people of other nations to leave his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
10:17 d6nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that the oppressed people cried out to God. Alternate translation: “when oppressed people cried out to you, you listened to them tell you what they need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:17 yqz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 A strong heart represents courage, and making people’s hearts strong represents encouraging them. Alternate translation: “you encourage them” or “you make them confident” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:18 w3s1 0 “no one…will cause people to be afraid again”
|
||||
10:18 w3s1 0 “no one … will cause people to be afraid again”
|
||||
11:intro zn9r 0 # Psalm 011 General Notes\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 11 is a worship psalm. It tells how great God is and that God delivers the good people from the evil people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Justice\nThe wicked people try to destroy the good people but God knows everything that is being done and he saves the good people and destroys the evil people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
|
||||
11:1 t2nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
11:1 ca3b 0 “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
|
||||
|
@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
13:3 vs9y 0 “Give me your attention and listen to me”
|
||||
13:3 x789 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is a way of asking for strength. Alternate translation: “Make me strong again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
13:3 t9hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 To “sleep in death” means to die. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
13:4 ucm3 0 “Do not let my enemy say about me…so that my enemy may not say about me”
|
||||
13:4 ucm3 0 “Do not let my enemy say about me … so that my enemy may not say about me”
|
||||
13:4 x5p1 0 “when I fall” or “when they defeat me”
|
||||
13:5 l1in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “I have trusted that you are faithful to your covenant” or “I have trusted you because you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
13:5 s3s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “my heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will rejoice because you have rescued me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
14:2 zm7b 0 This phrase refers to all humans.
|
||||
14:2 vw7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This describes those who desire to know God as if they were actually following him on a path. Alternate translation: “who desire to know him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:3 l4ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This describes people who have rejected God as if they had stopped walking on the right path and had gone in another direction. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:4 v11h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is asked to add emphasis. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “They act as if they do not know anything…who do not call on Yahweh. But they know what they are doing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:4 v11h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question is asked to add emphasis. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “They act as if they do not know anything … who do not call on Yahweh. But they know what they are doing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
14:4 a11q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “iniquity” can be stated as “evil deeds.” Alternate translation: “those who do evil deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
14:4 amq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This refers to those who do evil things and destroy God’s people as if they were eating food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
14:5 g962 0 The word “they” refers to those who do evil things.
|
||||
|
@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
17:4 u1m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the word of your lips” is a metonym for God’s instruction, and “the ways of the lawless” is a metaphor for the things that lawless people do. Alternate translation: “it is by obeying your instruction that I have kept myself from doing the things that lawless people do” or “your instruction has caused me to avoid doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:5 nw8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Both of these clauses mean the same thing. The repetition adds emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
17:5 ve61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of his obedience to God as if he were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “I am determined to follow your ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
17:6 fh7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases mean the same thing. Here “your ear” refers to God’s willingness to hear someone who prays to him. Alternate translation: “pay attention to me…listen when I speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:6 fh7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These phrases mean the same thing. Here “your ear” refers to God’s willingness to hear someone who prays to him. Alternate translation: “pay attention to me … listen when I speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:7 m4v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “Show in a wonderful way that you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
17:7 g2x5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “right hand” refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “your mighty power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:7 ll6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
17:14 mf1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 This clause adds intensity to the words “Rescue my life from the wicked by your sword” ([Psalms 17:13](../017/013.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
17:14 wh2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These words represent the power of Yahweh and add intensity to the words “by your sword” ([Psalms 17:13](../017/013.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:14 xg3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The ancient text is hard to understand. Possible meanings are (1) “treasured” is a metaphor for loved, and “your treasured ones” refers to the people whom God loves. Alternate translation: “you will fill the bellies of the people you love with riches” or (2) “your treasured ones” refers to treasures that God gives to people, the “men of this world” Alternate translation: “you will fill their bellies with rich treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:14 knu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “fill the bellies…with riches” is a metaphor for giving them many valuable things. Possible meanings are (1) “You will give many riches to the people you love” or (2) “you will give the men of this world many riches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:14 knu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “fill the bellies … with riches” is a metaphor for giving them many valuable things. Possible meanings are (1) “You will give many riches to the people you love” or (2) “you will give the men of this world many riches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:15 ck39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “face” represents Yahweh in all of his being. David is confident he will see Yahweh. Alternate translation: “because I act in the right way, I will be with you one day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
17:15 bpx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 David believes that after he dies, he will be with Yahweh. This can be made clear in the translation. Alternate translation: “After I die, I will be happy to wake up in your presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
18:intro enj7 0 # Psalm 018 General Notes\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 18 is a psalm of praise to God for his strengthening David for war.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s power\nGod has tremendous power and he enabled David to prosper in war. This psalm, and its superscription, also appears in 1 Samuel 22 with some minor differences.
|
||||
|
@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
18:6 s721 0 “In my great need” or “In my despair”
|
||||
18:6 jr71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here David speaks of his “call for help” as if it were a person who could come into the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I prayed to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
18:6 fs4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Here David speaks of how Yahweh heard his cry for help. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he heard my appeal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
18:7 dal8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God’s being angry is spoken of as if the there was a terrible earthquake. Alternate translation: “God was so angry that it was as if the earth…shaken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:7 dal8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God’s being angry is spoken of as if the there was a terrible earthquake. Alternate translation: “God was so angry that it was as if the earth … shaken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
18:7 xka3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “shook” and “trembled” mean basically the same thing and emphasize how greatly the earth shook. Alternate translation: “the land moved back and forth” or “the ground moved up and down” or “there was a violent earthquake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
18:7 svs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the foundations of the mountains also trembled and shook” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
18:8 al4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 David speaks of Yahweh as if he were breathing fire. This is a picture of how angry God was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
19:8 nuk1 0 “are true” or “are correct”
|
||||
19:8 t8c5 0 Possible meanings are (1) “bringing understanding to a person” or (2) “making a person healthy again”
|
||||
19:9 xac8 0 “completely right”
|
||||
19:10 x983 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s decrees are spoken of as if they could be bought and tasted. Alternate translation: “If you could buy them, they would be of greater value than gold…if you could taste them, they would be sweeter than honey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:10 x983 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s decrees are spoken of as if they could be bought and tasted. Alternate translation: “If you could buy them, they would be of greater value than gold … if you could taste them, they would be sweeter than honey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
19:10 e6s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The word “valuable” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “even more valuable than a lot of fine gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
19:10 k6x4 0 “pure gold” or “expensive gold”
|
||||
19:11 y6a9 0 This word marks that there is more to the truth than what has just been said. Alternate translation: “Moreover”
|
||||
|
@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
20:5 k3dy 0 “give you everything you request from him”
|
||||
20:6 zm9a 0 This word is used here to mark a break in the psalm. It transitions from the people speaking to the king speaking.
|
||||
20:6 nu7b 0 The word “I” probably refers to the king who is speaking in this section.
|
||||
20:6 d8xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 The king is speaking about himself in the third person. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “me, his anointed one…answer me…rescue me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:6 d8xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 The king is speaking about himself in the third person. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “me, his anointed one … answer me … rescue me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
20:6 bd3g 0 God dwells in heaven as well as in the temple in Jerusalem ([Psalms 20:2](../020/002.md)).
|
||||
20:6 xcm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 God’s right hand represents his power. Alternate translation: “with his great strength he will rescue him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
20:7 f9cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “chariots” and “horses” represent a king’s army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -680,8 +680,8 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
22:24 t6pw 0 Possible meanings are (1) he has not despised the afflicted one because he is suffering or (2) he has not belittled the suffering of the afflicted one
|
||||
22:24 q54x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God has not forgotten the one who is afflicted and suffering. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
22:24 w7tf 0 strongly disliked or hated
|
||||
22:24 h5t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here, suffering is a metonym for the person who suffers. To abhor something is to think of it as horrible. Alternate translation: “he has not…thought of the afflicted one who suffers as horrible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:24 y2dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 Possible meanings are (1) the author was speaking about how God treats people who are suffering. Alternate translation: “those who suffer…from them…those who are suffering cried” or (2) the author was speaking specifically about how God treated him. Alternate translation: “my suffering because of my affliction…from me…I cried” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
22:24 h5t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here, suffering is a metonym for the person who suffers. To abhor something is to think of it as horrible. Alternate translation: “he has not … thought of the afflicted one who suffers as horrible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:24 y2dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 Possible meanings are (1) the author was speaking about how God treats people who are suffering. Alternate translation: “those who suffer … from them … those who are suffering cried” or (2) the author was speaking specifically about how God treated him. Alternate translation: “my suffering because of my affliction … from me … I cried” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
22:24 r4zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Hiding one’s face from someone represents ignoring him. Alternate translation: “has not turned his attention away from him” or “has not ignored him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
22:24 fci1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “he listened.” It is implied that he responded when he heard their cry. Alternate translation: “he answered” or “he helped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:25 q298 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
24:3 bda3 0 “will go up” or “will climb”
|
||||
24:3 mz8v 0 This refers to Mount Zion in Jerusalem.
|
||||
24:3 vj27 0 This refers Yahweh’s temple. His temple is on Mount Zion in Jerusalem.
|
||||
24:4 g1lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 Here “He” does not refer to a specific person. Alternate translation: “Those who have…who have…and have not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
24:4 g1lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 Here “He” does not refer to a specific person. Alternate translation: “Those who have … who have … and have not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
24:4 vsk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “hands” represents what a person does. For his “hands” to be clean means he does what is right. Alternate translation: “who does what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:4 ikc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “heart” represents a person’s thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: “thinks good thoughts” or “does not think about doing what is wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
24:4 u76e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “falsehood” represents a false idol. To “lift up” means to worship. Alternate translation: “who has not worshiped an idol” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -782,9 +782,9 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
25:11 i29u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The phrase “your name” here refers to Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “For your reputation” or “So that people will honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:11 zdw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “sin” can be stated as “sinned.” Alternate translation: “please forgive me, for I have sinned much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
25:12 uen3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question introduces “the man who fears Yahweh” as a new topic. Alternate translation: “I will tell you about the man who fears Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
25:12 r5gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These words refer to any person who fears Yahweh, not a specific person. Alternate translation: “are those who fear…instruct them…they should” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
25:12 r5gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These words refer to any person who fears Yahweh, not a specific person. Alternate translation: “are those who fear … instruct them … they should” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
25:12 e57l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh teaching people how they should behave is spoken of as if Yahweh were teaching the people what way or path they should travel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:13 vwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These words refer to any person who fears Yahweh, not a specific person. Alternate translation: “Their lives…their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
25:13 vwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These words refer to any person who fears Yahweh, not a specific person. Alternate translation: “Their lives … their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
25:13 f8pb 0 “God will cause him to prosper” or “God will cause them to prosper”
|
||||
25:14 m7sj 0 “Yahweh is a friend to those.” Some translate it as “Yahweh confides in those.” His confiding in them shows the intimate friendship he has with them.
|
||||
25:15 utj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “eyes” represents looking. It is implied that he looks to Yahweh for help. Alternate translation: “I always look to Yahweh to help me” or “I always depend on Yahweh to help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
25:21 b36j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This speaks about “integrity” and “uprightness” as if they were persons who could keep another person safe. These abstract nouns can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “May being honest and doing what is right preserve me” or “Preserve me, Lord, because I am honest and do what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
25:21 d4fj 0 “keep me safe”
|
||||
25:22 vj9z 0 “Save Israel” or “Redeem Israel”
|
||||
25:22 msf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel…our troubles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:22 msf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel … our troubles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:intro q9dz 0 # Psalm 026 General Notes\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 26 is a teaching psalm; showing people how they should live by the example of the psalmsist.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\nThe psalmist delights in praising God and doing good deeds. It is striking how this psalm uses the first person pronoun. This is an individual psalm of petition. Each of the four petitions are accompanied with various claims. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
|
||||
26:1 h9z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
26:1 b9cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “walked” is a metaphor for behavior. Alternate translation: “I have behaved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
31:9 iv54 0 “I am suffering greatly”
|
||||
31:9 amp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The terms “soul” and “body” are used to describe the complete person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
31:10 p8pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “my life” refers to the writer. Alternate translation: “I have become very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
31:10 nw2b 0 “because of my sorrow…because of my groaning”
|
||||
31:10 nw2b 0 “because of my sorrow … because of my groaning”
|
||||
31:10 l7fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The phrase “is weary” is missing, but is implied. Alternate translation: “my years are weary with groaning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
31:10 a1r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “My strength” refers to the writer. Alternate translation: “I have become weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
31:10 b5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “my bones” refers to the physical health of the writer. Alternate translation: “my health is failing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
32:8 mh9j 0 Here the “I” is probably Yahweh who talks directly to David.
|
||||
32:8 s74m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Living in the correct way is spoken of as if it were a path that the writer should walk. Alternate translation: “how you should live your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
32:8 lj3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “my eye” refers to Yahweh’s attention. Alternate translation: “and direct my attention to you” or “and watch over you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
32:9 ry6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The writer compares people with no understanding to horses and mules. Possible meanings are (1) the writer is speaking Yahweh’s words to his readers, “You all must not be like a horse…no understanding” or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the writer as though to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
32:9 ry6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The writer compares people with no understanding to horses and mules. Possible meanings are (1) the writer is speaking Yahweh’s words to his readers, “You all must not be like a horse … no understanding” or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the writer as though to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
32:9 g1b3 0 Two tools that are used by people to guide horses and mules go where the rider wants them to go.
|
||||
32:9 cv6w 0 “where anyone wants them to go.” The “you” here is singular and refers to no one in particular.
|
||||
32:10 ann9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh being faithful to a person and protecting that person is spoken of as if Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness surrounded the person. The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh is faithful to his covenant, he will protect the one who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -1167,11 +1167,11 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
35:8 q1k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “destruction” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” or “that is how you should destroy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
35:9 gv3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “salvation” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “because you save me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
35:10 dy1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “bones” refers to the deepest inner being of a person. Alternate translation: “My whole inner being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
35:10 fcx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The implicit answer to this question is that no one is like Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, there is no one like you…those who try to rob them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
35:10 fcx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The implicit answer to this question is that no one is like Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, there is no one like you … those who try to rob them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
35:10 kuz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The words “poor” and “needy” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh saves many who need his help. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
35:11 j8nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This means they testify in a trial. Alternate translation: “volunteer to give a testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
35:12 ns9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor which means they give back evil in exchange for the good they have received. Alternate translation: “In return for my doing good things for them, they do evil things to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
35:12 j7e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 These abstract nouns can be stated in other forms. Alternate translation: “evil things…good things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
35:12 j7e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 These abstract nouns can be stated in other forms. Alternate translation: “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
35:12 v5ej 0 “I am extremely sad”
|
||||
35:13 jiu2 0 The word “they” refers to the “unrighteous witnesses” ([Psalms 35:11](../035/011.md)).
|
||||
35:13 t4yd 0 “I showed that I was sad”
|
||||
|
@ -1234,9 +1234,9 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
36:3 pir7 0 “do things that are good”
|
||||
36:4 d3zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The sinful actions of the man are spoken of as if he was walking along a path that was evil. Alternate translation: “he begins to do evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:4 w34n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Here “evil” can be stated in another form. Alternate translation: “he does not reject evil behavior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
36:5 wiw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The greatness of God’s covenant faithfulness is spoken of as if it were an object that reached as high as the heavens. The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “Your covenant faithfulness…is very great” or “You…are as faithful to your covenant as the heavens are high above the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
36:5 wiw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The greatness of God’s covenant faithfulness is spoken of as if it were an object that reached as high as the heavens. The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “Your covenant faithfulness … is very great” or “You … are as faithful to your covenant as the heavens are high above the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
36:5 m314 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The greatness of God’s loyalty is spoken of as if it was very high. Alternate translation: “is as high as the clouds” or “is enormously great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:6 s49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These phrases describe the greatness of God’s righteousness and judgments as if they were very high and deep. Alternate translation: “as high as the highest mountains…as deep as the deepest sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
36:6 s49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These phrases describe the greatness of God’s righteousness and judgments as if they were very high and deep. Alternate translation: “as high as the highest mountains … as deep as the deepest sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
36:6 e8gt 0 “you help” or “you save”
|
||||
36:7 vs32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The word “precious” refers to how greatly the writer values Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness. The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “I greatly value how you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
36:8 vy98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Eating much food as guests in a house is a metaphor for God providing all his people need. Alternate translation: “They will have all they need because you will provide it to them” or “You have plenty to give, and you will provide them with all they need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
36:10 d1ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh continuing to act faithfully towards the people as if Yahweh were to extend his covenant faithfulness or make it longer. The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “Continue to act faithfully to those who know you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
36:10 jtd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “defense” can be stated as a verb. “Continue” is implied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “Continue to protect the upright of heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
36:10 qms7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “the upright” or “people who act righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
36:11 z9yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “foot” and “hand” refer to the evil people. These are not specific men. This refers to evil people in general. Alternate translation: “arrogant people…wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
36:11 z9yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “foot” and “hand” refer to the evil people. These are not specific men. This refers to evil people in general. Alternate translation: “arrogant people … wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
36:11 a5wg 0 “send me away” or “make me leave my place”
|
||||
36:12 mm9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 All three phrases describe the evildoers as defeated. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
36:12 q7yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you have knocked them down” or “you have destroyed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
37:30 xy8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “justice” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “encourages other people to live rightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
37:31 bga8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “in his heart” refers to his deepest inner being. Alternate translation: “He treasures the commands of his God in his inner being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
37:31 nf23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here failure to obey Yahweh is spoken of as slipping off a safe path and falling. Alternate translation: “he will walk safely in the way God wants him to walk” or “he will safely do the things God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
37:32 jz23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These words refer to any wicked or righteous person or to wicked and righteous people in general, not to specific people. Alternate translation: “Wicked people…righteous people” or “Any wicked person” or “any righteous person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
37:32 jz23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These words refer to any wicked or righteous person or to wicked and righteous people in general, not to specific people. Alternate translation: “Wicked people … righteous people” or “Any wicked person” or “any righteous person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
37:32 w8bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Here the watching implies observing the righteous in order to do them harm. Alternate translation: “waits in ambush for the righteous person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
37:33 ea9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 These words refer to the hand of any evil person, not of any specific person. Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “evil people’s hands” or “the power of the evil person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
37:33 z9fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This refers to Yahweh judging the righteous man. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh judges him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
44:3 ekr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the words “hand” and “arm” both refer to God’s power. Combined, they emphasize the greatness of God’s power. Alternate translation: “your great power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
44:3 a1dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh looking with favor upon them and being kind to them as if Yahweh’s face shone a light on them. Alternate translation: “your kindness” or “your good favor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:4 md4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The people of Israel are referred to by the name of their ancestor “Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
44:5 cn87 0 “By you…by your”
|
||||
44:5 cn87 0 “By you … by your”
|
||||
44:5 l9n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of his enemies’ defeat as if they are “down” and of their preparing to fight as if they are “up.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:5 u2c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” refers to God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “by your power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
44:5 ze87 0 “tread them under our feet” or “walk on top of them”
|
||||
|
@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
44:22 vl87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer compares the Israelites to sheep that people kill and eat. As sheep are helpless before those who kill them, so the Israelites are helpless before their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:23 b9h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This does not mean that God is actually asleep. The writer speaks of God’s seeming inactivity as if God is sleeping. He asks the question to rebuke God for appearing not to be concerned about their troubles. Alternate translation: “Wake up! I feel like you are sleeping, Lord!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:23 z7sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of God’s rejection of Israel as if he were discarding an unwanted piece of clothing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Psalms 44:9](../044/009.md). Alternate translation: “do not reject us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:24 h91h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer uses this question to complain that God appears to be ignoring them. Alternate translation: “Do not hide your face…our oppression.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:24 h91h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer uses this question to complain that God appears to be ignoring them. Alternate translation: “Do not hide your face … our oppression.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
44:24 hj18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of God ignoring them as if God were hiding his face so that he could not see them. Alternate translation: “ignore us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
44:24 jb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The words “affliction” and “oppression” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the severity of their affliction. These words may also be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “forget that people afflict us and oppress us” or “forget that people greatly afflict us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
44:25 rzd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These parallel phrases share similar meanings. The writer describes his people as lying on the ground in a posture of defeat and humiliation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
45:4 ij55 0 “awesome deeds.” This refers to military victories that cause his enemies to fear him and his allies to revere him.
|
||||
45:5 k74n 0 This phrase refers to the king defeating his enemies. Possible meanings are (1) “the peoples fall at your feet in surrender” or (2) “the peoples fall dead at your feet.”
|
||||
45:5 zn7a 0 “your arrows have pierced the hearts of your enemies.” The writer speaks to the king while referring to the king in the third person.
|
||||
45:6 d479 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “throne” represents the kingdom and rule of the king. Alternate translation: “Your kingdom…is forever and ever” or “You will reign…forever and ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
45:6 d479 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “throne” represents the kingdom and rule of the king. Alternate translation: “Your kingdom … is forever and ever” or “You will reign … forever and ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
45:6 mh74 0 Possible meanings are that the word “God” (1) is a title for the king, who is God’s representative or (2) modifies the word “throne” and means “Your kingdom that God has given you.”
|
||||
45:6 h2tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “scepter” represents the king’s authority to rule his kingdom. Alternate translation: “you rule your kingdom with justice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
45:7 w1rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of gladness as if it were an oil that God used to anoint the king. That God has anointed him is a symbolic action that represents God’s choosing him to be king. Alternate translation: “when God appointed you as king, he made you very glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
48:8 pa6r 0 “make it secure.” Here the word “establish means to preserve and make something secure.
|
||||
48:9 fec8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “how faithful you are to your covenant” or “how faithful you are to us because of your covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
48:9 wf6y 0 “as we are in your temple”
|
||||
48:10 wrg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” represents God’s character and reputation. The two phrases compare the greatness of God’s reputation with how greatly people praise him. Alternate translation: “Your name is very great…and so people throughout the world praise you greatly” or “People all throughout the world have heard of you…so people throughout the world praise you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:10 wrg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” represents God’s character and reputation. The two phrases compare the greatness of God’s reputation with how greatly people praise him. Alternate translation: “Your name is very great … and so people throughout the world praise you greatly” or “People all throughout the world have heard of you … so people throughout the world praise you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:10 qf2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiomatic expression that means everywhere in the word. See how you translated this in [Psalms 46:9](../046/009.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
48:10 w3p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of righteousness as if it were an object that God could hold in his hand. Here the word “hand” refers to God’s power and authority to rule. Alternate translation: “you rule with righteousness” or “you are righteous as you rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
48:11 w7c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks of Mount Zion as if it were a person who could be glad. The phrase refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let those who live on Mount Zion be glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
49:3 hx37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “heart” represents the mind and thoughts. The abstract nouns “meditation” and “understanding” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “the thoughts upon which I meditate will help you to understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
49:4 wva9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of listening carefully to something as if it were bending one’s ear towards the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:4 ge9u 0 “as I play the harp”
|
||||
49:5 yhr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks this question to emphasize that he has no reason to fear when bad things happen. Alternate translation: “I have no reason to fear…heels.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:5 yhr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks this question to emphasize that he has no reason to fear when bad things happen. Alternate translation: “I have no reason to fear … heels.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
49:5 vu7z 0 “when evil things happen.” Here the word “days” refers to general periods of time.
|
||||
49:5 ug31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) the writer speaks of the evil desires of his enemies as if it were a predator ready to overtake him. Alternate translation: “when the iniquity of sinful men is ready to overcome me” or (2) the writer’s enemies surround him as they commit their iniquity. Alternate translation: “when my enemies surround me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
49:6 z2gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These people trust their wealth will keep them from having to suffer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
50:20 ea7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 To “sit and speak” against someone implies that this person deliberately thinks of bad things to say about someone. Alternate translation: “You always think of ways to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
50:21 br29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Since God had kept silent and not yet rebuked the wicked people for their actions, they thought that God approved of what they did. Alternate translation: “you thought that I was someone who acts just like you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
50:21 w99y 0 tell someone he is guilty of doing wrong
|
||||
50:21 j3hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 God speaks of listing all of the evil things that they have done. Alternate translation: “list…all the things you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
50:21 j3hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 God speaks of listing all of the evil things that they have done. Alternate translation: “list … all the things you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
50:21 pf7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here, to be “before your eyes” means that it is in a place where they can see. This means that they will not be able to deny the charges that God brings against them. Alternate translation: “right in front of you” or “so that you can not deny them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
50:22 jz7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of the wicked rejecting him as if they have forgotten him. He speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “you who reject me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
50:22 ql5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God speaks of destroying the wicked as if he were a lion eating its prey. Alternate translation: “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
51:4 t9px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The word “sight” here represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of David’s actions. Alternate translation: “what you judge to be evil” or “what you consider to be evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:5 j8f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being a sinner is spoken of as being in iniquity. Alternate translation: “I was already a sinner when I was born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:5 i2cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being a sinner is spoken of as being in sin. Alternate translation: “even when my mother conceived me, I was a sinner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:6 w9f4 0 The use of “See” here draw our attention to the contrast between this sentence and “See, I was born in iniquity” (verse 5). “Truly I was born in iniquity…But you desire trustworthiness”
|
||||
51:6 w9f4 0 The use of “See” here draw our attention to the contrast between this sentence and “See, I was born in iniquity” (verse 5). “Truly I was born in iniquity … But you desire trustworthiness”
|
||||
51:6 kqg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The “inner self” represents either (1) the person’s desires or (2) the whole person. Alternate translation: “you want me to desire trustworthiness” or “you want me to be trustworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
51:7 fc52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Being acceptable to God is spoken of as being clean or white. God makes people acceptable by forgiving their sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
51:7 v7q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of God as if God were a priest who would sprinkle water on him to make him acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “Make me acceptable by sprinkling water on me with hyssop” or “Forgive me for my sins so that I will be acceptable to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
51:13 tzw4 0 These two words refer to the same people here.
|
||||
51:14 i5mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This phrase refers to killing another person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:15 mb7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the person is represented by his “mouth.” Being able to talk is spoken of as the lips being open. Here not being able to speak is a symbol of being guilty of sin and not being able to make a defense. Alternate translation: “Lord, make me able to speak, and I will praise you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
51:16 rlr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that God wants something more important than these things. Alternate translation: “A sacrifice is not enough to please you…you want something more than burn offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
51:16 rlr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that God wants something more important than these things. Alternate translation: “A sacrifice is not enough to please you … you want something more than burn offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
51:17 ib5d 0 “The sacrifices that please God”
|
||||
51:17 e3fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 A broken spirit represents a humble attitude. Alternate translation: “humility” or “a person who becomes humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
51:17 r49l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Being humble and sorry for one’s sin is spoken of as having a broken and contrite heart. The heart represents the emotions and will. Alternate translation: “sorrow and humility” or “a person who is sorry for his sin and humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
58:8 uu2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Not existing is spoken of as being like a baby that is born dead. Alternate translation: “like a baby who is born too early too live and see the sunlight” or “like a baby that was born dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
58:9 ut8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The wicked are spoken of as if they were thornbush branches, and God’s swift punishment of them is spoken of as if he were to quickly blow them away or sweep them away. Alternate translation: “God will destroy wicked people faster than a whirlwind can blow away thornbush branches that have been put under a cooking pot and lit with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
58:9 khw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 David is speaking to God’s people, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
58:9 ka8t 0 “the heat from the burning thorn branches…the green thorn branches and the burning thorn branches”
|
||||
58:9 ka8t 0 “the heat from the burning thorn branches … the green thorn branches and the burning thorn branches”
|
||||
58:10 wz3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun 0 The phrase “the righteous” refers to righteous people in general. Alternate translation: “Righteous people will rejoice when they see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
58:10 gi2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Getting one’s feet wet by walking on blood is spoken of as washing the feet in blood. Alternate translation: “the righteous will make their feet wet in the blood of the wicked” or “the righteous will march on the blood of the wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
58:10 ll57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This exaggeration expresses that a great number of wicked people will die. Alternate translation: “so many wicked people will die that when the righteous march on their blood, it will seem as if they could wash their feet in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
60:1 vsl6 0 This probably tells what tune or musical style to use when singing the psalm. Alternate translation: “sing this psalm using the tune of ‘Shushan Eduth’” or “sing this using the Shushan Eduth style”
|
||||
60:1 m8be rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown 0 This means “Lily of the Promise.” Translators may either write the meaning or copy the Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
60:1 tb2l 0 The meaning of the word “michtam” is uncertain. You may use the word “psalm” instead. This can be written as: “This is a psalm that David wrote.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 16:1](../016/001.md).
|
||||
60:1 x59t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Aram of the two rivers…the Aramean nation of Zobah.” These are places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
60:1 x59t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 “Aram of the two rivers … the Aramean nation of Zobah.” These are places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
60:1 xt5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 This refers to Joab and the army that he led. Alternate translation: “Joab and his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
60:1 uk1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “12,000 Edomites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
60:1 jey3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God’s rejecting people is spoken of as if he had thrown them away. Alternate translation: “you have rejected us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
65:11 r7wm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 The words “You” and “your” refer to Yahweh and so are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
65:11 pc5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here the “year” is given the human quality of wearing a crown. Alternate translation: “You have honored the year with a good harvest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
65:11 q39j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh making the soil so good and fertile that it produces an abundant harvest is spoken of as if Yahweh were traveling through an empty land in a cart, leaving abundant food behind wherever he goes. Alternate translation: “everywhere you have been, you have left abundant food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
65:12 f7hf 0 There is so much dew in the pastures that they are said to drip with it. Alternate translation: “The pastures…are full of dew” or “Much dew drips in the pastures of the wilderness”
|
||||
65:12 f7hf 0 There is so much dew in the pastures that they are said to drip with it. Alternate translation: “The pastures … are full of dew” or “Much dew drips in the pastures of the wilderness”
|
||||
65:12 m2ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks of the beauty of the hills as if they were joyful people, and of joy as if it were clothing. Alternate translation: “the hills are like people wearing joy” or “the hills are like joyful people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
65:13 l7rv 0 The writer speaks of the pastures as being so covered with flocks that it is like the pastures are wearing a garment.
|
||||
65:13 le4m 0 a large field where animals feed on the grass
|
||||
|
@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
68:9 h87l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The land that God gave to the Israelites is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that a father passed on to his children. Alternate translation: “the land that you gave to us Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
68:10 k4fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to poor people in general. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
68:11 uv8e 0 David continues the story of the journey of the Israelites through the desert. In this part of the story, the Israelites are victorious in war over their enemies.
|
||||
68:11 t91n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The large number of people told the Lord’s message to others. They are spoken of as if there were a large army. Since this phrase is feminine, some versions translate it as, “the women who announced them…army.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
68:11 t91n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The large number of people told the Lord’s message to others. They are spoken of as if there were a large army. Since this phrase is feminine, some versions translate it as, “the women who announced them … army.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
68:12 bm73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The kings represent themselves and their entire armies. It is understood that they flee because they are defeated by Israel’s army. Alternate translation: “Kings and their armies flee from us because they are defeated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
68:12 gj9s 0 things that are taken from the defeated army and brought to the victorious army’s home.
|
||||
68:13 u9e3 0 This means that some of the plunder is very valuable because it is covered with precious metals.
|
||||
|
@ -2419,7 +2419,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
69:4 v3ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means “kill me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
69:5 z5mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “foolishness” can be stated as “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the foolish things that I have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
69:5 c1z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes 0 This can be expressed as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you know all my sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
69:6 l21p 0 “Do not let those…do not let those”
|
||||
69:6 l21p 0 “Do not let those … do not let those”
|
||||
69:6 d5j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Please do not allow anyone to put those who wait for you to shame because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
69:6 ana6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Please do not allow anyone to bring dishonor on those who seek you because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
69:6 djs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Seeking God represents either (1) asking God for help or (2) thinking about God and obeying him. Alternate translation: (1) “those who ask you for help” or (2) “those who worship and obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
69:20 dm8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer’s great sadness is spoken of as if he was full of a heavy weight. Alternate translation: “I am heavy with sorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
69:20 zw1r 0 to feel sorrow or sadness
|
||||
69:21 lfl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is probably figurative. The food that people gave to the writer was so bad that it tasted like poison. Alternate translation: “They gave me food that tasted like poison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
69:22 bt4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer would like for his enemies’ food to completely ruin them as if they were small animals caught in a snare or a trap. Alternate translation: “May their food ruin them like a snare…may it destroy them like a trap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
69:22 bt4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer would like for his enemies’ food to completely ruin them as if they were small animals caught in a snare or a trap. Alternate translation: “May their food ruin them like a snare … may it destroy them like a trap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
69:22 fd3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to food that was served on the tables, possibly at a feast. Alternate translation: “their own food” or “sacrificial feasts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
69:23 v67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of eyes that cannot see well as if they were darkened. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Please make them unable to see anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
69:23 d56n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Weak backs are spoken of as if they are shaking in weakness. Alternate translation: “cause their backs to be too weak for them to do anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
69:33 ij3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 This refers to needy people in general. Alternate translation: “needy people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
69:33 eag2 0 “those who have suffered for him”
|
||||
69:34 k14w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here heaven and earth and the seas are spoken of as if they are people who are able to praise God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
69:34 p3qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is implied that “Let…praise him” should be understood here. Alternate translation: “let he seas and everything that moves in them praise him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
69:34 p3qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 It is implied that “Let … praise him” should be understood here. Alternate translation: “let he seas and everything that moves in them praise him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
69:35 m398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “Zion” refers to the people in Zion. Alternate translation: “God will save the people of Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
69:35 w8jf 0 The word “it” refers to the land of Judah.
|
||||
69:36 s9pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “who love God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -2525,14 +2525,14 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
71:3 w8pz 0 These are hills or mountains, not rocks one can hold in one’s hand.
|
||||
71:3 usz4 0 “you have commanded your angels”
|
||||
71:3 xd9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The psalmist believes that Yahweh will protect him and make him as safe as if he were hiding on top of a large mountain or inside a man-made fortress. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
71:4 p4mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) the word “hand” is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “from the power of the wicked, from the power of the unrighteous” or (2) “hand” refers to the person himself. Alternate translation: “from wicked people, from unrighteous…people” or “so that wicked people and unrighteous…people cannot harm me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
71:4 p4mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) the word “hand” is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “from the power of the wicked, from the power of the unrighteous” or (2) “hand” refers to the person himself. Alternate translation: “from wicked people, from unrighteous … people” or “so that wicked people and unrighteous … people cannot harm me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
71:4 pb9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 “wicked; rescue me out of the hand of the unrighteous.” You can make clear the understood information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
71:4 pdn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These adjectives can be translated as noun phrases. Alternate translation: “wicked people…unrighteous people…cruel people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
71:4 pdn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These adjectives can be translated as noun phrases. Alternate translation: “wicked people … unrighteous people … cruel people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
71:5 tph7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hope” is a metonym for the one in whom the psalmist hopes. Alternate translation: “you are the one whom I confidently expect to help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
71:6 rmx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You have supported me from the womb” or “You have taken care of me ever since I came out of my mother’s womb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
71:6 h427 0 “you are the one”
|
||||
71:7 cq9t 0 “Many people see how I live and want to live as I do”
|
||||
71:8 di1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The psalmist speaks of his desire to praise and honor Yahweh with the words he speaks as if his mouth were full of words the way it can be full of food. Alternate translation: “My mouth will be filled with words that praise you…that honor you” or “I will always praise you…will always honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
71:8 di1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The psalmist speaks of his desire to praise and honor Yahweh with the words he speaks as if his mouth were full of words the way it can be full of food. Alternate translation: “My mouth will be filled with words that praise you … that honor you” or “I will always praise you … will always honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
71:8 vh1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “praise” refer to the words that he will use to praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “words that tell people how great you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
71:8 dq42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “honor” refer to the words that he will use to honor Yahweh. Alternate translation: “words that cause people to honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
71:8 z7sk 0 “all day long” or “at all times”
|
||||
|
@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
71:19 a913 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no one like you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
71:20 wi74 0 strengthen or make lively again
|
||||
71:20 sf33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “The depths of the earth” here is a metaphor for where people go when they die. The psalmist had not already died, but in this exaggeration he speaks as if he had. Alternate translation: “when we are near death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
71:21 b5t3 0 “I want you to increase…I want you to turn again and comfort.” Some translations read, “You will increase…you will turn again and comfort.”
|
||||
71:21 b5t3 0 “I want you to increase … I want you to turn again and comfort.” Some translations read, “You will increase … you will turn again and comfort.”
|
||||
71:21 e1ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys 0 This describes one action through two phrases. Alternate translation: “comfort me again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
71:22 ix4p 0 “to you, who is the Holy One of Israel, I will sing praises while I play the harp”
|
||||
71:23 aku6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 “Lips” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will shout for joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
72:2 d3dt 0 If David wrote this, he is talking about his son, “the king’s son,” he is speaking of the time when his son will be king. If Solomon wrote it, even though he is writing about himself, it would be best to translate as though he were writing about someone else. Either way, “May the king judge” is the best translation.
|
||||
72:2 d51c 0 The psalmist is speaking to God.
|
||||
72:2 faw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. The adjective “poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “may he judge your poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
72:3 fx1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The psalmist speaks of the people of Israel as if they were the mountains and hills on which they live. He speaks of the mountains and the hills as if they were the entire land of Israel, as if that land were a garden that produces fruit, and of peace and righteousness as if they are that fruit. Alternate translation: “May the people of the land live in peace…may they do everything in a righteous way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
72:3 fx1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The psalmist speaks of the people of Israel as if they were the mountains and hills on which they live. He speaks of the mountains and the hills as if they were the entire land of Israel, as if that land were a garden that produces fruit, and of peace and righteousness as if they are that fruit. Alternate translation: “May the people of the land live in peace … may they do everything in a righteous way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
72:4 ln6a 0 These refer to the one who will “judge” ([Psalms 72:2](../072/002.md)).
|
||||
72:4 lx1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of the king defeating or punishing people who oppress others as if those people were objects that the king would break into pieces. Alternate translation: “punish the person who oppresses others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
72:5 qf1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The sun and the moon are metonyms for the day and the night, which together are a merism for all time. Alternate translation: “forever, and without ending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
73:13 v713 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of his purity as if he had washed his hands with innocence instead of with water. See how you translated this in [Psalms 26:6](../026/006.md). Alternate translation: “my actions have remained pure” or “I have washed my hands to show that I am innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
73:14 svu5 0 “always” or “every day”
|
||||
73:14 gtr9 0 “You have made me suffer.” See how “they are not afflicted” is translated in [Psalms 73:5](../073/005.md).
|
||||
73:14 c72g 0 “I have been…punished”
|
||||
73:14 c72g 0 “I have been … punished”
|
||||
73:15 c23c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This hypothetical situation did not happen. Alternate translation: “I never said, ‘I will say these things,’ so I did not betray this generation of your children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
73:16 z5qd 0 The good things that happen to “the wicked” ([Psalms 73:4](../073/004.md)-[Psalms 12](./010.md)).
|
||||
73:17 r3rj 0 “what happens to wicked people when they die” or “how wicked people die”
|
||||
|
@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
75:1 tu5l 0 “This is a psalm that Asaph wrote.” See how this is translated in [Psalms Psalm 53](../053/001.md).
|
||||
75:3 a6n9 0 “all the people who live on it”
|
||||
75:3 xv9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “keep the earth from being destroyed” or Alternate translation: “keep my people safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
75:4 ix6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 The words “the arrogant” and “the wicked” are nominal adjectives that can be translated with nouns. The verb for the second phrase may be supplied from the first. Alternate translation: “I said to the arrogant people…and I said to the wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
75:4 ix6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 The words “the arrogant” and “the wicked” are nominal adjectives that can be translated with nouns. The verb for the second phrase may be supplied from the first. Alternate translation: “I said to the arrogant people … and I said to the wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
75:4 wl2r 0 Possible meanings are (1) God is speaking or (2) Asaph is speaking.
|
||||
75:4 yz7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns 0 The speaker is speaking to many wicked people, so these forms are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
75:4 wg7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Asaph speaks of wicked people as if they were animals with horns on their heads, stretching their necks and holding their heads high to frighten other animals. Alternate translation: “Do not be confident” or “Do not boast about how strong you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
77:13 hk88 0 The writer continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
77:13 tr7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “no god compares to our great God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
77:14 vh9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “strength” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “shown people from many people groups how strong you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
77:15 nc87 0 “gave us, your people, victory…us who are the descendants”
|
||||
77:15 nc87 0 “gave us, your people, victory … us who are the descendants”
|
||||
77:15 cz77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “victory” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “caused your people to be victorious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
77:15 ani3 0 This refers to the entire nation of Israel.
|
||||
77:16 ms5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Asaph speaks of the water as if it were a person who saw something that terrified him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
78:31 qn52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 This is a euphemism that means he caused them to die. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
78:32 lg44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “deeds” is a metonym for God, who did the deeds. What they did not believe can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “did not believe that he would take care of them even though he had done such wonderful deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
78:33 wg5l 0 The writer continues telling of what God did to the Israelites.
|
||||
78:33 k4p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Here the word “days” refers to a lifetime. The idiom “to cut short…days” means to cause someone to die before they have lived a long life. Alternate translation: “killed them while they were still young” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
78:33 k4p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 Here the word “days” refers to a lifetime. The idiom “to cut short … days” means to cause someone to die before they have lived a long life. Alternate translation: “killed them while they were still young” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
78:33 b6nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Asaph speaks of years as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “year after year they were afraid all the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
78:34 njc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 to ask him what they needed to do so he would protect them (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
78:34 y7s9 0 These are different people from those whose days God “cut short.” When some of them died, others would “start to seek” God.
|
||||
|
@ -3091,7 +3091,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
81:12 h3uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God allowing the people to remain stubborn is spoken of as if God were giving them over to an enemy to let the enemy harm them. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I let them be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
81:13 ttu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God wanting the people to obey him is spoken of as if he wanted the people to walk on his paths or roads. Alternate translation: “I wish that they would obey my laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
81:14 ex41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” represents Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “I would destroy” or “I would defeat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
81:15 xkc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “who hate me…before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
81:15 xkc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “who hate me … before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
81:15 yp2m 0 “bow down in fear” or “fall down in fear”
|
||||
81:15 pck7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would humiliate them forever” or “I will punish them forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
81:16 q9k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God causing the best wheat to grow in Israel is spoken of as if he would literally feed the wheat to the people. Alternate translation: “I would allow the Israelites to eat the finest wheat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3103,9 +3103,9 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
82:1 xb2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 “he gives judgment.” The abstract noun “judgment” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “he judges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
82:1 x4p7 0 Possible meanings are (1) these are other spiritual beings who dwell in heaven. Alternate translation: “the divine beings” or “the heavenly judges” or (2) these are human judges that God has appointed. Either way, it does not mean they are gods like Yahweh is god. It means God has given them great power and authority. Alternate translation: “the rulers”
|
||||
82:2 h4lp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the gods for not judging people fairly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
82:3 k9hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These words are nominal adjectives. They can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are poor…those who are fatherless…those who are afflicted…those who are destitute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
82:3 k9hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These words are nominal adjectives. They can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are poor … those who are fatherless … those who are afflicted … those who are destitute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
82:3 a8r9 0 “do what is right for the”
|
||||
82:4 f1ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These are all nominal adjectives. They can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are poor…those who are needy…those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
82:4 f1ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 These are all nominal adjectives. They can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are poor … those who are needy … those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
82:4 x9up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “stop the wicked people from harming them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
82:5 c2bz 0 Possible meanings are (1) “they” refers to the gods or (2) “they” refers to the wicked people.
|
||||
82:5 ar42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Doing what is evil is spoken of as if they were walking in a very dark place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3131,7 +3131,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
83:6 gj4d 0 The writer continues to list the people groups who want to destroy Israel.
|
||||
83:6 nv9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to the people of Edom who lived in tents. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
83:6 mn94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a people group that lived on the east side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
83:7 sfe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These all represent the people of each area or tribe. Alternate translation: “the people of Gebal, the Ammonites, the Amalekites…the Philistines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
83:7 sfe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These all represent the people of each area or tribe. Alternate translation: “the people of Gebal, the Ammonites, the Amalekites … the Philistines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
83:7 t9lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a region south of the Dead Sea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
83:8 fx46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This represents the people of Assyria. Alternate translation: “the people of Assyria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
83:8 h5ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “arm” is a metonym that represents “help.” Alternate translation: “they have become a help for the descendants of Lot” or “they are helping the descendants of Lot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -3213,7 +3213,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
85:9 q85w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 God being ready to save someone is spoken of as if salvation were an object that God has placed near someone. Alternate translation: “Surely God is ready to save those” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
85:9 w9na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “glory” represents God’s presence. Alternate translation: “then his glorious presence will remain in our land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
85:10 r9mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” are spoken of as if they were persons who meet together. Possible meanings are (1) God has been faithful because of his covenant and has done what he promised to do. Alternate translation: “God has been faithful to his covenant and has proven that he is worthy of people trusting him” or (2) God has been faithful because of his covenant and the people have responded by being faithful to him. Alternate translation: “God has been faithful to his covenant and people have responded by trusting him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
85:10 vxd4 0 Most likely the speaker is describing a time in the future when God causes the people to prosper again. Alternate translation: “will meet together…will kiss each other”
|
||||
85:10 vxd4 0 Most likely the speaker is describing a time in the future when God causes the people to prosper again. Alternate translation: “will meet together … will kiss each other”
|
||||
85:10 ilq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 Possible meanings are (1) the people will do what is right and God will cause the people to live in peace or (2) God will do what is right and will cause the people to live in peace. Either way righteousness and peace are abstract nouns and are spoken of as if they were persons who kiss each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
85:10 pbn4 0 This was a common way for friends to greet each other.
|
||||
85:11 y3gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The people on earth being faithful to God is spoken of as if trustworthiness were a plant growing out of the ground. The abstract noun “trustworthiness” can be stated as “loyal.” Alternate translation: “Here on earth, we will be loyal to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
91:11 pe5b 0 “Yahweh will command”
|
||||
91:11 gjx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The psalmist speaks of the way a person lives his life as if it were a path down which the person walked. Alternate translation: “in everything you do” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
91:12 v8h1 0 “Yahweh’s angels will lift you”
|
||||
91:12 dkd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 The angels will protect not only the reader’s foot but the rest of his body as well. The words “not…hit your foot on a stone” is an exaggerated metonym to say that not even small bad things will happen. This should probably not be taken as a promise that no bad things will ever happen again. Alternate translation: “you will not even hit your foot on a stone” or “not even the smallest bad thing will happen to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
91:12 dkd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 The angels will protect not only the reader’s foot but the rest of his body as well. The words “not … hit your foot on a stone” is an exaggerated metonym to say that not even small bad things will happen. This should probably not be taken as a promise that no bad things will ever happen again. Alternate translation: “you will not even hit your foot on a stone” or “not even the smallest bad thing will happen to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
91:13 bq3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Where “hit your foot on a stone” is a minor problem, lions and snake are examples of great dangers. The psalmist speaks of lions and snakes as if they were small enough to be crushed under a person’s foot. Alternate translation: “You will be able kill lions and adders as if they were small animals you could crush under your feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
91:13 sw74 0 types of poisonous snake.
|
||||
91:13 qme2 0 crush by walking heavily on
|
||||
|
@ -3532,7 +3532,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
93:1 m76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever move it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
93:2 q45b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You established your throne in ancient times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
93:2 vq1t 0 “you have always existed”
|
||||
93:3 u6dq 0 Some versions read “floods…floods’.” The word often refers to a river (See: “the River” in [Psalms 72:8](../072/008.md)), but “oceans…oceans’” has been chosen here because oceans, not rivers, have “waves” that “crash and roar.”
|
||||
93:3 u6dq 0 Some versions read “floods … floods’.” The word often refers to a river (See: “the River” in [Psalms 72:8](../072/008.md)), but “oceans … oceans’” has been chosen here because oceans, not rivers, have “waves” that “crash and roar.”
|
||||
93:3 qkw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The psalmist speaks of the ocean as if it were a person who could speak. Alternate translation: “have made a mighty noise because their waves crash and roar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
93:3 kli1 0 make a long, loud sound.
|
||||
93:4 bv4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 The phrase “the mighty breakers of the sea” means basically the same thing as “many waves” and emphasizes how great these waves are. Alternate translation: “Above the crashing of all of the very great waves of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
95:8 jf37 0 Now the writer writes the words that Yahweh spoke.
|
||||
95:8 g9zt 0 “become stubborn”
|
||||
95:8 a62x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 These are places in the desert that Moses named because the Israelites rebelled against God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
95:9 z4ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These two phrases are both metaphors for the people seeing how much evil they could do before Yahweh would punish them. The phrases say basically the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “tested me” or “wanted to see if they could do evil things without my punishing them…tested whether I would continue to be patient with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
95:9 z4ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These two phrases are both metaphors for the people seeing how much evil they could do before Yahweh would punish them. The phrases say basically the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “tested me” or “wanted to see if they could do evil things without my punishing them … tested whether I would continue to be patient with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
95:9 tdc4 0 “the amazing things I had done”
|
||||
95:10 n2cd 0 Yahweh continues speaking directly to his people.
|
||||
95:10 ms7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 “40 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -3628,7 +3628,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
96:6 x8v4 0 “where he is”
|
||||
96:6 c8fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The psalmist speaks as if splendor and majesty are people who can stand before a king. Alternate translation: “Everyone knows of his splendor and majesty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
96:6 geu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “strength” and “beauty” are metonyms for the ark of the covenant decrees, which is found in the sanctuary. Alternate translation: “It is his sanctuary that contains the ark of the covenant decrees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
96:7 pq3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 This can be restated to removed the abstract nouns “praise,” “glory,” and “strength.” See how these words are translated in [Psalms 29:1](../029/001.md). Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh…praise Yahweh because he is glorious and strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
96:7 pq3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 This can be restated to removed the abstract nouns “praise,” “glory,” and “strength.” See how these words are translated in [Psalms 29:1](../029/001.md). Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh … praise Yahweh because he is glorious and strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
96:8 y25v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “glory” can be stated as a verb or adjective. See how these words are translated in [Psalms 29:2](../029/002.md). Alternate translation: “Honor Yahweh just as his name deserves” or “Proclaim that Yahweh is glorious just as his name deserves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
96:8 mvb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “name” refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “he deserves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
96:8 pw15 0 the temple courtyard where the priests sacrificed animals to Yahweh
|
||||
|
@ -3643,7 +3643,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
96:12 ms99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 “Let the fields and all that is in them rejoice.” The psalmist speaks as if “the fields” and the animals that live in them have emotions like people. Alternate translation: “Let it be as if the fields themselves and all the animals that live in them are rejoicing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
96:12 j65h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 This speaks about the trees as if they were people who could shout for joy. Alternate translation: “let it be as if all the trees in the forest shout for joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
96:13 gp2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The three phrase have similar meanings; the last two phases are used to strengthen the first. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
96:13 jp59 0 Another possible meaning is “to rule…will rule.”
|
||||
96:13 jp59 0 Another possible meaning is “to rule … will rule.”
|
||||
96:13 yk8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “the world” is a metonym for all the people in the world. See how these words are translated in [Psalms 9:8](../009/008.md). Alternate translation: “He will judge all the people of the world righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
96:13 yn8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “he will judge” are understood. Alternate translation: “he will judge the peoples with his faithfulness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
96:13 z7r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The can be restated to remove the abstract noun “faithfulness.” Possible meanings are (1) Alternate translation: “fairly, according to what he knows is true” or (2) Alternate translation: “using the same standard for all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
97:4 c2ef 0 shakes with fear
|
||||
97:5 r8fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The writer speaks of the mountains crumbling before Yahweh as if they were wax that was exposed to a fire. Alternate translation: “The mountains are unable to stand as Yahweh comes near” or “The mountains crumble in Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
97:6 t73s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Possible meanings are (1) the psalmist speaks as if the skies are Yahweh’s messengers who declare that Yahweh is just. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see that God is just, the same way that everyone can see the skies” or (2) the skies refer to the beings that live in the heavens. Alternate translation: “All those who live in heaven declare that Yahweh is just” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
97:8 t6tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to the people who live in these lands. Alternate translation: “The people of Zion heard…the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
97:8 t6tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This refers to the people who live in these lands. Alternate translation: “The people of Zion heard … the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
97:9 fh9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The psalmist speaks as if those who were strong enough to rule were the physically higher than others. Alternate translation: “rule over all the people who live on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
97:9 etq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The psalmist speaks as if those who were strong enough to rule were the physically higher than others. Alternate translation: “You are high, far” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
97:10 v6ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh rescuing people from the power of wicked people is spoken of as if he took them out of their hands. Alternate translation: “he rescues them from the power of the wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
105:31 xv9w 0 large flying groups
|
||||
105:31 p85g 0 small flying insects like flies but smaller
|
||||
105:32 xxb2 0 ice that falls from the sky like rain
|
||||
105:33 sa1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 God caused the hail, rain, and lightning to ruin the vines and trees. Alternate translation: “He caused it to destroy…and to break” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
105:33 sa1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 God caused the hail, rain, and lightning to ruin the vines and trees. Alternate translation: “He caused it to destroy … and to break” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
105:34 pv2a 0 “there were so many locusts”
|
||||
105:35 ytq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrase have basically the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “The insects ate all the plants and all the crops in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
105:36 ur3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 Here the second phrase about the “firstfruits” is used to describe the “firstborn” in the first phrase. Alternate translation: “He killed every firstborn in their land, which were the firstfruits of all their strength” or “Then Yahweh killed the oldest son in every house of the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -3950,11 +3950,11 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
106:intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 106 General Notes\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s sin\nAlthough Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
|
||||
106:1 m751 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
106:1 n4rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “for he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
106:2 mp3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author asks this question to praise God and does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh…deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
106:2 mp3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The author asks this question to praise God and does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh … deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
106:2 gxs8 0 “deeds that are worthy of praise”
|
||||
106:4 hu15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “call to mind” means to remember something. Alternate translation: “remember me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
106:5 a4xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj 0 The word “chosen” refers to Yahweh’s chosen people. Alternate translation: “of your chosen people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
106:5 hyv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 These are things that David says he will do, along with “seeing the prosperity of your chosen.” The words “I will” may be repeated here. Alternate translation: “I will rejoice in the gladness…and I will glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
106:5 hyv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 These are things that David says he will do, along with “seeing the prosperity of your chosen.” The words “I will” may be repeated here. Alternate translation: “I will rejoice in the gladness … and I will glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
106:5 xr8z 0 joy, delight
|
||||
106:5 upf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the phrase “your inheritance” refers to the Isrealites, who are Yahweh’s chosen people. Here “glory” means “to boast about” something; in this case they are boasting about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “boast of your greatness with your people” or “boast with your people about you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
106:7 f98d 0 “were not grateful for the marvelous deed you did”
|
||||
|
@ -4010,7 +4010,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
106:44 mj3k 0 “Even though what I have just said is true, he.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 106:8](../106/008.md).
|
||||
106:44 ry5x 0 “their affliction” or “their suffering”
|
||||
106:45 try4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “call to mind” means to remember something. Alternate translation: “remembered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
106:45 fi1e 0 “He…decided that because he still loved them very much he would not punish them”
|
||||
106:45 fi1e 0 “He … decided that because he still loved them very much he would not punish them”
|
||||
106:46 vqs1 0 “their captors.” This refers to the Isrealites’ enemies who had taken them captive.
|
||||
106:46 i4vh 0 “to be compassionate on them”
|
||||
106:47 p7rh 0 Here 106:48 is more than the end of this psalm. It is the closing statement for all of Book 4 of the Psalms, which starts at Psalm 90 and ends with Psalm 106.
|
||||
|
@ -4195,7 +4195,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
110:2 s6mj 0 “King, rule among your enemies.” This is spoken to the king as a command.
|
||||
110:3 v9sn 0 “by their own choice.” This means that they will chose to follow the king.
|
||||
110:3 m1bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This refers to the day that the king will lead his armies into battle. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “on the day that you lead your armies into battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
110:3 nr17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 David describes the dew as a baby to whom the dawn gives birth. Alternate translation: “in the morning…like the dew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
110:3 nr17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 David describes the dew as a baby to whom the dawn gives birth. Alternate translation: “in the morning … like the dew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
110:3 t8fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 David is telling the king that he will have youthful strength each morning by comparing it to how the dew appears early each morning. Alternate translation: “each morning you will be filled with youthful strength to sustain you just like each morning the dew appears to water and sustain the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
110:4 ng77 0 Yahweh is speaking to the lord, the one David calls “my master” in [Psalms 110:1](../110/001.md).
|
||||
110:4 c4te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This means that he will not change what he has said. Alternate translation: “will not change his mind” or “will not change what he has said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -4270,7 +4270,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
114:3 wht9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks of the Jordan River as if it were a person who retreated as Yahweh led the people of Israel through on dry ground. Alternate translation: “it was as though the Jordan retreated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
114:4 hr5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks of the mountains and hills as if they are alive. He is probably speaking of an earthquake when he describes their fear at the presence of Yahweh as if they were jumping like rams and lambs. Alternate translation: “It was as if the mountains shook like jumping rams and the hills shook like jumping lambs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
114:5 a5rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Verses 5-6 contain four rhetorical questions. The expected answer to each question is found in verse 7, “because of the presence of the Lord.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
114:6 m256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks of the mountains and hills as if they are alive. He is probably speaking of an earthquake when he describes their fear at the presence of Yahweh as if they were jumping like rams and lambs. See how you translated similar phrases in [Psalms 114:4](./004.md). Alternate translation: “shake like jumping rams…shake like jumping lambs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
114:6 m256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks of the mountains and hills as if they are alive. He is probably speaking of an earthquake when he describes their fear at the presence of Yahweh as if they were jumping like rams and lambs. See how you translated similar phrases in [Psalms 114:4](./004.md). Alternate translation: “shake like jumping rams … shake like jumping lambs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
114:7 xi33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 The last two phrases are parallel. The verb may be supplied in the second line. Alternate translation: “Tremble, earth, before the Lord, tremble at the presence of the God of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
114:7 k6tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Possible meanings are (1) the writer is speaking to the earth as if it were a person and commands it to tremble with fear before God or (2) the word “earth” is a metonym for those who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “Tremble, everyone one earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
114:8 u6n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases are parallel. The writer describes Yahweh causing water to flow from the rock as if he turned the rock into water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -4325,7 +4325,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
116:11 i5hw 0 “I said too quickly” or “I said without considering”
|
||||
116:11 m4td 0 “Every person is a liar” or “All people are liars”
|
||||
116:12 e1wh 0 The person who made this song continues to speak.
|
||||
116:12 vxb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks this leading question to introduce how he will respond to what Yahweh has done for him. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is how I will repay Yahweh…to me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
116:12 vxb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The writer asks this leading question to introduce how he will respond to what Yahweh has done for him. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is how I will repay Yahweh … to me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
116:13 s8vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 This is probably a reference to a drink offering, which was a sacrifice that involved pouring wine on the altar, and which the writer will offer in response to Yahweh saving him. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I will present a drink offering to Yahweh because he saved me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
116:13 fa8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “call on Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
116:15 brj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The word “Precious” here does not imply that Yahweh values the death of his saints, but that the death of his saints is costly to him and grieves him. Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh considers the death of his saints to be a costly thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -4689,7 +4689,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
123:1 ja7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the author refers to his eyes because that is the part of the body used for seeing. Alternate translation: “I look to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
123:1 kx53 0 sitting on a throne and ruling as king
|
||||
123:2 kyd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These three phrases have similar meanings. The third phrase, about the Israelites, is being compared to how the servants and maids look to their masters and mistresses for help. In each case “eyes” refers to the whole person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
123:2 xe43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” refers to the provision for needs. Alternate translation: “master’s provision…mistress’s provision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
123:2 xe43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “hand” refers to the provision for needs. Alternate translation: “master’s provision … mistress’s provision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
123:2 av8s 0 servant girl
|
||||
123:2 cs6v 0 woman who has authority over servant girls
|
||||
123:2 kj4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “mercy” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -4763,7 +4763,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
129:4 yzu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Israel is spoken of as being bound by evil people. Alternate translation: “he has freed us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
129:5 z781 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh is not explicitly mentioned as the one who does these things. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh shame them and defeat them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
129:6 s2gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The psalmist speaks of his enemies dying and being few in number. He compares them to the little bit of grass that grows on the roof of a house and withers and is not enough to cut or bundle. Alternate translation: “May they die and may there be few of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
129:7 s57h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These words finish the simile that begins in ([Psalms 129:6](../129/006.md)). The psalmist speaks of his enemies dying and being few in number. He compares them to the little bit of grass that grows on the roof of a house and withers and is not enough to cut or bundle. “May they be like the grass, which cannot fill…together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
129:7 s57h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 These words finish the simile that begins in ([Psalms 129:6](../129/006.md)). The psalmist speaks of his enemies dying and being few in number. He compares them to the little bit of grass that grows on the roof of a house and withers and is not enough to cut or bundle. “May they be like the grass, which cannot fill … together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
129:8 pu7b 0 “Yahweh bless you”
|
||||
130:intro c2ly 0 # Psalm 130 General Notes\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 130 is a psalm of praise that God forgives sins. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n### Forgive\nGod forgives sin and helps the sinner. So Israel should trust in God for his forgiveness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
130:1 f4r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
@ -5080,7 +5080,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
144:8 i188 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “mouths” represent the people who speak. Alternate translation: “They speak lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
144:8 f1nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Possible meanings are (1) David speaks of the custom of raising the right hand to swear that what one is about to say in court is true, “they lie even when they swear to tell the truth,” or (2) the “right hand” is a metaphor for power, “everything they have gotten, they have gotten by telling lies.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
144:9 wz6d 0 Possible meanings are (1) “a song no one has ever sung before” or (2) “a song I have never sung before.”
|
||||
144:10 rad1 0 You may end a sentence at the end of [Psalms 144:9](../144/009.md) and start a new sentence here. “you. It is you who give…kings. It is you who rescued”
|
||||
144:10 rad1 0 You may end a sentence at the end of [Psalms 144:9](../144/009.md) and start a new sentence here. “you. It is you who give … kings. It is you who rescued”
|
||||
144:10 t9g4 0 David speaks of himself as if he were someone else. “me, David, your servant”
|
||||
144:10 r919 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 David speaks of evil people as if they were the swords they use as weapons. Alternate translation: “from evil people who were trying to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
144:11 a7t7 0 “Please rescue me and free me”
|
||||
|
@ -5152,7 +5152,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
147:10 ih2w 0 “Strong horses do not delight him”
|
||||
147:10 vg8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Possible meanings are (1) “strong legs” is a metonym that represents how swiftly a man can run. Alternate translation: “men who can run swiftly” or (2) “strong legs” represents the strength of the whole man. Alternate translation: “how strong a man is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
147:11 fe9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with and adjective. Alternate translation: “who trust him because he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
147:12 c1ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks to Jerusalem, which he also calls Zion, as if it were a person. The names of the city are metonyms for the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “people of Jerusalem…people of Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
147:12 c1ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks to Jerusalem, which he also calls Zion, as if it were a person. The names of the city are metonyms for the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “people of Jerusalem … people of Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
147:13 v5j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 The phrase “the bars of your gates” represent the city as a whole. Yahweh will make Jerusalem secure from enemy invasion. Alternate translation: “For he protects Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
147:13 kjw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The writer speaks of those who live in Jerusalem as if they were Jerusalem’s children. Alternate translation: “he blesses those who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
147:14 jv5d 0 “He brings peace.” Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh causes the people who live in Jerusalem to prosper materially and financially or (2) the word translated as “prosperity” means “peace” and Yahweh keeps Jerusalem safe from enemy attack.
|
||||
|
@ -5169,7 +5169,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
147:20 s9ly 0 The other nations do not know Yahweh’s decrees.
|
||||
148:intro ug77 0 # Psalm 148 General Notes\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 148 is a worship psalm. It is the fifth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Praise\nAll creation, including humans, should praise God for his greatness.
|
||||
148:1 hy45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry 0 Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
148:1 y3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens…you in the sky.” These two lines are parallel, with phrase “the heights” meaning the same thing as “the heavens” in the previous line. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
148:1 y3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens … you in the sky.” These two lines are parallel, with phrase “the heights” meaning the same thing as “the heavens” in the previous line. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
148:3 ri28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks to the sun and moon as if they were people and commands them to praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, sun and moon, as people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
148:3 qw9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer speaks to the shining stars as if they were people and commands them to praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, shining stars, as people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
148:4 ek5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The phrase “highest heaven” is an idiom that refers to heaven itself. The writer speaks to heaven as if it were a person and commands it to praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, highest heaven, as people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
34
tn_REV.tsv
34
tn_REV.tsv
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
1:3 h37b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “obey what John has written in it” or “obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:3 dwt8 ὁ & καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 “the things that must happen will soon happen”
|
||||
1:4 vw1t 0 This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to.
|
||||
1:4 y9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν & καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if these were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May he who is…and the seven spirits…treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:4 y9yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν & καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if these were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May he who is … and the seven spirits … treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:4 hl5c ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν 1 “from God, who is”
|
||||
1:4 qsu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:4 x38p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
2:1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
2:1 i92a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
2:1 ugs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage λυχνιῶν 1 The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
2:2 jg1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἶδα & τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know…that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:2 jg1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἶδα & τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know … that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:2 szc1 καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 “but are not apostles”
|
||||
2:2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 “you have recognized that those people are false apostles”
|
||||
2:3 muq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 “Name” here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
2:20 wbu1 ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ 1 “But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing” or “But I am angry with you because of something you are doing.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2:20 f6e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ, ἡ 1 Jesus spoke of a certain woman in their church as if she were Queen Jezebel, because she did the same kinds of sinful things that Queen Jezebel had done long before that time. Alternate translation: “the woman who is just like Jezebel and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:21 g7yh ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ 1 “I gave her opportunity to repent” or “I waited for her to repent”
|
||||
2:22 twa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην & εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 Her having to lie in bed would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed…I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick…I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:22 twa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην & εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 Her having to lie in bed would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed … I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick … I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:22 lj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ’ αὐτῆς εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 Jesus speaks of causing people to suffer as throwing them into suffering. Alternate translation: “I will make those who commit adultery with her to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:22 h8fz μοιχεύοντας 1 “practice adultery”
|
||||
2:22 g53b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς 1 This implies that they have participated with her in her wicked behavior. By repenting of her deeds, they also repent of participating in her behavior. Alternate translation: “if they do not repent from doing the evil that she does” or “if they do not repent of participating in her deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:5 zec1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
6:5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a tool used for weighing things
|
||||
6:6 cq7h χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου 1 Some languages might want a verb such as “cost” or “buy” in the sentence. There was very little wheat for all the people, so its price was very high. Alternate translation: “A choenix of wheat now costs one denarius” or “Buy a choenix of wheat with one denarius”
|
||||
6:6 b5rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου & τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 a “choenix” was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of “choenix” is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat…three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat…three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
6:6 b5rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου & τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 a “choenix” was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of “choenix” is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
6:6 v3sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 This coin was worth a day’s wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
6:6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up.
|
||||
6:6 c5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 These expressions probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
6:9 b2kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 This can be translated with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:9 y8c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here “Word of God” is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:10 qz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 The word blood here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:11 bq1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants…sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants…sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:11 bq1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants … sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants … sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
|
||||
6:11 p615 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s brothers. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:12 z9qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
7:16 t45h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ & ὁ ἥλιος 1 The sun’s heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “The sun will not burn them” or “The sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:17 wc49 αὐτούς & αὐτοὺς 1 These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
7:17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 “the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne”
|
||||
7:17 bi5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον & ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb…will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb…will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:17 bi5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον & ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:17 m6m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
7:17 g3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Tears here represent sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
8:intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 08 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven seals and seven trumpets\nThis chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\nJohn uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Similes\nIn verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
9:13 q3a3 τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ 1 These are horn-shaped extensions at each of the four corners of the top of the altar.
|
||||
9:14 iq5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche λέγουσαν 1 The voice refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The speaker said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
9:14 su17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους, τοὺς δεδεμένους 1 The text does not say who has bound the angels, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind” or “the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:15 ijx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς & ἐνιαυτόν 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “The angel released the four angels who had been prepared for…that year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:15 ijx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς & ἐνιαυτόν 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “The angel released the four angels who had been prepared for … that year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:15 p3w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “The four angels whom God had prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:15 b3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: “for that exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
9:16 h8uf 0 Suddenly, 200,000,000 soldiers on horseback appear in John’s vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse.
|
||||
|
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
10:8 v6a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The word “voice” refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The one I heard speak from heaven” or “The one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
10:8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 John heard
|
||||
10:9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 “The angel said to me”
|
||||
10:9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 “make…sour” or “make…acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good.
|
||||
10:9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 “make … sour” or “make … acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good.
|
||||
10:11 ahb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 This refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.\n\n### Woe\n\nJohn describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Gentiles\nThe word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Two witnesses\nScholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Bottomless pit\nThis image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
|
||||
11:1 ba9b 0 John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
|
||||
|
@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
11:4 pa44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες 1 The two olive trees and the two lampstands symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “The two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
11:4 p6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ 1 John expects his readers to know about them because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: “the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
11:5 nr2s πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Because this is about future events, it can also be stated in the future tense. Alternate translation: “fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies”
|
||||
11:5 ab6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῦρ & κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire…will destroy their enemies” or “fire…will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:5 ab6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῦρ & κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire … will destroy their enemies” or “fire … will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:6 cac1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that can be opened to let rain fall or closed to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:6 a7ed στρέφειν 1 “to change”
|
||||
11:6 kth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ 1 John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
11:15 l1be 0 The last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
11:15 sxx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated “seventh” in [Revelation 8.1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
11:15 zt2f ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι 1 The phrase “loud voices” represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said”
|
||||
11:15 jsm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here “kingdom” refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world…the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:15 jsm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here “kingdom” refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world … the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:15 en51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 This refers to everyone in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
11:15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world”
|
||||
11:16 jv5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
12:7 wh37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
12:8 uj6a οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 “So the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven”
|
||||
12:9 pk5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ & ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος & καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
12:9 v1tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon…and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:9 v1tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon … and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 The word “I” refers to John.
|
||||
12:10 i112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 The word “voice” refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:10 nt1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God’s ruling and Christ’s authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: “Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
13:4 yuu8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ 1 “he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had”
|
||||
13:4 ep4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ 1 This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. Alternate translation: “No one is as powerful as the beast!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:4 mdd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 This question shows how much the people feared the power of the beast. Alternate translation: “No one could ever fight against the beast and win!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
13:5 p2n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ & ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast…God permitted the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:5 p2n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ & ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast … God permitted the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:5 y29e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν 1 Being given a mouth refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: “The beast was allowed to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:5 ai5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 “42 months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
13:6 ru6v εἰς βλασφημίας πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 “to say disrespectful things about God”
|
||||
|
@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
13:7 fyp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave authority to the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:7 f5rl πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
13:8 nr7r προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν 1 “will worship the beast”
|
||||
13:8 vyy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντες & γῆς, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names the Lamb did not write…in The Book of Life” or “those whose names were not…in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:8 vyy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντες & γῆς, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names the Lamb did not write … in The Book of Life” or “those whose names were not … in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:8 nj7e ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 “when God created the world”
|
||||
13:8 vac6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 A “lamb” is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
13:8 bcu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
16:20 eb5w 0 This is part of the seventh bowl of God’s wrath.
|
||||
16:20 byn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 The inability to see any mountains is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
16:21 i43r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
17:intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Prostitute\n\nScripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### Seven hills\n\nThis possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up “\n\nThis and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast…is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md))
|
||||
17:intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Prostitute\n\nScripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### Seven hills\n\nThis possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up “\n\nThis and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md))
|
||||
17:1 ppd7 0 John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute.
|
||||
17:1 c6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 The noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verb “condemn.” Alternate translation: “how God will condemn the great prostitute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
17:1 f7ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 “the prostitute that everyone knows about.” She represents a certain sinful city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
17:5 az5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had written on her forehead a name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
17:5 l75t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη 1 If it needs to be made clear that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a sentence. Alternate translation: “I am Babylon, the powerful one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
17:6 iq7b 0 The angel begins to explain to John the meaning of the prostitute and the red beast. The angel explains these things through verse 18.
|
||||
17:6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος & καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος 1 “was drunk because she had drunk the blood…and had drunk the blood”
|
||||
17:6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος & καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος 1 “was drunk because she had drunk the blood … and had drunk the blood”
|
||||
17:6 yqi7 τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 “the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus”
|
||||
17:6 ydi9 ἐθαύμασα 1 amazed, surprised
|
||||
17:7 j412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας 1 The angel used this question to gently scold John. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
17:15 ua3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 This refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
17:16 j157 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν 1 “steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing”
|
||||
17:16 f9as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all her flesh. “They will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι & ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give…until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose”
|
||||
17:17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι & ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give … until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose”
|
||||
17:17 sb1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι & ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here “heart” is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
17:17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 “authority” or “kingly authority”
|
||||
17:17 el9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ front:intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
22:8 xr17 0 John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel.
|
||||
22:8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md).
|
||||
22:10 gqa8 0 The angel finishes speaking to John.
|
||||
22:10 ct48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς & τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret…this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:10 ct48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς & τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
22:10 xc15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Here “words” refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
22:12 idc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
22:13 f5jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
|
46
tn_ROM.tsv
46
tn_ROM.tsv
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world.
|
||||
1:9 r2l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1:9 f9p2 μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 “I talk to God about you”
|
||||
1:10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ & ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι & ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 “Every time I pray, I ask God that…I may succeed…in coming to visit you”
|
||||
1:10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ & ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι & ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 “Every time I pray, I ask God that … I may succeed … in coming to visit you”
|
||||
1:10 zfp4 εἴ πως 1 “in whatever way God allows”
|
||||
1:10 is3p ποτὲ 1 “eventually” or “finally”
|
||||
1:10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 “because God desires it”
|
||||
|
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:28 yy1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 Here “a depraved mind” means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 “disgraceful” or “sinful”
|
||||
1:29 c2e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “They have in them a strong desire for” or “They strongly desire to do deeds of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:29 t4qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people…Many constantly desire to murder people…to cause arguments and quarrels among people…to deceive others…to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:29 t4qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people … Many constantly desire to murder people … to cause arguments and quarrels among people … to deceive others … to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:30 f4tt καταλάλους 1 A slanderer says false things about another person in order to damage that person’s reputation.
|
||||
1:30 th8q ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 “thinking of new ways to do evil things to others”
|
||||
1:32 cxx8 οἵτινες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες 1 “They know how God wants them to live”
|
||||
|
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:3 rk75 ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 “you who say someone deserves God’s punishment while you do the same wicked deeds”
|
||||
2:3 p7mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape God’s judgment!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:4 pex3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not act like it does not matter that God is good and that he patiently waits a long time before he punishes people, so that his goodness will cause them to repent!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:4 w537 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς 1 “consider the riches…patience unimportant” or “consider…not good”
|
||||
2:4 w537 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς 1 “consider the riches … patience unimportant” or “consider … not good”
|
||||
2:4 swj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You must know that God shows you he is good so that you might repent!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2:5 t8pv 0 Paul continues to remind the people that all people are wicked.
|
||||
2:5 agl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
2:26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 “the person who is not circumcised”
|
||||
2:26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 “obeys what God commands in the law”
|
||||
2:26 be71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:27 lqz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you…the law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:27 lqz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you … the law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see.
|
||||
2:28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him.
|
||||
2:28 s44m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 This is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
3:6 zg9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:6 lnp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 The “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:7 b9k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:8 tz14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying…come!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:8 tz14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying … come!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 “some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying”
|
||||
3:8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching.
|
||||
3:9 z3wu 0 Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God.
|
||||
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
4:5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 “in God, who justifies”
|
||||
4:5 va3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works”
|
||||
4:7 dur6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι & ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law…whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:7 dur6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι & ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:9 sgz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:9 dn7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 This is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:9 d5qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 This is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
4:23 z432 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:24 pfc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
4:24 nh4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
4:24 a6c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 “Raised…from the dead” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:24 a6c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 “Raised … from the dead” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:25 cca1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMany scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Results of justification\nHow Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n### “All sinned”\nScholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### The second Adam\nAdam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
|
||||
5:1 xmp3 0 Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
|
||||
|
@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
5:9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
|
||||
5:9 bev3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 Here “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:10 v8a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ὄντες 1 All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
5:10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 “God’s Son…the life of God’s Son”
|
||||
5:10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 “God’s Son … the life of God’s Son”
|
||||
5:10 rnc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:10 cu3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
5:10 qe6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
6:4 f4va rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 Here Paul speaks of a believer’s baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:4 t47r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:4 ps5d ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
6:5 wnd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him…come back to life with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:5 wnd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him … come back to life with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:6 f13e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 The “old man” is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
6:6 m7c2 ὁ παλαιὸς & ἄνθρωπος 1 This means the person who once was, but who does not exist now.
|
||||
6:6 l6pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: “our sinful nature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
6:15 zxb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? μὴ γένοιτο 1 Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:15 c77g μὴ γένοιτο 1 “We would never want that to happen!” or “May God help me not to do that!” This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md).
|
||||
6:16 jl1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God’s grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:16 q2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας & ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin…or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin…or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
6:16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον & εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 “which results in death…which results in righteousness”
|
||||
6:16 q2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας & ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin … or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin … or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
6:16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον & εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 “which results in death … which results in righteousness”
|
||||
6:17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 “But I thank God!”
|
||||
6:17 yxt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “you were like slaves of sin” or “you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:17 my2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 Here the word “heart” refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:4 acc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 “but who obey the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
8:6 y6p7 0 Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have.
|
||||
8:6 vyw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὸ & φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς & τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here Paul speaks of both the “flesh” and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think…the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
8:6 vyw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὸ & φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς & τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here Paul speaks of both the “flesh” and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
8:6 ec7j θάνατος 1 Here this means the separation of a person from God.
|
||||
8:8 me7u οἱ & ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do.
|
||||
8:9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how “the flesh” was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
|
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
8:10 q8be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ & Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
8:10 e6g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin or (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:10 yb1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ & Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right or (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit…lives in you”
|
||||
8:11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit … lives in you”
|
||||
8:11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 “of God, who raised”
|
||||
8:11 jr6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
8:11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα 1 “physical bodies” or “bodies, which will die someday”
|
||||
|
@ -647,10 +647,10 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
9:19 z4j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
9:19 bbe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:19 hqr7 μέμφεται & αὐτοῦ 1 The words “he” and “his” here refer to God.
|
||||
9:19 n1ti τῷ & βουλήματι αὐτοῦ & ἀνθέστηκεν 1 “has…stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
|
||||
9:20 arw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why…way?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:19 n1ti τῷ & βουλήματι αὐτοῦ & ἀνθέστηκεν 1 “has … stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
|
||||
9:20 arw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why … way?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:20 wcj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:21 e94a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right…for daily use.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:21 e94a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right … for daily use.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
9:22 we86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
9:23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ & αὐτοῦ 1 The words “he” and “his” here refer to God.
|
||||
9:23 v33r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -703,8 +703,8 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 This word speaks of physical death.
|
||||
10:8 gz7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 The word “it” refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes “righteousness” as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
10:8 kzb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 Paul speaks of God’s message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
10:8 y6mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word “mouth” is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak…God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:8 zvx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The phrase “in your heart” is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what…God’s message means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:8 y6mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word “mouth” is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak … God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:8 zvx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The phrase “in your heart” is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what … God’s message means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him”
|
||||
10:9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 “if you confess that Jesus is Lord”
|
||||
10:9 ie71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
10:18 f6jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
10:18 s5zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word “their” refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:19 ib4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
10:19 jjt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, & παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you…God will stir you up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
10:19 jjt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, & παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you … God will stir you up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
10:19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation”
|
||||
10:19 s3nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 Here “without understanding” means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry”
|
||||
|
@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
11:20 v2ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:21 f6i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 Here the “natural branches” refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.
|
||||
11:22 p691 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ & σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell…but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
11:22 p691 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ & σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell … but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
11:22 scf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
11:22 z41m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “kindness.” Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
11:22 t4mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can “cut off” if he needs to. Here “cut off” is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
12:9 iv5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
12:9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
12:10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ & φιλόστοργοι 1 Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form “Concerning…be” to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning…do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md).
|
||||
12:10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ & φιλόστοργοι 1 Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form “Concerning … be” to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning … do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md).
|
||||
12:10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 “As for how you love your fellow believers”
|
||||
12:10 lcg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φιλόστοργοι 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “show affection” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 “Honor and respect one another” or “Honor your fellow believers by respecting them”
|
||||
|
@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
12:19 ns3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
12:19 l2i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
12:20 c4ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; & πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, & σωρεύσεις 1 All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
12:20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry…his head’”
|
||||
12:20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry … his head’”
|
||||
12:20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 “give him some food”
|
||||
12:20 wce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” or (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:21 q761 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Paul describes “evil” as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ front:intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
15:4 m7yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν & ἔχωμεν 1 Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
15:4 g6r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 Here “have confidence” means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
15:5 u2zm 0 Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
|
||||
15:5 g5xm Θεὸς & δῴη 1 “I pray that…God…will grant”
|
||||
15:5 g5xm Θεὸς & δῴη 1 “I pray that … God … will grant”
|
||||
15:5 ws7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 Here to be of the “same mind” is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:6 uz1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
15:7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 “accept one another””
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ front:intro f68r 0 # Introduction to Ruth\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:3 rxb1 הִ֖יא וּשְׁנֵ֥י בָנֶֽיהָ׃ 1 **Naomi had only her two sons remaining with her**
|
||||
1:4 pk7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַיִּשְׂא֣וּ לָהֶ֗ם נָשִׁים֙ 1 **married women**. This is an idiom for marrying women. They did not take women who were already married. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:4 k7y9 מֹֽאֲבִיּ֔וֹת 1 Naomi’s sons married women who were from the tribe of Moab. The Moabites worshiped other gods.
|
||||
1:4 aee6 שֵׁ֤ם הָֽאַחַת֙ & וְשֵׁ֥ם הַשֵּׁנִ֖י 1 **the name of one woman was…the name of the other woman was**
|
||||
1:4 aee6 שֵׁ֤ם הָֽאַחַת֙ & וְשֵׁ֥ם הַשֵּׁנִ֖י 1 **the name of one woman was … the name of the other woman was**
|
||||
1:4 rt4c כְּעֶ֥שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 About ten years after Elimelek and Naomi came to the country of Moab, their sons Mahlon and Kilion died.
|
||||
1:5 dbr3 וַתִּשָּׁאֵר֙ הָֽאִשָּׁ֔ה מִשְּׁנֵ֥י יְלָדֶ֖יהָ וּמֵאִישָֽׁהּ 1 Naomi was widowed and both her sons died.
|
||||
1:6 u9q2 וְכַלֹּתֶ֔יהָ 1 the women who married Naomi’s sons
|
||||
|
@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ front:intro f68r 0 # Introduction to Ruth\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
1:11 ggi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥מָּה תֵלַ֖כְנָה עִמִּ֑י 1 This is a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “It does not make sense for you to go with me.” or “You should not go with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:11 q2hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַֽעֽוֹד־לִ֤י בָנִים֙ בְּֽמֵעַ֔י וְהָי֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם לַאֲנָשִֽׁים 1 This is a rhetorical question. Naomi uses this question to say that she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Obviously it is not possible for me to have any more sons who could become your husbands.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:12 dyc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זָקַ֖נְתִּי מִהְי֣וֹת לְאִ֑ישׁ 1 The reason a husband would be important can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I am too old to marry again and bear more children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:12 abc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֤י אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ יֶשׁ־לִ֣י תִקְוָ֔ה גַּ֣ם הָיִ֤יתִי הַלַּ֨יְלָה֙ לְאִ֔ישׁ וְגַ֖ם יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 This rhetorical question begins here and continues into the next verse. Naomi uses this question to say that she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Even if it were possible that I could expect to marry right away and also give birth to sons right away,…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:12 abc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֤י אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ יֶשׁ־לִ֣י תִקְוָ֔ה גַּ֣ם הָיִ֤יתִי הַלַּ֨יְלָה֙ לְאִ֔ישׁ וְגַ֖ם יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 This rhetorical question begins here and continues into the next verse. Naomi uses this question to say that she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Even if it were possible that I could expect to marry right away and also give birth to sons right away, … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:12 kh9g יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 **bear children** or **deliver baby boys**
|
||||
1:13 gmc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲלָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְבִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְאִ֑ישׁ 1 Naomi completes the rhetorical question she began in the previous verse, and asks a second rhetorical question which emphasizes the same meaning. Alternate translation: “…you would not wait until they were grown up so that you could marry them. You would need to marry a husband before then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:13 gmc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲלָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְבִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְאִ֑ישׁ 1 Naomi completes the rhetorical question she began in the previous verse, and asks a second rhetorical question which emphasizes the same meaning. Alternate translation: “ … you would not wait until they were grown up so that you could marry them. You would need to marry a husband before then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1:13 ab04 אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲלָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְבִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְאִ֑ישׁ 1 This refers to the practice of levirate marriage, in which it is expected that, if a married man dies, one of his brothers will marry the man’s widow. See the introduction for more explanation.
|
||||
1:13 gh99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַר־לִ֤י מְאֹד֙ 1 Bitterness is a metaphor for grief. Alternate translation: “It greatly grieves me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:13 z9u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יָצְאָ֥ה בִ֖י יַד־יְהוָֽה 1 The word **hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or influence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has caused terrible things to happen to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ front:intro f68r 0 # Introduction to Ruth\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
|
|||
4:15 rpc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ט֣וֹבָה לָ֔ךְ מִשִּׁבְעָ֖ה בָּנִֽים 1 **seven** represented the idea of completeness or perfection. This is a way to praise Ruth for how she has provided for Naomi by bearing a grandson for her by Boaz, when Naomi’s sons could not provide for her because they had died. Alternate translation: “better to you than any son” or “worth more to you than many sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:16 k1w4 וַתִּקַּ֨ח נָעֳמִ֤י אֶת־הַיֶּ֨לֶד֙ 1 **Naomi picked up the child** This refers to Naomi holding the child. Make sure it does not sound like she took him away from Ruth in any hostile way.
|
||||
4:16 ab49 וַתְּהִי־ל֖וֹ לְאֹמֶֽנֶת׃ 1 **and took care of him**
|
||||
4:17 ab50 וַתִּקְרֶאנָה֩ ל֨וֹ הַשְּׁכֵנ֥וֹת שֵׁם֙ & וַתִּקְרֶ֤אנָֽה שְׁמוֹ֙ עוֹבֵ֔ד 1 The first phrase introduces the naming event, and the second repeats it in order to report the event. If this is confusing, the two phrases can be combined. **So the neighbor women gave him the name Obed** or **The women of the neighborhood said…and they named him Obed**
|
||||
4:17 ab50 וַתִּקְרֶאנָה֩ ל֨וֹ הַשְּׁכֵנ֥וֹת שֵׁם֙ & וַתִּקְרֶ֤אנָֽה שְׁמוֹ֙ עוֹבֵ֔ד 1 The first phrase introduces the naming event, and the second repeats it in order to report the event. If this is confusing, the two phrases can be combined. **So the neighbor women gave him the name Obed** or **The women of the neighborhood said … and they named him Obed**
|
||||
4:17 fkf2 יֻלַּד־בֵּ֖ן לְנָעֳמִ֑י 1 **It is as though Naomi has a son again**. It was understood that the child was Naomi’s grandson, not her physical son, but he would carry on the family line of both Naomi and Ruth.
|
||||
4:17 ab51 ה֥וּא אֲבִי־יִשַׁ֖י 1 **Later, he became the father of Jesse** It may be necessary to make it clear that much time passed between the births of Obed, Jesse, and David.
|
||||
4:17 f9ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲבִ֥י דָוִֽד 1 **father of King David**. Though **King** is not stated, it was clear to the original audience that this David was King David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
24
tn_SNG.tsv
24
tn_SNG.tsv
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
1:12 zt7d 0 “sat eating his special meal.” This probably refers to one of the couches on which people would lie around a table at a banquet. You could translate using the common word for what people do with their bodies when they eat special meals.
|
||||
1:12 ur66 0 an oil that people got from the expensive nard or spikenard (valerian plant with small pink or white flowers) and used to make their skin soft and to have a pleasant odor.
|
||||
1:12 lp8f 0 “gave off its good smell”
|
||||
1:13 vc5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Women would place a small bag or pouch of myrrh on a necklace so it would lie between their breasts and they could enjoy its pleasant fragrance. This woman enjoys having her beloved close to her. She adds “to me” to show that she does not expect anyone else to enjoy her beloved in this way. Alternate translation: “I enjoy my beloved as much as I enjoy having a bag of myrrh…breasts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:13 vc5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Women would place a small bag or pouch of myrrh on a necklace so it would lie between their breasts and they could enjoy its pleasant fragrance. This woman enjoys having her beloved close to her. She adds “to me” to show that she does not expect anyone else to enjoy her beloved in this way. Alternate translation: “I enjoy my beloved as much as I enjoy having a bag of myrrh … breasts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:13 bzs7 0 This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” Alternate translation: “My dear one” or “My lover”
|
||||
1:13 f8y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 If this phrase would offend your readers, you could use a euphemism. Alternate translation: “close to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1:14 zh75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Henna flowers have a fragrance that people enjoy. The woman enjoys her beloved. She adds “to me” to show that she does not expect anyone else to enjoy her beloved in this way. Alternate translation: “I enjoy my beloved as much as I enjoy the smell of clusters of henna flowers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
2:5 khc1 0 “by giving me raisin cakes to eat.” Raisin cakes were cakes made of dried grapes pressed together.
|
||||
2:5 gs2a 0 “support me by giving me apricots” or “help me by giving me apricots”
|
||||
2:5 y4qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The woman speaks of feeling weak because her love is so strong as if love were a kind of sickness. Alternate translation: “because my love is so strong that I feel feeble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:6 m6ys 0 “left arm…right arm”
|
||||
2:6 m6ys 0 “left arm … right arm”
|
||||
2:6 fq8w 0 “holds me”
|
||||
2:7 l67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
2:7 n4wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 Although the daughters of Jerusalem could not hear her, the woman speaks to them as if they could hear saying that the gazelles and the does will punish them they break their promise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
|
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
2:9 qbs9 0 “a young male deer”
|
||||
2:9 s6z4 0 “listen carefully” or “what I am about to say is important.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully.
|
||||
2:9 umf5 0 “on the other side of our wall.” The woman is in a house and the man is outside the house.
|
||||
2:9 be2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 The word “our” refers to the woman and the other people in the house with her. If she is speaking to herself, it is inclusive, but if she is speaking to the daughters of Jerusalem, whether she is referring to herself and her companions or to herself only in plural, as in “We are glad…We rejoice…let us celebrate” ([Song of Songs 1:4](../01/01.md)), it is exclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2:9 be2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive 0 The word “our” refers to the woman and the other people in the house with her. If she is speaking to herself, it is inclusive, but if she is speaking to the daughters of Jerusalem, whether she is referring to herself and her companions or to herself only in plural, as in “We are glad … We rejoice … let us celebrate” ([Song of Songs 1:4](../01/01.md)), it is exclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2:9 kf9u 0 “he stares in through the windows”
|
||||
2:9 s9xt 0 “he peeks through the lattice”
|
||||
2:9 z1bl 0 a cover for a window or some other entrance that someone has made by weaving long strips of wood together. Lattices have holes that people can look through.
|
||||
|
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
2:17 l8dz 0 an adult male deer
|
||||
2:17 ia1r 0 “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
|
||||
3:intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Longing\nThis chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:1 l1kv 0 “I had a strong desire to be with him…loves, but he was not there”
|
||||
3:1 l1kv 0 “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there”
|
||||
3:1 hu3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:2 uyu7 0 “walk through the city”
|
||||
3:2 x9ki 0 The word “squares” indicates the center area of a town where streets or roads come together. It is often an area where people sell items, a market, and a place where people come together to talk.
|
||||
|
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
5:1 psq4 0 This Hebrew word can refer to a woman who is married or to one whom a man has arranged to become his son’s wife. If your language has a polite word that a man would use to his wife and that has not been used yet in this book, you could use it here. Otherwise you could use any polite term a man would use with his wife. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](../04/08.md).
|
||||
5:1 lgr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 These are all metaphors for the man enjoying the woman’s body ([Song of Songs 1:13](../01/12.md), [Song of Songs 2:4](../02/03.md), [Song of Songs 4:11](../04/10.md), and [Song of Songs 4:14](../04/12.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:1 sq9d 0 plants that have a strong smell or taste
|
||||
5:1 i16q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Eating and drinking are metaphors for making love. Alternate translation: “Make love…make love…make love until you are fully satisfied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:1 i16q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Eating and drinking are metaphors for making love. Alternate translation: “Make love … make love … make love until you are fully satisfied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
5:2 a7v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 The fourth part of the book begins here. The young woman uses euphemisms to describe her dream so that it can be interpreted in two different ways: (1) the woman describes a dream about a night when the man came to visit her at her house; and (2) the woman describes a dream about starting to sleep with the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
5:2 biy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The heart is the center of thought and feeling. Alternate translation: “but I could think clearly” or “but I knew what I was feeling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:2 tk43 0 This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
|
||||
|
@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
5:2 gaj1 0 “my perfect one” or “my faithful one” or “my innocent one”
|
||||
5:2 yh2r 0 drops of water or mist that form as the night becomes cool
|
||||
5:2 d3gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The words “is wet” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “my hair is wet with the night’s dampness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
5:3 tr8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This is what the woman thought to herself when she heard the man speak. ([Song of Songs 5:2](./02.md)). This could be translated with the woman saying that this is what she was thinking, or the woman could just explain the situation and her thoughts as in the UST. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself, ‘I have taken off my robe…dirty?’” or “I had taken off my robe and I did not want to put it on again. I had washed my feet and I did not want to get them dirty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
5:3 tr8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations 0 This is what the woman thought to herself when she heard the man speak. ([Song of Songs 5:2](./02.md)). This could be translated with the woman saying that this is what she was thinking, or the woman could just explain the situation and her thoughts as in the UST. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself, ‘I have taken off my robe … dirty?’” or “I had taken off my robe and I did not want to put it on again. I had washed my feet and I did not want to get them dirty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
5:3 am4r 0 thin linen clothing that people wore on their skin
|
||||
5:3 g6z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want to put it on again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
5:3 r5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism 0 While the word “feet” can be a euphemism for private parts, this probably refers to literal feet. The woman seems more likely to want to make love than to want to refrain from lovemaking because she has just bathed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
6:4 uwd8 0 The beauty of the woman is so powerful that it makes the man feel helpless, as if an army were approaching him.
|
||||
6:5 l78a 0 The man continues to praise the woman.
|
||||
6:5 e85g 0 “terrify me.” The eyes of the woman are so beautiful that it makes the man feel weak and afraid because he cannot resist their power.
|
||||
6:5 lbz1 0 Translate “Your hair…from Mount Gilead” as in [Song of Songs 4:1](../04/01.md).
|
||||
6:5 lbz1 0 Translate “Your hair … from Mount Gilead” as in [Song of Songs 4:1](../04/01.md).
|
||||
6:6 zz3k 0 The man continues to praise the woman.
|
||||
6:6 lxi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 After sheep have their wool cut off, they are washed and their skin looks very white. The woman’s teeth are white. See how “Your teeth are like a flock of newly shorn ewes” is translated in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
6:6 j7se rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The ewes are coming up out of the water. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “that are coming up out of the water after people have washed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
6:6 j4u3 0 lost a loved one who has died. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
6:7 zid1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 Pomegranates are smooth, round, and rich red. The man thinks the woman’s cheeks are beautiful and show that she is healthy. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “are red and round like two halves of a pomegranate” or “are red and full and healthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
6:7 z88b 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:1](../04/01.md).
|
||||
6:8 g963 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 These numbers are to be large, then larger, and then beyond counting. Alternate translation: “There are 60 queens, 80 concubines…more young women than anyone could count” or “There are many queens, even more concubines, and more young women than anyone could count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:8 g963 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 0 These numbers are to be large, then larger, and then beyond counting. Alternate translation: “There are 60 queens, 80 concubines … more young women than anyone could count” or “There are many queens, even more concubines, and more young women than anyone could count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:9 a2hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The Israelites considered doves beautiful birds with pleasant voices. The man thinks the woman’s face and voice are beautiful. If calling a woman a “dove” would be offensive, you could leave out the metaphor. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “You beautiful woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
6:9 dk9e 0 “my perfect one” or “my faithful one” or “my innocent one.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
6:9 m138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole 0 This is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “her mother’s special daughter” or “completely different from her mother’s other daughters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
6:9 wmx6 0 the women spoken of in [Song of Songs 6:8](./08.md).
|
||||
6:9 al8y 0 “said that things had gone especially well for her”
|
||||
6:10 cw4k 0 The ULT understands this to be what the queens and the concubines said about the woman. However, some versions understand these to be the words of the man.
|
||||
6:10 g6e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 They are using this question to say that they think the young woman is amazing. Alternate translation: “This is an amazing woman! She comes into view like the dawn…banners!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:10 g6e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 They are using this question to say that they think the young woman is amazing. Alternate translation: “This is an amazing woman! She comes into view like the dawn … banners!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
6:10 y3dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The dawn is beautiful. The woman is beautiful. Alternate translation: “who comes into view like the dawn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
6:10 vb8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The beauty of the woman is so powerful that it makes the other women feel helpless, as if an army were approaching them. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 6:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
6:11 x84j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The man finishes speaking to himself. Looking to see if plants had matured is probably a metaphor for enjoying the sight of the woman’s body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
8:2 s68s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The woman uses these images to say that she will give herself to the man and make love with him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:2 au41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “wine with spices” or “wine that has spices in it.” This represents the intoxicating power of lovemaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:3 s92v 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:6](../02/05.md).
|
||||
8:3 e5cp 0 “left arm…right arm”
|
||||
8:3 e5cp 0 “left arm … right arm”
|
||||
8:3 v65k 0 “holds me”
|
||||
8:4 z8a4 0 See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md)
|
||||
8:4 rk33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe 0 “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
|
@ -516,13 +516,13 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n## Part 1: General In
|
|||
8:7 e1ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Love never changes and always stays the same so it is like something that not even a powerful flood can move. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
8:7 dju9 0 In Israel, water from the rain flows into deep and narrow valleys. This creates a flood of water so powerful that it can move huge boulders and trees.
|
||||
8:7 kqk9 0 “carry it away” or “wash it away”
|
||||
8:7 jwh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is something that could possibly happen. Alternate translation: “Even if a man…he would be utterly despised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
8:7 jwh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This is something that could possibly happen. Alternate translation: “Even if a man … he would be utterly despised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
8:7 g5ja 0 offered to give
|
||||
8:7 l4u3 0 “everything he owns”
|
||||
8:7 n3pn 0 “in order to get love” or “in order to buy love”
|
||||
8:7 nt2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people would completely despise him” or “people would harshly ridicule him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:8 au5a 0 “young sister”
|
||||
8:8 t852 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speaker uses this question to introduce what he wants to say. Alternate translation: “This is what we will do…in marriage.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:8 t852 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 The speaker uses this question to introduce what he wants to say. Alternate translation: “This is what we will do … in marriage.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
8:8 g5fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “a man comes and wants to marry her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
8:9 mpf5 0 The young woman’s brothers continue to speak among themselves.
|
||||
8:9 x3j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The little sister ([Song of Songs 8:8](./08.md)) has very small breasts that either have not grown or are very small. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ front:intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction
|
|||
2:2 xyz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτας & εἶναι 1 The Greek does not have **are**, but only **older men to be**. We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:2 xy13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet νηφαλίους & σεμνούς, σώφρονας 1 These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2:2 xc6t νηφαλίους 1 “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
|
||||
2:2 y3j2 εἶναι & σώφρονας 1 “to…control their desires”
|
||||
2:2 y3j2 εἶναι & σώφρονας 1 “to … control their desires”
|
||||
2:2 abc1 ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
|
||||
2:2 m14y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 The abstract noun **faith** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:2 z14y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 The abstract noun **love** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
30
tn_ZEC.tsv
30
tn_ZEC.tsv
|
@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
2:2 eb3u 0 “So the man with the measuring line said to me”
|
||||
2:3 he2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants 0 This angel is a new participant who has not appeared before this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
2:4 ty6u 0 “The second angel said to the angel who had talked with me”
|
||||
2:4 mt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The phrase “will sit in the open country” translates a word that refers to a city that has no walls. There will be so many inhabitants in the city that it will be too large to have walls around it. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem will not have walls around it…beasts within the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:5 ync4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 People built walls around their cities for protection. Here Yahweh speaks of protecting Jerusalem as if he himself were a wall of fire around the city. Alternate translation: “I…will protect the city, like a wall of fire around it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:4 mt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 The phrase “will sit in the open country” translates a word that refers to a city that has no walls. There will be so many inhabitants in the city that it will be too large to have walls around it. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem will not have walls around it … beasts within the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:5 ync4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 People built walls around their cities for protection. Here Yahweh speaks of protecting Jerusalem as if he himself were a wall of fire around the city. Alternate translation: “I … will protect the city, like a wall of fire around it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:5 e11h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:6 c7zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet 0 These two words express urgency and add emphasis to the following command. The words can be translated with an expression that communicates urgency in your language. Alternate translation: “Run! Run!” or “Hurry! Hurry!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2:7 nj7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The phrase “daughter of Babylon” refers to the city of Babylon. Yahweh speaks of the city as if it were a daughter. Alternate translation: “you who live in Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
4:7 cbj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 Possible meanings are (1) the word “grace” refers to God’s grace and the people are requesting that God bless the completed temple. Alternate translation: “while people shout, ‘May God bless it! May God bless it!’” or (2) the word “grace” refers to beauty and the people are declaring how beautiful the completed temple is. Alternate translation: “while people shout, ‘Beautiful! It is beautiful!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
4:8 j4n7 0 The angel who speaks with Zechariah continues to explain the vision.
|
||||
4:8 lpf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to me. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
4:9 z7ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hands” represents Zerubbabel. Alternate translation: “Zerubbabel has laid…he will bring it to completion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:9 z7ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “hands” represents Zerubbabel. Alternate translation: “Zerubbabel has laid … he will bring it to completion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
4:9 gn3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the foundation of this temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
4:10 w6q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Zechariah uses this rhetorical question to speak specifically about those who have “despised the day of small things.” It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Those who have despised the day of small things will rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
4:10 a9tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 “the time of small things.” This phrase refers to the time when the people were building the temple and appeared to be making little progress. Alternate translation: “the time when progress was slow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
5:3 c87q 0 The angel continues to speak with Zechariah.
|
||||
5:3 lv5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The word “this” refers to the scroll. The scroll is a metonym for what is written on the scroll. Alternate translation: “On this scroll is the curse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
5:3 mys3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The phrase “the surface of the whole land” refers to every place within the land. It is implied that the curse will apply to every person who lives in the land. Alternate translation: “that is upon every person within the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
5:3 iha6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh removing these people from the land is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off every thief…Yahweh will cut off everyone who swears a false oath” or “Yahweh will remove every thief from the land…Yahweh will remove from the land everyone who swears a false oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:3 pu8h 0 “what the scroll says on one side…what the scroll says on the other side”
|
||||
5:3 iha6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh removing these people from the land is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off every thief … Yahweh will cut off everyone who swears a false oath” or “Yahweh will remove every thief from the land … Yahweh will remove from the land everyone who swears a false oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:3 pu8h 0 “what the scroll says on one side … what the scroll says on the other side”
|
||||
5:4 jt2j 0 “I will send out the curse”
|
||||
5:4 alf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
5:4 y2v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 The curse destroying the houses of the thief and of the one who swears falsely is spoken of as if the curse would consume the building materials that people had used to build the houses. Alternate translation: “destroy its wood and stones” or “completely destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
5:7 un6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: someone lifted a lead covering off the basket” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
5:7 nn4h 0 “there was a woman under the lead covering sitting in the basket”
|
||||
5:8 xg5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage 0 The woman represents wickedness. Alternate translation: “This woman represents wickedness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
5:8 glc2 0 “He thrust her…he forced the lead cover.” The word “threw” indicates the force with which the angel did these things. He did not literally throw the woman or the cover.
|
||||
5:8 glc2 0 “He thrust her … he forced the lead cover.” The word “threw” indicates the force with which the angel did these things. He did not literally throw the woman or the cover.
|
||||
5:9 zcp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “I looked up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
5:9 mt2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This idiom means that they were flying. Alternate translation: “they were flying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
5:9 gde6 0 A stork is a type of large bird that has a wingspan of two to four meters. Zechariah compares the size of the women’s wings with the size of the stork’s wings.
|
||||
|
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
6:5 cai5 0 This phrase refers to the four directions from which the wind blows: north, east, south, and west. However, some modern versions interpret this Hebrew expression to mean “four spirits.”
|
||||
6:5 u5ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 The idiom to “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 4:14](../04/14.md). Alternate translation: “serving the Lord of all the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
6:6 v88q 0 Some modern versions interpret this Hebrew phrase to mean “the white horses are going out after them,” that is, following the black horses to the north country.
|
||||
6:6 g5r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the horses represent the chariots that they pull. Alternate translation: “the chariot with the white horses is…the chariot with the spotted gray horses is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:6 g5r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here the horses represent the chariots that they pull. Alternate translation: “the chariot with the white horses is … the chariot with the spotted gray horses is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
6:8 ny4a 0 “the angel called out to me”
|
||||
6:8 n3x1 0 “Look at the black horses”
|
||||
6:8 c7ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The words “my spirit” refer to Yahweh, so many translations change this to read “Yahweh’s spirit.” Possible meanings are (1) the word “spirit” represents Yahweh’s emotions and appeasing his spirit means that the chariots will cause Yahweh no longer to be angry with the north country Alternate translation: “they will calm my anger concerning the north country” or (2) the word “spirit” represents Yahweh’s presence and the chariots will cause the Jews who live in the north land to experience Yahweh’s blessings. Alternate translation: “they will cause my spirit to rest in the north country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
7:5 n3dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is asked to make the people think about what their real reason for fasting had been. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you were not really fasting for me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:6 p43p 0 Possible meanings are (1) when they feasted and drank when celebrating religious festivals or (2) when they ate and drank whenever they were not fasting.
|
||||
7:6 ax5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 This question is used to make the people think about whether they were honoring Yahweh when they ate and drank. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “it was for yourselves that you ate and drank.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:7 qy27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to scold the people. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These are the same words…to the west.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:7 qy27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion 0 Yahweh uses a question to scold the people. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These are the same words … to the west.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
7:7 dqw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “mouth” is a metonym for the words spoken by the mouth. Alternate translation: “by the words of the former prophets” or “through the former prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
7:7 n812 0 “you still lived in Jerusalem”
|
||||
7:7 vp7q 0 hills at the base of a mountain or mountain range
|
||||
|
@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
9:4 ps4e 0 Here “Look!” tells the reader to pay attention to the important statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Pay attention! The Lord will take away Tyre’s possessions”
|
||||
9:4 nf2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Tyre’s “strength on the sea” refers to the ships that were used for commerce and conquest. Alternate translation: “destroy Tyre’s ships in which men fight on the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:4 rk76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and enemies will burn the city to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
9:5 zx4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These cities each refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “The people of Ashkelon…the people of Gaza…the hopes of the people of Ekron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:5 zx4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 These cities each refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “The people of Ashkelon … the people of Gaza … the hopes of the people of Ekron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
9:5 ae33 0 “will see Tyre be destroyed”
|
||||
9:6 fmu2 0 “Foreigners will take over Ashdod and live there”
|
||||
9:6 r481 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “cut off” is an idiom that means to stop their pride. Alternate translation: “I will make the Philistines to be proud of themselves no longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
10:2 e8gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 It is implied that they know these dreams are false. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “diviners lie about their dreams in order to deceive people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
10:2 xi1f 0 This refers to words that sooth temporarily, but do not provide any longterm help.
|
||||
10:2 nb46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The people who do not have true prophets who tell the truth are spoken of as sheep who do not have a shepherd to tell them where to go. Alternate translation: “the people who listen to the false prophets are like sheep who do not know which way to go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
10:2 zr2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The people who do not have true prophets are spoken of as sheep who suffer because they do not have a shepherd to tell them where to go. Alternate translation: “the people who listen to the false prophets…are suffering like sheep who do not have a shepherd to guide them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
10:2 zr2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 The people who do not have true prophets are spoken of as sheep who suffer because they do not have a shepherd to tell them where to go. Alternate translation: “the people who listen to the false prophets … are suffering like sheep who do not have a shepherd to guide them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
10:3 e9x1 0 It is unclear whether Yahweh is speaking, or if Zechariah is speaking for Yahweh in verses 3-5.
|
||||
10:3 iq7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Here “the shepherds” represent the leaders of God’s people. The intensity of Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if it was a blazing fire. Alternate translation: “My anger toward the shepherds of my people is as intense as a fire” or “I am very angry with the leaders of my people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
10:3 ir6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Male goats are typically more dominant than female goats. Here “male goats” represents the oppressive leaders of God’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
12:1 mz3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor that speaks of the sky as if it were like a scroll that is rolled up and needs to be stretched out. Alternate translation: “the one who created the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:1 gzl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 This is a metaphor that speaks of the earth as if it were a building with a foundation. Alternate translation: “put all the earth into place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:1 gnm5 0 This is a metaphor that speaks of the spirit as if it were like clay that a potter shapes. Alternate translation: “creates the human spirit”
|
||||
12:2 ez4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh using Jerusalem to punish the surrounding peoples is spoken of as if Yahweh would make Jerusalem a cup full of an alcoholic drink that will cause the surrounding peoples to get drunk and stagger. Alternate translation: “Soon it will be like I make Jerusalem into a cup…to stagger about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:2 ez4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh using Jerusalem to punish the surrounding peoples is spoken of as if Yahweh would make Jerusalem a cup full of an alcoholic drink that will cause the surrounding peoples to get drunk and stagger. Alternate translation: “Soon it will be like I make Jerusalem into a cup … to stagger about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
12:2 s5lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “cup” represents the cup and the contents within the cup. Alternate translation: “into a cup full of wine” or “into a cup full of an alcoholic drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:2 h8sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 Here “her” refers to the city of Jerusalem. It was common in Hebrew to speak of a city or country as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
12:3 u546 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh using Jerusalem to punish the surrounding peoples is spoken of as if he would make Jerusalem a heavy stone. Alternate translation: “It will be like I will make Jerusalem a heavy stone for all the peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
12:5 w95z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “strength” can be stated as “strong” or “encourage.” Alternate translation: “make us strong” or “encourage us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
12:5 u38m 0 “Yahweh of hosts, the God they worship”
|
||||
12:6 t6hr 0 This verse continues telling about the coming attack against Jerusalem and how God will rescue the city.
|
||||
12:6 zv3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This simile means Yahweh will enable the leaders of Judah to be strong and able to lead the people to defeat their enemies. Alternate translation: “like firepots among stacked firewood…unharvested stalks of grain standing in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
12:6 zv3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile 0 This simile means Yahweh will enable the leaders of Judah to be strong and able to lead the people to defeat their enemies. Alternate translation: “like firepots among stacked firewood … unharvested stalks of grain standing in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
12:6 cjb8 0 clay pots in which ancient people often carried burning coals
|
||||
12:6 vm57 0 a wooden stick that is burning at one end which gives light as one travels or carries fire somewhere
|
||||
12:6 iv6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Completely destroying the peoples is spoken of as if the people of Judah will “devour” them. Alternate translation: “will destroy the surrounding peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -461,10 +461,10 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
12:11 mcu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 Hadad Rimmon may have been the place where the good King Josiah died of battle wounds after the Battle of Megiddo. It appears that the custom arose to hold periodic mourning there for his death. Some people, however, think that Hadad Rimmon was the name of a false god who was believed to die every year, an event for which his worshipers would go into mourning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
12:11 qg93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names 0 This is the name of a plain in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
12:12 jj6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 This represents all the people living in the land of Judah. Alternate translation: “All the people in the land of Judah will mourn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:12 qth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David…The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:12 qth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David … The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
12:13 r6fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nZechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
|
||||
13:1 f2a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens…to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:1 f2a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
13:1 f3zc 0 a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
|
||||
13:1 s36v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
13:2 x2wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ front:intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
14:3 m5ez 0 “just as he fought battles in the past”
|
||||
14:4 v1g4 0 “At that time”
|
||||
14:4 ak3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche 0 Here “feet” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he will stand on the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
14:4 kpm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The presences of Yahweh will split the Mount of Olives…causing there to be a very great valley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:4 kpm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The presences of Yahweh will split the Mount of Olives … causing there to be a very great valley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
14:5 x9i7 0 These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save her.
|
||||
14:5 u952 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
14:5 n974 0 This refers to the mountains created after the Mount of Olives split in half.
|
||||
|
|
|
16
tn_ZEP.tsv
16
tn_ZEP.tsv
|
@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
1:3 xxd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Destroying is spoken of as if it were cutting something off from what it was a part of. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:4 zb97 0 Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:4-16 describe Yahweh’s judgment on the people of Judah.
|
||||
1:4 q6dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 This is an idiom that means God will punish. Alternate translation: “I will punish Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:4 wn2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb “cut off” applies to each of these phrases, but has been used only once to avoid repetition. Alternate translation: “I will cut off every remnant…I will cut off the names of the idolatrous people among the priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:4 wn2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb “cut off” applies to each of these phrases, but has been used only once to avoid repetition. Alternate translation: “I will cut off every remnant … I will cut off the names of the idolatrous people among the priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:4 gdu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Destroying is spoken of as if it were cutting something off from what it was a part of. See how you translated this in [Zephaniah 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:4 h6cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “cut off…the names” is an idiom that means to cause people to forget them. Alternate translation: “cause everyone…to forget the priests who are idolatrous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:5 u98g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb “cut off” ([Zechariah 1:4] (./04.md)) applies to these phrases, but has been used only once to avoid repetition. Alternate translation: “I will cut off the people who on the housetops…I will cut off the people who worship and swear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:4 h6cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “cut off … the names” is an idiom that means to cause people to forget them. Alternate translation: “cause everyone … to forget the priests who are idolatrous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:5 u98g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis 0 The verb “cut off” ([Zechariah 1:4] (./04.md)) applies to these phrases, but has been used only once to avoid repetition. Alternate translation: “I will cut off the people who on the housetops … I will cut off the people who worship and swear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:5 w2r8 0 See the footnote about the possible rendering of this as “by Milcom.”
|
||||
1:6 ql66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Seeking Yahweh represents either (1) asking God for help or (2) thinking about God and obeying him. Alternate translation: “do not think about Yahweh or ask him to guide them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:7 ztx9 0 Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:4-16 describe Yahweh’s judgment on the people of Judah.
|
||||
|
@ -88,11 +88,11 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
2:7 h1ww 0 “The people of Judah”
|
||||
2:7 e8k3 0 “lie down to sleep”
|
||||
2:8 yb33 0 In 2:4-15, Yahweh announces his judgment on the nations that surround Judah.
|
||||
2:8 ep73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “the taunts…the insults.” These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that both Moab and Ammon have insulted Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:8 ep73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 “the taunts … the insults.” These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that both Moab and Ammon have insulted Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:8 zd77 0 This refers to crossing over into Judah’s territory in order to attack them.
|
||||
2:9 hzr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 “as surely as I am alive.” Yahweh uses this expression to show that what he says next is certainly true. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly swear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:9 pi3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person 0 Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts, God of Israel, has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, God of Israel, have declared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2:9 b2lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These two cities were so wicked that God completely destroyed them with fire from heaven. These similes therefore refer to complete destruction. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely destroyed like Sodom…like Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2:9 b2lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 These two cities were so wicked that God completely destroyed them with fire from heaven. These similes therefore refer to complete destruction. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely destroyed like Sodom … like Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2:9 l2f5 0 “a place with thorns and a salt pit.” This describes a barren, useless land.
|
||||
2:9 dr9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 These two phrases mean the same thing and refer to the Israelites that survived Yahweh’s punishment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:12 ai2t 0 In 2:4-15, Yahweh announces his judgment on the nations that surround Judah.
|
||||
|
@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
3:9 f339 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “shoulder to shoulder” is an idiom that means “side by side.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:10 zs4q 0 This may refer to the area where Sudan is located today.
|
||||
3:11 hvk2 0 In verses 3:11-13, Yahweh encourages the remnant of Israel who survive the judgment.
|
||||
3:11 ryq3 0 “When that happens…at that time.” These phrases here refer to the time of peace and restoration that immediately follows the day of Yahweh.
|
||||
3:11 ryq3 0 “When that happens … at that time.” These phrases here refer to the time of peace and restoration that immediately follows the day of Yahweh.
|
||||
3:11 xcx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will no longer be ashamed of all your deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:11 y6pj 0 “all the people who are very proud”
|
||||
3:12 q74i 0 In verses 3:11-13, Yahweh encourages the remnant of Israel who survive the judgment.
|
||||
3:12 c1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s protection of this remnant is spoke of as if he was a refuge or a fortress. Here “name of Yahweh” refers to his person. Alternate translation: “they will come to Yahweh and he will help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:13 y163 0 This refers to the “lowly and poor people” of [Zephaniah 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||||
3:13 b2m7 0 “do unjust things”
|
||||
3:13 ja4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Here “tongue…in their mouth” represents the things that the tongue enables the mouth to speak. They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “none of them will speak deceitful things” or “they will not say deceitful things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:13 ja4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive 0 Here “tongue … in their mouth” represents the things that the tongue enables the mouth to speak. They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “none of them will speak deceitful things” or “they will not say deceitful things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:13 pe7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh speaks of his provision for the people of Israel as if they are a flock of sheep that grazes and rests in safety. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:14 d65d 0 In verses 3:14-20, Zephaniah tells the remnant of Israel who survived the judgment that they should rejoice.
|
||||
3:14 d6q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here “daughter” refers to all the people who lived in the city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ front:intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah\n## Part 1: General Introducti
|
|||
3:15 lb51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom 0 Here to “take away” punishment is an idiom that means to stop doing it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has stopped punishing you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:15 t4fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 0 The abstract noun “evil” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “You will no longer be afraid that people will harm you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:16 v9ia 0 “At that time” or “When this happens.” This phrase here refers to the time of peace and restoration that immediately follows the day of Yahweh.
|
||||
3:16 eh5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The names of these cities here refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “say to the people of Jerusalem…people of Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:16 eh5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy 0 The names of these cities here refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “say to the people of Jerusalem … people of Zion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:16 pc5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 To feel weak or helpless is spoken of as if their hands became physically weak. Here “hands” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not become weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
3:17 w8tr 0 In verses 3:14-20, Zephaniah tells the remnant of Israel who survived the judgment that they should rejoice.
|
||||
3:17 g95f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor 0 “he is mighty and will save you.” Yahweh is spoken of as a mighty warrior. Alternate translation: “he is a mighty warrior and will give you victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue